WT10 en

© Siemens 2022
Catalog Edition
WT 10 2022
PROCESS AUTOMATION
Products for
Weighing Technology
www.siemens.com/weighing-technology
© Siemens 2022
Related catalogs
Catalogs for SIMATIC ST PCS 7 T
Process Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Vol. 2: Technology components
www.siemens.com/pa-catalogs PDF (E86060-K4678-A141-A5-7600)
Process Automation MP 20 SIMATIC ST 70

Display Recorders Products for
SIREC D Totally Integrated Automation
PDF (E86060-K6020-E101-A5-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A101-B9-7600)
Process Automation MP 31 Industrial Communication IK PI

SIPART Controllers and Software SIMATIC NET
PDF (E86060-K6031-A100-B7-7600) E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600

8
Process Automation FI 01 SITOP KT 10.1

Products for SITOP
Process Instrumentation Power Supply
PDF (E86060-K6201-A101-C4-7600) PDF (E86060-D4001-A510-E0)
Process Automation AP 01 Industrial Controls IC 10

Process Analytical Instruments SIRIUS
PDF (E86060-K3501-A101-B4-7600) PDF (E86060-K1010-A101-B3-7600)
Process Automation AP 11 SITRAIN

Components for Continuous Emission Monitoring Digital Industry Academy
PDF (E86060-K3511-A100-B4-7600) www.siemens.com/sitrain
SIMATIC ST PCS 7 Industry Mall

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Information and Ordering Platform
Vol. 1: System components on the Internet:
E86060-K4678-A111-C7-7600 www.siemens.com/industrymall
SIMATIC ST PCS 7 AO Contact

SIMATIC PCS 7 Your personal contact can be found in our
Process Control System Contacts Database at:
Vol. 3: Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7
PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-B5-7600) www.siemens.com/automation-contact

© Siemens 2022
Products for Weighing Technology

Process Automation
Weighing Technology
1
Weighing Electronics
2
IIoT Weighing Solutions

3
Catalog WT 10 · 2022
Supersedes:
Catalog WT 10 · 2020
Load Cells
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of 4
this catalog: www.siemens.com/industrymall
For comfortable, fast and error free product selection you
will get support in our PIA Life Cycle Portal:
www.siemens.com/pia-portal
© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
5
Weighfeeders
6
Solids Flowmeters
7
Appendix
The products and systems described in 8
this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certified Registration
No. 000656 QM08). The certificate is recog-
nized by all IQNet countries.
© Siemens 2022
Digital Enterprise
The building blocks that ensure
everything works together
perfectly in the digital enterprise
Digitalization is already changing all areas of life and existing
business models. It is placing greater pressure on industry
while at the same time creating new business opportunities.
Today, thanks to scalable solutions from Siemens, companies
can already become a digital enterprise and ensure their
competitiveness.
Industry faces tremendous challenges
Reduce Boost Improve Boost Increase

time-to-market flexibility quality efficiency security
Today manufacturers Consumers want cus- To ensure a high level of Today the product itself Increasing networking
have to bring products to tomized products, but at quality while meeting needs to be sustainable escalates the threat to
market at an ever-increas- a price they would pay legal requirements, and environmentally production facilities
ing pace despite the for a mass-produced companies have to friendly, while energy of cyberattacks. Today
growing complexity of item. That only works establish closed quality efficiency in production more than ever, com-
these products. In the if production is more loops and enable the has become a competi- panies need suitable
past, a major manufac- flexible than ever traceability of products. tive advantage. security measures.
turer would push aside a before.
small one, but now it is a
fast manufacturer that
overtakes a slow one.
2 Siemens WT 10 · 2022
© Siemens 2022
The digital enterprise has already MindSphere Digital Plant

become a reality The cloud-based open IoT operating Learn more about the
To fully benefit from all the advantages of system from Siemens digital enterprise for the
digitalization, companies first have to With MindSphere, Siemens offers a cost- process industry
achieve complete consistency of their data. effective and scalable cloud platform as a www.siemens.com/
Fully digitally integrated business processes, service (PaaS) for the development of appli- digitalplant
including those of suppliers, can help to cations. The platform, designed as an open
create a digital representation of the entire operating system for the Internet of Things,
value chain. This requires makes it possible to improve the efficiency Digital Enterprise Suite
of plants by collecting and analyzing large Learn more about the
• the integration of industrial software volumes of production data.
and automation, digital enterprise for the
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) discrete industry
• expansion of the communication net- www.siemens.com/
Where digitalization becomes reality
works, digital-enterprise-suite
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) ensures
• security in automation, the seamless transition from the virtual to
the real world. It already encompasses all
• and the use of business-specific
the necessary conditions for transforming
industrial services.
the benefits of digitalization into true added
value. The data that will form the digital
twin for actual production is generated from
a common base.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 3
© Siemens 2022
TIA Selection Tool –

quick, easy, smart configuration
For you to get the most out of our portfolio quickly and easily.
Do you always need the optimum configuration for

planning your project?
For your application we offer the TIA Selection Tool to
support all project planners, beginners and experts alike.
No detailed portfolio knowledge is necessary.
TIA Selection Tool is available for download as a free
desktop version or a cloud variant.
Your Advantages
Quick Easy Smart
• Configure a complete project with • Tool download either as desktop • Smart selection wizard for error-free
just a few entries – version or web-based cloud version configuration and ordering
without a manual, without special • Technically always up-to-date • Configuration options can be tested
knowledge about product portfolio and innova- and simulated in advance
• Import and export of hardware tive approaches • Library for archiving sample configu-
configuration to TIA Portal or other • Highly flexible, secure, cross-team rations
systems work in the cloud
• Ideal visualization of the projects to • Direct ordering in the Siemens
be configured Industry Mall
The TIA Selection Tool is a

completely paperless solution.
For more
Download it now: information,
scan the
www.siemens.com/tst
QR code
24 Siemens WT 10 · 2022
1
© Siemens 2022
Weighing Technology
1/3 First-class solutions for almost any

weighing task
1/4 Available for all requirements:

Electronic weighing systems
1/5 End-to-end automation
1/6 Load cells
1/6 Digital junction box
1/6 Weighing terminals
1/6 IIOT Weighing solutions
1/7 Milltronics integrators for dynamic weighing
systems
1/8 Products and solutions

1/8 Platform scales
1/8 Hopper scales
1/8 Conveyor belt scales
1/9 Dosing
1/9 Filling and bagging
1/9 Checking scales
1/10 Solids flowmeters
1/10 Loss-in-weight scales
1/10 Weighfeeders
© Siemens 2022
Weighing Technology
1/2 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
First-class solutions
for almost any
weighing task
Weighing and dosing processes are of great significance in many areas of industrial
production. Whether for filling food and beverage containers or preparing recipes
for chemicals and pharmaceutical products: With our solutions, you can count on
absolute reliability and highest precision.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 1/3

© Siemens 2022
Weighing Technology | Electronic Weighing Systems
Available for all

requirements
The flexible design of our products makes it possible to implement
weighing solutions from simple platform scales and gravimetric level
measurement up to highly complex automatic scales with minimal
conversion costs. Using SIWAREX load cells and electronic modules for
weighing systems together with Siemens Milltronics belt scales and
SITRANS weigh feeders and solids flowmeters, you can design an
optimal system for practically every task.
TM SIWAREX WP351 HF – ultra-compact weighing

electronic for maximum precision
• Ultra-compact: 20 mm wide, 65 mm high
• Precise: resolution ± 20,000,000 increments
• Seamlessly integrated in ET 200SP system; works with
ith
S7-300, 400, 1200 and 1500 controllers
• Fast: 1,000 Hz sampling rate, digital output response
e time
< 1 ms
• Intelligent firmware enables the weighing process to
o be
controlled and optimized entirely from the weighingg
module
• Possible weighing applications include filling, bagging,
checking, dosing and totalizing
• Certified according OIML R-51, R-61, R-76 and R-107
• Seamlessly integrated into PCS 7 by ET 200SP or
ET 200SP HA and dedicated add-on library
1/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
End-to-end automation
Whether central or distributed: Our
electronic weighing systems set stan-
dards. We offer integrated solutions for
seamless integration into the SIMATIC
automation system under the name
SIWAREX. The weighing system can be
easily adapted to meet your individual TM SIWAREX
IWAREX WP321 ST SIWAREX WP251
requirements with the SIMATIC standard • For level
l l measurements ini silos
il and • Electronic weighing system for
components. Moreover, standardized bunkers; convenient and seamless completely independent control of
interfaces, integrated functions and integration of platform scales directly dosing and filling tasks
uniform tools allow for cost-effective into the automation environment • Full integration into SIMATIC S7-1200
configuration. Whatever your choice,
• Up to 600 Hz sample rate and TIA Portal; standalone operation
you can count on a high degree of
• Technology module for the without SIMATIC CPU is possible
precision with SIWAREX and benefit
from certifications according to OIML as SIMATIC ET 200SP distributed • Factory-provided interfaces such as
well as a finely graded range of func- I/O system Modbus TCP/IP and Modbus RTU as
tions. • Easy commissioning by HMI or by well as digital and analog interfaces
SIWATOOL (no prior knowledge of • Certified according to OIML R-51,
SIMATIC required) R-61, R-76 and R-107 – legal for trade
• The ready-to-use sample application as NAWI, AGFI, ACI, DTI
enables fast development and imple- • Multi-range/multi-interval scale with
mentation of customer- and indus- up to 3x3000d
try-specific solutions
• Seamless integration into PCS 7
by ET 200SP or ET 200SP HA and
dedicated add-on library
SIWAREX WP241
• Electronic weighing system especially
designed for belt scale applications TM SIWAREX WP521 ST/WP522 ST
SIWAREX WP231
• Simulation mode allows for a full • Optimal for use in platform scales as
• Weighing module for level monitor-
function test even without a well as for level monitoring of silos
ing of silos and bunkers, use in
connected belt scale and bunkers and in hazardous areas
platform scales and weighing in
• Full integration into SIMATIC hazardous areas • Technology module for the
SIMATIC S7-1500 Advanced
• S7-1200 and TIA Portal; standalone • Can be fully integrated into
Controller family
operation without SIMATIC CPU is SIMATIC S7-1200 and therefore also
possible programmed in the TIA Portal • Two versions: TM SIWAREX WP521 ST
single-channel design for one-scale
• Factory-provided interfaces such as • Can be operated without SIMATIC CPU
systems and TM SIWAREX WP522 ST
Modbus TCP/IP and Modbus RTU as • Certified according to OIML R-76 – two-channel design for two-scale
well as digital and analog interfaces legal for trade as NAWI systems
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 1/5

© Siemens 2022
Weighing Technology | Electronic Weighing Systems
Digital junction box
Load cells
The field-proven SIWAREX WL200 load
cells are the perfect choice for reliable SIWAREX DB
weight measurements. A wide range of • Simplification of service via remote
designs, capacities and certificates diagnostics for individual load cell
guarantee a perfect fit for all require-
• Connection to SIMATIC automation
ments.
system via SIWAREX WP weighing
electronics
• Comprehensive monitoring of the
weighing process down to the single
load cells
• Access to specific error states such as IIOT Weighing solutions
wire break, overload, etc. SIMATIC IOT 2000 SG-Shield offers an
• Connection of up to four standard easy way to digitalize your weighing
strain gauge load cells per scale application, also for very specific indus-
tries with special requirements. Values
• Digitalization of proven strain gauge
measured by strain gauge cells can
technology
easily be viewed via remote. The system
• Rugged due to IP66 digitalizes the analog data and sends it
• Retrofit of existing plants easily to the cloud via the SIMATIC IOT2050
possible by exchanging analog gateway. At the same time, the
junction box against SIWAREX DB recorded measured values can be saved
SIWAREX WL200 load cells
in MindSphere, our cloud-based, open
• Suitable for operation in hazardous IoT operating system, and retrieved
areas using an app, such as SITRANS store IQ.
• Large measuring range from 0.3 kg For OEMs, SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield
Weighing terminals
to 500 t is optionally also available with an
RS 485 interface with standard
• Hermetically sealed for maximum
protocol.
service life
• Options with redundant design and
for high temperature ranges are
available
• Smart-design fastening parts for
simple and safe installation
SIWAREX WT231/ WT 241
• High degree of protection (IP)
• Standalone solution independent of
• Certified in accordance with OIML R-60
automation solution and therefore
ready to use
• Touch panel with application-specific
user interface
• Diverse factory-provided interfaces
such as Modbus TCP/IP and Modbus
RTU as well as digital and analog
interfaces
1/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Milltronics integrators for

dynamic weighing systems
Our electronic transmitters process the
sensor signals into operating data for
continuous in-line weighing and mate-
rial flow measurements.
Belt scales
Milltronics conveyor belt scales are the
e
best choice for reliable, continuous
in-line weighing of bulk solids.
• Weighing of raw materials, inventory
ry
checking and monitoring of produc-- Weigh feeders
tion processes • Maximum weighing accuracy for
• Market-leading performance under optimization of mixing, process
harsh conditions sequences and balance calculations
• Milltronics BW500/L and • Reliable and continuous performance
• Easy installation and low mainte-
SIWAREX WT241 offer economical
nance overhead (no moving parts) • Virtually maintenance-free
and basic operation for belt scales,
including display of flow rate, load, • Repeatable accuracy in productive • Various designs engineered to
speed and totalized material for belt operation, as well as minimal hyster- customer requirements
scales and weigh feeders. The inte- esis and maximum linearity indepen-
grated keypad allows easy and dent of horizontal forces thanks to
convenient operation and program- unique parallelogram design of the
ming. load cells
• Milltronics BW500 and • Integrated overload protection for

Milltronics SF500 (for solids flow- the load cells
meter) are advanced integrators with • More approvals than any other belt
additional control functions such as scale in the world
PID or batch controllers. BW500 also
offers legal-for-trade options for belt
scales like MID or NTEP.
• TM SIWAREX WP341 HF is a
SIMATIC ET 200SP based weighing
electronics for belt weighers, weigh-
Solids flowmeters
feeders and solids flowmeters.
• Dust-tight inline weighing
• SIWAREX WP241 is a SIMATIC S7-1200-
based integrator with high function- • For continuous measurement of
ality for belt scales, fully integrated dry bulk materials, free-flowing
into PLC. Programming and visualiza- powders or granulates throughput
tion can take place via existing HMIs • Also for critical functions such as
of the PLC or by notebook. batch loading processes and mixing
processes
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 1/7

© Siemens 2022
Weighing Technology | Products and solutions
No
ot jusst produ
uctts ...
Platform scales Hopper scales Conveyor belt scales

Platform scales are seen frequently in Liquids, powders, bulk goods or gases Belt scales contribute to optimal use of
all branches of industry. Irrespective of are usually produced and stored in tanks raw materials, control of inventory,
the load to be weighed, whether or containers. To guarantee the availabi- monitoring of production processes and
trucks, containers or loose goods, lity of these goods, it is necessary to manufacture of high-quality products.
Siemens offers a comprehensive range know the exact fill level of the container. Siemens conveyor belt scales combine
of load cells and electronic weighing Independent of the type of the measu- simple installation and low maintenance
systems to set up platform scales in an red goods – corrosive, foamy, high/low costs (no moving parts) with high
inexpensive way. dielectric constants or dusty – the use of reproducibility for productive operation.
The weighing data can be processed weighing solutions from Siemens ena- With minimum hysteresis and high
simply with the SIWAREX weighing bles reliable measurement of the level. linearity, lateral forces have no influence
processors. The SIWAREX U, CS, on measuring accuracy.
To avoid sources of error caused by
WP521 ST, WP522 ST or WP321 electronic lateral force inclusions (e.g. pipe All load cells are protected against
systems are suitable for simple connections), the use of SIWAREX overload. Approvals for hazardous areas
applications. SIWAREX WP231, mounting units is recommended. In this and trade requiring official calibration
SIWAREX WP351 or SIWAREX FTA are way, the load cells can be installed mean that the Siemens belt scales can
recommended for use in legal-for-trade quickly and easily. be used in practically every industrial
plants. environment or application. In conjunc-
tion with a Milltronics BW500 transmit-
ter or a SIWAREX WP241 or FTC weighing
module, Siemens conveyor belt scales,
with their tried-and-tested technology,
enable reliable performance. Versions
for high accuracy, light loads and high
load rating are available.
• SIWAREX load cells and mounting components • SIWAREX load cells and mounting components • Milltronics belt scales
• SIWAREX WT231 (stand-alone) • SIWAREX WT231 (stand-alone) • Belt speed sensors
• SIWAREX WP231 for SIMATIC S7-1200 • SIWAREX WP231 for SIMATIC S7-1200 • Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L
• SIWAREX WP321 for SIMATIC ET 200SP • SIWAREX WP321 for SIMATIC ET 200SP • SIWAREX WT241 (stand-alone)
• TM SIWAREX WP521 / WP522 ST • TM SIWAREX WP521 / WP522 ST • SIWAREX WP241 for SIMATIC S7-1200
for SIMATIC S7-1500 / ET 200MP for SIMATIC S7-1500 / ET 200MP • SIWAREX FTC for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M
• TM SIWAREX WP351 HF for SIMATIC ET 200SP • TM SIWAREX WP351 HF for SIMATIC ET 200SP
• TM SIWAREX WP341 HF for SIMATIC ET 200SP
• SIWAREX U for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M • SIWAREX U for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M
• SIWAREX FTA for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M • SIWAREX FTA for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M
1/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
... bu
ut solu
ution
ns.
Dosing Filling and bagging Checking scales

Successful, high-quality products require Filling, bagging and big bag systems are The checking scale checks the correct
exact dosing of their components. used in a wide variety of production weight of the package contents. In
Precise and reliable measuring devices processes. Filling of solid or liquid addition to the mechanical design, the
meet these requirements. substances must be precise and fast. electronic weighing system is of key
With SIWAREX electronic weighing SIWAREX is an excellent choice here. importance for the functionality of the
systems and load cells, you can achieve These electronic weighing systems offer checking scale.
optimum results for the precise and fast high resolution and high accuracy, as Modern SIWAREX electronic weighing
control of coarse and fine flows as well well as being legal-for-trade. systems provide high resolution and
as for filling and emptying. Because Furthermore, the seamless integration high precision. They can be configured
SIWAREX is very scalable and integrated in the SIMATIC automation systems for a wide variety of applications with
in SIMATIC, single-component and enables optimum communication of the checking scales. SIWAREX electronic
multi-component systems can be weighing system with the automation systems enable seamless integration in
automated easily with just one SIMATIC environment. the SIMATIC automation system. With
automatic station. SIWAREX electronic systems, complete
control stations for controlling the
checking scales, including image
processing, proximity switches or
motion control, can be formed easily
based on the weighing module.
• SIWAREX load cells and mounting units • SIWAREX load cells and mounting units • SIWAREX load cells and mounting units
• SIWAREX WP251 for SIMATIC S7-1200 • SIWAREX WP251 for SIMATIC S7-1200 • SIWAREX WP251 for SIMATIC S7-1200
• TM SIWAREX WP351 HF for SIMATIC ET 200SP • TM SIWAREX WP351 HF for SIMATIC ET 200SP • TM SIWAREX WP351 HF for SIMATIC ET 200SP
• SIWAREX FTA for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M • SIWAREX FTA for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M • SIWAREX FTA for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 1/9

© Siemens 2022
Weighing Technology | Products and solutions
With optimal cost/beneﬁt ratio.
Solids flowmeters Loss-in-weight scales Weighfeeders

Solids flowmeters optimize control of A loss-in-weight system contributes to A weighfeeder is a customer-specific
your process and ensure excellent fulfilling the accuracy requirements belt conveyor that integrates a weigh-
product quality. The heavy-duty, low- called for in continuous dosing proces- bridge and a speed sensor. The material
maintenance Siemens solids flowmeters ses. With the SIWAREX FTC weighing flow is controlled by a servo-drive based
(with baffle plates) enable continuous modules, it is easy to set and integrate on a setpoint specification made in the
throughput measurement of free-flo- the loss-in-weight scale. The auto-setup Milltronics BW500 transmitter or with a
wing bulk goods, powders or granules. function facilitates commissioning of PLC via SIWAREX electronics. In this way,
The system is completed by a stand- the scale. The module determines the the weighfeeder supplies high accuracy
alone SF500 transmitter or SIWAREX FTC most important parameters such as in weighing and optimizes mixing,
weighing module for processing the dosing performance and PID and stabili- process sequences and balance calculati-
sensor signals and calculating throug- ty parameters. During operation, the ons.
hput capacity and total quantity. parameters are continuously optimized Weighfeeders are essential in automated
All versions guarantee precise, reprodu- by SIWAREX FTC. production processes that require
cible results and can be used for difficult SIWAREX FTC allows for high measure- continuous weighing and dosing. Their
tasks, such as loading and mixing pro- ment resolution, real-time signal proces- practically maintenance-free design is a
cesses. Overload protection for the fuse sing, recording and filtering of signals, guarantee of high performance. The belt
is available as standard. All versions are and thus very high dosing width and belt conveyor length are
constructed encapsulated and dust- accuracy. Via HMI, PC connection or the tailored to the requirements of the
proof from painted, mild steel. Versions control system, the operator has the application.
in stainless steel and for installation in option to control the system manually.
hazardous areas can also be provided.
• SITRANS WF100 solids flowmeters • SIWAREX load cells and mounting components • SITRANS weighfeeders
• SITRANS WF200 solids flowmeters • SIWAREX FTC for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M • Milltronics BW500 transmitters
• SITRANS WF300 solids flowmeters • SIWAREX FTC for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M
• SITRANS WFS300 sensor heads • SIWAREX WP241 for SIMATIC S7-1200
• Milltronics SF500 transmitters • SIWAREX WT241 (stand-alone)
• SIWAREX FTC for SIMATIC S7-300 / ET 200M • TM SIWAREX WP341 HF for SIMATIC ET 200SP
1/10 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

2
© Siemens AG 2022
2/3 Introduction
2/8 SIWAREX for SIMATIC
2/8 Plattform and hopper scales
2/8 Introduction
2/9 TM SIWAREX WP521 ST and WP522 ST
weighing electronics
2/12 SIWAREX WP231 weighing electronics
2/16 TM SIWAREX WP321 ST weighing electron
ics
2/20 SIWAREX U weighing electronics
2/23 Dosing, filling, bagging and checking
scales
2/23 Introduction
2/24 TM SIWAREX WP351 HF weighing elec
tronics
2/31 SIWAREX FTA weighing electronics
2/36 Belt scales
2/36 Introduction
2/37 TM SIWAREX WP341 HF weighing elec
tronics
2/44 SIWAREX FTC weighing electronics
2/50 Loss-in-weight scales
2/50 Introduction
2/51 SIWAREX FTC weighing electronics
2/57 Force and torque measurements
2/57 Introduction
2/58 AI 2xSG 4/6-wire HS
2/60 Ex-Interfaces
2/60 Introduction
2/61 SIWAREX IS Ex interface
2/65 Stand-alone
2/65 Platform and hopper scales
2/65 Introduction
2/70 SIWAREX WT231 weighing terminal
2/73 Belt scales
2/73 Introduction
2/77 SIWAREX WT241 weighing terminal
2/80 Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L
2/86 SmartLinx module
2/88 Dosing, filling, bagging and checking
scales
2/88 Introduction
2/93 Solids flowmeters
2/93 Milltronics SF500
2/99 Supplementary components
2/99 Displays
2/99 SITRANS RD100
2/103 SITRANS RD150
2/108 SITRANS RD200
2/113 SITRANS RD300
© Siemens AG 2022
2/118 Software
2/118 Introduction
2/119 SIMATIC PCS 7 Add-ons
2/122 SIWATOOL
© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Introduction
Introduction
Overview Overview (Continued)

Automation with integral weighing and batching technology • Flexibility
In addition to the accuracy when weighing and proportioning, • Standardization
incorporation of weighing technology into modern automation sys
tems serves to increase the sustained success of a company.
Requirements on scales in industrial processes

The weighing and proportioning system is of significant importance
in many industrial processes, where many different weighing tasks
have to be handled. Both programmable controllers (PLC) and pro
cess control systems (PCS) are used to automate production pro
cesses.
There are many different types of scales that work together with
automation systems, depending on requirements.
Production automation places the following demands on weighing
technology:
• Flexibility with respect to typical scale functions
• Simple expansion of the weighing system
• Adaptability to the automation task, and
• Integrated communications concept
Scales that are able to satisfy these demands can be classified as
part of the automation system. In this sense, the scale is an intelli
Hardware configuration in the TIA Portal with the SIWAREX WP321 elec
gent automation object comprising: tronic weighing system
• Sensor technology
• Closed-loop control Application-compatible implementation leads to the following three
• Actuator technology aspects:
• The demands relating to accuracy and reproducibility require the
The scale carries out its tasks according to the definitions of the
use of special, high-quality function units for signal recording, sig
control system.
nal conditioning, A/D conversion and preprocessing, as well as
open-loop and closed-loop control functions. The task means that
the weighing signals must be resolved in up to 16 million digitiza
tion steps. During proportioning and filling, material flows must
be controlled over binary scale signals with a time resolution of up
to less than one millisecond.
• A whole range of other application-specific functions are also
required to perform the overall task. It is therefore essential to
take into account the complete value chain in the production pro
cess. These might include the automatic filling of supply hoppers
or the unloading of the final product - so that a system is required
that supports simple implementation of the necessary functions.
• It is also necessary to ensure full integration of the weighing sys
tems into the total automation technology wherever possible. This
covers not only communication, but also requires functional integ
ration and the engineering of all automation functions using
standard tools.
These aspects result in the following solution, which easily satisfies
all requirements:
SIWAREX WP321 electronic weighing system in the SIMATIC ET 200SP • Function or technology modules for weighing systems that con
system
tain the required hardware and firmware as standard, in order to
satisfy the high accuracy requirements and time-critical tasks.
Distribution of weighing functions within automation system These modules feature all the characteristics of the standard auto
mation system and are therefore completely compatible.
The distribution of weighing functions within automation systems
has been subject to constant change in recent years. The reasons • Use of standard automation systems for the implementation of
for this can be found in the search for an efficient solution for application-specific tasks. This not only enables the use of the
weighing tasks in the automation environment. The performance of standards already generally applied for engineering, visualization,
hardware components is no longer the only reason for deciding to archiving etc., but also supports full integration into the total
use a specific solution architecture. The demands placed on a mod automation technology without the need for any further adapta
ern weighing solution include the following scale-related require tion. Sector-specific and application-specific solutions can be
ments: implemented particularly flexibly in this case. Special weighing
• High operational reliability and process methods or recipes can be protected from access by
third-parties by means of software protection (know-how protec
• Simple operation ted).
• Very good reproducibility
• High accuracy
as well as the requirements associated with the following automa
tion properties:
• Integration (hardware/software)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/3

© Siemens AG 2022
Introduction
Overview (Continued) Overview (Continued)

• This concept sees the weighing system as an automation object Dosing control
integrated in the total automation solution. The aforementioned
total compatibility means that the standard automation functions
and the weighing functions combine to form an homogeneous
entity for the user. The demands for uniformity, ease of use and
flexibility on the basis of existing standards are fulfilled.
• This solution means that the component architecture can be cent
ral or distributed. In a distributed configuration, i.e. when com
ponents are integrated into the scale, the weighing system is eas
ily transformed into an autonomous "field device", connected to
the automation technology through the open PROFIBUS or
PROFINET.
&RDUVHVLJQDO
)LQHVLJQDO
(PSW\LQJVLJ
6WDQGVWLOO
1HWZHLJKW
Visualization of dosing with SIMATIC HMI
SIWAREX - electronic weighing system - uniform SIMATIC sys

tem basis
By investing in SIWAREX weighing modules, you are investing in the
uniform SIMATIC system basis on which the automation compon
ents of the entire production process can build – from incoming
Curve display of dosing, recorded over the electronic weighing system goods (upstream area) to the production process (mainstream area)
using SIWAREX FTA
down to the filling machine at the end of the production chain
(downstream area) – a system basis which encompasses all hier
SIWAREX weighing systems in automation archic levels from the human-machine interface to the PROFIBUS DP
fieldbus or PROFINET. Why use specialized technology for each
Totally Integrated Automation plays an essential role in SIWAREX weighing or proportioning problem when a uniform basis is avail
weighing systems. able for all individual problem solutions? With SIWAREX, Siemens
A key feature is the total integration of SIWAREX into the SIMATIC has created this uniform basis.
world.
This means: Integrated automation solutions with weighing technology
• Implementation of central automation concepts by direct integra
SIWAREX weighing modules are ideally suited to integrated automa
tion in SIMATIC S7 tion solutions using weighing technology. SIWAREX can be used for
• Implementation of distributed automation concepts by means of every SIMATIC solution regardless of whether it is integrated into
connection to SIMATIC ET 200 the SIMATIC S7 automation system in the form of a module or used
• Integration in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system as a distributed I/O with the SIMATIC S7.
The highlight: SIWAREX modules are integrated into the automation
• Operator control and monitoring through SIMATIC HMI
system with the same engineering tools as all other automation
• Uniform configuring and programming through SIMATIC software components. This is an excellent solution which reduces engineer
ing costs and training expenses!
The ET 200 I/O device is designed as a modular system. The weigh
ing electronics are selected from the module catalog and placed in
the rack of the modular I/O station. The software addresses the
weighing electronics as if they were modules plugged into the cent
ral controller of an automation system.
By using standard hardware (SIMATIC components) and standard
software (STEP 7/TIA Portal), freely programmable, modular weigh
ing systems are available which can be inexpensively adapted to
specific plant requirements, e.g. by means of:
• Additional SIMATIC digital outputs for controlling a mixer, heater,
agitator, etc.
• Additional functions implemented in STEP 7 for determining and
controlling the material flow or for correcting the setpoint based
on material moisture.
The advantages of direct integration at a glance:
• Low-cost system integration because no additional coupling mod
ules are required
• Low configuration costs due to the integrated system design
2/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Introduction
Overview (Continued) Overview (Continued)

• System-compatible module behavior (diagnostics interrupts, hard der Diagram), FBD (Function Block Diagram) or SCL, the configura
ware interrupts, command output disables, etc.) tion in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is implemented by
• Tailor-made, low-cost weighing systems due to expansion with means of graphic interconnection in the CFC (Continuous Function
standard SIMATIC components Chart). Configuration is used instead of programming.
The scales are displayed in the ES (engineering system) as "techno
• High plant availability logy blocks" in the CFC. At the OS (operator station), however, face
• Easy installation thanks to snap-on technique plates are used to display the scales in the WinCC visualization sys
• Low space requirements due to compact design tem.
The faceplates can be used to monitor the weight values and oper
ate the scales.
Scales displayed in the ES engineering system (on the left) and on the
OS operator station (on the right)
Scales can also be adjusted without an automation system.
High plant availability – to ensure that production does not

come to a halt
Apart from the advantage that configuration know-how is only
required for a single system, there are also enormous advantages in
terms of plant availability.
In the SIMATIC S7, for example, faults (measuring range exceeded,
proportioning fault, sensor fault, etc.) are reported to the automa
tion system via diagnostic interrupts without the need to input a
single line of programming code.
Error messages from the weighing electronics are automatically
transferred to the automation system. The diagnostic information
enables easy location of the module from which the message ori
ginated.
Additional diagnostic options are available when the load cells are
connected via SIWAREX DB. The single channel monitoring that is
thus possible identifies wire breaks, impedances and the current
utilization of each and every load cell in a targeted manner.
Using a programmer or the plant visualization, operating personnel
are then able to localize the error, display its cause and, if neces
sary, replace the defective module.
A replaced module is automatically detected by the automation sys
tem. Thanks to the transparent data management, the scales para
meters saved in the automation system can then be transferred to
the new weighing electronics. The scales are immediately available
again for weighing tasks – no need to readjust with control weights
(except applications requiring official calibration).
Since SIWAREX weighing systems are comprised solely of standard
components (e.g. SIWAREX weighing modules, SIMATIC digital
input/outputs, etc.), spare parts inventories are very easy to handle.
Standard programming in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system as in the SIMATIC S7 automation system
While the weighing modules used with the SIMATIC S7 automation
system should preferably be integrated into the system with the
typical PLC programming languages STL (Statement List), LAD (Lad
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/5

© Siemens AG 2022
Introduction
Application
Applications of SIWAREX weighing technology in the production process
Receiving scale Stock Conti processes Hopper scale Filling machine

SIWAREX FTA SIWAREX CS SIWAREX FTC SIWAREX CS Loadout scale
SIWAREX WP351 SIWAREX U SIWAREX WP241 SIWAREX U SIWAREX FTA
SIWAREX WP231 SIWAREX WP231 SIWAREX WP251
SIWAREX WP321 SIWAREX WP321 SIWAREX WP351
Batching scale
SIWAREX FTA
SIWAREX WP351
Incoming goods Batching plant Process Storage Delivery
SIWAREX application table
Application Selection For PLC

Static weight measurements SIWAREX WP321 ET 200SP
e.g. platform scales, hopper scales, vehicle scales, SIWAREX WP231 (OIML R-76) S7-1200
silos
SIWAREX WP521 ST S7-1500 and ET 200MP
SIWAREX U S7-300 and ET 200M
SIWAREX FTA (OIML R-76) S7-300 and ET 200M
SIWAREX WP351 (OIML R-76)* ET 200SP
Force measurement AI 2xGS 4/6-wire HS ET 200SP
e.g. rolling mills, monitoring of loads and belt ten SIWAREX WP231 S7-1200
sions, overload protection, torque measurements
SIWAREX FTC S7-300 and ET 200M
Dosing SIWAREX WP251 (OIML R-51) S7-1200
e.g. batching plants, batch processes, proportioning SIWAREX FTA (OIML R-51) S7-300 and ET 200M
recipes, single-scale and multi-scale systems
Dosing (continuous) SIWAREX FTC (loss-in-weight scale operation mode) S7-300 and ET 200M
e.g. batching plants, in continuous operation
Filling, bagging SIWAREX WP251 (OIML R-51/R-61) S7-1200
e.g. filling machines, weighing and sack filling SIWAREX FTA (OIML R-51/R-61) S7-300 and ET 200M
machines, big bag
SIWAREX WP351 (OIML R-51/R61)* ET 200SP
Loading SIWAREX FTA (OIML R-107) S7-300 and ET 200M
e.g. loading scales for receiving and load operations SIWAREX WP251 (OIML R-107) S7-1200
Checking scales (static) SIWAREX FTA (OIML R-51) S7-300 and ET 200M
e.g. eutomatic weight control in static mode, e.g. SIWAREX WP351 (OIML R-51)* ET 200SP
following filling
2/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Introduction
Application (Continued)
Application Selection For PLC

Flow measurement SIWAREX FTC (solid flow meter operation mode) S7-300 and ET 200M
e.g. solid flow meter (baffle plate)
Belt scales SIWAREX WP241 S7-1200
e.g. measurement of belt load, conveyed quantity, SIWAREX FTC (belt scale operation mode) S7-300 and ET 200M
loading according to setpoint
* certificates available soon
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/7

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Plattform and hopper scales / Introduction
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Plattform and hopper scales / Introduction
Overview
Platform and hopper scales
Weighing silos, vessels or platforms is a standard task in industry.

The comprehensive SIWAREX electronics properties and functions
can fulfil all requirements.
Platform scales
In the various branches of industry the use of platform scales is
bound to very different requirements, in particular with regard to
the load classes.
While platform scales are also used for small loads, road vehicle and
track scales are especially suited for heavy loads.
Hopper scales
In almost every industry, liquids, powders, bulk goods or gases are
produced and stored in funnels or vessels. To ensure their availabil
ity, the exact fill levels of these vessels must be known.
2/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Plattform and hopper scales / TM SIWAREX WP521 ST and WP522 ST weighing
electronics SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Plattform and hopper scales / TM SIWAREX WP521 ST and WP522 ST weighing electronics
Overview Application
SIWAREX WP521 ST and WP522 ST are the optimum solution for the
integration of non-automatic scales, such as platform or hopper
scales, into the SIMATIC S7-1500 automation environment. The two
modules have the basic weighing functions: zeroing, taring and tare
specification. Three limit values can also be freely defined and, if
required, also output via the digital outputs. All further available
status information can also be flexibly linked to the outputs. The
digital inputs can be used for the direct wiring of pushbuttons, for
example. All weighing functions (e.g. zeroing) can be freely and
flexibly assigned to each input.
Design
SIWAREX WP521 ST and WP522 ST are technology modules of the

SIMATIC S7-1500 Advanced Controller family and therefore commu
nicate directly with the SIMATIC S7-1500 controller via the system
bus. Additional expensive communication cards are therefore not
required when using SIWAREX weighing technology.
The compact, 35 mm wide weighing modules can be mounted dir
Weighing electronics TM SIWAREX WP521 ST (left) and ectly on the SIMATIC DIN rail. Assembly is therefore extremely easy
TM SIWAREX WP522 ST (right) and consistent with the remaining automation.
The modules are delivered ex works with a shielding set, comprising
The TM SIWAREX WP521 ST and WP522 ST (ST = Standard) are ver a shield clamp, shielding bracket and 24 V DC supply element with
satile weighing modules for the SIMATIC S7-1500 Advanced Con screw-type terminals. This set is assembled with an appropriate
troller family. With these electronic weighing systems, simple front connector (must be ordered separately, see accessories and
weighing applications, such as platform or hopper scales, can be ordering data) and therefore guarantees optimum hardware design
seamlessly integrated into the S7-1500 automation environment. and EMC immunity.
The power supply, load cells, RS 485 interface and the digital
Benefits inputs/outputs are also connected via the removable front connect
or. An RJ45 port is available on the bottom of the module for the
SIWAREX WP521 ST and WP522 ST offer the following key advant Ethernet connection (SIWATOOL and Modbus TCP/IP).
ages:
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication Function
in SIMATIC S7-1500
• Uniform configuration with TIA Portal SIWAREX WP521 ST and WP522 ST provide simple weighing applica
tions such as platform or hopper scales (ST = Standard). The basic
• Single (WP521 ST) and dual-channel (WP522 ST) variants are functions zeroing, taring and tare specification can easily be issued
available by the CPU/HMI via the ready-made function block or alternatively
• Operation possible without or with failed SIMATIC CPU via a 24 V signal at one of the three digital inputs.
• Optional direct connection of an operator panel via Ethernet port The ready-made function block provides full access to all paramet
(Modbus TCP/IP) ers. Commissioning, maintenance and operation of the scales can
be performed fully from the CPU or HMI – without additional pro
• Optional direct connection of a remote display via RS 485 inter gramming work. The free "Ready-for-use" software (can be down
face loaded in the Siemens Online Support) also contains fully fledged
• Modbus TCP/IP interface HMI configuration, which can be transferred to your own project as
• Modbus RTU interface you wish and freely edited. Customer- and plat-specific weighing
applications can therefore be realized in an instant. In addition, lan
• Three digital inputs and four digital outputs guages can be added easily and quickly with the help of the corres
• Measurement of weight or force with a high resolution of up to ponding functions of the TIA Portal.
± 4 million parts and a measurement rate of 100/120 Hz As an alternative to the CPU/HMI, the module can also be put into
• Simple commissioning by means of HMI/CPU or PC software SIWA operation and maintained conveniently and without a knowledge
TOOL V7 via the Ethernet interface of SIMATIC via the PC software SIWATOOL V7. This simplifies work
considerably for the service staff as no interventions in the control
• Recovery point for simple restoration of all parameters ler are required.
• Automatic calibration is possible without the need for calibration The automatic impedance monitoring of the module also increases
weights plant safety and availability. The total impedance of the connected
• Module can be replaced without renewed adjustment of scale cells is determined as the reference value during commissioning.
You can also freely define from which percentage deviation from
• Automatic impedance monitoring of the connected load cells the reference value a corresponding status bit is to be set. In the
• Direct use in hazardous area zone 2 event of an error (e.g. severing of a load cell cable), this bit can gen
• Up to eight 350 ohm load cells can be connected per channel erate corresponding alarms in the controller and initiate measures.
The impedance is continuously monitored every 100 ms.
• High EMC resistance Up to eight 350-ohm load cells switched in parallel can be connec
ted per scale (per channel).
The modules can be integrated into the plant network via the Ether
net interface of the modules, so that during servicing, remote
access is easily possibly worldwide by means of SIWATOOL . Please
refer to the information at http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecur
ity
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/9

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Function (Continued) Selection and ordering data
A firmware update of the modules can be performed via the Article No.
TIA Portal (MMC card or by file selection) or SIWATOOL V7. Weighing electronics 7MH4980-1AA01
TM SIWAREX WP521 ST
Single-channel, for platform scales or
hopper scales with analog load cells
(1 - 4 mV/V), 1 x LC, 4 × DQ, 3 × DI,
1 × RS 485, Ethernet port, including
shielding set.
Weighing electronics 7MH4980-2AA01
TM SIWAREX WP522 ST
Two-channel, for two separate plat
form scales or hopper scales with ana
log load cells (1 - 4 mV/V), per channel
1 × LC, 4 × DQ, 3 × DI, 1 × RS 485, Eth
ernet port, including shielding set.
SIMATIC S7-1500, front connector 6ES7592-1AM00-0XB0
with screw-type terminals
40-pin, for 35 mm wide modules,
including 4 jumper links and cable ties
SIMATIC S7-1500, front connector 6ES7592-1BM00-0XB0
with push-in technology
40-pin, for 35 mm wide modules,
Software SIWATOOL V7 including 4 jumper links and cable ties
The software SIWATOOL V7 for Windows operating systems is SIWATOOL V4 & V7 7MH4900-1AK01
optionally available for commissioning and servicing. The software Service and commissioning software
is free of charge and part of the configuration package (see for SIWAREX weighing modules
accessories). Ethernet cable patch cord 2 m (7 ft) 6XV1850-2GH20
The program enables the scales to be parameterized and commis
For connecting SIWAREX WP52x ST to
sioned without the need for prior knowledge of the automation sys a PC (SIWATOOL V7 or Modbus TCP/IP)
tem. During servicing, the technician can use a PC to analyze and
test the procedures in the scale. Reading the power fail-safe dia Accessories
gnostics buffer is also a useful feature for troubleshooting. A trace SIWAREX EB extension box 7MH4710-2AA
can also be started and read. This trace records all the weight values For extending sensor cables
and status information in 10 ms intervals. The data can be read out SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20
using SIWATOOL V7 and exported to spreadsheet programs, thus housing
enabling highly granular investigation and optimization.
For connecting up to 4 load cells in
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out parallel, and for connecting multiple
using SIWATOOL V7: junction boxes
• Parameter assignment and calibration of the scale SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA00
• Testing of scale properties steel housing
• Recording and analysis of weighing sequence (trace) For connecting up to 4 load cells in
parallel
• Firmware update
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01
• Creation/loading of external backup files steel housing (ATEX)
For parallel connection of up to 4 load
cells (for zone allocation, see manual
or type-examination certificate)
SIWAREX IS Ex interface
For intrinsically safe connection of
load cells. With ATEX approval (not
UL/FM). Suitable for SIWAREX elec
tronic weighing systems. Compatibil
ity of load cells must be checked sep
arately.
• Short-circuit current < 199 mA DC 7MH4710-5BA
• Short-circuit current < 137 mA DC 7MH4710-5CA
Cable (optional)
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST +
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
For connecting SIWAREX electronic to
junction box (JB), extension box (EB),
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface
(IS) or between two extension boxes.
SIWATOOL V7, layout of the program windows For permanent installation. Occasional
bending is possible.
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm
(0.43 inch)
2/10 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Selection and ordering data (Continued) Technical specifications (Continued)
Article No. SIWAREX WP521 ST / WP522 ST

Permissible ambient temperature Weight values • Gross
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) • Net
Sold by the meter.
• Tare
• Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG
Limit values • 2 × min/max
• Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF
• 1 × empty
spheres): blue
Zeroing Per command
Remote display (optional)
Tare Per command
The digital remote displays can be Tare specification Per command
connected directly to the
SIWAREX WP231 via the RS 485 inter Compatible sensors Analog load cells / full-bridge strain gauges
(1-4 mV/V) in 4-wire or 6-wire system
face.
Suitable remote display: S102 Load cell powering
Supply voltage (regulated via feedback) 4.85 V DC
Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH
PO Box 1180 Permissible load resistance
D-66565 Eppelborn • RLmin > 40 Ω
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Fax: +49 6806/980-999 • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
With SIWAREX IS Ex interface
http://www.siebert-group.com/en
Detailed information is available from • RLmin > 50 Ω
the manufacturer.
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Load cell characteristic 1 ... 4 mV/V
Permissible range of the measurement -21.3 ... +21.3 mV
signal (with 4 mV/V sensors)
Technical specifications Max. distance of load cells 800 m (2 624 ft)
Connection to load cells in Ex zone 1 Optionally via SIWAREX IS Ex interface
SIWAREX WP521 ST / WP522 ST
Certificates • ATEX Zone 2
Weighing modes • Non-automatic scales, e.g. platform and • UL
hopper scales
• KCC
Ports • 1 × SIMATIC S7‑1500 system bus
• EAC
• 1 × Ethernet (SIWATOOL, Modbus TCP/IP)
• RCM
• 1 × RS 485 per channel (Modbus RTU or
remote display) • FM
• 3 × digital inputs per channel (24 V DC) • IECEx
• 4 × digital outputs (24 V DC short-circuit Auxiliary power supply
proof) per channel
Rated voltage 24 V DC
Functions • 3 limits Max. power consumption WP521 ST / 120 mA / 200 mA
• Zeroing WP522 ST
• Tare Max. power consumption SIMATIC Bus 35 mA @ 15 V
• Tare specification IP degree of protection to EN 60529; IP20
IEC 60529
• Zero adjustment
Climatic requirements
• Trace function for signal analysis T min (IND) ... T max (IND) (operating temperat
• Internal restore point ure)
• SIMATIC S7-1500 integrated and/or stand- • Horizontal installation -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
alone operation
• Vertical installation -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F)
Parameter assignment • Using function block in SIMATIC S7-1500
and HMI EMC requirements According to IEC 61000-6-2:2004;
IEC 61000-6-4:2007+A1:2011
• Using SIWATOOL V7
Dimensions (W × H × D) 35 × 147 × 129 mm
• Using Modbus TCP/IP (1.38 × 5.79 × 5.08 inch)
• Using Modbus RTU
Remote display (see accessories)
Connection Via RS 485
Display Additional display for weight value
Measuring accuracy
Error limit according to DIN 1319-1 of full- 0.05%
scale value at 20 °C ± 10 K (68 °F ± 10 K)
Internal resolution Up to ± 4 million parts
Number of measurements/second 100 or 120 (selectable)
Filter • Low-pass filter 0.05 ... 50 Hz
• Average value filter
Weighing functions
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/11

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Plattform and hopper scales / SIWAREX WP231 weighing electronics
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Overview Design
SIWAREX WP231 is a compact technology module in the SIMAT

IC S7-1200 and can be connected directly via the system bus with
S7-1200 components. The rail mounting of the 70 mm (2.76 inch)
wide weighing module means that it is extremely easy to
mount/wire.
The power supply, load cells, the RS 485, digital input/outputs and
the analog output are connected via the screw connector of the
weighing module. An RJ45 plug is used for the Ethernet connection.
Function
The primary task of SIWAREX WP231 is the measurement and con

version of sensor voltage into a weight value. Up to three interpola
tion points are used for the weight calculation. The signal can also
be digitally filtered if required.
Weighing functions
There are commands available for zeroing and taring. Up to three
different tare default values can be activated for this.
SIWAREX WP231 is a versatile, legal for trade weighing module for SIWAREX WP231 is factory-calibrated. This means the scale can be
all simple weighing and force measuring tasks. The compact mod automatically adjusted without adjustment weights, and modules
ule is easy to install in the SIMATIC S7‑1200 automation system. It can be replaced without the need to readjust the scale.
can also be operated without a SIMATIC CPU.
Monitoring and control of the scale signals and states
Benefits In addition to weight determination, the SIWAREX WP231 monitors
two freely programmable limits (optionally min/max) as well as the
SIWAREX WP231 offers the following key advantages:
empty range. It signals violations of the limits.
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in Consistent and uniform communication between all system com
SIMATIC S7‑1200 ponents enables fast, reliable and cost-effective integration and dia
• Uniform configuration with TIA Portal gnostics in process plants.
• Legal-for-trade according to OIML R-76
Integration in the plant environment
• Operation without SIMATIC CPU possible
SIWAREX WP231 is directly integrated into the SIMATIC S7‑1200 via
• Direct connection of an operator panel via Ethernet the SIMATIC bus. All scale parameters can be read and edited by the
• Direct connection of a remote display via RS 485 interface CPU. Therefore a complete commissioning of the scales by the CPU
• Modbus TCP/IP interface or by a connected HMI device is possible. A wide variety of connec
tion options are provided via the RS 485 and Ethernet interface. Via
• Modbus RTU interface Modbus TCP/IP or Modbus RTU, control panels can be connected
• Four digital inputs and outputs, one analog output and it is also possible to communicate with various automation sys
• Measurement of weight or force with a high resolution of up to ±4 tems. A remote display can also be connected to the RS 485.
million parts and an accuracy of 0.05% A PC for configuring the SIWAREX WP231 can be connected to the
Ethernet interface.
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL V7 program via Weight value, status, tare, commands and messages are transmit
the Ethernet interface ted via the SIMATIC I/O area. The parameters of the data records can
• Recovery point for simple restoration of all parameters be set via SIWATOOL or with an operator panel connected directly
• Automatic calibration is possible without the need for calibration to the weighing electronics.
weights SIWAREX WP231 can be integrated into the plant software with the
aid of a ready-made function block. In contrast to serially linked
• Supports replacement of module without recalibration of scales weighing electronics, SIWAREX WP231 does not need costly addi
• Use in hazardous area zone 2 tional modules to link it to SIMATIC.
• Connection of digital force compensation load cells from WIPOTEC Used in conjunction with SIWAREX WP231, it is possible to config
and Mettler-Toledo (type WM and PBK) ure freely programmable, modular weighing systems in SIMATIC,
which can be adapted to company-specific requirements as needed.
Application
SIWAREX WP231 is the optimum solution wherever load cells are

used for measuring tasks. The following are typical SIWAREX WP231
applications:
• Non-automatic weighing instruments, also legal for trade
• Fill level monitoring of silos and bunkers
• Measuring of crane and cable loads
• Load measuring for industrial lifts and rolling mills
• Scales in zone 2 hazardous areas
• Force measuring, hopper scales, platform scales and crane scales
2/12 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Function (Continued) Function (Continued)
It is also extremely helpful to analyze the diagnostics buffer which

can be saved together with the parameters from the module in a
backup file.
Trace mode is provided to optimize the weighing sequences in the
SIWAREX WP231 weighing module. The recorded weight values and
associated states can be displayed as trends using SIWATOOL V7
and MS Excel.
Upgrading firmware
An additional program function can be used to download a new
firmware version onto the SIWAREX WP231 on site. This means that
firmware upgrades can be carried out on site as required anywhere
in the world.
Selection and ordering data
Article No.
SIWAREX WP231 weighing electron 7MH4960-2AA01
In addition to the configuration package, a fully-featured ics
SIWAREX WP231 "Ready-for-use" software is also available free-of- Single-channel, legal-for-trade, for
charge. It shows beginners how to integrate the module in a TIA NAWI non-automatic weighing instru
Portal program and offers a basis for application programming. This ments (e.g. platform scales or hopper
allows you to connect the scale application very easily to an operat scales) with analog load cells (1–4
mV/V), 1 x LC, 4 × DQ, 4 × DI, 1 × AQ,
or panel either connected to the SIMATIC CPU or connected directly 1 RS 485, Ethernet port
to the SIWAREX WP231.
A "Ready-for-use" example program is available in the TIA Portal for SIWAREX S7‑1200 Equipment Manu
al
applications requiring official calibration. This is designed so that it
can be used directly with the legal trade SecureDisplay software. Available in a range of languages
Required is a Windows CE-based operating panel (for example, Free download on the Internet at:
SIMATIC Comfort Touch series). http://www.siemens.com/weigh
SIMATIC Basic and Key Panels cannot be used for applications ing/documentation
requiring official calibration. SIWAREX WP231 "Ready-for-use"
Complete software package for non-
Software automatic weighing instrument (for
SIWATOOL V7 is a special program for commissioning and servicing S7‑1200 and a directly connected
and runs with Windows operating systems. operator panel)
The program enables the user to perform scale calibration without Free download on the Internet at:
requiring automation engineering skills. During servicing, the tech http://www.siemens.com/weigh
nician can use a PC to analyze and test the procedures in the scale. ing/documentation
Reading the diagnostics buffer from the SIWAREX WP231 is SIWAREX WP231 "Ready-for-use -
extremely helpful when analyzing events. legal-for-trade"
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out Software package for non-automatic
using SIWATOOL V7: weighing instruments for S7-1200
• Parameter assignment and calibration of the scale requiring official calibration
• Testing of scale properties Free download on the Internet at:

http://www.siemens.com/weigh
• Recording and analysis of weighing sequence ing/documentation
Software SecureDisplay
Software for a legal trade display on
Windows CE-based Panel. SIMATIC
Basic and Key Panels are excluded
Free download on the Internet at:
ing/documentation
SIWATOOL V4 & V7 7MH4900-1AK01
Service and commissioning software
for SIWAREX weighing modules
Calibration set for SIWAREX WP2xx 7MH4960-0AY10
Valid for SIWAREX WP231 and
SIWAREX WP251.
For verification of up to 3 scales, com
prising:
• 3 × inscription foils for ID label
• 1 × protective film
• 3 × calibration protection plates
SIWATOOL V7 calibration software, layout of the individual program
windows
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/13

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Selection and ordering data (Continued) Selection and ordering data (Continued)
Article No. Article No.

• Guidelines for verification, certific Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH
ates and approvals, editable label, PO Box 1180
SIWAREX WP D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Ethernet cable patch cord 2 m (7 ft) 6XV1850-2GH20 Fax: +49 6806/980-999
For connecting SIWAREX WP231 to a
PC (SIWATOOL), SIMATIC CPU, panel,
Detailed information is available from
etc.
the manufacturer.
Accessories
SIWAREX EB extension box 7MH4710-2AA
For extending sensor cables
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20 Technical specifications
housing
For connecting up to 4 load cells in SIWAREX WP231
parallel, and for connecting multiple Integration in automation systems
junction boxes
S7-1200 SIMATIC S7‑1200 system bus
Operator panel and/or automation systems Via Ethernet (Modbus TCP/IP) or RS 485
steel housing from other vendors (Modbus RTU)
For connecting up to 4 load cells in Communication interfaces • SIMATIC S7‑1200 backplane bus
parallel • RS 485 (Modbus RTU, Siebert remote dis
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 play)
steel housing (ATEX) • Ethernet (SIWATOOL V7, Modbus TCP/IP)
For parallel connection of up to 4 load • Analog output 0/4 ... 20 mA
cells (for zone allocation, see manual • 4 × digital outputs 24 V DC, floating,
or type-examination certificate) short-circuit proof
SIWAREX DB digital terminal box 7MH5001-0AD20 • 4 × digital inputs 24 V DC, floating
For enhanced diagnostic and monitor Commissioning options • Using SIWATOOL V7
ing options in conjunction with • Using function block in SIMAT
SIWAREX WP electronics IC S7‑1200 CPU / Touch Panel
SIWAREX IS Ex interface • Using Modbus TCP/IP
For intrinsically safe connection of • Using Modbus RTU
load cells. With ATEX approval (not Measuring accuracy
tronic weighing systems. Compatibil EC type approval as non-automatic weighing 3000 d ≥ 0.5 μV/e
instrument, trade class III
arately. Error limit according to DIN 1319-1 of full- 0.05%
• Short-circuit current < 137 mA DC 7MH4710-5CA Measuring frequency 100 / 120 Hz
Cable (optional) Digital filter Variable adjustable low-pass and average fil
ter
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST +
Typical applications • Non-automatic weighing instruments
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
• Force measurements
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), • Fill-level monitoring
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface • Belt tension monitors
Weighing functions
For permanent installation. Occasional
bending is possible. Weight values • Gross
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm • Net
(0.43 inch)
• Tare
Permissible ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Limit values • 2 × min/max
Sold by the meter. • Empty
Zeroing Per command
• Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF Tare Per command
spheres): blue Tare specification Per command
Ground terminal for connecting the 6ES5728-8MA11 Load cells Full-bridge strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire
load cell cable shield to the groun system
ded DIN rail Load cell powering
Remote display (optional) Supply voltage (regulated via feedback) 4.85 V DC
The digital remote displays can be Permissible load resistance
connected directly to the • RLmin > 40 Ω
SIWAREX WP231 via the RS 485 inter
face. • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Suitable remote display: S102 With SIWAREX IS Ex interface
• RLmin > 50 Ω
2/14 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Technical specifications (Continued)
SIWAREX WP231
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Load cell characteristic 1 … 4 mV/V
Max. distance of load cells 500 m (229.66 ft)
Connection to load cells in Ex zone 1 Optionally via SIWAREX IS Ex interface (com
patibility of the load cells must be checked)
Approvals/certificates • ATEX Zone 2
• UL
• EAC
• KCC
• RCM
• OIML R76
• Type approval 2009/23/EC (NAWI)
Calibration approval EC type approval OIML R76
Auxiliary power supply
Max. power consumption 200 mA
Max. power consumption SIMATIC Bus 3 mA
IP degree of protection to EN 60529; IP20
IEC 60529
T min (IND) ... Tmax(IND) (operating temperature)
• Horizontal installation -10 ... +55 °C (14 ... 131 °F)

EMC requirements According to EN 45501
Dimensions 70 × 75 × 100 mm (2.76 × 2.95 × 3.94 inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/15

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Plattform and hopper scales / TM SIWAREX WP321 ST weighing electronics
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIWAREX WP321 is the optimum solution wherever analog load

cells are used for measuring tasks.
The SIWAREX WP321 is suitable for the following applications:
• Non-automatic weighing instrument (NAWI), e.g. platform and
hopper scales
• Fill-level monitoring of silos and bins
• Monitoring of belt tensions
• Setup of scales in hazardous areas
Design
SIWAREX WP321 is a technology module (TM) of the SIMAT

IC ET 200SP series and is thus linked to the controller in a distrib
uted manner by means of an ET 200SP interface module (PROFIB
US/PROFINET).
SIWAREX WP321 is a versatile and flexible weigh beam for the The following BaseUnits (Type A0) can be used for integration:
seamless integration of a static scale into the SIMATIC automation For opening a new potential group:
environment. BU15P-16+A10+2D (6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0)
The weighing electronics are integrated within the SIMAT BU15P-16+A0+2D (6ES7193-6BP00-0DA0)
IC ET 200SP system series and use all the features of a modern auto For continuing the potential group:
mation system, such as integrated communication, operator control BU15P-16+A10+2B (6ES7193-6BP20-0BA0)
and monitoring, diagnostics units and the project planning tools in BU15P-16+A0+2B (6ES7193-6BP00-0BA0)
the TIA portal, SIMATIC Step 7, WinCC flexible and PCS7. The load cells or force sensors are connected to the terminals of the
In conjunction with the digital SIWAREX DB junction box, up to four BaseUnits. This means that modules can be replaced quickly, easily
connected load cells can be diagnosed separately. This enables the and without any wiring work.
weigh beam module to detect the failure of individual load cells
and, in the event of an error, to provide relevant load cell data such Function
as order number and location designation directly in the CPU or at
the HMI. This increases the operational reliability of the scale, The primary task of the weighing electronics is to determine the
reduces downtimes, makes commissioning easier and simplifies ser current weight and force values on the basis of signals supplied by
vicing. the connected sensors. Thanks to the seamless integration into the
All messages and process values of the individual load cell channels SIMATIC environment, values can be processed directly and in any
are of course available in the SIMATIC controller. available programming language of the CPU. If the freely selectable
and internally monitored values are exceeded or undershot, this is
reported directly to the controller. A variety of status and diagnostic
Benefits information can also be read out and evaluated in the CPU without
difficulty.
The electronic weighing system described here is characterized by The SIWAREX WP321 is calibrated in the factory. This not only per
decisive advantages: mits automatic calibration of the scales (without the need for calib
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in ration weights), but also the replacement of modules without the
SIMATIC ET 200SP need for recalibration.
• Compact design with only 15 mm module width Via the integral RS 485 interface, a PC can be connected for setting
• Parameterization of the scales via the control panel, CPU or PC the parameters of the weighing electronics using the "SIWATOOL"
software. A USB-RS 485 interface converter is required for this pur
• Flexible configuration options in SIMATIC TIA Portal, SIMAT pose.
IC STEP 7 and PCS 7 Thanks to its seamless integration into the SIMATIC environment,
• Measuring of weights and forces with a resolution of up to +/- the use of SIWAREX weighing electronics does not require any com
2 million parts plicated or expensive communication drivers for the scales.
• 100/120/600 Hz measurement rate Programmable weighing applications tailored to any situation can
be created and then adapted or extended at any time in combina
• Internal scale monitoring of freely definable limit values tion with the functionalities of the TIA Portal and of the SIMATIC
• Easy commissioning using the SIWATOOL software Manager and WinCC flexible.
• Automatic calibration is possible without the need for calibration Likewise, WP321 enables scales to be set up in hazardous areas.
weights Depending on the zone and the load cells used, the use of the
SIWAREX IS Ex interface may also be necessary.
• Modules can be replaced without recalibrating the scale
• Direct use in ATEX Zone 2 possible
• Wide range of status and diagnostic information
• "Ready-for-use" sample program
2/16 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Function (Continued) Selection and ordering data
Article No.
TM SIWAREX WP321 weighing elec 7MH4138-6AA00-0BA0
tronics
Single-channel, for platform scales or
hopper scales with analog load cells
(1 ... 4 mV/V), 1 × LC, 1 × RS 485
SIWAREX WP321 Equipment Manual
Available in a range of languages
ing/documentation
SIWAREX WP321 "Ready-for-use"
TIA Portal and SIMATIC Manager
sample configuration
ing/documentation
SIWAREX WP321 Ready-for-use Service and commissioning software

For an easy introduction to the integration of the module into the SIWAREX PCS 7 AddOn Library for 7MH4900-1AK61
TIA Portal and SIMATIC Manager, a "Ready-for-use" sample project is PCS7 V8.x and V9.0
available free of charge. This project demonstrates the integration Supports PROFINET
APL faceplates and function blocks for:
of the module into the hardware configuration and contains the
• SIWAREX U
function block for communication between the CPU and SIWAREX.
It also contains a ready-made data block that contains all the para • SIWAREX FTA
meters for the scales. The "Ready for Use" project is rounded off • SIWAREX FTC_B (belt scale)
with a touch panel configuration feature, which not only permits • SIWAREX WP321
complete commissioning of the scales from the panel, but also Classic faceplate and function block
includes an "operator view" that can be used to show the normal for:
operation of the scales. • SIWAREX FTC_L (Loss‑in‑weight)
Accessories (mandatory require
ment)
BaseUnit (Type A0 – one BaseUnit
required for each WP321)
For opening a new potential group
• BU15P-16+A0+2D 6ES7193-6BP00-0DA0
• BU15P-16+A10+2D 6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0
For continuing the potential group

• BU15P-16+A0+2B 6ES7193-6BP00-0BA0
• BU15P-16+A10+2B 6ES7193-6BP20-0BA0
Shield connection for BaseUnit 6ES7193-6SC00-1AM0

(5 units / for 5 scales)
For laying the load cell cable
Accessories (optional)
SIWAREX WP321 SIWATOOL SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20
enclosure
SIWATOOL is a service software tool which enables you to calibrate For connecting up to 4 load cells in
the module quickly and efficiently on site, set or reset parameters, parallel, and for connecting multiple
or perform diagnostics in the event of a fault. Furthermore, com junction boxes
plete backup files can be created for the scales, which can be SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA00
uploaded to a new module with a few mouse clicks, so that the steel enclosure
module continues to operate exactly as it did before the backup, For connecting up to 4 load cells in
without the need for any recalibration. It is even possible to upload parallel
configuration files that were created offline, or to read out the error SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01
buffer. No special SIMATIC knowledge is required to use SIWATOOL. steel enclosure (ATEX)
It is connected via the RS 485 port of the module which requires the
use of a USB-RS 485 interface converter. Please refer to the cells (for zone allocation, see manual
SIWAREX WP321 Equipment Manual for further recommendations. or type-examination certificate)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/17

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Selection and ordering data (Continued) Technical specifications
Article No. SIWAREX WP321

SIWAREX DB digital junction box Integration in automation systems
For enhanced diagnostic and monitor SIMATIC S7‑300, S7‑400, S7‑1200 and Via SIMATIC ET 200SP interface module
S7‑1500 (PROFIBUS or PROFINET)
ing options in conjunction with
SIWAREX WP electronics Other manufacturers (with restrictions) Via SIMATIC ET 200SP interface module
(PROFIBUS or PROFINET)
Enclosure made of:
Communication interfaces • SIMATIC ET 200SP backplane bus
• Aluminum 7MH5001-0AD20
• RS 485 (SIWATOOL, Siebert remote dis
• Stainless steel 7MH5001-0AD01 play)
Commissioning options • Using SIWATOOL V7
• Using function block in SIMAT
For intrinsically-safe connection of IC CPU / Touch Panel
UL/FM). Suitable for SIWAREX elec Measuring accuracy
tronic weighing systems. Compatibil According to DIN 1319-1 of full-scale value 0.05%
ity of load cells must be checked sep at 20 °C ± 10 K (68 °F ± 10 K)
arately. Internal resolution ± 2 million parts
Approved for use in the EU Measuring frequency 100 / 120 / 600 Hz
• Short-circuit current < 199 mA DC 7MH4710-5BA Digital filter Variable adjustable low-pass and average fil
ter
• Short-circuit current < 137 mA DC 7MH4710-5CA
Cable (optional) • Force measurements
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + • Fill-level monitoring
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY • Belt tension monitors
For connecting SIWAREX electronic to Weighing functions
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface Weight values • Gross
(IS) or between two extension boxes. • Net
For permanent installation. Occasional • Tare
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm Limit values • 2 × min/max
(0.43 inch) • Empty
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Zeroing Via command by controller or HMI
Sold by the meter. Tare Via command by controller or HMI
• Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG External tare specification Via command by controller or HMI
Calibration commands Via command by controller or HMI
spheres): blue Load cells Full-bridge strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire
system
RS 485/USB interface converter Load cell powering
Commercially available interface con Supply voltage (value applies at sensor, 4.85 V DC ±2%
verter with FTDI chip, e.g. USB-Nano cable-related voltage drops of up to 5 V are
from CTI controlled)
https://www.cti- Permissible load resistance

shop.com/en/rs485-converter/usb- • RLmin > 40 Ω
nano-485
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Remote display
The Siebert S102 and S302 remote
• RLmin > 50 Ω
digital displays can be directly connec
ted to the SIWAREX WP321 via an • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
RS 485 interface.
Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH Permissible range of measuring signal (at -21.3 ... +21.3 mV
PO Box 1180D-65565 Eppelborn, greatest set characteristic value)
Germany Max. distance of load cells 1000 m (459.32 ft)
Tel: +49 6806/980-9
Fax: +49 6806/980-999 Connection to load cells in Ex zone 1 Optionally via SIWAREX IS Ex interface (com
http://www.siebert-group.com/en Approvals/certificates • ATEX Zone 2
the manufacturer. • UL
• FM
• EAC
• KCC
• IECEx
• RCM
Max. power consumption Typ. 0.1 A @ 24 V DC (0.2 A max.)
2/18 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIWAREX WP321
IEC 60529
• Vertical installation in SIMATIC S7 1) -25 ... +50 °C (-13 ... 122 °F)
• Horizontal installation in SIMATIC S7 1) -25 ... +60 °C (-13 ... 140 °F)

EMC requirements According to IEC 61000‑6‑2, IEC 61000-6-4,
OIML R76-1
Dimensions (width) 15 mm (0.6 inch)
1) The S7 standard modules may not be operated at temperatures below 0 °C

(32 °F). For operating conditions below 0 °C (32 °F), SIMATIC modules
from the SIPLUS series must be used.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/19

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Plattform and hopper scales / SIWAREX U weighing electronics
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Overview Function
SIWAREX U is available with either one or two measuring channels.

One measuring channel is required for each set of scales.
The primary task of SIWAREX U is the measurement of sensor
voltage and the conversion of this measurement into a weight
value. The signal can also be digitally filtered if required.
As well as determining weights, the SIWAREX U monitors two freely
programmable limits (min./max. as required).
The SIWAREX U comes factory-calibrated. This means that theoretic
al adjustment of the scale is possible without adjustment weights,
and that modules can be replaced without the need to readjust the
scale. When using "active bus modules", replacement is also pos
sible during operation.
Consistent and uniform communication between all system com
ponents enables fast, reliable and cost-effective integration and dia
gnosis in industrial processes.
The SIWAREX U has two serial interfaces. The TTY interface serves to
connect up to four digital remote displays. In addition to the two
weight values of weighing channels 1 and 2, another two values
can be set via SIMATIC and indicated on the remote displays.
SIWAREX U is a versatile weighing module for all simple weighing A PC for adjusting the scale can be connected through the RS 232
and force measuring tasks. The compact module can be integrated interface.
into SIMATIC automation systems without any problems. Complete SIWAREX U can not only be integrated in the plant software using
data access is then possible via the SIMATIC. the classic PLC programming languages; STL (Statement List), LD
(Ladder Diagram) SFC (Sequential Function Chart) or SCL (Struc
Benefits tured Control Language), it can also be integrated by means of
graphical configuration with CFCs (Continuous Function Chart),
SIWAREX U offers the following key advantages: where faceplates are provided in PCS 7 for visualization of the
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in scales.
SIMATIC In contrast to serially linked weighing electronics, SIWAREX U does
• Implementation in a distributed system concept thanks to connec not need costly additional modules to link it to SIMATIC.
tion to PROFIBUS DB/PROFINET via ET 200M Integration in SIMATIC produces freely-programmable, modular
weighing systems which can be modified according to operational
• Measurement of weight or force with a high resolution of 65 000 requirements.
parts and 0.05% accuracy Using the SIWATOOL U software, the SIWAREX weighing modules
• Space saving through use of two-channel version for two scales can be set up with the convenience of Windows independently of
• Direct connection of a remote display to the TTY interface the automation system. Input masks allow all parameters for the
weighing modules to be specified, saved and printed for plant docu
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL U program mentation.
• Supports theoretical adjustment without adjustment weights The diverse diagnostic options provided by SIWATOOL U ensure fast
• Supports replacement of module without recalibration of scales fault locating in online mode.
The SIWAREX U weighing module can be used for hazardous areas
• Can be used in Ex applications (zone 2). The load cells can be provided with an intrinsically-safe
power supply through an optional Ex interface.
Application
SIWAREX U is the optimum solution wherever strain gage sensors, Selection and ordering data
such as load cells, force sensors or torque measuring shafts, are
used for measuring tasks. The typical applications of SIWAREX U Article No.
are: SIWAREX U
• Fill level monitoring of silos and bunkers For SIMATIC S7 and ET 200M, incl. bus
connector, weight 0.3 kg (0.661 lb)
• Monitoring of loads on cranes and cables
Single-channel version1) for connect 7MH4950-1AA01
• Measuring the loading on conveyor belts ing one scale
• Overload protection of industrial elevators or rolling mills Two-channel version2) for connecting 7MH4950-2AA01
• Balances in hazardous areas (using an Ex interface) two scales
• Monitoring of belt tension SIWATOOL V4 & V7 7MH4900-1AK01
Design 7MH4950-3AK62
SIWAREX U configuration package
for PCS 7, version 8.0
SIWAREX U is a compact SIMATIC S7-300 function module (FM) and Suitable for 7MH4950-xAA01
can be directly snapped onto the SIMATIC S7-300 or ET 200M back • Function block for CFC
plane bus. The snap-on system for DIN rails greatly simplifies the
• Faceplate
installation/cabling work.
The load cells, power supply and serial interfaces are connected via • Manual
the 20-pin standard front connector.
Operation of SIWAREX U in SIMATIC ensures that the weighing sys
tem is completely integrated into the automation system.
2/20 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC

SIWAREX PCS 7 AddOn Library for 7MH4900-1AK61 • With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA
PCS 7 V8.x and V9.0 < 199 mA DC
Supports PROFINET
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5CA
< 137 mA DC
• SIWAREX U
• SIWAREX FTA Cable (optional)
• SIWAREX FTC_B (belt scale) Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST +
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
• SIWAREX WP321
Classic faceplate and function block For connecting SIWAREX electronic to
for: junction box (JB), extension box (EB),
• SIWAREX FTC_L (Loss-in-weight) (IS) or between two extension boxes.
SIWATOOL connection cable 7MH4607-8CA For permanent installation. Occasional
From SIWAREX U/CS with serial PC bending is possible.
interface, for 9-pin PC interfaces External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm
(RS 232), length 3 m (9.84 ft) (0.43 inch)
Installation material (mandatory) -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
20-pin front connector with screw 6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0 Sold by the meter.
contacts • Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG
Required for each SIWAREX module
Shield connection element 6ES7390-5AA00-0AA0
Sufficient for two SIWAREX U modules spheres): blue
Shield connection clamp 6ES7390-5CA00-0AA0 Remote displays (optional)

Content: 2 units (suitable for cable The digital remote displays can be
with diameter 4 ... 13 mm / connected directly to SIWAREX U
0.16 ... 0.51 inch) through a TTY interface.
Note: The following remote displays can be
One shield connection clamp is used: S102, S302
required for each of the following:
• Scale connection
PO Box 1180
• RS 485 interface D-66565 Eppelborn
• RS 232 interface Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
S7 DIN rail
Internet: http://www.siebert-
• 160 mm (6.30 inch) 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
group.com/en
• 480 mm (18.90 inch) 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0 Detailed information is available from
the manufacturer.
• 530 mm (20.87 inch) 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
1) Compatible with 7MH4601-1AA01; supply of load cells changed to 6 V DC.
• 830 mm (32.68 inch) 2) Compatible with 7MH4601-1BA01; supply of load cells changed to 6 V DC.
• 2 000 mm (78.74 inch) 6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
Labeling strips 6ES7392-2XX00-0AA0
(10 units, spare part) Technical specifications
SIWAREX U
Integration in automation systems
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20
• S7-300 Direct integration
housing
For connecting up to 4 load cells in • S7-1500 Through ET 200M
parallel, and for connecting multiple
• S7-400 (H) Through ET 200M
junction boxes
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA00 • PCS 7 (H) Through ET 200M
steel housing • Automation systems from other vendors Through ET 200M
parallel • Stand-alone (without SIMATIC CPU) Possible with IM 153-1
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 Communication interfaces • SIMATIC S7 (P bus)

steel housing (ATEX) • RS 232
• TTY
or type-examination certificate) Connection of remote display Gross, channel 1, 2 or default value 1, 2
(via serial TTY interface)
For intrinsically safe connection of Scale adjustment Through SIMATIC (P bus) or PC using SIWA
load cells. With ATEX approval (not TOOL U (RS 232)
UL/FM). Suitable for SIWAREX elec Measuring properties
ity of load cells must be checked sep Error limit according to DIN 1319-1 of full- 0.05%
arately.
Internal resolution ADC 65 535
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/21

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIWAREX U
Data format weight values 2 bytes (fixed-point)
Number of measurements/second 50
Digital filter 0.05 ... 5 Hz (in 7 steps), mean value filter
Weighing functions
Weight values Gross
Limit values 2 (min./max.)
Zero-setting function Per command
Load cells Strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire system
Load cell powering
Supply voltage Us (rated value) 6 V DC1)
Max. supply current ≤ 150 mA per channel
Permissible load resistance
• R Lmin > 40 Ω per channel
• R Lmax < 4 010 Ω
With Ex(i) interface
• R Lmin > 87 Ω per channel
• R Lmax < 4 010 Ω
Permissible load cell characteristic Up to 4 mV/V
Max. distance of load cells • 500 m2)
• 150/500 m for gas group IIC
• 500 m2) for gas group IIB (see SIWAREX IS
Manual)
Intrinsically-safe load cell powering Optional (Ex interface) with SIWAREX IS
Max. power consumption 150 mA (single-channel) / 240 mA (dual-chan
nel)
Current consumption on backplane bus ≤ 100 mA
Certification ATEX 95, FM, cULUS Haz. Loc.
IEC 60529
T min (IND) ... Tmax (IND) (operating temperat
ure)
• Horizontal installation 0 ... +60 °C (32 ... 140 °F)
• Vertical installation 0 ... +40 °C (32 ... 104 °F)

EMC requirements According to NAMUR NE21, Part 1; EN 61326
1) Load cell supply changed to 6 V DC as compared to 7MH4601-1AA01 and

7MH4601-1BA01.
2) Possible up to 1 000 m under certain conditions when using the recom
mended cable (accessories).
2/22 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Dosing, filling, bagging and checking scales / Introduction
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Overview
Typical requirements in many industries are high-precision mixing

and dosing, and packing and filling at high speed. The correspond
ing SIWAREX electronics offer comprehensive properties and func
tions that fulfill all requirements - including for legal-for-trade oper
ation.
The dosing process used in production operations depends on a
variety of factors: Depending on the type and quantity of materials
weighed, different dosing systems and weighing processes are
required. It must be possible to fill liquid or solid goods quickly and
precisely.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/23

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Dosing, filling, bagging and checking scales / TM SIWAREX WP351 HF weighing
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
electronics
Dosing, filling, bagging and checking scales / TM SIWAREX WP351 HF weighing electronics
SIWAREX WP351 offers a compact and extremely versatile solution

for automatic and non automatic scale applications with high
requirements for accuracy and performance.
Typical areas of application include:
• Silo, hopper and platform scales, requiring official calibration/not
requiring official calibration
• Totalizing automatic weighing instruments, requiring official calib
ration/not requiring official calibration
• Filling scales, requiring official calibration/not requiring official cal
ibration
• Static checking scales, requiring official calibration/not requiring
official calibration
• Automatic dynamic checking scales, not requiring official calibra
tion
• Recipe-controlled batch/mixing scales
Design
The SIWAREX WP351 is a compact, precise weighing module in the
SIMATIC ET 200SP format. The SIWAREX WP351 is a technology module of the SIMAT
With a width of just 20 mm it is one of the slimmest weighing mod IC ET 200SP distributed I/O system.
ules on the market, yet its firmware includes the functionalities of Installation is on a type U0 BaseUnit. The load cells, serial RS 485
an automatic totalizing weighing instrument and checking, bagging interface and digital inputs/outputs are wired directly on the
and filling scale. BaseUnit with user-friendly push-in terminals. This makes is quick
All operation modes are part of the firmware and certified according and easy to replace modules without any wiring effort.
to OIML R-51, R-61, R-76 and R-107. This means the WP351 can be The web server is addressed via an Ethernet interface in the mod
used in both scales requiring official calibration and those that do ule. Should more interfaces and I/O be required, they can be added
not, where demands are high regarding speed and accuracy. with the ET 200SP system components.
Benefits Function
• Low space requirements with only 20 mm module width The weighing module controls automatic proportioning, checking
• Seamless integration into SIMATIC ET 200SP and loading processes completely autonomously. The intelligence
required is contained in the module firmware, thus representing a
• 1 000 Hz sampling rate und processing time standard. Dosing signals can be controlled directly via the three
• Installation of legal-for-trade multi-interval/multi-range scales with digital outputs – typically coarse flow/fine flow and emptying.
up to 3 × 6 000 d Internal control algorithms and signal filters continually optimize
• Operation with SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400, S7-1200 and S7-1500 and adjust the weighing process.
controllers The controller only transfers the desired setpoint, as well as other
material-specific parameters, to the module via the WP351 function
• Operation in Ethernet IP or Modbus TCP-based systems using block. A start command initiates the dosing process, which is
ET 200SP multi-field bus IM executed by the weighing module independently of the cycle time
• Three digital inputs and outputs each ex works of the main controller with maximum accuracy. Finally the WP351
• High degree of scalability in connection with all available SIMATIC carries out a tolerance check and signals the result to the controller.
standard components In addition, the result is included in the statistics calculated in the
background, which can be called up at any time from the controller.
• Open SIWAREX concept – all settings and parameters accessible,
Depending on the operating mode, a log is generated in the intern
no encapsulated black box in the field al protocol memory, either automatically or initiated by the user. If
• Unrestricted access to all scale parameters and functions from the the scales are calibrated, the log conforms to the requirements of
SIMATIC S7 Controller / HMI the Weights and Measures Act.
• Internal, legal-for-trade protocol memory for up to 1 000 000 The open and standardized SIWAREX concept means that the plant
entries operator can service the scales themselves if necessary.
• Commissioning and maintenance from HMI or module-internal
web server
• Legal-for-trade main display integrated in the SIMATIC HMI
2/24 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data (Continued)

TM SIWAREX WP351 HF weighing 7MH4138-6BA00-0CU0 Cable (optional)
electronics Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST +
SIMATIC ET 200SP, 2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
TM SIWAREX WP351 HF, legal-for-
trade weighing module for automatic For connecting SIWAREX electronic to
dosing, filling and checking scales and junction box (JB), extension box (EB),
totalizing weighing instruments digital junction box (DB), Ex interface
SIWAREX WP351 Equipment Manual For permanent installation. Occasional
Available in a range of languages bending is possible.
Free download on the Internet at: External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm
(0.43 inch)
http://www.siemens.com/weigh Permissible ambient temperature
ing/documentation -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
SIWAREX WP351 "Getting Started" Sold by the meter.
sample project • Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG
Sample software shows beginners • Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF
how to program the scales in TIA spheres): blue
Portal V15.1
ing/documentation
7MH4138-6BA00-0AY0
Technical specifications
Calibration set SIWAREX WP351
prising: SIWAREX WP351
• 3 × inscription foil for ID label Firmware version V1.0
• 1 × protective film • FW update possible Yes
• 3 × unlocking protection Usable BaseUnits BU type U0
• 6 × screw Reliability
For applications requiring official cal Mean time between failures (MTBF) 62 years @ TA = 40 °C
ibration, follow the calibration regula Product function
tions of the country of destination.
I&M data Yes, I&M0 to I&M3
ET 200SP BaseUnit type U0 Engineering with
• For constructing a new potential 6ES7193-6BP00-0DU0
• STEP 7 TIA Portal can be configured/integ Configurable as of V15 using HSP0281
group (white) rated
• For continuing an existing potential 6ES7193-6BP00-0BU0 • PROFIBUS as of GSD version/GSD revision GSD V04.02.41
group (gray)
• PROFINET as of GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.34
Shield connection for ET 200SP 6ES7193-6SC00-1AM0
Supply voltage
Includes 5 shield connections
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V
For extending sensor cables.
• Permissible range, low limit, static (DC) 19.2 V
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20
enclosure • Permissible range, high limit, static (DC) 28.8 V
For connecting up to 4 load cells in • Permissible range, low limit, dynamic (DC) 18.5 V
terminal boxes. • Permissible range, high limit, dynamic 30.2 V
(DC)
steel enclosure • Reverse polarity protection Yes
For connecting up to 4 load cells in • Non-periodic overvoltages 35 V DC for 500 ms with a recovery time of
parallel. 50 s
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 Input current
steel enclosure (ATEX) Current consumption, max. Max. 140 mA @ 24 V DC + [DQ 3 × 0.5 A]
Power loss
or prototype test certificate). Typical power loss 1.7 W
SIWAREX IS Ex interface Address range
Assigned address range
load cells. With ATEX approval (not • Inputs 32 bytes
• Outputs 32 bytes
ity of load cells must be checked sep Power supply from SIMATIC S7 backplane
arately. bus
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA Current consumption from ET 200SP back Max. 27 mA @ 3.5 V (SBK4)
plane bus
< 199 mA DC
Analog load cell interface connection
< 137 mA DC
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/25

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIWAREX WP351
Error limit according to DIN 1319-1 at 20 °C ≤ 0.002% of end value
(-4 °F) +/-10 K
Relative accuracy
(absolute accuracy can only be achieved
with local calibration using calibration stand
ards)
Measuring accuracy in accordance with
OIML R76-1:2006/EN 45501:2015
• Class III
• Resolution (d=e) 3 × 6000 d
• Error percentage pi 0.4
• Step voltage 0.4 µV/e

Accuracy delivery state Typ. 0.1% of end value
The accuracy is relevant for module
exchange or theoretical adjustment
Sampling rate 1.024 ms
Input signal resolution ± 20 000 000
Measuring ranges 0 ... ±1 mV/V
0 ... ±2 mV/V
0 ... ±4 mV/V
Common mode voltage range +2.8 … 7.7 V
Strain gauge supply (constant voltage) 10 V DC (+1 % / -3 %) at the EXC terminals
Short-circuit and overload protection Yes
Connection 6-wire or 4-wire (parameterizable)
Sensor voltage monitoring Typ. ≤ 5.0 V
Min. strain gauge input resistance per chan
nel
• Without SIWAREX IS Ex-i interface 56 Ω
Lower impedance by means of external sup
ply possible
• With SIWAREX IS Ex-i interface 87 Ω @ type 7MH4710-5BA
180 Ω @ type 7MH4710-5CA
Max. strain gauge resistance 4 100 Ω
Temperature coefficient range ≤ ±5 ppm/K
Temperature coefficient zero point ≤ ±0.015 μV/K
Linearity error ≤ 0.001%
Measured value filtering Low-pass and average value filter configur
able (DR3)
Galvanic isolation 500 V AC
50 Hz / 60 Hz noise suppression CMRR > 80 dB
Input resistance
• Signal line Typ. 8*106 Ω
• Sense line Typ. 300*106 Ω

Cable length
• When using SIWAREX cable 7MH4702-8AG Max. 500 m
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature in operation
• Horizontal mounting position * Min. -30 °C
Max. +60 °C
• Vertical mounting position * Min. -30 °C
Max. +50 °C
Storage and transport temperature -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
* At a height of more than 2 000 m above sea level, a derating of the ambi
ent temperature of -1 °C / 100 m has to be adhered to. The maximum per
missible height is 5 000 meters above sea level. At over 0.6 A total current of
the digital outputs DQ, a derating of the ambient temperature of -1 °C per
100 mA has to be adhered to. The max. permissible total current is 1.5 A.
2/26 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Dosing, filling, bagging and checking scales / SIWAREX WP251 weighing electron
ics SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Dosing, filling, bagging and checking scales / SIWAREX WP251 weighing electronics
Overview Design

IC S7-1200, and communicates directly via the system bus with the
SIMATIC S7-1200 controller.
The compact weighing module has a width of 70 mm (2.76 inch)
and is installed using a DIN rail. This is extremely user-friendly.
The connections for the power supply, load cells, RS 485 interface,
digital inputs/outputs, and the analog outputs are located on
removable screw connector blocks. An RJ45 port is available for the
Ethernet connection (SIWATOOL and Modbus TCP/IP).
Function
SIWAREX WP251 controls dosing and filling processes completely

autonomously. The dosing valves (coarse/fine flow) can be con
trolled directly via the four digital outputs of the module. This
achieves maximum accuracy since the weighing process is con
trolled completely independently of the CPU and its cycle time.
The CPU can be used to manage recipes and material parameters.
These parameters and the desired setpoint are then transferred to
SIWAREX WP251 is a flexible weighing module for dosing and filling SIWAREX WP251 by function block, and the dosing process is star
processes. The compact module can be installed seamlessly in the ted. SIWAREX WP251 automatically optimizes the shut-off points,
SIMATIC S7-1200 automation system. It can also be used without a generates statistics, and logs every dosing task in the internal pro
SIMATIC CPU in stand-alone mode. tocol memory that is also accessible from the CPU and can be read
out by the CPU.
Benefits Diverse options are available for commissioning. The
SIWAREX WP251 function block enables full access to all parameters
SIWAREX WP251 offers the following key advantages: of the SIWAREX WP251. The downloadable example application
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in "Ready-for-use" provides full data access to the weighing module,
SIMATIC S7‑1200 calibration options and operation of the scale - without any addi
• Uniform configuration with TIA Portal tional programming effort. Further, the PC service software SIWA
TOOL V7 that communicates via Ethernet with the SIWAREX module
• Legal-for-trade according to OIML R76, R51, R61 and R107 can be used for commissioning. Access using WLAN is thus also pos
• Internal alibi memory for up to 550 000 entries sible by means of a WIFI access point. Consequently, remote access
• Operation without SIMATIC CPU possible via the Internet is also no problem. For servicing purposes, central
ized access to all scales from a single location is possible – world
• Ethernet port ex works (Modbus TCP/IP / SIWATOOL) wide. In addition, there is full access to all parameters and com
• RS 485 interface ex works (Modbus RTU / remote display) mands, via both the RS 485 interface (Modbus RTU) and the Ether
• Four digital inputs and outputs, one analog output ex works net interface (Modbus TCP/IP), meaning that full commissioning
and operation can also take place via these channels.
• Measurement of weight and force with a high resolution of up to
± 4 million parts and an accuracy of 0.05% Weighing functions
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL V7 program via SIWAREX WP251 provides the weighing modes NAWI (non-automat
the Ethernet interface ic weighing instrument), ACI (automatic catchweighing instrument)
• Recovery point for simple restoration of all parameters and AGFI (automatic gravimetric filling instrument).
• Automatic calibration is possible without the need for calibration In the operating modes NAWI and ACI, there is a choice between
weights filling mode and emptying mode. The entire filling or dosing pro
cess is controlled fully from SIWAREX WP251. It is only necessary to
• Supports replacement of module without recalibration of scales transfer a setpoint and a start command to the module. The coarse
• Direct use in hazardous area zone 2 flow, fine flow and empty signals can be switched directly via the
digital outputs of the module.
Data regarding the weight, as well as all scale and dosing status
Application bits, are available cyclically in the program code in the PLC for fur
ther evaluation. If stand-alone mode of the module is activated,
SIWAREX WP251 is the optimum solution wherever fast and precise there is an additional guarantee that dosing and operation of the
dosing and filling are required. The following are typical scales can continue even in the event of a CPU stop.
SIWAREX WP251 applications:
• Catchweighing instruments (CWI) - legal-for-trade in accordance Software
with OIML R51 SIWATOOL V7 is a special program for commissioning and servicing
• Gravimetric filling instruments (GFI) - legal-for-trade in accordance and runs with Windows operating systems.
with OIML R61 The program enables the user to perform scale calibration without
• Non automatic weighing instrument (NAWI) - legal-for-trade in requiring automation engineering skills. During servicing, the tech
accordance with OIML R76 nician can use a PC to analyze and test the procedures in the scale.
Reading the diagnostics buffer from SIWAREX WP251 is extremely
• Discontinuous totalizing automatic weighing instrument (DTI) - helpful when analyzing events.
legal-for-trade in accordance with OIML R107 The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out
using SIWATOOL V7:
• Parameter assignment and calibration of the scale
• Testing of scale properties
• Recording and analysis of weighing sequence
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/27

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Function (Continued) Integration (Continued)
Software SIWATOOL V7, layout of the program windows
It is also extremely helpful to analyze the diagnostics buffer which Stand-alone mode
backup file. Alternatively, SIWAREX WP251 can also be used without a SIMAT
Trace mode is provided to optimize the weighing sequences in the IC CPU. In this case, the module is connected with a supply voltage
SIWAREX WP251 weighing module. The recorded weight values and of 24 V DC only. In this case, a PC (using an OPC server, for
associated states can be displayed as trends using SIWATOOL V7 example) or a Modbus-enabled operator panel can be used for oper
and MS Excel. ator input. Both Modbus interfaces of SIWAREX WP251 (TCP/IP and
RTU) enable access to all parameters, actual values, setpoints,
Upgrading firmware weight values and status information. A customized and plant-spe
An additional program function can be used to download a new cific operator interface can thus be created on the PC or the
firmware version onto the SIWAREX WP251 on site. This means that Modbus-enabled operator panel. Integration into third-party sys
firmware upgrades can be carried out on site as required anywhere tems is also no problem via the Modbus interfaces.
in the world.
Integration
Article No.
Integration into the automation environment SIWAREX WP251 weighing elec 7MH4960-6AA01
SIWAREX WP251 is part of the SIMATIC S7-1200 Basic Controller tronics
Single-channel, legal-for-trade, for
range, and is integrated seamlessly into the TIA Portal. The free automatic dosing and filling scales
function block enables full access to all parameters, actual values, (AGFI, ACI, NAWI) with analog load
setpoints, weight values and status information (e.g. limits, coarse cells / full-bridge strain gauges (1 -
flow signal, fine flow signal, empty signal) conveniently and 4 mV/V), 1 × LC, 4 × DQ, 4 × DI,
without programming effort. Customized operator interfaces can 1 × AQ, 1 × RS 485, Ethernet port
thus be created in conjunction with SIMATIC HMI touch panels. SIWAREX WP251 Equipment Manu
Management of several languages can also be easily implemented al
and organized. Available in a range of languages
The example project "Ready-for-Use SIWAREX WP251" is available
free of charge to help you to get started quickly and simply. This TIA http://www.siemens.com/weigh
Portal project contains both the function block and a fully fledged ing/documentation
visualization system for operating and monitoring the SIWAREX
WP251. The visualization can be freely edited and adapted, or trans
ferred completely into an existing HMI project. Free download on the Internet at:
ing/documentation
SIWAREX WP251.
prising:
2/28 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC

Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
group.com/en
etc.
Accessories the manufacturer.
SIWAREX JB junction box, alumin 7MH5001-0AA20
um housing Technical specifications
parallel, and for connecting multiple SIWAREX WP251
junction boxes Weighing modes • Non automatic weighing instrument
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA00 (NAWI) (filling + removal) (legal-for-trade
in accordance with OIML R76)
steel housing
• Catchweighing instrument (CWI) (filling +
For connecting up to 4 load cells in removal) (legal-for-trade in accordance
parallel with OIML R51)
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 • Gravimetric filling instrument (GFI) (legal-
steel housing (ATEX) for-trade in accordance with OIML R61)
• Discontinuous totalizing automatic weigh
For parallel connection of up to 4 load ing instrument (DTI) - (legal-for-trade in
cells (for zone allocation, see manual accordance with OIML R107)
For intrinsically safe connection of Operator panel and/or automation systems Via Ethernet (Modbus TCP/IP) or RS 485
load cells. With ATEX approval (not from other vendors (Modbus RTU)
ity of load cells must be checked sep • 1 × Ethernet (SIWATOOL and Modbus
arately TCP/IP)
7MH4710-5BA • 1 x RS 485 (Modbus RTU or remote dis

• Short-circuit current < 199 mA DC play)
• Short-circuit current < 137 mA DC 7MH4710-5CA • 1 x analog output (0/4 - 20 mA)
Cable (optional) • 4 × digital inputs (24 V DC, floating)
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + • 4 × digital outputs (24 V DC, floating,

short-circuit proof)
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
Functions • 3 limits
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), • Tare
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface • Tare specification
(IS) or between two extension boxes. • Zeroing
For permanent installation. Occasion
al bending is possible. • Zero adjustment
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm • Statistics
(0.43 inch) • Automatic correction of the shut-off
Permissible ambient temperature points
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) • Internal protocol memory for 550 000
Sold by the meter. entries
• Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG • Trace function for signal analysis
• Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF • Internal restore point
spheres): blue • Stand-alone mode or SIMATIC S7-1200
integrated
Ground terminal for connecting the 6ES5728-8MA11
load cell cable shield to the groun Parameter assignment • Full access using function block in SIMAT
IC S7-1200
ded DIN rail
• Full access using Modbus TCP/IP
• Full access using Modbus RTU
The digital remote displays can be
connected directly to the Remote display
SIWAREX WP251 via the RS 485 inter Connection Via RS 485
face Scale adjustment PC software SIWATOOL (Ethernet), S7-1200
Suitable remote display: S102 function block and touch panel or directly
connected operator panel (Modbus)
Measuring accuracy
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/29

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIWAREX WP251
Load cell powering
• RLmin > 40 Ω
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
• RLmin > 50 Ω
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
• UL
• KCC
• EAC
• RCM
Calibration approvals • EU type-examination certificate
2014/31/EU (NAWI) according to
OIML R76
• EU type-examination certificate
2014/32/EU (MID) according to OIML R61
and OIML R51
• EU type-examination certificates
2014/32/EU (MID) according to
OIML R107
IEC 60529

2/30 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Dosing, filling, bagging and checking scales / SIWAREX FTA weighing electronics
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
The SIWAREX FTA weighing module is the optimum solution

wherever high demands are placed on accuracy and speed.
Thanks to its outstanding measuring properties, weights can be
measured with extreme accuracy in up to three ranges.
SIWAREX FTA can be used to design legal-for-trade dosing systems,
such as filling plants, loading stations, bagging stations, rotopack
ers, mixers or test stations.
Typical fields of application include:
• Filling of liquids
• Bagging of solid matter (also big bag)
• Proportioning as deduction weighing or fill weighing
• Checking of individual quantities
• Loading or receiving of materials
• Static checking scale
• Check weigher (in combination with Wipotec load cells)
Design
SIWAREX FTA (Flexible Technology, Automatic Weighing Instru
ment) is a versatile and flexible weighing module for industrial use. SIWAREX FTA is a function module of SIMATIC S7-300 which can be
It can be used in both non-automatic and automatic weighing oper directly snapped onto the SIMATIC S7‑300 or ET 200M backplane
ation, for example the production of mixtures, and for filling, load bus. The rail mounting of the 80 mm wide weighing module means
ing, monitoring and bag filling. that it is extremely easy to mount/wire.
It has the corresponding scale approvals and is also suitable for The load cells, the RS 485 serial interface, the analog output and
weighing systems requiring official calibration. the digital inputs and outputs are connected by means of the 40‑pin
The SIWAREX FTA function module is integrated in SIMAT standard front connector, the PC (RS 232) by means of a 9‑pin SUB-
IC S7/PCS 7 and uses the features of this modern automation sys D connector and the power supply by means of a separate 2-pin
tem, such as integrated communication, diagnostics and configura connector.
tion tools. Operation of SIWAREX FTA in SIMATIC enables the weighing system
to be completely integrated into the automation system.
Benefits
Function
SIWAREX FTA is characterized by the following features:
• Uniform design and totally integrated communication in SIMAT The main tasks of the SIWAREX FTA are the high-precision measure
IC S7 and SIMATIC PCS 7 ment of the current weight in up to three measuring ranges, and
• Uniform configuration with SIMATIC exact control of the weighing procedures.
• Direct use in the SIMATIC automation system The weighing module controls the weighing procedures fully auto
matically. However, integration in SIMATIC means that it is also pos
• Use in distributed plant concept through connection to PROFIB sible to directly influence the weighing procedures using a PLC pro
US DP/PROFINET using ET 200M gram. This means that the tasks can be sensibly divided: The very
• Measurement of weight or force with high resolution of 16 million fast weighing functions are implemented in the SIWAREX FTA, the
intervals interlocking and logic functions in the SIMATIC CPU.
• High accuracy 3 × 6 000d, legal-for-trade according to OIML R-76,
Weighing functions
R-51, R-61 and R-107
The SIWAREX FTA is easy to parameterize for the various automatic
• For use with analog strain gauge load cells
weighing functions.
• Alternative option of connecting individual load cells from the The following legal-for-trade weighing functions can be parameter
manufacturers METTLER TOLEDO, Wipotec and PESA ized:
• Legal-for-trade display with Windows-based Panels, e.g. SIMATIC • NAWI (Non-Automatic Weighing Instrument) according to
Comfort Panels OIML R76
• Stepless or stepped dosing control • AGFI (Automatic Gravimetric Filling Instrument) according to
• Exact switching of dosing signals (< 1 ms) OIML R61
• Parameterizable inputs and outputs • ACI (Automatic Catchweighing Instrument) according to
OIML R51
• Parameterizable for highly versatile applications
• DTAWI (Discontinuous Totalizing Automatic Weighing Instrument
• Flexible adaptation to different requirements with SIMATIC (Totalizing Hopper Weigher)) according to OIML R107
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL FTA program
• Theoretical adjustment without calibration weights Monitoring and control of the load cell signals and statuses
• Replacement of module without renewed adjustment of scale During the weighing procedure, the SIWAREX FTA weighing module
monitors and controls the load cell signals and statuses. The optim
• Recording of weighing sequence ized exchange of data within SIMATIC permits direct evaluation of
• Alibi memory with calibration capability the load cell signals and statuses in the PLC program.
• Can be used in Ex applications The SIWAREX FTA can easily be adapted to changes in the system
technology thanks to the PLC's influence on the weighing process.
The SIWAREX FTA is already factory-calibrated. This means that the
theoretical adjustment of the scale is possible without calibration
weights, and that modules can be replaced without readjustment of
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/31

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
the scale. When using "active bus modules", replacement is also

possible during operation.
Integration in SIMATIC
SIWAREX FTA is completely integrated into the SIMATIC S7 and
SIMATIC PCS 7. Users can freely configure their automation solution
– including the weighing application.
The right combination of SIMATIC components can produce optim
um solutions for small, medium-size and large plants. The scales are
operated and monitored using SIMATIC standard operator panels.
Needless to say, these operator panels can also be simultaneously
used for the operator control and monitoring of the plant.
Customized or sector-specific solutions can be developed extremely
quickly using the configuration package and example applications
for SIMATIC. The following Figure shows a typical configuration of a
medium-size plant.
The ready-to-use function blocks for the automation system and the
faceplates for the operator station are used for the configuration in
SIMATIC PCS 7.
6,0$7,&6 2SHUDWRU (QJLQHHULQJ

6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ
Settings in SIWAREX FTA software
It is extremely helpful to analyze the diagnostics buffer, which can

be saved together with the parameters from the module in a
backup file.
The SIWAREX FTA weighing module includes a trace mode for
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW optimization of weighing sequences. The recorded weight values
6,0$7,&6 and associated statuses can be displayed as traces using SIWA
TOOL FTA and MS Excel.
6,0$7,&66,0$7,&3&66,:$5(;)7$
Upgrading firmware
A further program function can be used to download a new firm
352),%86'3 ware version onto the SIWAREX FTA on site. This means that firm
ware upgrades can be carried out on site as required anywhere in
the world.
Reading out of weighing reports

6,:$5(; 6,:$5(; 6,:$5(; The weighing reports are saved on an MMC (Micro Memory Card)
LQ(70 LQ(70 LQ6,0$7,&6 inserted in the SIWAREX FTA for the duration specified by the
Weights and Measures Act. If complaints are received concerning a
particular weighing procedure, the associated data can be read out
SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 configuration with SIWAREX FTA of the MMC using SIWATOOL.
SIWAREX FTA – simple configuration

Software
Integration in SIMATIC results in freely-programmable, modular
weighing systems which can be modified according to operational
SIWATOOL FTA commissioning software requirements.
SIWATOOL FTA is a special program for commissioning and servi The ready-to-use SIWAREX FTA software "Getting Started" is also
cing and runs with Windows operating systems. available free-of-charge. It shows beginners how to integrate the
The program enables the scales to be set without the need for prior module into a STEP 7 program and offers a basis for application pro
knowledge of the automation system. During servicing, the techni gramming. This allows you to connect the scale very easily to an
cian can use a PC to analyze and test the procedures in the scale. operator panel connected directly to the SIMATIC CPU.
Reading out the diagnostics buffer from the SIWAREX FTA is
extremely helpful when analyzing events. Configuring the legal trade display on the panel
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out The software SecureOCX is available in systems running WinCC flex
using SIWATOOL FTA: ible. It provides a function for configuration of the legal trade dis
• Parameter assignment and calibration of the scale play directly in WinCC flexible. In the TIA Portal, the SecureDisplay
• Testing of scale properties software is used. This is installed directly on a Windows CE-based
panel (for example, SIMATIC Comfort Touch series). There is a sep
• Saving and printing scale data arate "Getting Started" for using this software in the TIA Portal. This
• Recording and analysis of weighing sequence solution requires a SIMATIC CPU with an Ethernet port. SIMATIC
Basic and Key Panels cannot be used.
2/32 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Function (Continued) Selection and ordering data (Continued)
Article No.
Configuration package 7MH4900-2AK63
SIWAREX FTA for SIMATIC PCS 7,
Version 8.0 on CD-ROM
• HSP hardware support package for
integrating SIWAREX FTA/FTC in
STEP 7
• Function block for CFC
• Faceplate
• Manual
SIWAREX PCS 7 AddOn Library for 7MH4900-1AK61
PCS 7 V8.x and V9.0
Supports PROFINET
• SIWAREX U
• SIWAREX FTA
• SIWAREX FTC_B (belt scale)
• SIWAREX WP321
Scale faceplate in the SIWAREX FTA "Getting Started" software Classic faceplate and function block
for:
In addition, the STEP 7 program SIWAREX FTA Multiscale provides a • SIWAREX FTC_L (Loss-in-weight)
professional basis for the implementation of batching or filling Calibration set for SIWAREX FTA 7MH4900-2AY10
plants. For verification of up to 5 scales com
prising:
Article No. • Guidelines for verification, verifica
tion certificates and approvals, edit
SIWAREX FTA 7MH4900-2AA01
able label, SIWAREX FTA Equipment
Legal-for-trade electronic weighing Manual on CD-ROM
systems for automatic scales for
S7-300 and ET 200M. SIWATOOL connection cable
EC type approval 3 × 6000 d From SIWAREX FTA with serial PC
Applications: Dosing, filling, bagging, interface, for 9-pin PC interfaces
loading. (RS 232)
Note: Observe approval conditions for • 2 m long (6.56 ft) 7MH4702-8CA
applications requiring official calibra
tion. We recommend using our calib • 5 m long (16.40 ft) 7MH4702-8CB
ration set and contacting our SIWAREX
hotline. Front connector, 40-pin
SIPLUS FTA 6AG1900-2AA01-4AA0
• With screw contacts 6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
SIPLUS FTA -10 ... +60 °C with con
formal coating based on • With spring-loaded terminals 6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
7MH4900-2AA01
Legal-for-trade electronic weighing Shield connection element 6ES7390-5AA00-0AA0
system for automatic scales for Sufficient for one SIWAREX FTA mod
S7-300 and ET 200M. EU type approv ule
al 3 × 6000 d Shield connection clamp 6ES7390-5CA00-0AA0
Applications: Dosing, filling, bagging, Content: 2 units (suitable for cable
loading. with diameter 4 ... 13 mm /
Note: Observe approval conditions for 0.16 ... 0.51 inch)
applications requiring official calibra Note:
tion. We recommend using our calib One shield connection clamp is
ration set and contacting our SIWAREX required for each of the following:
hotline. • Scale connection
SIWAREX FTA Equipment Manual • RS 485 interface
• RS 232 interface
http://www.siemens.com/weigh S7 DIN rail
ing/documentation • 160 mm (6.30 inch) 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
SIWAREX FTA "Getting Started" 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
• 480 mm (18.90 inch)
Sample software shows beginners
how to program the scales in STEP 7. • 530 mm (20.87 inch) 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Free download on the Internet at: • 830 mm (32.68 inch) 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
ing/documentation • 2 000 mm (78.74 inch) 6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/33

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Article No. SIWAREX FTA

MMC memory 7MH4900-2AY21 Use in automation systems
For data logging up to 32 MB, only for S7-300 Directly or via ET 200M
legal-for-trade applications R76, R51 S7-1500 Through ET 200M
and R107
S7-400 (H) Through ET 200M
Accessories
PCS 7 (H) Through ET 200M
Communication interfaces
For extending sensor cables. S7 Through backplane bus
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20 RS 232 For SIWATOOL or printer connection
housing RS 485 For remote display or digital load cell
parallel, and for connecting several Module parameterization Using SIMATIC S7
Using SIWATOOL FTA software (RS 232)
junction boxes
Measuring properties
steel housing EC type approval as non automatic weigh 3 × 6 000 d ≥ 0.5 μV/e
ing instrument, trade class III
parallel. Internal resolution 16 million parts
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 Internal/external updating rate 400/100 Hz

steel housing (ATEX) Several parameterizable digital filters Critically dampened, Bessel, Butterworth
For parallel connection of up to 4 load (0.05 ... 20 Hz), mean-value filter
cells (for zone allocation, see manual Weighing functions
or type-examination certificate). Non automatic weighing instrument OIML R76
Ex interface SIWAREX IS Automatic weighing machine OIML R51, R61, R107
For intrinsically safe connection of Load cells Strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire system
load cells. With ATEX approval (not 3 characteristic value ranges 1, 2 or 4 mV/V
tronic weighing systems. Compatibil Load cell powering
ity of load cells must be checked sep Supply voltage Us (rated value) 10.3 V DC
arately. Max. supply current 184 mA
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA Permissible load cell resistance
< 199 mA DC • R Lmin > 56 Ω
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5CA > 87 Ω with Ex interface
< 137 mA DC • R Lmax ≤ 4 010 Ω
Cable (optional) Max. distance of load cells
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + When using the recommended cable:

2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY Standard 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
For connecting SIWAREX electronic to In hazardous area 1)
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), • For gases of group IIC 300 m (984 ft)
(IS) or between two extension boxes. • For gases of group IIB 1000 m (3 280 ft)
For permanent installation. Occasional Connection to load cells in Ex zone 1 Optionally via SIWAREX IS Ex interface
Ex approvals zone 2 and safety ATEX 95, FM, cULUS Haz. Loc.
(0.43 inch) Auxiliary power supply
Permissible ambient temperature Rated voltage 24 V DC
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Max. power consumption 500 mA
Sold by the meter.
Current consumption on backplane bus Typ. 55 mA
Inputs/outputs
• Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF Digital inputs 7 DI electrically isolated
spheres): blue Digital outputs 8 DO electrically isolated
Remote displays (optional) Counter input Up to 10 kHz
The Siebert S102 and S302 remote Analog output
digital displays can be directly connec • Current range 0/4 ... 20 mA
ted to the SIWAREX FTA via an RS 485
interface. • Updating rate 100 Hz
Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH Approvals EC type approval (CE, OIML R76)

PO Box 1180 EU type-examination certificate according to
D-66565 Eppelborn MID (OIML R51, R61, R107)
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0 Degree of protection according to IP20
Fax: +49 6806/980-999 EN 60529; IEC 60529
Internet: http://www.siebert- Climatic requirements
group.com/en T min (IND) ... Tmax (IND) (operating temperat
ure)
the manufacturer. • Horizontal installation -10 ... 60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
• Vertical installation -10 ... 40 °C (14 ... 104 °F)

EMC requirements EN 61326, EN 45501, NAMUR NE21, Part 1
2/34 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIWAREX FTA
Weight 600 g (0.44 lb)
1) For further details, see Ex interface, type SIWAREX IS.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/35

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Belt scales / Introduction
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Overview
Belt scales
The gravel, cement, coal, recycling and mining industries require

exact weight measurement of the material to be conveyed using
belt scales. The comprehensive SIWAREX electronics properties and
functions can fulfil all requirements.
The Milltronics belt scales from Siemens combine simple installation
and low maintenance costs (no moving parts) with higher reprodu
cibility. This results in high productivity. With minimum hysteresis
and maximum linearity, lateral forces have no influence on measur
ing accuracy. All load cells are equipped with overload protection.
The installation of belt scales in danger zones is also available as
option. Various versions are available for high accuracy, small loads
and heavy loads.
2/36 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Belt scales / TM SIWAREX WP341 HF weighing electronics
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Overview Design
The SIWAREX WP341 is a technology module of the SIMAT

IC ET 200SP distributed I/O system.
Installation is on a type U0 BaseUnit. The load cells, serial RS 485
interface and digital inputs/outputs are wired directly on the
BaseUnit with user-friendly push-in terminals. This makes is quick
and easy to replace weighing electronics without any wiring effort.
The web server is addressed via an Ethernet interface in the weigh
ing electronics. Should more interfaces and I/O be required, they
can be added with the ET 200SP system components.
Function
The load cells of the belt scale as well as the speed sensor are dir
ectly wired to the BaseUnit. The weighing electronics internally cal
culates the current flow rate based on the current weight and speed
signal. Six individual totalizers are available and can be easily read
out of the weighing electronics into the connected CPU. The total
izers are resettable by software command or alternatively by a 24 V
signal connected to one of the on board digital inputs. Different
The SIWAREX WP341 is a compact, precise weighing electronics in methods of commissiong are supported: by test weight, by test
the SIMATIC ET 200SP format. chain, by material batch or based on load cell data.
With a width of just 20 mm it is one of the slimmest weighing elec A correction factor calculated by a material test can be applied.
tronics on the market, yet its firmware includes the functionalities Additionally a correction factor curve based on different belt load
of a continuous belt weighing electronics. Optionally the WP341 levels can be defined. Digital signal filters for speed and load offer
can be used for operation of solids flowmeters. the possibility to optimize the results of the weighing process. A
The load cells and the speed sensor are directly connected to the logging function for all calibration actions with time stamp provide
ET 200SP Base Unit (type U0) and therefore the complete system is a transparent and secure operation of the scale. In combination
directly integrated into the automation system. with the digital junction box SIWAREX DB up to four connected load
cells can be individually monitored and diagnosed down from the
Benefits single sensor up into the MES level.
The free of charge function block and HMI visualization give full
• Low space requirements with only 20 mm module width access to all available data and parameters of the WP341 from the
• Seamless integration into SIMATIC ET 200SP controller / HMI. Therefore the belt weighing application can be eas
ily integrated into existing HMI visualizations and allow an intuitive
• 1 000 Hz sampling rate und processing time
operation and service of the scale.
• Dedicated firmware for continuous belt weighing applications
• Operation with SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400, S7-1200 and S7-1500
controllers
• Operation in Ethernet IP or Modbus TCP-based systems using ET Article No.
200SP multi-field bus IM
TM SIWAREX WP341 weighing elec 7MH4138-6CA00-0CU0
• Three digital inputs and outputs each ex works tronics
• High degree of scalability in connection with all available SIMATIC SIMATIC ET 200SP,
TM SIWAREX WP341 HF, weighing
standard components electronics for continuous belt weigh
• Open SIWAREX concept – all settings and parameters accessible, ing applications
no encapsulated black box in the field SIWAREX WP341 Equipment Manual
• Unrestricted access to all scale parameters and functions from the Available in a range of languages
SIMATIC S7 Controller / HMI Free download on the Internet at:
• Internal, protocol memory for up to 1 000 000 entries http://www.siemens.com/weigh
• Commissioning and maintenance from HMI or weighing electron ing/documentation
ics-internal web server SIWAREX WP341 "Getting Started"
• Advanced diagnostic features in combination with SIWAREX DB sample project
how to program the scales in TIA
Application Portal V16
SIWAREX WP341 offers a compact and extremely versatile solution http://www.siemens.com/weigh
for continuous belt weighing applications with high requirements ing/downloads
for accuracy and performance. ET 200SP BaseUnit type U0
Typical areas of application include:
• For opening a new potential group 6ES7193-6BP00-0DU0
• Belt weighers in recycling, mining, aggregate, cement, chemical (white)
and food industries
• For continuing an existing potential 6ES7193-6BP00-0BU0
• Easy and completely integrated realization of weigh feeding group (gray)
applications
• Shield connection for ET 200SP 6ES7193-6SC00-1AM0
• Operation with solids flowmeters incl. 5 shield connections
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/37

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Article No. Article number 7MH4138-6CA00-0CU0

Accessories General information
SIWAREX EB extension box 7MH4710-2AA Product type designation TM SIWAREX WP341 HF
For extending sensor cables • Product function
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20 • I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3
enclosure
For connecting up to 4 load cells in • Isochronous mode No
parallel, and for connecting multiple • Adjustment of measuring range Yes; ±0 ... 4 mV/V
terminal boxes.
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA00 • Engineering with
steel enclosure • STEP 7 TIA Portal configurable/integ V16
For connecting up to 4 load cells in rated from version
parallel.
• STEP 7 configurable/integrated from - / -
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 version
steel enclosure (ATEX)
For parallel connection of up to 4 load • PROFIBUS from GSD version/GSD GSD as of Revision 5
cells (for zone allocation, see manual revision
or prototype test certificate).
• PROFINET from GSD version/GSD GSDML V2.34
SIWAREX DB digital junction box revision
For enhanced diagnostic and monitor
ing options in conjunction with Supply voltage
SIWAREX WP electronics. • Load voltage L+
Enclosure made of: • Rated value (DC) 24 V
• Short-circuit protection Yes
• Stainless steel 7MH5001-0AD01
incl. ATEX and IECEx approval • Reverse polarity protection Yes
II 3 G Ex ec IIC T4 Gc and Digital inputs
II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
Number of digital inputs 3
SIWAREX IS Ex interface Digital inputs, parameterizable Yes
For intrinsically safe connection of Input characteristic curve in accord Yes
load cells. With ATEX approval (not ance with IEC 61131, type 3
UL/FM). Suitable for SIWAREX weigh
ing electronics. Compatibility of load • Input voltage
cells must be checked separately. • Type of input voltage 24 V DC
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA
< 199 mA DC • Rated value (DC) 24 V
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5CA • for signal "0" < 5 V DC

< 137 mA DC • for signal "1" +11 to +30V
Cable (optional) • permissible voltage at input, min. -30 V
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + • permissible voltage at input, max. 30 V
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
For connecting SIWAREX electronic to • Input current
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), • for signal "1", typ. 1.6 mA
(IS) or between two extension boxes. • Input delay (for rated value of input
For permanent installation. Occasional voltage)
bending is possible. • for technological functions
(0.43 inch) • parameterizable Yes
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Digital outputs
Sold by the meter. Number of digital outputs 3
• Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG Digital outputs, parameterizable Yes
• Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF Short-circuit protection Yes
spheres): blue • Digital output functions, parameter
izable
• Freely usable digital output Yes
• Switching capacity of the outputs
• with resistive load, max. 0.5 A
• Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC
• Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", typ. 20 µs
• "1" to "0", typ. 30 µs
2/38 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Technical specifications (Continued) Technical specifications (Continued)
Article number 7MH4138-6CA00-0CU0 Article number 7MH4138-6CA00-0CU0

• Parallel switching of two outputs • Hardware interrupt Yes; Parameterizable
• for uprating No • Diagnoses
• Switching frequency • Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
• with resistive load, max. 500 Hz • Wire-break Yes
• Total current of the outputs • Short-circuit Yes
• Current per channel, max. 0.5 A; the total current of all outputs • Group error Yes; green/red DIAG LED
≥ 0.6 A, the ambient temperature is
reduced by -1 °C per 100 mA • Diagnostics indication LED
• Current per module, max. 1.5 A; Observe derating • ERROR LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Encoder • Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; green PWR LED
(PWR-LED)
• Connection of signal encoders
Integrated Functions
• For strain gauges (full bridges) with Yes
4-conductor connection Counter Yes
• For strain gauges (full bridges) with Yes • Number of counters 1
6-conductor connection • Counting frequency, max. 8 kHz
• Resistance of full bridge, min. 56 Ω; when using SIWAREX IS 87 ohm • Load cell
for 7MH4710-5BA; 180 ohm when
using 7MH4710-5CA • permissible input signal per verifica 0.4 µV/e
tion interval, min.
• Resistance of full bridge, max. 4 100 Ω
• Sampling rate 1 024 Hz
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error (relative to input 0.001 % • Resolution of input signal ±20 000 000 parts at 0 ... 4 mV/V
range), (+/-) • Common mode voltage, min. 2.8 V
Error limit according to DIN 1319-1 0.002 %; of full-scale value • Common mode voltage, max. 7.7 V
Accuracy class III
• input resistance of signal line, typ. 8 MΩ
Temperature coefficient, zero point ≤ ±0.015 μV/K
• input resistance of sense line, typ. 300 MΩ
Temperature coefficient, span ≤ ±5 ppm/K
• Cable length, max. 500 m; when using the SIWAREX
1. Interface
7MH4702-8AG cable
• Interface types
• Measuring functions
• RS 485 Yes; Terminated internally with 390 Ω
• Measuring range
/ 220 Ω / 390 Ω
2. Interface • -1 mV/V to +1 mV/V Yes
• Interface types • -2 mV/V to +2 mV/V Yes
• RJ 45 (Ethernet) Yes; 10/100 Mbit/s • -4 mV/V to +4 mV/V Yes
• Number of ports 1 Ambient conditions
• Protocols • Ambient temperature during opera
tion
• IP protocol Yes; IPv4
• horizontal installation, min. -30 °C
• Web server Yes
• horizontal installation, max. 60 °C
Interface types
• vertical installation, min. -30 °C
• RJ 45 (Ethernet)
• vertical installation, max. 50 °C
• Autonegotiation Yes
• Altitude during operation relating
• Autocrossing Yes to sea level
• RS 485 • Installation altitude above sea level, 5 000 m; more than 2 000 m above
• Transmission rate, max. 115.2 kbit/s max. sea level, the ambient temperature is
reduced by -1 °C per 100 m
• Cable length, max. 1 000 m; ≤ 115 kbps, shielded cable
• Ambient air temperature-barometric 1
080 ... 533 hPa (-1 000 ... 5 000 m
Protocols pressure-altitude above sea level)
• Web server Decentralized operation
• HTTP Yes to SIMATIC S7-300 Yes
• HTTPS Yes to SIMATIC S7-400 Yes
to SIMATIC S7-1200 Yes
Interrupts/diagnostics/status
information to SIMATIC S7-1500 Yes
Diagnostics function Yes; Diagnostic alarm to standard PROFIBUS master Yes
Substitute values connectable No to standard PROFINET controller Yes
• Alarms Dimensions
• Diagnostic alarm Yes; Parameterizable Width 20 mm
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/39

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Article number 7MH4138-6CA00-0CU0

Height 57 mm
Depth 72 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 50 g
2/40 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Belt scales / SIWAREX WP241 weighing electronics
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Overview Function
The primary task of the SIWAREX WP241 is to measure the speed of

the belt, to measure and convert the sensor voltage to a weight
value, and to precisely calculate the amount of material conveyed
or material flow rate.
The volume of material conveyed can be recorded in 6 totalization
memories: The accumulated totalization memory determines the
conveyed material over the entire operating time of the scale (can
only be reset by loading the factory settings). The overall total and
the four remaining totalization memories are available for use as
required. For example, for recording the daily or weekly totals.
Four different options are available for rapid commissioning:
• Automatic calibration
The calibration is calculated automatically using the load cell para
meters entered. Only the zero point has to be calculated at the
actual plant.
• Calibration with calibration weights or test weights
Test weights are secured to the weighing equipment and the con
veyor belt is started. The calibration values are determined while
SIWAREX WP241 is a flexible weighing module for belt scales. The the belt is running. The zero point must also be calculated.
compact module is easy to install in the SIMATIC S7‑1200 automa • Calibration with test chain
tion system. It can also be operated as a stand-alone module, i.e. Instead of test weights, a chain of a known weight can be placed
without a SIMATIC CPU. on the measuring points of the belt. The calibration values are cal
culated as for calibration with test weights.
Benefits • Calibration via material batch
This method can be used if a volume of material is available, but
SIWAREX WP241 offers the following key advantages: neither test weights nor a chain are available. The material can
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in either be preweighed or weighed afterwards. It is conveyed over
SIMATIC S7‑1200 the belt scale. Then the weighing module calculates the calibra
• Uniform configuration with TIA Portal tion characteristic automatically.
• Operation without SIMATIC CPU possible If "Automatic set to zero" is active, the electronic weighing system
automatically executes a "set to zero" procedure when the belt
• Direct connection of an operator panel via Ethernet reaches the "set to zero" area.
• Four digital inputs and outputs, one analog output Extensive diagnostics functions are available. Diagnostic messages
• Measurement of weight with a high resolution of ± 4 million parts are output to the different interfaces. In simulation mode, both the
speed and the belt load can be specified by the user. This makes it
• Simple adjustment of belt scales using the SIWATOOL V7 program possible to test many functions in advance without operating belt
via the Ethernet interface - even without knowledge of SIMATIC scales. Both the digital inputs/outputs and the analog output can
• Replacement of module possible without renewed calibration of also be simulated for test purposes. The "Trace" function is
the scale extremely helpful for optimizing the plant or when troubleshooting.
• Use in hazardous area zone 2 It records the weighing history stored in the internal module
memory (e.g. material flow rate, belt load, speed) and exports it to
• Different calibration methods: With test weights, test chain, auto Excel in a graphical format.
matically or via material batch.
• Specification of belt inclination angle Monitoring the scale signals and states
• 6 totalization memories The SIWAREX WP241 monitors the belt load, the material flow rate,
• Simulation of speed and belt load for test purposes and the belt speed, and it signals if the limits are exceeded. The
respective limits can be parameterized as required.
• Comprehensive diagnostics functions Consistent and uniform communication between all system com
Application
SIWAREX WP241 is the optimal solution wherever belt scales are
used that demand high accuracy, high user-friendliness, and flex SIWAREX WP241 can be directly integrated into the SIMAT
ible system integration. The typical applications of the IC S7-1200 via the SIMATIC bus. Standalone operation without
SIWAREX WP241 are determining the current material flow rate, SIMATIC is also possible.
belt load, and belt speed. Furthermore, 6 totalizers are available for A wide variety of connection options are provided via the RS 485
evaluating the amount of material conveyed. and Ethernet interface. Via Modbus TCP/IP or Modbus RTU, control
panels can be connected and it is also possible to communicate
Design with various automation systems. A PC for programming the
SIWAREX WP241 via SIWATOOL can be connected to the Ethernet
SIWAREX WP241 is a compact technology module in the SIMAT interface.
IC S7-1200, and it allows direct connection to S7-1200 components SIWAREX WP241 can be integrated into the system software using
via a sliding connector. The rail mounting of the 70 mm (2.76 inch) all standard PLC programming languages from the TIA Portal. In
wide weighing module means that it is extremely easy to contrast to serially linked weighing electronics, SIWAREX WP241
mount/wire. does not need costly additional modules to link it to SIMATIC.
The power supply, load cells, RS 485 interface, digital input/outputs Used in conjunction with SIWAREX WP241, it is possible to config
and the analog output are connected via the screw plug of the ure freely programmable, modular weighing systems in SIMATIC,
weighing module. An RJ45 plug is used for the Ethernet connection. which can be adapted to company-specific requirements as needed.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/41

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC

Upgrading firmware
in the world.
Article No.
SIWAREX WP241 weighing elec 7MH4960-4AA01
tronics
Single-channel, for belt scales with
analog load cells / full-bridge strain
gauges (1 - 4 mV/V), 1 × LC, 4 × DQ,
4 × DI, 1 × AQ, 1 × RS 485, Ethernet
port
SIWAREX S7-1200 Equipment
Manual
SIWAREX WP241 "Ready-for-use" Available in a range of languages
In addition to the configuration package, fully-featured http://www.siemens.com/weigh
SIWAREX WP241 "Ready-for-use" software is also available free-of- ing/documentation
charge. It shows beginners how to integrate the module in a STEP 7 SIWAREX WP241 "Ready-for-use"
program and offers a basis for application programming. This allows Complete software package for belt
you to connect the scale to an operator panel either connected to scale (for S7‑1200 and a directly con
the SIMATIC CPU or connected directly to the SIWAREX WP241. nected operator panel)
Software http://www.siemens.com/weigh
There is also the option of using a Windows PC for commissioning ing/documentation
and servicing. The program SIWATOOL enables the belt scales to be SIWATOOL V4 & V7 7MH4900-1AK01
set without prior knowledge of the automation system, as required. Service and commissioning software
During servicing, the technician can use a PC to quickly and simply for SIWAREX weighing modules
analyze and test the procedures in the scale. Ethernet cable patch cord 2 m (7 ft) 6XV1850-2GH20
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out
using SIWATOOL V7: For connecting SIWAREX WP241 to a
• Parameterization and calibration of the scale etc.
• Testing/Simulation of scale properties Accessories
• Recording, analysis and export of scale traces ("Trace") SIWAREX EB extension box 7MH4710-2AA
• Creation of backup files for rapidly replacing modules without cal For extending sensor cables
ibration SIWAREX JB junction box, alumin 7MH5001-0AA20
um housing
junction boxes
steel housing
parallel
steel housing (ATEX)
SIWAREX WP241 SIWATOOL tronic weighing systems. Compatibil
arately.
can be saved together with the parameters following reading out • Short-circuit current < 199 mA DC 7MH4710-5BA
from the module. • Short-circuit current < 137 mA DC 7MH4710-5CA
The SIWAREX WP241 weighing module includes a trace mode for
optimization of weighing sequences. The recorded weight values Cable (optional)
and associated states can be displayed as trends using SIWA
TOOL V7 and MS Excel.
2/42 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC

Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + Load cells Full-bridge strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY system
Load cell powering
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), Supply voltage (regulated via feedback) 4.85 V DC
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface Permissible load resistance
• RLmin > 40 Ω
al bending is possible. • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
(0.43 inch)
Permissible ambient temperature • RLmin > 50 Ω
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Sold by the meter.
Permissible measurement signal range -21.3 ... +21.3 mV
spheres): blue
Ground terminal for connecting the 6ES5728-8MA11 patibility of the load cells must be checked)
load cell cable shield to the groun Approvals/certificates • ATEX Zone 2
ded DIN rail
• UL
• EAC
• KCC
• RCM
SIWAREX WP241 Rated voltage 24 V DC
Integration in automation systems Max. power consumption 200 mA
S7-1200 SIMATIC S7‑1200 system bus Max. power consumption SIMATIC Bus 3 mA
Operator panel and/or automation systems Via Ethernet (Modbus TCP/IP) or RS 485 IP degree of protection to EN 60529; IP20
from other vendors (Modbus RTU) IEC 60529
Communication interfaces Climatic requirements

• SIMATIC S7‑1200 backplane bus
• RS 485 (Modbus RTU)
• Ethernet (SIWATOOL V7, Modbus TCP/IP)
• Analog output 0/4 - 20 mA
• 4 × digital outputs, 24 V DC, floating, EMC requirements According to EN 45501
short-circuit proof Dimensions 70 × 75 × 100 mm (2.76 × 2.95 × 3.94 inch)
• 4 × digital inputs 24 V DC, floating
• Using function block in SIMATIC S7‑1200
CPU / Touch Panel
• Using Modbus TCP/IP
Measuring accuracy
Measuring frequency 100 / 120 Hz
Digital filter Separate, variable adjustable low-pass and
average filter for loading and speed
Filter for conveyor load Low-pass filter (limit frequency
0.05 ... 50 Hz)
Filter for belt speed Low-pass filter (limit frequency
0.05 ... 50 Hz)
Weighing functions
Readout data • Weight
• Belt load
• Material flow rate
• Accumulated total
• Main total
• Free totals 1 … 4
• Belt speed
Limits (min/max) • Belt load
• Belt speed
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/43

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Belt scales / SIWAREX FTC weighing electronics
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
The SIWAREX FTC weighing module is the optimum solution

wherever high demands are placed on continuous weighing pro
cedures. Thanks to its outstanding measuring properties, weights
can be measured with extreme accuracy in up to three ranges. In
the case of force measurements, the value can be measured bidirec
tionally.
Typical applications for SIWAREX FTC include:
• Flowrate/flow measurement
• Belt volume measurement
• Material loading, summation
• Flowrate/flow control
• Belt load measurement
• Belt scale / weighfeeder
• Loss-in-weight scale
• Force measurement
The SIWAREX FTC (Flexible Technology for Continuous Weighing) is Design

a versatile and flexible weighing module for belt scales, loss-in-
weight feeders and solids flowmeters. It can also be used to record SIWAREX FTC is a function module of SIMATIC S7-300 which can be
weights and measure force. The SIWAREX FTC function module is directly snapped onto the SIMATIC S7‑300 or ET 200M backplane
integrated in SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 and uses the features of this mod bus. The rail mounting of the 80 mm wide weighing module means
ern automation system, such as integrated communication, dia that it is extremely easy to mount/wire.
gnostics and configuration tools. The load cells, the RS 485 serial interface, the analog output and
the digital inputs and outputs are connected by means of the 40‑pin
Benefits standard front connector, the PC (RS 232) by means of a 9‑pin SUB-
D connector and the power supply by means of a separate 2-pin
SIWAREX FTC is characterized by the following features: connector.
• Uniform design and totally integrated communication in SIMAT Operation of SIWAREX FTC in SIMATIC enables the belt scale to be
IC S7 and SIMATIC PCS 7 completely integrated into the automation system.
• Uniform configuration with SIMATIC Function
• Direct use in the SIMATIC automation system
• Use in distributed plant concept through connection to PROFIB The main tasks of SIWAREX FTC are the high-precision measure
ment of the current weight, and the exact calculation of the con
US DP/PROFINET using ET 200M
veyed quantity or flow. In "Force measurement" operation mode,
• Measurement of weight or force with high resolution of 16 million SIWAREX FTC measures the force in both directions.
intervals The conveyed quantity can be recorded in 8 totalization memories.
• High accuracy 3 × 6 000 d Through integration in SIMATIC it is also possible to directly control
• For use with analog strain gauge load cells scale operation by means of a PLC program. This means that the
tasks can be sensibly divided: The weighing functions are imple
• Alternative option of connecting individual load cells from the mented in the SIWAREX FTC and the interlocking and logic func
manufacturers METTLER TOLEDO, WIPOTEC and PESA tions for the plant control in the SIMATIC CPU.
• Display with SIMATIC standard operator panels
Weighing functions
• Parameterizable inputs and outputs
The following operating modes can be set:
• Flexible adaptation to different requirements with SIMATIC Weight measurement and force measurement
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL FTC program In this operating mode, the weight value or the force is determined,
• Theoretical adjustment without calibration weights processed in the PLC and then displayed.
For this purpose, the configuration package can be selected.
• Replacement of module without renewed adjustment of scale
• Recording of weighing sequence Belt scale / weighfeeder
• 8 totalization memories with different digit intervals The functions of a belt scale are implemented in this operating
mode. Calculations are performed for the typical process values;
• Can be used in Ex applications belt load, flowrate and belt speed. Commands can be used to con
trol the belt and display the required values. A weighfeeder can be
implemented by activating the SIMATIC PID controller.
2/44 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
flow and conveyed quantity, are performed in the SIWAREX module.

Application-specific parameters for setting the scales and com
mands for their operation are also available.
Scale faceplate of a belt scale
Loss-in-weight scale
The typical functions of a loss-in-weight scale are implemented in View of a solids flowmeter
this operating mode. The actual weight of the vessel is measured
and the flowrate is regulated according to the preset setpoint.
Monitoring and control of the load cell signals and statuses
Application-specific parameters, such as proportioning parameters,
and device and material characteristics, can be set directly in The SIWAREX FTC weighing module monitors the statuses during
SIWAREX FTC. Various commands are available that have been fine- the weighing process, and informs the operator of any irregularit
tuned to the requirements of the loss-in-weight scales, such as pro ies. The optimized exchange of data within SIMATIC permits direct
portioning (manual, automatic, gravimetric, volumetric), filling and evaluation of the load cell signals in the PLC program.
emptying. Influencing of the weighing sequences by the PLC means that the
The high measurement resolution, real-time signal processing, SIWAREX FTC can be easily adapted to any modifications in system
detection and filtering of signals in the electronic weighing system technology.
enable extremely high proportioning accuracy. A module can be replaced without recalibrating the scales. When
using "active bus modules", replacement is also possible during
operation.
Applications of SIWAREX FTC
Scale faceplate of a loss-in-weight scale SIWAREX FTC is completely integrated into the SIMATIC S7 and
Solids flowmeter The right combination of SIMATIC components can produce optim
The typical functions of a solids flowmeter are implemented in this um solutions for small, medium-size and large plants. The scales are
operating mode. The calculations for the typical process values; operated and monitored using SIMATIC standard operator panels.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/45

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC

Custom design or sector-specific solutions can be developed
extremely quickly using the configuration package and example
applications for SIMATIC.

6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6,0$7,&6
6,0$7,&66,0$7,&3&66,:$5(;)7&
Settings in SIWAREX FTC software

352),%86'3
can be saved together with the parameters following reading out
from the module.
The SIWAREX FTC weighing module includes a trace mode for
checking of weighing sequences. The recorded weight values and
6,:$5(; 6,:$5(; 6,:$5(;
LQ(70 LQ(70 LQ6,0$7,&6
associated statuses can be displayed as traces using SIWATOOL FTC
and MS Excel.
SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 configuration with SIWAREX FTC (medium-sized Upgrading firmware
plants)
ware version onto the SIWAREX FTC on site. This means that firm
Software ware upgrades can be carried out on site as required anywhere in
the world.
Adjustment of the scale using SIWATOOL FTC
SIWATOOL FTC is a special program for adjusting and servicing the
scale and runs with Windows operating systems. The totalization memories can be saved on a MMC (Micro Memory
The program enables the scales to be commissioned without the Card) inserted into the SIWAREX FTC.
need for prior knowledge of the automation system. During servi
SIWAREX FTC – simple configuring
cing, the technician can use a PC to analyze and test the procedures
in the scale. Reading out the diagnostics buffer from the Integration in SIMATIC means that freely-programmable, modular
SIWAREX FTC is extremely helpful when analyzing events. weighing systems for belt scales, solids flowmeters and loss-in-
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out weight scales can be created and modified to meet individual oper
using SIWATOOL FTC: ational requirements.
• Parameter assignment and calibration of the scale A free version of the ready-to-use SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started"
software is also available for the belt scale, solids flowmeter and
• Testing of scale properties loss-in-weight scale operation modes. It shows beginners how to
• Saving and printing scale data integrate the module into the STEP 7 program and provides a basis
• Recording and analysis of weighing sequence for application programming. This allows you to implement the belt
scale very easily with an operator panel connected directly to the
SIMATIC CPU.
2/46 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Article No.
SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started" for
loss-in-weight scales
how to program the scales in STEP 7
for loss-in-weight scale mode
ing/documentation
PCS7 V8.x and V9.0
• Supports PROFINET
• SIWAREX U
• SIWAREX FTA
• SIWAREX WP321
Classic faceplate and function block
for:
Scale faceplate in the SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started" software • SIWAREX FTC_L (Loss-in-weight)
SIWATOOL connection cable
from SIWAREX FTC with serial PC inter
Selection and ordering data face, for 9-pin PC interfaces (RS 232)
• 2 m long (6.56 ft) 7MH4702-8CA
Article No. • 5 m long (16.40 ft) 7MH4702-8CB
SIWAREX FTC 7MH4900-3AA01
40-pin front connector with screw
Electronic weighing system for S7-300
contacts
and ET 200M.
Applications: Belt scales, force meas
urement, loss-in-weight scales and • With screw contacts 6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
solids flowmeters 6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
• With spring-loaded terminals
SIWAREX FTC_B Equipment Manual
for belt scales
Sufficient for one SIWAREX FTC mod
Available in a range of languages ule
Free download on the Internet at: Shield connection clamp 6ES7390-5CA00-0AA0
http://www.siemens.com/weigh Content: 2 units (suitable for cable
ing/documentation with diameter 4 ... 13 mm /
SIWAREX FTC_L Equipment Manual 0.16 ... 0.51 inch)
for solids flowmeters and loss-in- Note:
weight scales One shield connection clamp is
http://www.siemens.com/weigh • RS 485 interface
ing/documentation • RS 232 interface
SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started" for S7 DIN rail
belt scales 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
• 160 mm (6.30 inch)
• 480 mm (18.90 inch) 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
for belt scale mode • 530 mm (20.87 inch) 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Free download on the Internet at: 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
• 830 mm (32.68 inch)
SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started" for MMC memory 7MH4900-2AY21
solids flowmeters For data logging up to 32 MB, only for
Sample software shows beginners legal-for-trade applications R76, R51
how to program the scales in STEP 7 and R107
for solids flowmeter mode Accessories
Free download on the Internet at: SIWAREX EB extension box 7MH4710-2AA
ing/documentation For extending sensor cables.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/47

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Article No. SIWAREX FTC

SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20 Use in automation systems
housing S7-300 Directly or via ET 200M
For connecting up to 4 load cells in S7-1500 Through ET 200M
junction boxes. S7-400 (H) Through ET 200M
7MH5001-0AA00 PCS 7 (H) Through ET 200M

SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless
steel housing Communication interfaces
For connecting up to 4 load cells in S7 Through backplane bus
parallel. RS 232 For SIWATOOL or printer connection
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 RS 485 For remote display or digital load cell
Module parameterization
cells (for zone allocation, see manual Using SIMATIC S7
or type-examination certificate). Using SIWATOOL FTC software (RS 232)
Ex interface SIWAREX IS Measuring properties
For intrinsically safe connection of Accuracy according to EN 45501 3 × 6 000 d ≥ 0.5 μV/e
load cells. With ATEX approval (not Internal resolution +/- 8 million parts
UL/FM). Suitable for SIWAREX elec Internal/external updating rate 400/100 Hz
ity of load cells must be checked sep Several parameterizable digital filters Critically dampened, Bessel, Butterworth
(0.05 ... 20 Hz), mean-value filter
arately.
Weighing functions • Non automatic weighing instrument,
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA force measurement
< 199 mA DC
• Belt scale
< 137 mA DC • Loss-in-weight scale
Cable (optional) • Solids flowmeters
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + Load cells Strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire system

2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY 3 characteristic value ranges 1, 2 or 4 mV/V
For connecting SIWAREX electronic to Load cell powering
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), Supply voltage Us (rated value) 10.3 V DC
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface Max. supply current 184 mA
For permanent installation. Occasional Permissible load cell resistance
bending is possible. • R Lmin > 56 Ω
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm > 87 Ω with Ex interface
(0.43 inch) • R Lmax ≤ 4 010 Ω
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Max. distance of load cells
Sold by the meter. When using the recommended cable:
• Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG Standard 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
In hazardous area 1)
• For hazardous atmospheres. Sheath 7MH4702-8AF
color: blue • For gases of group IIC 300 m (984 ft)
Remote display (optional) • For gases of group IIB 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
The Siebert S102 and S302 remote Connection to load cells in Ex zone 1 Optionally via SIWAREX IS Ex interface
digital displays can be directly connec Ex approvals zone 2 and safety ATEX 95, FM, cULUS Haz. Loc.
ted to the SIWAREX FTC via an RS 485 Auxiliary power supply
interface. (not suitable for belt scale
mode) Rated voltage 24 V DC
PO Box 1180 Current consumption on backplane bus Typ. 55 mA
D-66565 Eppelborn Inputs/outputs
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0 Digital inputs 7, electrically isolated
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
Digital outputs 8, electrically isolated
Internet: http://www.siebert- Counter input Up to 10 kHz
group.com/en
Analog output
the manufacturer. • Current range 0/4 ... 20 mA
• Updating rate 100 Hz

Degree of protection according to IP20
EN 60529; IEC 60529
T min (IND) ... Tmax (IND) (operating temperature)
• Horizontal installation -10 ... 60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)

Dimensions 80 × 125 × 130 mm
(3.15 × 4.92 × 5.12 inch)
2/48 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIWAREX FTC
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/49

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Loss-in-weight scales / Introduction
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Loss-in-weight scales / Introduction
Overview
SIWAREX FTC weighing electronics
The very demanding task of differential dosing can be mastered

without difficulty using SIWAREX FTC. The electronic weighing sys
tem provides extensive functionalities and can be commissioned in
only 15 minutes using the auto setup function. The module auto
matically determines the most important parameters, such as dos
ing power, measurement time, stability and PID parameters and
saves them. The parameters are continuously optimized during
operation. The standard operator control and monitoring compon
ents from Siemens provide options for operating and calibrating the
scales, as well as for error diagnostics.
Both single components and applications for multi-component dos
ing can be implemented in relation to one another.
Benefits
• High metering accuracy
• High reproducibility
• Real-time signal processing
• Openness and user freedom enable individual optimization by the
company's own personnel or specialists
2/50 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Loss-in-weight scales / SIWAREX FTC weighing electronics
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
The SIWAREX FTC weighing module is the optimum solution

wherever high demands are placed on continuous weighing pro
cedures. Thanks to its outstanding measuring properties, weights
can be measured with extreme accuracy in up to three ranges. In
the case of force measurements, the value can be measured bidirec
tionally.
Typical applications for SIWAREX FTC include:
• Flowrate/flow measurement
• Belt volume measurement
• Material loading, summation
• Flowrate/flow control
• Belt load measurement
• Belt scale / weighfeeder
• Loss-in-weight scale
• Force measurement
The SIWAREX FTC (Flexible Technology for Continuous Weighing) is Design

a versatile and flexible weighing module for belt scales, loss-in-
weight feeders and solids flowmeters. It can also be used to record SIWAREX FTC is a function module of SIMATIC S7-300 which can be
weights and measure force. The SIWAREX FTC function module is directly snapped onto the SIMATIC S7‑300 or ET 200M backplane
integrated in SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 and uses the features of this mod bus. The rail mounting of the 80 mm wide weighing module means
ern automation system, such as integrated communication, dia that it is extremely easy to mount/wire.
gnostics and configuration tools. The load cells, the RS 485 serial interface, the analog output and
the digital inputs and outputs are connected by means of the 40‑pin
Benefits standard front connector, the PC (RS 232) by means of a 9‑pin SUB-
D connector and the power supply by means of a separate 2-pin
SIWAREX FTC is characterized by the following features: connector.
• Uniform design and totally integrated communication in SIMAT Operation of SIWAREX FTC in SIMATIC enables the belt scale to be
IC S7 and SIMATIC PCS 7 completely integrated into the automation system.
• Uniform configuration with SIMATIC Function
• Direct use in the SIMATIC automation system
• Use in distributed plant concept through connection to PROFIB The main tasks of SIWAREX FTC are the high-precision measure
ment of the current weight, and the exact calculation of the con
US DP/PROFINET using ET 200M
veyed quantity or flow. In "Force measurement" operation mode,
• Measurement of weight or force with high resolution of 16 million SIWAREX FTC measures the force in both directions.
intervals The conveyed quantity can be recorded in 8 totalization memories.
• High accuracy 3 × 6 000 d Through integration in SIMATIC it is also possible to directly control
• For use with analog strain gauge load cells scale operation by means of a PLC program. This means that the
tasks can be sensibly divided: The weighing functions are imple
• Alternative option of connecting individual load cells from the mented in the SIWAREX FTC and the interlocking and logic func
manufacturers METTLER TOLEDO, WIPOTEC and PESA tions for the plant control in the SIMATIC CPU.
• Display with SIMATIC standard operator panels
Weighing functions
• Parameterizable inputs and outputs
The following operating modes can be set:
• Flexible adaptation to different requirements with SIMATIC Weight measurement and force measurement
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL FTC program In this operating mode, the weight value or the force is determined,
• Theoretical adjustment without calibration weights processed in the PLC and then displayed.
For this purpose, the configuration package can be selected.
• Replacement of module without renewed adjustment of scale
• Recording of weighing sequence Belt scale / weighfeeder
• 8 totalization memories with different digit intervals The functions of a belt scale are implemented in this operating
mode. Calculations are performed for the typical process values;
• Can be used in Ex applications belt load, flowrate and belt speed. Commands can be used to con
trol the belt and display the required values. A weighfeeder can be
implemented by activating the SIMATIC PID controller.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/51

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
flow and conveyed quantity, are performed in the SIWAREX module.

Application-specific parameters for setting the scales and com
mands for their operation are also available.
Scale faceplate of a belt scale
Loss-in-weight scale
The typical functions of a loss-in-weight scale are implemented in View of a solids flowmeter
this operating mode. The actual weight of the vessel is measured
and the flowrate is regulated according to the preset setpoint.
Monitoring and control of the load cell signals and statuses
Application-specific parameters, such as proportioning parameters,
and device and material characteristics, can be set directly in The SIWAREX FTC weighing module monitors the statuses during
SIWAREX FTC. Various commands are available that have been fine- the weighing process, and informs the operator of any irregularit
tuned to the requirements of the loss-in-weight scales, such as pro ies. The optimized exchange of data within SIMATIC permits direct
portioning (manual, automatic, gravimetric, volumetric), filling and evaluation of the load cell signals in the PLC program.
emptying. Influencing of the weighing sequences by the PLC means that the
The high measurement resolution, real-time signal processing, SIWAREX FTC can be easily adapted to any modifications in system
detection and filtering of signals in the electronic weighing system technology.
enable extremely high proportioning accuracy. A module can be replaced without recalibrating the scales. When
using "active bus modules", replacement is also possible during
operation.
Applications of SIWAREX FTC
Scale faceplate of a loss-in-weight scale SIWAREX FTC is completely integrated into the SIMATIC S7 and
Solids flowmeter The right combination of SIMATIC components can produce optim
The typical functions of a solids flowmeter are implemented in this um solutions for small, medium-size and large plants. The scales are
operating mode. The calculations for the typical process values; operated and monitored using SIMATIC standard operator panels.
2/52 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC

Custom design or sector-specific solutions can be developed
extremely quickly using the configuration package and example
applications for SIMATIC.

6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6,0$7,&6
6,0$7,&66,0$7,&3&66,:$5(;)7&
Settings in SIWAREX FTC software

352),%86'3
can be saved together with the parameters following reading out
from the module.
The SIWAREX FTC weighing module includes a trace mode for
checking of weighing sequences. The recorded weight values and
6,:$5(; 6,:$5(; 6,:$5(;
LQ(70 LQ(70 LQ6,0$7,&6
associated statuses can be displayed as traces using SIWATOOL FTC
and MS Excel.
SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 configuration with SIWAREX FTC (medium-sized Upgrading firmware
plants)
ware version onto the SIWAREX FTC on site. This means that firm
Software ware upgrades can be carried out on site as required anywhere in
the world.
Adjustment of the scale using SIWATOOL FTC
SIWATOOL FTC is a special program for adjusting and servicing the
scale and runs with Windows operating systems. The totalization memories can be saved on a MMC (Micro Memory
The program enables the scales to be commissioned without the Card) inserted into the SIWAREX FTC.
need for prior knowledge of the automation system. During servi
SIWAREX FTC – simple configuring
cing, the technician can use a PC to analyze and test the procedures
in the scale. Reading out the diagnostics buffer from the Integration in SIMATIC means that freely-programmable, modular
SIWAREX FTC is extremely helpful when analyzing events. weighing systems for belt scales, solids flowmeters and loss-in-
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out weight scales can be created and modified to meet individual oper
using SIWATOOL FTC: ational requirements.
• Parameter assignment and calibration of the scale A free version of the ready-to-use SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started"
software is also available for the belt scale, solids flowmeter and
• Testing of scale properties loss-in-weight scale operation modes. It shows beginners how to
• Saving and printing scale data integrate the module into the STEP 7 program and provides a basis
• Recording and analysis of weighing sequence for application programming. This allows you to implement the belt
scale very easily with an operator panel connected directly to the
SIMATIC CPU.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/53

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Article No.
SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started" for
loss-in-weight scales
for loss-in-weight scale mode
ing/documentation
PCS7 V8.x and V9.0
• Supports PROFINET
• SIWAREX U
• SIWAREX FTA
• SIWAREX WP321
Classic faceplate and function block
for:
Scale faceplate in the SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started" software • SIWAREX FTC_L (Loss-in-weight)
from SIWAREX FTC with serial PC inter
Selection and ordering data face, for 9-pin PC interfaces (RS 232)
• 2 m long (6.56 ft) 7MH4702-8CA
Article No. • 5 m long (16.40 ft) 7MH4702-8CB
SIWAREX FTC 7MH4900-3AA01
40-pin front connector with screw
Electronic weighing system for S7-300
contacts
and ET 200M.
Applications: Belt scales, force meas
urement, loss-in-weight scales and • With screw contacts 6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
solids flowmeters 6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
• With spring-loaded terminals
SIWAREX FTC_B Equipment Manual
for belt scales
Sufficient for one SIWAREX FTC mod
Available in a range of languages ule
Free download on the Internet at: Shield connection clamp 6ES7390-5CA00-0AA0
http://www.siemens.com/weigh Content: 2 units (suitable for cable
ing/documentation with diameter 4 ... 13 mm /
SIWAREX FTC_L Equipment Manual 0.16 ... 0.51 inch)
for solids flowmeters and loss-in- Note:
weight scales One shield connection clamp is
http://www.siemens.com/weigh • RS 485 interface
ing/documentation • RS 232 interface
SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started" for S7 DIN rail
belt scales 6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
• 160 mm (6.30 inch)
• 480 mm (18.90 inch) 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
for belt scale mode • 530 mm (20.87 inch) 6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Free download on the Internet at: 6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
• 830 mm (32.68 inch)
SIWAREX FTC "Getting Started" for MMC memory 7MH4900-2AY21
solids flowmeters For data logging up to 32 MB, only for
Sample software shows beginners legal-for-trade applications R76, R51
how to program the scales in STEP 7 and R107
for solids flowmeter mode Accessories
Free download on the Internet at: SIWAREX EB extension box 7MH4710-2AA
ing/documentation For extending sensor cables.
2/54 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Article No. SIWAREX FTC

SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20 Use in automation systems
housing S7-300 Directly or via ET 200M
For connecting up to 4 load cells in S7-1500 Through ET 200M
junction boxes. S7-400 (H) Through ET 200M
7MH5001-0AA00 PCS 7 (H) Through ET 200M

SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless
steel housing Communication interfaces
For connecting up to 4 load cells in S7 Through backplane bus
parallel. RS 232 For SIWATOOL or printer connection
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 RS 485 For remote display or digital load cell
Module parameterization
cells (for zone allocation, see manual Using SIMATIC S7
or type-examination certificate). Using SIWATOOL FTC software (RS 232)
Ex interface SIWAREX IS Measuring properties
For intrinsically safe connection of Accuracy according to EN 45501 3 × 6 000 d ≥ 0.5 μV/e
load cells. With ATEX approval (not Internal resolution +/- 8 million parts
UL/FM). Suitable for SIWAREX elec Internal/external updating rate 400/100 Hz
ity of load cells must be checked sep Several parameterizable digital filters Critically dampened, Bessel, Butterworth
(0.05 ... 20 Hz), mean-value filter
arately.
Weighing functions • Non automatic weighing instrument,
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA force measurement
< 199 mA DC
• Belt scale
< 137 mA DC • Loss-in-weight scale
Cable (optional) • Solids flowmeters
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + Load cells Strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire system

2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY 3 characteristic value ranges 1, 2 or 4 mV/V
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), Supply voltage Us (rated value) 10.3 V DC
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface Max. supply current 184 mA
For permanent installation. Occasional Permissible load cell resistance
bending is possible. • R Lmin > 56 Ω
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm > 87 Ω with Ex interface
(0.43 inch) • R Lmax ≤ 4 010 Ω
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Max. distance of load cells
Sold by the meter. When using the recommended cable:
• Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG Standard 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
In hazardous area 1)
• For hazardous atmospheres. Sheath 7MH4702-8AF
color: blue • For gases of group IIC 300 m (984 ft)
Remote display (optional) • For gases of group IIB 1 000 m (3 280 ft)
The Siebert S102 and S302 remote Connection to load cells in Ex zone 1 Optionally via SIWAREX IS Ex interface
digital displays can be directly connec Ex approvals zone 2 and safety ATEX 95, FM, cULUS Haz. Loc.
ted to the SIWAREX FTC via an RS 485 Auxiliary power supply
interface. (not suitable for belt scale
mode) Rated voltage 24 V DC
PO Box 1180 Current consumption on backplane bus Typ. 55 mA
D-66565 Eppelborn Inputs/outputs
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0 Digital inputs 7, electrically isolated
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
Digital outputs 8, electrically isolated
Internet: http://www.siebert- Counter input Up to 10 kHz
group.com/en
Analog output
the manufacturer. • Current range 0/4 ... 20 mA
• Updating rate 100 Hz

Degree of protection according to IP20
EN 60529; IEC 60529
T min (IND) ... Tmax (IND) (operating temperature)
• Horizontal installation -10 ... 60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)

(3.15 × 4.92 × 5.12 inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/55

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIWAREX FTC
2/56 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Force and torque measurements / Introduction
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Force and torque measurements / Introduction
Overview
AI 2xSG 4-/6-wire HS, ET 200SP analog input module for force and

torque sensors
Automation with integral force measuring technology

In addition to accuracy when measuring force, incorporating force
measuring technology in modern automation systems is also a sig
nificant feature.
Due to the direct connection of the force sensor to the SIMATIC-
integrated evaluation electronics, there is no need for costly, diffi
cult-to-integrate external interface converters. In addition, the
measuring accuracy of SIMATIC-based solutions is increased enorm
ously, because only one A/D conversion takes place before the
measured value is available in the automation system. These prop
erties facilitate the integration of a final product test and other tests
into the SIMATIC environment.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/57

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Force and torque measurements / AI 2xSG 4/6-wire HS
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Overview Technical specifications
SIMATIC ET 200SP, analog input module, AI 2xSG 4-, 6-wire high

speed
General information
Product type designation AI 2xSG 4-/6-wire HS
Product function
• I&M data Yes, I&M0 to I&M3
• Measuring range scalable Yes
• Measured values scalable No
• Measuring range adaptation Yes; ± 0.5 ... 320 mV/V

Engineering with
• STEP 7 TIA Portal can be configured/integ V14 SP1
rated as of version
• STEP 7 can be configured/integrated as of V5.6
version
• PROFIBUS as of GSD version/GSD revision V03.01.105
• PROFINET as of GSD version/GSD revision GSDML V2.33
ET 200SP analog input module for force and torque sensors Operating mode
• Oversampling Yes; 2 channels per module
• MSI No
CiR – Configuration in RUN
Parameter reassignment possible in RUN Yes
Article No.
Calibration possible in RUN No
SIMATIC ET 200SP analog input 7MH4134-6LB00-0DA0
module, AI 2xSG 4-, 6-wire high Supply voltage
speed Rated value (DC) 24 V
Suitable for BU type A0 color code Reverse polarity protection Yes
CC00, channel diagnostics, 28/16-bit,
Analog inputs
+/- 0.05% for full-bridge strain gauges
No. of analog inputs 2; differential inputs
Accessories
Cycle time (all channels), min. 100 µs
SIMATIC ET 200SP, BaseUnit 6ES7193-6BP00-0BA0
Analog input with oversampling Yes
BU15-P16+A0+2B, BU type A0, push-
in terminals, without AUX terminals, • Values per cycle, max. 14
bridged to the left, W × H: • Resolution, min. 100 µs
15 × 117 mm (1.57 × 7.09 in)
Input ranges
SIMATIC ET 200SP, BaseUnit 6ES7193-6BP00-0DA0
BU15-P16+A0+2D, BU type A0, push- • Strain gauge (full bridge) Yes
in terminals, without AUX terminals, Cable length
new load group, W x H: 15 × 117 mm
• Shielded, max. 500 m
(1.57 × 7.09 in)
SIMATIC ET 200SP, BaseUnit 6ES7193-6BP20-0BA0 Generation of analog input values
BU15-P16+A10+2B, BU type A0, push- Measuring principle Sigma delta
in terminals, with 10 AUX terminals, Integration and conversion time/resolu
bridged to the left, W × H: tion per channel
15 × 141 mm (1.57 × 7.09 in) • Resolution with overrange (bits including 28 bits; 16 bits with oversampling
SIMATIC ET 200SP, BaseUnit 6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0 sign), max.
BU15-P16+A10+2D, BU type A0, push- • Configurable integration time Yes
in terminals, with 10 AUX terminals,
new load group, W × H: 15 × 141 mm • Interference voltage suppression for inter 60 / 50 Hz / no
(1.57 × 7.09 in) ference frequency f1 in Hz
SIMATIC ET 200SP, 5 shield connec 6ES7193-6SC00-1AM0 • Conversion time (per channel) 100 µs

tion clamps and 5 shield supports, for Measured value smoothing
direct connection
• IIR low-pass filter frequency 0.01 ... 600 Hz
• IIR low-pass filter ordinal number 1 ... 4
• Notch filter frequency 0.1 ... 1 000 Hz
• Notch filter quality 5.00 ... 250.00
• Average value filter 0.1 ... 655.3 ms

Encoders
Connection of sensors
• For strain gauge (full bridge) with 4-wire Yes
connection
• For strain gauge (full bridge) with 6-wire Yes
connection
• Resistance of full bridge min. 80 W
• Resistance of full bridge max. 5 000 W
2/58 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
SIMATIC ET 200SP, analog input module, AI 2xSG 4-, 6-wire high

speed
Errors/accuracies
Temperature coefficient zero point ≤ ±0.25 mV/K
4-wire connection (in relation to end value)
6-wire connection (in relation to end value)
Basic error limit
(operational limit at 25 °C)
• Voltage, related to input range, (+/-) 0.05%; see manual for details
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode (application synchronized Yes
up to terminal)
Filter and processing (TWE), min. 87 µs
Bus cycle time (TDP), min. 125 µs
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Diagnostic function Yes
Interrupts
• Diagnostic interrupt Yes
• Limit alarms Yes, two high and two low limits

Diagnostic messages
• Monitoring of supply voltage Yes
• Wire break Yes
• Short circuit Yes
• Group error Yes
• Overflow/underflow Yes
Diagnostics LED
• Monitoring of supply voltage (PWR LED) Yes; green PWR LED
• Channel status display Yes; green LED
• For channel diagnostics Yes; red LED
• For module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED

Galvanic isolation
Galvanic isolation of channels
• Between the channels and backplane bus Yes
Insulation
Insulation tested with 707 V DC (type test)
Standards, approvals, certificates
Suitable for safety functions No
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature in operation
• Horizontal mounting, min. -25 °C
• Horizontal mounting, max. 60 °C
• Vertical mounting, min. -25 °C
• Vertical mounting, max. 50 °C

Operating height in relation to sea level
• With reference to ambient temperature, air T min ... T max at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
pressure and altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
T min ... (Tmax - 1 K/100 m) at
795 hPa ... 701 hPa (+2 000 m ... +3 000 m)
Dimensions
Width 15 mm
Height 73 mm
Depth 58 mm
Weight
Weight, approx. 45 g
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/59

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Ex-Interfaces / Introduction
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Ex-Interfaces / Introduction
Overview
SIWAREX IS, Ex interface
Additional parts are required aside from the weighing modules in

order to construct scales. Special interface modules are used for
scales in hazardous areas.
The recommended cable and connection lengths are listed together
with the weighing modules.
2/60 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Ex-Interfaces / SIWAREX IS Ex interface
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Overview
SIWAREX IS New Generation
The Ex interface SIWAREX IS can be used for SIWAREX weighing

modules. It comprises six safety barriers and has been granted the
approvals stated in the technical data. The Ex interface must be
installed outside the potentially explosive area. It is installed inside
the control cabinet, preferably under the electronic weighing sys
tem, and fixed using a 35 mm mounting rail.
The SIWAREX IS only interferes with the load cell signal to a very
small extent and is therefore approved for scales requiring official
calibration.
The connection is made at the front using two clamp-type plugs. A
separate screw terminal is available for connection of the equipo
tential bonding conductor (EBC).
Function
Operating principle
The safety barriers limit current and voltage in the supply, sensor and measured signal cables of load cells that are installed in hazardous
areas.
Input Output
Shield Shield
Exc + Current Exc +
Supply Voltage
lines Exc - limitation Exc -
limitation
(active)
Sense + Current Sense +

Feedback Voltage Instrinsically
Sense - limitation Sense -
lines limitation safe area
(passive)
Signal + Current Signal +

Signal Voltage
Signal - limitation Signal -
lines limitation
(passive)
Equipment Potential equalisation

grounding (PE) line (PAL)
Function diagram
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/61

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Article No.
Ex interface SIWAREX IS
For intrinsically-safe connection of
load cells. Suitable for SIWAREX elec
tronic weighing systems. The compat
ibility of the load cells must be
checked.
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA
< 199 mA DC
< 137 mA DC
Cable (optional)
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST +
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
(0.43 inch)
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Sold by the meter.

spheres): blue
Ex interface, type SIWAREX IS Standard Low-current version

Non-intrinsically-safe circuits
Load cell powering

Rated voltage Un1 10 V DC 10 V DC
Permissible error voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC
Internal resistance of load cells depending on input ≥ 8.7 Ω/V ≥ 18 Ω/V
voltage
Total < 4 010 Ω < 4 010 Ω
Sensor line
Rated voltage Un2 10 V DC 10 V DC
Measuring signal line
Rated voltage Un3 10 ... 40 mV DC 10 ... 40 mV DC
Intrinsically safe circuits
Load cell powering

No-load voltage U01 ≤ 13.1 V DC ≤ 13.1 V DC
Voltage against equipotential bonding cond. ≤ 6.6 V DC ≤ 6.6 V DC
Short-circuit current IK1 ≤ 120 mA ≤ 58 mA
Sensor line
Measuring signal line
2/62 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Ex interface, type SIWAREX IS Standard Low-current version

Total connection load
(when circuits are connected together)
Short-circuit current IK ≤ 199 mA ≤ 137 mA
Power PO ≤ 1.835 W ≤ 1.025 W
For gas group II C
Max. permissible external capacitance Ca3 500 nF 450 nF
Max. permissible external inductance La 0.15 mH 0.5 mH
For gas group II B
Max. permissible external capacitance Ca3 2 000 nF 2 000 nF
Max. permissible external inductance La 1 mH 2 mH
General data
Weight, approx. 500 g 500 g
• During operation -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) (for vertical mounting) -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) (for vertical mounting)
• During operation for legal-for-trade weighing -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) (for vertical mounting) -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) (for vertical mounting)
machines
• During transportation and storage -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Permissible relative humidity ≤ 95% ≤ 95%
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Approvals
EC type test certificates No. TÜV 01 ATEX 1722 X TÜV 01 ATEX 1722 X
Type of explosion protection Intrinsic safety "i" Intrinsic safety "i"
II (2) G [Ex ibGb] IIC or II (2) D [EX ib Db] IIIC II (2) G [Ex ibGb] IIC or II (2) D [EX ib Db] IIIC
IEC certification IECEx TUN 06.0002 X IECEx TUN 06.0002 X
[Ex ib Gb] IIC or [Ex ib Db] IIIC [Ex ib Gb] IIC or [Ex ib Db] IIIC
Calibration approval (German Testing Laboratory test EN 45501, OIML R76-1, 90/384/EEC EN 45501, OIML R76-1, 90/384/EEC
certificate) according to
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/63

© Siemens AG 2022
SIWAREX for SIMATIC
Dimensional drawings
105 (4.13)
75 (2.95) 123 (4.84)
PAL connection
SIWAREX IS Ex interface, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/64 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Platform and hopper scales / Introduction
Stand-alone
Platform and hopper scales / Introduction
Overview
Stand-alone platform and hopper scales
Weighing silos, vessels or platforms is a standard task in industry.

The comprehensive SIWAREX electronics properties and functions
can fulfil all requirements.
Platform scales
In the various branches of industry the use of platform scales is
bound to very different requirements, in particular with regard to
the load classes.
While platform scales can also be used for small loads, road vehicle
and track scales are especially suitable for heavy loads.
Hopper scales
In almost every industry, liquids, powders, bulk goods or gases are
produced and stored in vessels. To ensure their availability, the
exact fill levels of these vessels must be known.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/65

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Platform and hopper scales / SIWAREX WP231 weighing electronics
Stand-alone
Overview Design

IC S7-1200 and can be connected directly via the system bus with
S7-1200 components. The rail mounting of the 70 mm (2.76 inch)
wide weighing module means that it is extremely easy to
mount/wire.
The power supply, load cells, the RS 485, digital input/outputs and
the analog output are connected via the screw connector of the
weighing module. An RJ45 plug is used for the Ethernet connection.
Function
The primary task of SIWAREX WP231 is the measurement and con

Weighing functions
different tare default values can be activated for this.
SIWAREX WP231 is a versatile, legal for trade weighing module for SIWAREX WP231 is factory-calibrated. This means the scale can be
all simple weighing and force measuring tasks. The compact mod automatically adjusted without adjustment weights, and modules
ule is easy to install in the SIMATIC S7‑1200 automation system. It can be replaced without the need to readjust the scale.
can also be operated without a SIMATIC CPU.
Benefits In addition to weight determination, the SIWAREX WP231 monitors
SIWAREX WP231 offers the following key advantages:
empty range. It signals violations of the limits.
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in Consistent and uniform communication between all system com
SIMATIC S7‑1200 ponents enables fast, reliable and cost-effective integration and dia
• Uniform configuration with TIA Portal gnostics in process plants.
• Legal-for-trade according to OIML R-76
• Operation without SIMATIC CPU possible
SIWAREX WP231 is directly integrated into the SIMATIC S7‑1200 via
• Direct connection of an operator panel via Ethernet the SIMATIC bus. All scale parameters can be read and edited by the
• Direct connection of a remote display via RS 485 interface CPU. Therefore a complete commissioning of the scales by the CPU
• Modbus TCP/IP interface or by a connected HMI device is possible. A wide variety of connec
tion options are provided via the RS 485 and Ethernet interface. Via
• Modbus RTU interface Modbus TCP/IP or Modbus RTU, control panels can be connected
• Four digital inputs and outputs, one analog output and it is also possible to communicate with various automation sys
• Measurement of weight or force with a high resolution of up to ±4 tems. A remote display can also be connected to the RS 485.
million parts and an accuracy of 0.05% A PC for configuring the SIWAREX WP231 can be connected to the
Ethernet interface.
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL V7 program via Weight value, status, tare, commands and messages are transmit
the Ethernet interface ted via the SIMATIC I/O area. The parameters of the data records can
• Recovery point for simple restoration of all parameters be set via SIWATOOL or with an operator panel connected directly
• Automatic calibration is possible without the need for calibration to the weighing electronics.
weights SIWAREX WP231 can be integrated into the plant software with the
aid of a ready-made function block. In contrast to serially linked
• Supports replacement of module without recalibration of scales weighing electronics, SIWAREX WP231 does not need costly addi
• Use in hazardous area zone 2 tional modules to link it to SIMATIC.
• Connection of digital force compensation load cells from WIPOTEC Used in conjunction with SIWAREX WP231, it is possible to config
and Mettler-Toledo (type WM and PBK) ure freely programmable, modular weighing systems in SIMATIC,
which can be adapted to company-specific requirements as needed.
Application
SIWAREX WP231 is the optimum solution wherever load cells are

used for measuring tasks. The following are typical SIWAREX WP231
applications:
• Non-automatic weighing instruments, also legal for trade
• Fill level monitoring of silos and bunkers
• Load measuring for industrial lifts and rolling mills
• Scales in zone 2 hazardous areas
2/66 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone

backup file.
Trace mode is provided to optimize the weighing sequences in the
SIWAREX WP231 weighing module. The recorded weight values and
associated states can be displayed as trends using SIWATOOL V7
and MS Excel.
Upgrading firmware
in the world.
Article No.
SIWAREX WP231 weighing electron 7MH4960-2AA01
In addition to the configuration package, a fully-featured ics
SIWAREX WP231 "Ready-for-use" software is also available free-of- Single-channel, legal-for-trade, for
charge. It shows beginners how to integrate the module in a TIA NAWI non-automatic weighing instru
Portal program and offers a basis for application programming. This ments (e.g. platform scales or hopper
allows you to connect the scale application very easily to an operat scales) with analog load cells (1–4
mV/V), 1 x LC, 4 × DQ, 4 × DI, 1 × AQ,
or panel either connected to the SIMATIC CPU or connected directly 1 RS 485, Ethernet port
to the SIWAREX WP231.
A "Ready-for-use" example program is available in the TIA Portal for SIWAREX S7‑1200 Equipment Manu
al
applications requiring official calibration. This is designed so that it
can be used directly with the legal trade SecureDisplay software. Available in a range of languages
Required is a Windows CE-based operating panel (for example, Free download on the Internet at:
SIMATIC Comfort Touch series). http://www.siemens.com/weigh
SIMATIC Basic and Key Panels cannot be used for applications ing/documentation
requiring official calibration. SIWAREX WP231 "Ready-for-use"
Complete software package for non-
Software automatic weighing instrument (for
SIWATOOL V7 is a special program for commissioning and servicing S7‑1200 and a directly connected
and runs with Windows operating systems. operator panel)
The program enables the user to perform scale calibration without Free download on the Internet at:
requiring automation engineering skills. During servicing, the tech http://www.siemens.com/weigh
nician can use a PC to analyze and test the procedures in the scale. ing/documentation
Reading the diagnostics buffer from the SIWAREX WP231 is SIWAREX WP231 "Ready-for-use -
extremely helpful when analyzing events. legal-for-trade"
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out Software package for non-automatic
using SIWATOOL V7: weighing instruments for S7-1200
• Parameter assignment and calibration of the scale requiring official calibration
• Testing of scale properties Free download on the Internet at:

• Recording and analysis of weighing sequence ing/documentation
Software SecureDisplay
Software for a legal trade display on
Windows CE-based Panel. SIMATIC
Basic and Key Panels are excluded
ing/documentation
SIWAREX WP251.
prising:
SIWATOOL V7 calibration software, layout of the individual program
windows
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/67

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone

Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
etc.
the manufacturer.
Accessories
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum 7MH5001-0AA20 Technical specifications
housing
For connecting up to 4 load cells in SIWAREX WP231
parallel, and for connecting multiple Integration in automation systems
junction boxes
Operator panel and/or automation systems Via Ethernet (Modbus TCP/IP) or RS 485
steel housing from other vendors (Modbus RTU)
For connecting up to 4 load cells in Communication interfaces • SIMATIC S7‑1200 backplane bus
parallel • RS 485 (Modbus RTU, Siebert remote dis
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 play)
steel housing (ATEX) • Ethernet (SIWATOOL V7, Modbus TCP/IP)
For parallel connection of up to 4 load • Analog output 0/4 ... 20 mA
cells (for zone allocation, see manual • 4 × digital outputs 24 V DC, floating,
or type-examination certificate) short-circuit proof
SIWAREX DB digital terminal box 7MH5001-0AD20 • 4 × digital inputs 24 V DC, floating
For enhanced diagnostic and monitor Commissioning options • Using SIWATOOL V7
ing options in conjunction with • Using function block in SIMAT
SIWAREX WP electronics IC S7‑1200 CPU / Touch Panel
SIWAREX IS Ex interface • Using Modbus TCP/IP
For intrinsically safe connection of • Using Modbus RTU
load cells. With ATEX approval (not Measuring accuracy
tronic weighing systems. Compatibil EC type approval as non-automatic weighing 3000 d ≥ 0.5 μV/e
instrument, trade class III
arately. Error limit according to DIN 1319-1 of full- 0.05%
• Short-circuit current < 137 mA DC 7MH4710-5CA Measuring frequency 100 / 120 Hz
Cable (optional) Digital filter Variable adjustable low-pass and average fil
ter
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST +
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), • Fill-level monitoring
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface • Belt tension monitors
Weighing functions
bending is possible. Weight values • Gross
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm • Net
(0.43 inch)
• Tare
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Limit values • 2 × min/max
Sold by the meter. • Empty
Zeroing Per command
• Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF Tare Per command
spheres): blue Tare specification Per command
Ground terminal for connecting the 6ES5728-8MA11 Load cells Full-bridge strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire
load cell cable shield to the groun system
ded DIN rail Load cell powering
Remote display (optional) Supply voltage (regulated via feedback) 4.85 V DC
The digital remote displays can be Permissible load resistance
connected directly to the • RLmin > 40 Ω
SIWAREX WP231 via the RS 485 inter
face. • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Suitable remote display: S102 With SIWAREX IS Ex interface
• RLmin > 50 Ω
2/68 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
SIWAREX WP231
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Approvals/certificates • ATEX Zone 2
• UL
• EAC
• KCC
• RCM
• OIML R76
• Type approval 2009/23/EC (NAWI)
Calibration approval EC type approval OIML R76
IEC 60529

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/69

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Platform and hopper scales / SIWAREX WT231 weighing terminal
Stand-alone
Overview Design
SIWAREX WT231 is a stand-alone weighing terminal based on the

tried and tested Siemens SIWAREX WP231 products and the
Siemens SIMATIC KTP 400 touch display. Along with a connection
board and a wide-range power supply, these components are prein
stalled in a compact, stainless steel enclosure.
The enclosure can be wall mounted and has 9 cable entries, of
which 5 are equipped with cable glands at the factory. A variety of
interfaces support the integration into the plant environment.
The SIWAREX WT231 is preconfigured with the SIWAREX "Ready-for-
use" software. This means that no further commissioning is
required in SIMATIC.
Function
The primary task of SIWAREX WT231 is the measurement and con

SIWAREX WT231 weighing terminal Weighing functions

The SIWAREX WT231 is a weighing terminal for industrial use. different tare default values can be activated. The SIWAREX WT231
Siemens standard components are installed in a stainless steel is calibrated at the factory. This means the scale can be automatic
enclosure with numerous connection options. This ensures the tried ally adjusted without adjustment weights, and modules can be
and tested SIWAREX quality for stand-alone solutions and is also replaced without the need to readjust the scale.
ideal for hopper scales and platform scales.
Benefits In addition to weight determination, the SIWAREX WT231 monitors
SIWAREX WT231 offers the following key advantages: empty range. A violation of the limit values is signaled.
• Complete solution – no configuration in SIMATIC required
• Fast and easy commissioning due to intuitive operating concept
• Stainless steel enclosure permits applications in many diverse
environments
• Integrated terminals for up to 4 load cells (1 … 4 mV/V)
• Flexible connection to different systems through diverse choice of
interfaces:
- Four digital inputs (24 V DC)
- Four digital outputs (24 V DC)
- One analog output (0/4 … 20 mA)
- RS 485 interface and Modbus RTU
• High resolution of load cell signal of up to ± 4 million parts
• Comprehensive diagnostics functions
• All diagnostic and error messages, as well as all scale parameters,
in plain text SIWAREX WT231 operating view "Limit values"
• Recovery point for simple restoration of all parameters
• Automatic calibration is possible without the need for calibration Software
weights The touch panel is preconfigured with the SIWAREX "Ready-for-use"
• Simulation mode software. This gives the user interface a clear structure and makes it
• Three freely programmable limit values intuitive to operate: English, German, French and Chinese versions
are available. The structured menu-based operation facilitates the
operation of the scale and supports the user through guided com
Application missioning.
A variety of diagnostics options is also offered: Using the trace func
SIWAREX WT231 is the optimum solution wherever strain gauge tion, weighing histories can be recorded and exported. A further
sensors, such as load cells, force sensors or torque measuring option also makes it possible to simulate the behavior of the scale.
shafts, are used for measuring tasks. The following are typical The service tool "SIWATOOL V7", which is included in the optional
SIWAREX WT231 applications: configuration package, is required for reading out this trace data. In
• Non-automatic weighing instruments addition, using SIWATOOL a scale backup can be created and reim
ported whenever required. This means that in the event of a fault,
• Fill-level monitoring of silos and bins the WT231 can be replaced within seconds, without the need for
• Measuring of crane and cable loads recalibration.
• Load measuring for industrial elevators and rolling mills
2/70 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Integration Technical specifications

Integration in the plant environment SIWAREX WT231
Using the onboard RS 485 interface and the Modbus RTU protocol, Enclosure Stainless steel enclosure (1.4301) with the
the SIWAREX WT231 can be connected to a wide range of different interfaces:
automation systems or to a PC. • 1 × wall bushing for power supply
Four digital inputs, four digital outputs und one analog output are • 4 × wall bushing for load cell connection
with EMC screw connection
also available. Direct, straightforward further processing of alarms
or status messages is thus made possible. • 4 × wall bushing with blanking plugs
• Ground connection bolt
Selection and ordering data Connection board Internal connection board
• Connection of up to 4 load cells
Article No. • Device version of analog output
SIWAREX WT231 Weighing terminal 7MH4965-2AA01 • 24 V direct voltage design
for industrial scales
SIWAREX WT231 Equipment Manual Any automation systems Via RS 485 (Modbus RTU)
In various languages. Communication interfaces • RS 485 (Modbus RTU)
Free download on the Internet at: • 4 digital outputs (24 V DC)
• 4 digital inputs (24 V DC)
ing/documentation
• 1 analog output (0/4 ... 20 mA)
Accessories
Commissioning options for the scale Directly via the color touch panel and the
SIWATOOL V4 & V7 7MH4900-1AK01 preinstalled "Ready-for-use" operating soft
Service and commissioning software ware
for SIWAREX weighing modules Calibration approval No
Ethernet cable patch cord 2 m (7 ft) 6XV1850-2GH20 Internal resolution Up to ± 4 million parts
For connecting SIWAREX WT231 to a Number of measurements/second 100 Hz

(internal)
etc. Filter • Low-pass filter 0.1 ... 50 Hz
Protective film 4" widescreen 6AV2124-6DJ00-0AX0 • Average value filter
For KTP400 Basic 1st Generation, Weighing functions
KTP400 Basic 2nd Generation and Weight values • Gross
KTP400 Comfort • Net
Spare parts • Tare
Connection board SIWAREX WT2x1 A5E46650277
Limit values • Min/max
For connecting load cells and speed • Empty
sensor in SIWAREX WT2x1 as spare
part Zero-setting function Per command
Cable (optional) Tare function Per command

Tare specification Per command
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST +
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY Load cells Strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire system

• RLmin > 40 Ω
bending is possible. • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
(0.43 inch)
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Sold by the meter.
Permissible range of measuring signal -21.3 ... +21.3 mV
• Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF (at greatest set characteristic value)
spheres): blue Max. distance of load cells 500 m (229.66 ft)
Rated voltage 100 ... 240 V AC
Line frequency 50 ... 60 Hz
Max. power consumption 0.12 A
IEC 60529
T min (IND) ... T max (IND) (operating temperat
ure)
EMC requirements according to EN 45501
(10.39 × 7.28 × 3.82 inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/71

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
SIWAREX WT231
Weight 4 kg (8.82 lb)
2/72 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Stand-alone
Overview
Stand-alone belt scales
The gravel, cement, coal, recycling and mining industries require

exact weight measurement of the material to be conveyed using
belt scales. The comprehensive SIWAREX electronics properties and
functions can fulfil all requirements.
The Milltronics belt scales from Siemens combine simple installation
and low maintenance costs (no moving parts) with higher reprodu
cibility. This results in high productivity. With minimum hysteresis
and maximum linearity, lateral forces have no influence on measur
ing accuracy. All load cells are equipped with overload protection.
The installation of belt scales in danger zones is also available as
option. Various versions are available for high accuracy, small loads
and heavy loads.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/73

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Stand-alone
Overview Function
The primary task of the SIWAREX WP241 is to measure the speed of

the belt, to measure and convert the sensor voltage to a weight
value, and to precisely calculate the amount of material conveyed
or material flow rate.
The volume of material conveyed can be recorded in 6 totalization
memories: The accumulated totalization memory determines the
conveyed material over the entire operating time of the scale (can
only be reset by loading the factory settings). The overall total and
the four remaining totalization memories are available for use as
required. For example, for recording the daily or weekly totals.
Four different options are available for rapid commissioning:
The calibration is calculated automatically using the load cell para
actual plant.
• Calibration with calibration weights or test weights
Test weights are secured to the weighing equipment and the con
veyor belt is started. The calibration values are determined while
SIWAREX WP241 is a flexible weighing module for belt scales. The the belt is running. The zero point must also be calculated.
compact module is easy to install in the SIMATIC S7‑1200 automa • Calibration with test chain
tion system. It can also be operated as a stand-alone module, i.e. Instead of test weights, a chain of a known weight can be placed
without a SIMATIC CPU. on the measuring points of the belt. The calibration values are cal
culated as for calibration with test weights.
Benefits • Calibration via material batch
This method can be used if a volume of material is available, but
SIWAREX WP241 offers the following key advantages: neither test weights nor a chain are available. The material can
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in either be preweighed or weighed afterwards. It is conveyed over
SIMATIC S7‑1200 the belt scale. Then the weighing module calculates the calibra
• Uniform configuration with TIA Portal tion characteristic automatically.
• Operation without SIMATIC CPU possible If "Automatic set to zero" is active, the electronic weighing system
automatically executes a "set to zero" procedure when the belt
• Direct connection of an operator panel via Ethernet reaches the "set to zero" area.
• Four digital inputs and outputs, one analog output Extensive diagnostics functions are available. Diagnostic messages
• Measurement of weight with a high resolution of ± 4 million parts are output to the different interfaces. In simulation mode, both the
speed and the belt load can be specified by the user. This makes it
• Simple adjustment of belt scales using the SIWATOOL V7 program possible to test many functions in advance without operating belt
via the Ethernet interface - even without knowledge of SIMATIC scales. Both the digital inputs/outputs and the analog output can
• Replacement of module possible without renewed calibration of also be simulated for test purposes. The "Trace" function is
the scale extremely helpful for optimizing the plant or when troubleshooting.
• Use in hazardous area zone 2 It records the weighing history stored in the internal module
memory (e.g. material flow rate, belt load, speed) and exports it to
• Different calibration methods: With test weights, test chain, auto Excel in a graphical format.
matically or via material batch.
• Specification of belt inclination angle Monitoring the scale signals and states
• 6 totalization memories The SIWAREX WP241 monitors the belt load, the material flow rate,
• Simulation of speed and belt load for test purposes and the belt speed, and it signals if the limits are exceeded. The
respective limits can be parameterized as required.
• Comprehensive diagnostics functions Consistent and uniform communication between all system com
Application
SIWAREX WP241 is the optimal solution wherever belt scales are
used that demand high accuracy, high user-friendliness, and flex SIWAREX WP241 can be directly integrated into the SIMAT
ible system integration. The typical applications of the IC S7-1200 via the SIMATIC bus. Standalone operation without
SIWAREX WP241 are determining the current material flow rate, SIMATIC is also possible.
belt load, and belt speed. Furthermore, 6 totalizers are available for A wide variety of connection options are provided via the RS 485
evaluating the amount of material conveyed. and Ethernet interface. Via Modbus TCP/IP or Modbus RTU, control
panels can be connected and it is also possible to communicate
Design with various automation systems. A PC for programming the
SIWAREX WP241 via SIWATOOL can be connected to the Ethernet
SIWAREX WP241 is a compact technology module in the SIMAT interface.
IC S7-1200, and it allows direct connection to S7-1200 components SIWAREX WP241 can be integrated into the system software using
via a sliding connector. The rail mounting of the 70 mm (2.76 inch) all standard PLC programming languages from the TIA Portal. In
wide weighing module means that it is extremely easy to contrast to serially linked weighing electronics, SIWAREX WP241
mount/wire. does not need costly additional modules to link it to SIMATIC.
The power supply, load cells, RS 485 interface, digital input/outputs Used in conjunction with SIWAREX WP241, it is possible to config
and the analog output are connected via the screw plug of the ure freely programmable, modular weighing systems in SIMATIC,
weighing module. An RJ45 plug is used for the Ethernet connection. which can be adapted to company-specific requirements as needed.
2/74 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone

Upgrading firmware
in the world.
Article No.
SIWAREX WP241 weighing elec 7MH4960-4AA01
tronics
Single-channel, for belt scales with
analog load cells / full-bridge strain
gauges (1 - 4 mV/V), 1 × LC, 4 × DQ,
4 × DI, 1 × AQ, 1 × RS 485, Ethernet
port
SIWAREX S7-1200 Equipment
Manual
SIWAREX WP241 "Ready-for-use" Available in a range of languages
In addition to the configuration package, fully-featured http://www.siemens.com/weigh
SIWAREX WP241 "Ready-for-use" software is also available free-of- ing/documentation
charge. It shows beginners how to integrate the module in a STEP 7 SIWAREX WP241 "Ready-for-use"
program and offers a basis for application programming. This allows Complete software package for belt
you to connect the scale to an operator panel either connected to scale (for S7‑1200 and a directly con
the SIMATIC CPU or connected directly to the SIWAREX WP241. nected operator panel)
Software http://www.siemens.com/weigh
There is also the option of using a Windows PC for commissioning ing/documentation
and servicing. The program SIWATOOL enables the belt scales to be SIWATOOL V4 & V7 7MH4900-1AK01
set without prior knowledge of the automation system, as required. Service and commissioning software
During servicing, the technician can use a PC to quickly and simply for SIWAREX weighing modules
analyze and test the procedures in the scale. Ethernet cable patch cord 2 m (7 ft) 6XV1850-2GH20
The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out
using SIWATOOL V7: For connecting SIWAREX WP241 to a
• Parameterization and calibration of the scale etc.
• Testing/Simulation of scale properties Accessories
• Recording, analysis and export of scale traces ("Trace") SIWAREX EB extension box 7MH4710-2AA
• Creation of backup files for rapidly replacing modules without cal For extending sensor cables
ibration SIWAREX JB junction box, alumin 7MH5001-0AA20
um housing
junction boxes
steel housing
parallel
SIWAREX WP241 SIWATOOL tronic weighing systems. Compatibil
arately.
can be saved together with the parameters following reading out • Short-circuit current < 199 mA DC 7MH4710-5BA
from the module. • Short-circuit current < 137 mA DC 7MH4710-5CA
The SIWAREX WP241 weighing module includes a trace mode for
optimization of weighing sequences. The recorded weight values Cable (optional)
and associated states can be displayed as trends using SIWA
TOOL V7 and MS Excel.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/75

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone

Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + Load cells Full-bridge strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY system
Load cell powering
• RLmin > 40 Ω
al bending is possible. • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
(0.43 inch)
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) • RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Sold by the meter.
Permissible measurement signal range -21.3 ... +21.3 mV
spheres): blue
Ground terminal for connecting the 6ES5728-8MA11 patibility of the load cells must be checked)
load cell cable shield to the groun Approvals/certificates • ATEX Zone 2
ded DIN rail
• UL
• EAC
• KCC
• RCM
SIWAREX WP241 Rated voltage 24 V DC
Integration in automation systems Max. power consumption 200 mA
S7-1200 SIMATIC S7‑1200 system bus Max. power consumption SIMATIC Bus 3 mA
Operator panel and/or automation systems Via Ethernet (Modbus TCP/IP) or RS 485 IP degree of protection to EN 60529; IP20
from other vendors (Modbus RTU) IEC 60529
Communication interfaces Climatic requirements

• SIMATIC S7‑1200 backplane bus
• RS 485 (Modbus RTU)
• Ethernet (SIWATOOL V7, Modbus TCP/IP)
• Analog output 0/4 - 20 mA
• 4 × digital outputs, 24 V DC, floating, EMC requirements According to EN 45501
short-circuit proof Dimensions 70 × 75 × 100 mm (2.76 × 2.95 × 3.94 inch)
• 4 × digital inputs 24 V DC, floating
• Using function block in SIMATIC S7‑1200
CPU / Touch Panel
• Using Modbus TCP/IP
Measuring accuracy
Digital filter Separate, variable adjustable low-pass and
average filter for loading and speed
Filter for conveyor load Low-pass filter (limit frequency
0.05 ... 50 Hz)
Filter for belt speed Low-pass filter (limit frequency
0.05 ... 50 Hz)
Weighing functions
• Belt load
• Accumulated total
• Main total
• Free totals 1 … 4
• Belt speed
Limits (min/max) • Belt load
• Belt speed
2/76 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Belt scales / SIWAREX WT241 weighing terminal
Stand-alone
Overview Design
SIWAREX WT241 is a stand-alone weighing terminal based on the

tried and tested Siemens SIWAREX WP241 products and the
Siemens SIMATIC KTP 400 touch display. Supplemented with a con
nection board and a wide-range power supply, these components
are preinstalled in a compact stainless steel enclosure. The enclos
ure can be wall mounted and has nine cable entries, of which five
are equipped with cable glands at the factory. A variety of interfaces
support the integration into the plant environment.
The integrated connection board permits the direct connection of
the belt scales and of the speed sensor.
The SIWAREX WT241 is preconfigured with the SIWAREX "Ready for
Use" software. This means that no further commissioning is
required in SIMATIC.
Function
The main tasks of the SIWAREX WT241 are:

• To measure the belt speed
The SIWAREX WT241 is a weighing terminal for belt scales. Siemens
• To measure and convert the sensor voltage into a weight value
standard components are installed in a stainless steel enclosure • To calculate material quantities and flow rates.
with numerous connection options. This ensures the tried and The volume of material conveyed is recorded in 6 totalization
tested SIWAREX quality as standalone solution and is ideal for belt memories.
scales. Four different options are available for rapid commissioning:
Benefits The calibration is calculated automatically using the load cell para
SIWAREX WT241 offers the following key advantages: actual plant.
• Complete solution – no configuration in SIMATIC required • Calibration with calibration weights or test weights
• Fast and easy commissioning due to intuitive operating concept Test weights are secured to the weighing equipment and the con
• Stainless steel enclosure permits applications in many diverse veyor belt is started. The calibration values are determined while
environments the belt is running. The zero point must also be calculated.
• Integrated terminals for up to 4 load cells (1 … 4 mV/V) • Calibration with test chain
Instead of test weights, a chain of a known weight can be placed
• Flexible connection to different systems through diverse inter
on the measuring points of the belt. The calibration values are cal
faces culated as for calibration with test weights.
- Four digital inputs (24 V DC)
• Calibration via material batch
- Four digital outputs (24 V DC) This method can be used if a volume of material is available, but
- One analog output (0/4 … 20 mA) neither test weights nor a chain are available. The material can
- RS 485 interface and Modbus RTU either be preweighed or weighed afterwards. It is conveyed over
the belt scale. Then the weighing module calculates the calibra
• High resolution of load cell signal of up to ± 4 million parts tion characteristic automatically.
• Comprehensive diagnostics functions If "Automatic set to zero" is active, the electronic weighing system
• All diagnostic and error messages, as well as all scale parameters, automatically executes a "set to zero" procedure when the belt
in plain text reaches the "set to zero" area.
Extensive diagnostics functions are available. Diagnostic messages
• Recovery point for simple restoration of all parameters are output to the different interfaces. In simulation mode, both the
• Multiple calibration methods: using test weights, test chain, auto speed and the belt load can be specified by the user. This makes it
matically or via material batch possible to test many functions in advance without operating belt
• Specification of belt inclination angle scales. Both the digital inputs/outputs and the analog output can
also be simulated for test purposes. The "Trace" function is
• 6 separately resettable totalization memories extremely helpful for optimizing the plant or when troubleshooting.
• Simulation of speed and belt load for test purposes It records the weighing history stored in the internal module
• Parameterizable pulse signal (24 V DC) for external totalizer memory (e.g. material flow rate, belt load, speed) and exports it to
Excel in a graphical format.
• Correction of material flow rate by means of correction factor The service tool "SIWATOOL V7", which is included in the optional
configuration package, is required for reading out this trace data. In
Application addition, using SIWATOOL a scale backup can be created and reim
ported whenever required. This means that in the event of a fault,
SIWAREX WT241 is the optimal solution wherever belt scales are the WT241 can be replaced within seconds, without the need for
used that demand high accuracy, high user-friendliness, and com recalibration.
prehensive adjustment options.
The typical applications of the SIWAREX WT241 are determining the
current material flow rate, belt load, and belt speed. Furthermore, 6
totalizers are available for evaluating the amount of material con
veyed.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/77

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Selection and ordering data Article No.

Cable (optional)
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST +
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
(0.43 inch)
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Sold by the meter.
SIWAREX WT241 weighing terminal operating view • Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF
spheres): blue
Monitoring the scale signals and states

Using the onboard RS 485 interface and the Modbus RTU protocol,
the SIWAREX WT241 can be connected to a wide range of different Technical specifications
automation systems or to a PC.
Furthermore, 4 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs, and an analog out SIWAREX WT241
put are available. Direct, straightforward further processing of
Enclosure Stainless steel enclosure (1.4301) with the
alarms or status messages is thus made possible. interfaces:
• 1 × wall bushing for power supply
Software
• 4 × wall bushing for load cell connection
The touch panel is preconfigured with the SIWAREX "Ready-for-use" with EMC screw connection
software. This gives the user interface a clear structure and makes it • 4 × wall bushing with blanking plugs
intuitive to operate: English, German, French and Chinese versions • Ground connection bolt
are available. The structured menu-based operation facilitates the Connection board Internal connection board
operation of the scale and supports the user through guided com • Connection of up to 4 load cells
missioning.
• Device version of analog output
Furthermore, a variety of diagnostics options are offered. Using the
trace function, weighing histories can be recorded and exported, • Connection of speed sensor
for example. It is also possible to simulate the behavior of the scale. • 24 V direct voltage design
Any automation systems Via RS 485 (Modbus RTU)
Communication interfaces • RS 485 (Modbus RTU)
Selection and ordering data Article No. • 4 digital outputs (24 V DC)
SIWAREX WT241 7MH4965-4AA01 • 3 digital inputs (24 V DC)

Weighing terminal for belt scales • 1 speed sensor input (24 V DC, up to
5 kHz)
SIWAREX WT241 Equipment Manual
• 1 analog output (0/4 ... 20 mA)
In various languages.
Commissioning options for the scale Directly via the color touch panel and the
Free download on the Internet at: preinstalled "Ready-for-use" operating soft
http://www.siemens.com/weigh ware
ing/documentation Calibration approval No
Accessories Internal resolution Up to ± 4 million parts
SIWATOOL V4 & V7 7MH4900-1AK01 Number of measurements/second 100 Hz
(internal)
for SIWAREX weighing modules Updating time for material flow rate 100 ms
Filter
Ethernet cable patch cord 2 m (7 ft) 6XV1850-2GH20
Filter for material flow rate Low-pass filter 0.1 ... 50 Hz
For connecting SIWAREX WT241 to a
Filter for weight values Low-pass filter 0.1 ... 50 Hz
etc. Filter for belt speed Low-pass filter 0.1 ... 50 Hz
Protective film 4" widescreen 6AV2124-6DJ00-0AX0 Weighing functions
For KTP400 Basic 1st Generation,
KTP400 Basic 2nd Generation and • Belt load
KTP400 Comfort • Material flow rate
Spare parts • Accumulated total
Connection board SIWAREX WT2x1 A5E46650277 • Main total
For connecting load cells and speed • Free totals 1 … 4
sensor in SIWAREX WT2x1 as spare • Belt speed
part
2/78 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
SIWAREX WT241
Limits (min./max.) • Belt load
• Belt speed
Zero-setting function On command or automatic set to zero
Load cell powering
• RLmin > 40 Ω
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
• RLmin > 50 Ω
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
Permissible range of measuring signal -21.3 ... +21.3 mV
(at greatest set characteristic value)
Rated voltage 100 ... 240 V AC
Line frequency 50 ... 60 Hz
Max. power consumption 0.12 A
IEC 60529
T min (IND) ... T max (IND) (operating temperat
ure)
EMC requirements according to EN 45501
(10.39 × 7.28 × 3.82 inch)
Weight 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/79

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Belt scales / Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L
Stand-alone
Overview
Milltronics BW500 is a full feature integrator for use with both belt

scales and weighfeeders.
Milltronics BW500/L is an integrator for use in basic belt scale or
weighbelt applications.
Benefits
• Automatic zero and electronic span calibration
• Alarms for rate, load, speed, or diagnostic error
• On-board Modbus and optional: PROFIBUS DP, Modbus TCP/IP,
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP, and DeviceNet
• Comprehensive weighfeeder control functions
• PID control and on-line calibration with optional analog I/O card
• Differential speed detection with second speed sensor
• Moisture meter input with optional analog I/O card for calculation
of dry weight
• Inclinometer input with optional analog I/O card to compensate
for conveyor slope
• Suitable for belt scale custody approval
• Measurement Canada, OIML, MID, PAC Russia, and NTEP approved
Application
Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L operate with a belt scale and a speed sensor. Belt load and speed signals are processed for accurate flow
rate and totalized weight of bulk solids.
BW500 can take on lower level control functions traditionally handled by other devices, and it supports popular industrial communication
buses. Its proven load cell balance function eliminates matching of load cells.
The PID function may be used for rate control on shearing weighfeeders - where belt loading is constant - but can also control pre-feeding
devices. Operating in tandem with two or more weighfeeders, the BW500 may be used for ratio blending and controlling additives. Batch
ing, load out, and alarm functions are also provided by the BW500.
Integrator selection guide
BW500 BW500/L
(advanced feature set) (basic feature set)
PID control With optional I/O card N/A
Differential speed detection Standard N/A
Online calibration Standard N/A
Trade approval (OIML, MID, Measurement Canada, Optional N/A
GOST, NTEP)
SmartLinx communications Optional Optional
(DeviceNet, PROFINET, Modbus, TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP,
and PROFIBUS DP)
Modbus Standard Standard
2/80 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
BW500 BW500/L
(advanced feature set) (basic feature set)
Ratio blending and batching Standard N/A
Moisture and incline compensation • With optional I/O card, or Parameter set
• Parameter set
Multi Span Standard N/A
RD500 connectivity Standard Standard
Relay output 5 2
Time/date stamped printing Standard N/A
mA output 31) 1
mA input 21) 0
1) mA input/output for BW500 is based on I/O card
Article No.
Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L Integrator 7MH7152- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ●
Full-feature, powerful integrator designed for use with both belt scales and
weighfeeders.
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Input voltage
AC voltage 2
DC voltage 3
Auxiliary input/output board
None A
Board with 2 analog inputs and 2 analog outputs1) B
Feature software
BW500, 1 ... 6 load cell input (advanced feature set) A
BW500/L, 1 ... 2 load cell input2) (basic feature set) B
Auxiliary memory
None 0
Data communications3)
SmartLinx ready 0
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module 2
SmartLinx DeviceNet module 3
SmartLinx PROFINET module 4
SmartLinx EtherNet/IP module 5
SmartLinx Modbus TCP/IP module 6
Enclosures
Standard enclosure, no entry holes 1
Standard enclosure, 4 entries, for M20 glands 2
Trade approval stickers
No trade approval sticker A
Not legal for Canadian and EU trade sticker B
Legal for Canadian trade4)5)6) C
Legal for U.S. trade (NTEP)4)5)6) D
Legal for World trade (OIML), European trade (MID)4)5)6) E
Legal for Russian Trade (PAC)4)6) F
Approvals
Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex), CE, UKCA, CCSAUS, FM, RCM, EAC, KC A
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/81

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Selection and ordering data (Continued)
Selection and Ordering data Order code

Further designs
Please add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code(s).
Stainless steel tag (69 x 50 mm), Measuring-point num Y15
ber/identification (max 27 characters), specify in plain
text.
Manufacturer's test certificate: According to EN 10204-2.2 C11
OIML/MID approval additional nameplate (submit applica Y77
tion data with order)
NTEP approval additional nameplate (submit application Y78
data with order)
LVDT conditioner card mounted and connected for use G21
with LVDT belt scales
Stainless steel, sun/weather shield 357 x 305 x 203 mm S50
(14 x 12 x 8 inch) (finished unit is field mounted with
enclosure)
Stainless steel enclosure, 304 (1.4301),
[406 x 305 x 152 mm (16 x 12 x 6 inch), Nema/Type 4X,
IP66; (finished unit is mounted inside enclosure)]
• With window A11
• Without window A12
Painted mild steel, [406 x 305 x 152 mm
(16 x 12 x 6 inch), Nema/Type 4, IP66; (finished unit is
mounted inside enclosure)]
• With window A13
Painted mild steel, anti-vibration enclosure with viewing A15
window [406 x 305 x 203 mm (16 x 12 x 8 inch),
Nema/Type 4, IP66; (finished unit is mounted inside
enclosure)]
Painted mild steel, heated enclosure with viewing window A35
for use down to -50 °C (-58 °F); finished unit is mounted
inside enclosure 483 x 584 x 203 mm (19 x 23 x 8 inch)
Instruction manuals Article No.
All literature is available to download for free, in a range
of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/weighing/documentation
Optional equipment
Auxiliary I/O card spare 7MH7723-1BJ
LVDT Conditioners in Nema 4 enclosure (to interface LVDT 7MH7723-1AJ
Flowmeter/Belt scale without internal pre-amplifier)
Supply voltage regulators, 120 V AC, 60 Hz 7MH7726-1AN
Cables to connect BW500, BW500/L, and SF500 keypad to 7MH7723-1CB
-motherboard
SITRANS RD100 Remote displays, see SITRANS RD100 7ML5741-.....-.
catalog page: https://sup
port.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109765059
SITRANS RD200 Remote displays, see SITRANS RD200 7ML5742-.....-....
SITRANS RD300 Remote displays, see SITRANS RD300 7ML5744-.....-..
Large LED display, 150 mm (6 inch) high characters A5E31871009
Spare parts
Display card 7MH7723-1AF
BW500 motherboard, AC A5E34320772
BW500/L motherboard, AC A5E34320773
BW500 motherboard, DC A5E34320774
BW500/L motherboard, DC A5E34320775
Fuse, 2 A, 250 V, BW500, BW500/L, and SF500, spare 7MH7723-1DG
Lid with overlay and keypad for BW500 7MH7723-1AK
2/82 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Selection and Ordering data Order code

Lid with overlay and keypad for trade approved BW500 7MH7723-1HN
Lid with overlay and keypad for BW500/L A5E34699647
Keypads spare for BW500, BW500/L, and SF500 7MH7723-1CD
LVDT card spare, internal to BW500 A5E34699664
Modbus TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP module 7ML1830-1PN
PROFINET IO module 7ML1830-1PM
PROFIBUS DP module 7ML1830-1HR
DeviceNet module 7ML1830-1HT
1) Required for PID control and online calibration, available with feature software option A only.
2) Available with auxiliary I/O option A, and trade approval stickers A, B only.
3) Required for industrial communications. SmartLinx PROFINET module is certified per standard V2.2.4.
4) Requires use with applicable certified MSI or MMI.
5) Complete specification data sheet found on the MSI/MMI catalog page and submit with order: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109764828
6) Available with feature software option A only.
Technical specifications Technical specifications (Continued)
Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L

Mode of operation Rated operating conditions
Measuring principle Belt scale integrator Ambient conditions
Typical application • Compatible with Milltronics belt scales or Location Indoor/outdoor
equivalent 1, 2, 41), or 61) load cell scales
Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °C (-5 … +122 °F)
• Compatible with LVDT equipped scales,
with use of optional interface board Relative humidity/ingress protection Suitable for outdoor/Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65
(remotely mounted) Installation category II
Inputs Pollution degree 4
Load cell 0 ... 45 mV DC per load cell Design
Speed sensor Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
• Pulse train • 0 ... 5 V low, 5 ... 15 V high 1 ... 3 000 Hz, Dimensions 209 W x 285 H x 92 D mm
or (8.2 W x 11.2 H x 3.6 D inch)
• Open collector switch, or Weight 2.6 kg (5.7 lb)
• Relay dry contact Power supply
Auto zero Dry contact from external device Standard AC version

• 100 ... 240 V AC, ± 10 %, 50/60 Hz,
mA See optional mA I/O board1) 55 VA max.
Auxiliary 5 discrete inputs for external contacts, each • Fuse FU3 = 2AG, 2 AMP, 250 V Slo Blo
programmable for either: display scrolling,
DC version
totalizer 1 reset, zero, span, multi-span,
print, batch reset, PID function or online cal • 10 ... 30 V DC, 26 W max.
ibration, 2nd speed sensor • Fuse FU2 = 3.75 A resettable (not user
Outputs (load and speed) replaceable)
mA Programmable 0/4 ... 20 mA, for rate, optic Controls and displays
ally isolated, 0.1 % of 20 mA resolution,
Displays Illuminated 5 x 7 dot matrix liquid crystal dis
750 Ω load max. (see optional mA I/O board)
play with 2 lines of 40 characters each
Load cell 10 V DC compensated excitation for strain
Programming Via local keypad
gauge type, 6 cells max, 150 mA max.
Memory Program and parameters stored in non-volat
Speed sensor(s) 12 V DC, 150 mA max. excitation
ile Flash memory
Remote totalizer 1 • Contact closure 10 ... 300 ms duration Communications • Two RS 232 ports
• Solid state relay contact 30 V DC, • One RS 485 port
100 mA max.
• Max. contact on-resistance = 36 ohms • SmartLinx compatible
• Max. off-state leakage = 1 uA mA I/O board
Remote totalizer 2 Inputs 2 programmable 0/4 … 20 mA for PID control

• Contact closure 10 ... 300 ms duration and on-line calibration, optically isolated,
• Solid state relay contact rated 0.1 % of 20 mA resolution, 200 Ω input
240 V AC/DC, 100 mA max. impedance
• Max. contact on-resistance = 36 ohms Outputs 2 programmable 0/4 … 20 mA for PID con
trol, rate, load, and speed output, optically
• Max. off-state leakage = 1 uA
isolated, 0.1 % of 20 mA resolution,
Relay output 5 alarm/control relays, 1 SPST Form A relay 750 Ω load max
contact per relay, rated 5 A at 250 V AC, Output supply Isolated 24 V DC at 50 mA, short circuit pro
non-inductive or 30 V DC tected
Measuring accuracy Approvals
Resolution 0.02 % of full scale BW500 CE, UKCA, CCSAUS, FM, Measurement
Accuracy 0.1 % of full scale Canada, NTEP, MID, OIML, PAC Russia, RCM,
EAC, SABS, STAMEQ, KC
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/83

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L

BW500/L CE, UKCA, CCSAUS, FM, RCM, EAC, KC
Options • Speed sensor: MD-36/36A, MD-256,
SITRANS WS300, TASS, or RBSS, or com
patible
• SmartLinx Modules: protocol specific mod
ules for interface with popular industrial
communications systems. Refer to
product documentation.
• LVDT interface card: for interface with
LVDT based scales
1) BW500 only
16 (0.6) 209 (8.2) Lid screws

172 (6.8) (6 places) 92 (3.6)
Non-metallic enclosure does

267 (10.5)
285 (11.2)
not provide grounding between

connections. Use grounding
type bushings and jumpers.
Conduit entry Lid

Mounting hole (4 places) Enclosure
Customer supplied mounting screws
Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/84 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Circuit diagrams
1 LCA+ V+ 11 21 MA+ TX 31 41 SHLD 51

RLY1
excitation
RS 232
Load cell
2 LCA- S+ 12 22 MA- COM 32 42 T1 + 52
3 LCB+ S- 13 23 SHLD RX 33 43 T1 - 53
RLY2
Load cell inputs
4 LCB- V- 14 24 AUX1 SHLD 34 44 SHLD 54

5 SHLD SHLD 15 25 AUX2 B(+) 35 45 T2 + 55
RLY3
6 LCC+ SIG 16 26 AUX3 A(-) 36 46 T2 - 56
Speed sensor
RS 485
7 LCC- COM 17 27 AUX4 COM 37 47 SHLD 57
RLY4
8 LCD+ CNST 18 28 AUX5 B(+) 38 48 L1 58
9 LCD- +EXC 19 29 COM A(-) 39 49 L2/N 59
RLY5
10 SHLD SHLD 20 30 A - Z SHLD 40 50 60
Speed sensor
Cable signal level
• One load cell:
- Non-sensing: Belden 8404, 4 wire shielded, 20 AWG (0.5 mm 2) or equivalent, 150 m (500 ft) max. SHLD 57
- Sensing: Belden 9260, 6 wire shielded, 20 AWG (0.5 mm 2) or equivalent, 300 m (1 000 ft) max.
• Two/four/six1) load cells: R 58
- Non-sensing: Belden 9260, 6 wire shielded, 20 AWG (0.5 mm 2) or equivalent, 150 m (500 ft) max. T 59
• Speed sensor: Belden 8770, 3 wire shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm 2) or equivalent, 300 m (1 000 ft) 60
• Auto zero: Belden 8760, 1 pair, twisted/shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm 2) or equivalent, 300 m (1 000 ft) max.
• Remote total: Belden 8760, 1 pair, twisted/shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm 2) or equivalent, 300 m (1 000 ft) max.
1)
DC version
For four/six load cell scale, run two separate cables of two load cell configuration
Milltronics BW500 and BW500/L connections
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/85

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Belt scales / SmartLinx module
Stand-alone
Overview Selection and ordering data
Selection and Ordering data Article No.

SmartLinx modules provide direct digital connection to
popular industrial communications buses with true plug-
and-play compatibility with products manufactured by
Siemens.
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP-V0 module 7ML1830-1HR
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP-V1 module A5E35778741
SmartLinx DeviceNet module 7ML1830-1HT
Smartlinx PROFINET IO module1) 7ML1830-1PM
SmartLinx Modbus TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP module 7ML1830-1PN
Operating Instructions
of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/docu
mentation
1) SmartLinx PROFINET module is certified per standard V2.2.4.

SmartLinx modules provide direct digital connection to popular
industrial communications buses with true plug-and-play compatib
ility with products manufactured by Siemens.
Benefits
Module type PROFIBUS DP-V0
• Fast, easy installation Interface RS 485 (PROFIBUS standard)
• Direct connection: no additional installation required Transmission rate All valid PROFIBUS DP rates from 9 600 Kbps
... 12 Mbps
• Scaleable application layer allows for optimized network band Slave address 0 ... 99
width and memory requirements (for PROFIBUS DP-V0 and Devi Connection Slave
ceNet only)
SmartLinx module compatibility • MultiRanger 200 HMI
• Modules available for PROFIBUS DP-V0, PROFIBUS DP-V1, • MultiRanger 100/200
PROFINET, DeviceNet, Modbus TCP/IP, and EtherNet/IP
• HydroRanger 200 HMI
• HydroRanger 200
Application
• Milltronics BW500, BW500/L
With the addition of a SmartLinx module, Siemens instruments can • Milltronics SF500
be connected to a variety of industrial communications networks.
They’re fast and easy to install, and can be added at any time. The
module simply plugs into the socket on any SmartLinx enabled
product. They require no secondary private buses or gateways and Module type PROFIBUS DP-V1
no separate wiring. There are no extra boxes to connect to your net
Interface RS 485 (PROFIBUS standard)
work so there’s a minimum load on engineering and maintenance
Transmission rate All valid PROFIBUS DP rates from 9 600 Kbps
staff. ... 12 Mbps
SmartLinx provides all data from the instrument, including meas
Slave address 0 ... 99
urement and status, and allows changes to operation parameters to
Connection Slave
be done over the bus or telemetry link. The user can select which
data in the application layer to transfer over the bus. This selection SmartLinx module compatibility • MultiRanger 200 HMI
saves bandwidth and memory and optimizes data throughput and • HydroRanger 200 HMI
speeds up the network, enabling you to connect more instruments
to your network.
Selecting a communications module: PROFIBUS DP-V0 versus
PROFIBUS DP-V1 Module type PROFINET IO module
The PROFIBUS DP-V1 card was added to MultiRanger 200 HMI and
Interface RJ 45 female
HydroRanger 200 HMI to provide acyclic communication and
SIMATIC PDM support over PROFIBUS and PROFINET. For backward Transmission rate 10/100 Mbits/s
compatibility, the PROFIBUS DP-V0 card can also be used with Mul Address IP address though dip switches or via DCP or
DHCP
tiRanger 200 HMI and HydroRanger 200 HMI.
MultiRanger 100/200, HydroRanger 200, BW500/L, and SF500 are Connection Slave/server
compatible only with the PROFIBUS DP-V0 module. SmartLinx module compatibility • MultiRanger 200 HMI
• Milltronics SF500
2/86 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Module type Modbus TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP

Interface RJ 45 female
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbits/s
Address IP address though dip switches or via DCP or
DHCP
Connection Slave/server
Module type DeviceNet

Interface DeviceNet physical layer
Transmission rate 125, 250, 500
MAC address 0 ... 63
Connection Slave (group 2)
• MultiRanger 100/200
• HydroRanger 200
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/87

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Stand-alone
Overview
SIWAREX WP251 weighing electronics
Typical requirements in many industries are high-precision mixing

and dosing, and packing and filling at high speed. The comprehens
ive SIWAREX electronics properties and functions can fulfil all
requirements.
The dosing process used in production operations depends on a
variety of factors: Depending on the type and quantity of materials
weighed, different dosing systems and weighing processes are
required. It must be possible to fill liquid or solid goods, such as
cement, quickly and precisely.
2/88 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Dosing, filling, bagging and checking scales / SIWAREX WP251 weighing electron
ics Stand-alone
Overview Design

IC S7-1200, and communicates directly via the system bus with the
SIMATIC S7-1200 controller.
The compact weighing module has a width of 70 mm (2.76 inch)
and is installed using a DIN rail. This is extremely user-friendly.
The connections for the power supply, load cells, RS 485 interface,
digital inputs/outputs, and the analog outputs are located on
removable screw connector blocks. An RJ45 port is available for the
Ethernet connection (SIWATOOL and Modbus TCP/IP).
Function
SIWAREX WP251 controls dosing and filling processes completely

autonomously. The dosing valves (coarse/fine flow) can be con
trolled directly via the four digital outputs of the module. This
achieves maximum accuracy since the weighing process is con
trolled completely independently of the CPU and its cycle time.
The CPU can be used to manage recipes and material parameters.
These parameters and the desired setpoint are then transferred to
SIWAREX WP251 is a flexible weighing module for dosing and filling SIWAREX WP251 by function block, and the dosing process is star
processes. The compact module can be installed seamlessly in the ted. SIWAREX WP251 automatically optimizes the shut-off points,
SIMATIC S7-1200 automation system. It can also be used without a generates statistics, and logs every dosing task in the internal pro
SIMATIC CPU in stand-alone mode. tocol memory that is also accessible from the CPU and can be read
out by the CPU.
Benefits Diverse options are available for commissioning. The
SIWAREX WP251 function block enables full access to all parameters
SIWAREX WP251 offers the following key advantages: of the SIWAREX WP251. The downloadable example application
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in "Ready-for-use" provides full data access to the weighing module,
SIMATIC S7‑1200 calibration options and operation of the scale - without any addi
• Uniform configuration with TIA Portal tional programming effort. Further, the PC service software SIWA
TOOL V7 that communicates via Ethernet with the SIWAREX module
• Legal-for-trade according to OIML R76, R51, R61 and R107 can be used for commissioning. Access using WLAN is thus also pos
• Internal alibi memory for up to 550 000 entries sible by means of a WIFI access point. Consequently, remote access
• Operation without SIMATIC CPU possible via the Internet is also no problem. For servicing purposes, central
ized access to all scales from a single location is possible – world
• Ethernet port ex works (Modbus TCP/IP / SIWATOOL) wide. In addition, there is full access to all parameters and com
• RS 485 interface ex works (Modbus RTU / remote display) mands, via both the RS 485 interface (Modbus RTU) and the Ether
• Four digital inputs and outputs, one analog output ex works net interface (Modbus TCP/IP), meaning that full commissioning
and operation can also take place via these channels.
• Measurement of weight and force with a high resolution of up to
± 4 million parts and an accuracy of 0.05% Weighing functions
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL V7 program via SIWAREX WP251 provides the weighing modes NAWI (non-automat
the Ethernet interface ic weighing instrument), ACI (automatic catchweighing instrument)
• Recovery point for simple restoration of all parameters and AGFI (automatic gravimetric filling instrument).
• Automatic calibration is possible without the need for calibration In the operating modes NAWI and ACI, there is a choice between
weights filling mode and emptying mode. The entire filling or dosing pro
cess is controlled fully from SIWAREX WP251. It is only necessary to
• Supports replacement of module without recalibration of scales transfer a setpoint and a start command to the module. The coarse
• Direct use in hazardous area zone 2 flow, fine flow and empty signals can be switched directly via the
digital outputs of the module.
Data regarding the weight, as well as all scale and dosing status
Application bits, are available cyclically in the program code in the PLC for fur
ther evaluation. If stand-alone mode of the module is activated,
SIWAREX WP251 is the optimum solution wherever fast and precise there is an additional guarantee that dosing and operation of the
dosing and filling are required. The following are typical scales can continue even in the event of a CPU stop.
SIWAREX WP251 applications:
• Catchweighing instruments (CWI) - legal-for-trade in accordance Software
with OIML R51 SIWATOOL V7 is a special program for commissioning and servicing
• Gravimetric filling instruments (GFI) - legal-for-trade in accordance and runs with Windows operating systems.
with OIML R61 The program enables the user to perform scale calibration without
• Non automatic weighing instrument (NAWI) - legal-for-trade in requiring automation engineering skills. During servicing, the tech
accordance with OIML R76 nician can use a PC to analyze and test the procedures in the scale.
Reading the diagnostics buffer from SIWAREX WP251 is extremely
• Discontinuous totalizing automatic weighing instrument (DTI) - helpful when analyzing events.
legal-for-trade in accordance with OIML R107 The following are just some of the tasks that can be carried out
using SIWATOOL V7:
• Parameter assignment and calibration of the scale
• Testing of scale properties
• Recording and analysis of weighing sequence
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/89

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Function (Continued) Integration (Continued)
Software SIWATOOL V7, layout of the program windows
It is also extremely helpful to analyze the diagnostics buffer which Stand-alone mode
backup file. Alternatively, SIWAREX WP251 can also be used without a SIMAT
Trace mode is provided to optimize the weighing sequences in the IC CPU. In this case, the module is connected with a supply voltage
SIWAREX WP251 weighing module. The recorded weight values and of 24 V DC only. In this case, a PC (using an OPC server, for
associated states can be displayed as trends using SIWATOOL V7 example) or a Modbus-enabled operator panel can be used for oper
and MS Excel. ator input. Both Modbus interfaces of SIWAREX WP251 (TCP/IP and
RTU) enable access to all parameters, actual values, setpoints,
Upgrading firmware weight values and status information. A customized and plant-spe
An additional program function can be used to download a new cific operator interface can thus be created on the PC or the
firmware version onto the SIWAREX WP251 on site. This means that Modbus-enabled operator panel. Integration into third-party sys
firmware upgrades can be carried out on site as required anywhere tems is also no problem via the Modbus interfaces.
in the world.
Integration
Article No.
Integration into the automation environment SIWAREX WP251 weighing elec 7MH4960-6AA01
SIWAREX WP251 is part of the SIMATIC S7-1200 Basic Controller tronics
Single-channel, legal-for-trade, for
range, and is integrated seamlessly into the TIA Portal. The free automatic dosing and filling scales
function block enables full access to all parameters, actual values, (AGFI, ACI, NAWI) with analog load
setpoints, weight values and status information (e.g. limits, coarse cells / full-bridge strain gauges (1 -
flow signal, fine flow signal, empty signal) conveniently and 4 mV/V), 1 × LC, 4 × DQ, 4 × DI,
without programming effort. Customized operator interfaces can 1 × AQ, 1 × RS 485, Ethernet port
thus be created in conjunction with SIMATIC HMI touch panels. SIWAREX WP251 Equipment Manu
Management of several languages can also be easily implemented al
and organized. Available in a range of languages
The example project "Ready-for-Use SIWAREX WP251" is available
free of charge to help you to get started quickly and simply. This TIA http://www.siemens.com/weigh
Portal project contains both the function block and a fully fledged ing/documentation
visualization system for operating and monitoring the SIWAREX
WP251. The visualization can be freely edited and adapted, or trans
ferred completely into an existing HMI project. Free download on the Internet at:
ing/documentation
SIWAREX WP251.
prising:
2/90 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone

Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
group.com/en
etc.
Accessories the manufacturer.
SIWAREX JB junction box, alumin 7MH5001-0AA20
um housing Technical specifications
parallel, and for connecting multiple SIWAREX WP251
junction boxes Weighing modes • Non automatic weighing instrument
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA00 (NAWI) (filling + removal) (legal-for-trade
in accordance with OIML R76)
steel housing
• Catchweighing instrument (CWI) (filling +
For connecting up to 4 load cells in removal) (legal-for-trade in accordance
parallel with OIML R51)
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless 7MH5001-0AA01 • Gravimetric filling instrument (GFI) (legal-
steel housing (ATEX) for-trade in accordance with OIML R61)
• Discontinuous totalizing automatic weigh
For parallel connection of up to 4 load ing instrument (DTI) - (legal-for-trade in
cells (for zone allocation, see manual accordance with OIML R107)
For intrinsically safe connection of Operator panel and/or automation systems Via Ethernet (Modbus TCP/IP) or RS 485
load cells. With ATEX approval (not from other vendors (Modbus RTU)
ity of load cells must be checked sep • 1 × Ethernet (SIWATOOL and Modbus
arately TCP/IP)
7MH4710-5BA • 1 x RS 485 (Modbus RTU or remote dis

• Short-circuit current < 199 mA DC play)
• Short-circuit current < 137 mA DC 7MH4710-5CA • 1 x analog output (0/4 - 20 mA)
Cable (optional) • 4 × digital inputs (24 V DC, floating)
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + • 4 × digital outputs (24 V DC, floating,

short-circuit proof)
2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY
Functions • 3 limits
junction box (JB), extension box (EB), • Tare
digital junction box (DB), Ex interface • Tare specification
(IS) or between two extension boxes. • Zeroing
al bending is possible. • Zero adjustment
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm • Statistics
(0.43 inch) • Automatic correction of the shut-off
Permissible ambient temperature points
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) • Internal protocol memory for 550 000
Sold by the meter. entries
• Sheath color: orange 7MH4702-8AG • Trace function for signal analysis
• Sheath color (for hazardous atmo 7MH4702-8AF • Internal restore point
spheres): blue • Stand-alone mode or SIMATIC S7-1200
integrated
Ground terminal for connecting the 6ES5728-8MA11
load cell cable shield to the groun Parameter assignment • Full access using function block in SIMAT
IC S7-1200
ded DIN rail
• Full access using Modbus TCP/IP
• Full access using Modbus RTU
The digital remote displays can be
connected directly to the Remote display
SIWAREX WP251 via the RS 485 inter Connection Via RS 485
face Scale adjustment PC software SIWATOOL (Ethernet), S7-1200
Suitable remote display: S102 function block and touch panel or directly
connected operator panel (Modbus)
Measuring accuracy
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/91

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
SIWAREX WP251
Load cell powering
• RLmin > 40 Ω
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
• RLmin > 50 Ω
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
• UL
• KCC
• EAC
• RCM
Calibration approvals • EU type-examination certificate
2014/31/EU (NAWI) according to
OIML R76
• EU type-examination certificate
2014/32/EU (MID) according to OIML R61
and OIML R51
• EU type-examination certificates
2014/32/EU (MID) according to
OIML R107
IEC 60529

2/92 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Stand-alone
Solids flowmeters / Milltronics SF500
Stand-alone
Overview
Milltronics SF500 is a full feature integrator for use with solids flow

meters.
Benefits
• Automatic zero and electronic span calibration
• Alarms for rate or diagnostic error
• On-board Modbus and optional: PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, Modbus
TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP, and DeviceNet
• On-line calibration and dual PID control with optional analog
I/O card
• Multi-point linearizer for high turn down accuracy
• Up to 8 multi-spans for application of more than one flow condi
tion and/or material
• Moisture meter input with optional analog I/O card for calculation
of dry weight
Application
Milltronics SF500 operates with any solids flowmeter with up to

two strain gauge load cells or LVDT sensor. The SF500 processes
sensor signals for accurate flow rate and totalized weight of bulk
solids. It can take on lower level control functions traditionally
handled by other devices, and it supports popular industrial com
munication buses. Its proven load cell balance function eliminates
matching of load cells.
The PID function may be used for rate control of pre-feeding devices
and/or control of additives with two internal PID controllers. Operat
ing in tandem with two or more solids flowmeters or weighfeeders,
the SF500 may be used for ratio blending and controlling additives.
Batching, load out, and alarm functions are also provided by the
SF500.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/93

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Article No.
Milltronics SF500 Integrator 7MH7156- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ●
Full feature, powerful integrator designed for use with solids flowmet
ers.
Input voltage
AC voltage 2
DC voltage 3
Auxiliary input/output boards1)
None A
Board with 2 analog inputs and 2 analog outputs B
Feature software
Standard A
Auxiliary memory
None 0
Data communications2)
SmartLinx Ready 0
SmartLinx PROFIBUS DP module 2
SmartLinx DeviceNet module 3
SmartLinx PROFINET module 4
SmartLinx EtherNet/IP module 5
SmartLinx Modbus TCP/IP module 6
Enclosures
Standard enclosure, no entry holes 1
Standard enclosure, 4 entries, for M20 glands 2
Trade approval stickers
No trade approval sticker A
Not legal for Canadian and EU trade sticker B
Approvals
Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex), CE, UKCA, cCSAus, FM, RCM, EAC, KC A
1) Required for PID control and online calibration.

2) Required for industrial communications. SmartLinx PROFINET module is certified per standard V2.2.4.
Further designs Order Code

Stainless steel tag (69 x 50 mm), Measuring-point num Y15
ber/identification (max 27 characters), specify in plain
text.
Stainless steel, sun/weather shield 357 x 305 x 203 mm S50
(14 x 12 x 8 inch) (finished unit is field mounted with
enclosure)
LVDT conditioner card mounted and connected for use G21
with LVDT flowmeters
Stainless steel enclosure, 304 (1.4301),
[406 x 305 x 152 mm (16 x 12 x 6 inch), Type 4X, IP66;
(finished unit is mounted inside enclosure)]
• With window A11
Painted mild steel, [406 x 305 x 152 mm
(16 x 12 x 6 inch), Type 4, IP66; (finished unit is mounted
inside enclosure)]
• With window A13
Painted mild steel, anti-vibration enclosure with -viewing A15
window [406 x 305 x 203 mm (16 x 12 x 8 inch),
Nema/Type 4, IP66; (finished unit is mounted inside
enclosure)]
2/94 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone

Painted mild steel, heated enclosure with viewing window A35
for use down to -50 °C (-58 °F) (finished unit is mounted
inside enclosure) 483 x 584 x 203 mm (19 x 23 x 8 inch)
Instruction manuals
of languages, at
Optional equipment Article No.

Auxiliary I/O card spare 7MH7723-1BJ
LVDT Conditioners in NEMA 4 enclosure (to interface LVDT 7MH7723-1AJ
Flowmeter/Belt scale without internal pre-amplifier)
Cables to connect BW500/SF500 keypad to motherboard 7MH7723-1CB
SITRANS RD100 Remote displays, see SITRANS RD100 7ML5741-.....-.
Spare parts
Display card 7MH7723-1AF
Lid with overlay and keypad 7MH7723-1AG
SF500 motherboard, AC A5E34320776
SF500 motherboard, DC A5E34320778
Fuse, 2 A, 250 V, BW500, BW500/L, and SF500, spare 7MH7723-1DG
Keypad spare for BW500, BW500/L, and SF500 7MH7723-1CD
LVDT card spare kit, internal to SF500 A5E34699664
PROFINET IO module 7ML1830-1PM
Modbus TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP module 7ML1830-1PN
PROFIBUS DP module 7ML1830-1HR
DeviceNet module 7ML1830-1HT
Milltronics SF500 Milltronics SF500

Mode of operation Load cell/LVDT conditioner card 10 V DC compensated excitation for strain
gauge type, 2 cells max., 150 mA max.
Measuring principle Flowmeter integrator
Remote totalizer 1 • Contact closure 10 ... 300 ms duration
Typical application • Compatible with SITRANS solids flowmet
ers or equivalent 1 or 2 load cell models • Solid state relay contact 30 V DC,
100 mA max.
• Compatible with LVDT equipped solids
flowmeters, with use of optional interface • Max. contact on-resistance = 36 ohms
board (remotely mounted)
Input
Remote totalizer 2 • Contact closure 10 ... 300 ms duration
Load cell/LVDT 0 … 45 mV DC per load cell or LVDT inter
face card • Solid state relay contact rated
240 V AC/DC, 100 mA max.
Auto zero Dry contact from external device
• Max. contact on-resistance = 36 ohms
mA See optional mA I/O board
Auxiliary 5 discrete inputs for external contacts, each
programmable for either: display scrolling, Relay output 5 alarm/control relays, 1 SPST Form A relay
totalizer 1 reset, zero, span, multi-span, contact per relay, rated 5 A at 250 V AC,
print, batch reset, PID function, or on-line non-inductive or 30 V DC
calibration Measuring accuracy
Output Resolution 0.02 % of full scale
mA Programmable 0/4 ... 20 mA, for rate, optic Accuracy 0.1 % of full scale
ally isolated, 0.1 % of 20 mA resolution,
750 Ω load max. (see optional mA I/O board)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/95

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Milltronics SF500
Rated operating conditions
Ambient conditions
Location Indoor/outdoor
Ambient temperature -20 … +50 °C (-5 … +122 °F)
Relative humidity/ingress protection Suitable for outdoor/Type 4X/NEMA 4X/IP65
Installation category II
Pollution degree 4
Design
Material (enclosure) Polycarbonate
Dimensions 209 W x 285 H x 92 D mm
(8.2 W x 11.2 H x 3.6 D inch)
Weight 2.6 kg (5.7 lb)
Power supply
Standard AC version
• 100 ... 240 V AC ± 10 %, 50/60 Hz,
55 VA max.
• Fuse FU3 = 2AG, 2 AMP, 250 V Slo Blo
DC version
• 10 ... 30 V DC, 26 W max.
• Fuse FU2 = 3.75 A resettable (not user
replaceable)
Controls and displays
Display Illuminated 5 x 7 dot matrix liquid crystal dis
play with 2 lines of 40 characters each
Programming Via local keypad
Memory Program and parameters stored in non-volat
ile Flash memory
Communications Two RS 232 ports
One RS 485 port
SmartLinx compatible
Approvals CE, UKCA, cCSAus, FM, RCM, EAC, KC
Options • SmartLinx modules: protocol specific
modules for interface with popular indus
trial communications systems. Refer to
associated product documentation.
• LVDT interface card: for interface with
LVDT based solids flowmeters
• mA I/O board
- Inputs: 2 programmable 0/4 … 20 mA
for PID control or online calibration,
optically isolated, 0.1 % … 20 mA resol
ution, 200 Ω input impedance
- Outputs: 2 programmable 0/4 … 20 mA
for PID control or rate output, optically
isolated, 0.1 % of 20 mA resolution,
750 Ω load max
- Output supply: isolated 24 V DC at
50 mA, short circuit protected
2/96 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
16 (0.6) 209 (8.2) Lid screws

172 (6.8) (6 places) 92 (3.6)
Non-metallic enclosure does
267 (10.5)
285 (11.2)
not provide grounding between
connections. Use grounding
type bushings and jumpers.
Conduit entry Lid

Mounting hole (4 places) Enclosure
Customer supplied mounting screws
Milltronics SF500, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/97

© Siemens AG 2022
Stand-alone
Circuit diagrams
1 LCA+ V+ 11 21 MA+ TX 31 41 SHLD 51

excitation RLY1
Load cell
RS 232
2 LCA- S+ 12 22 MA- COM 32 42 T1 + 52
3 LCB+ S- 13 23 SHLD RX 33 43 T1 - 53
Load cell inputs
RLY2
4 LCB- V- 14 24 AUX1 SHLD 34 44 SHLD 54
5 SHLD SHLD 15 25 AUX2 B(+) 35 45 T2 + 55
RLY3
6 LCC+ SIG 16 26 AUX3 A(-) 36 46 T2 - 56
Speed sensor
RS 485
7 LCC- COM 17 27 AUX4 COM 37 47 SHLD 57
RLY4
8 LCD+ CNST 18 28 AUX5 B(+) 38 48 L1 58
9 LCD- +EXC 19 29 COM A(-) 39 49 L2/N 59
RLY5
10 SHLD SHLD 20 30 A - Z SHLD 40 50 60
Speed sensor
signal level
Cable
• One load cell:
- Non-sensing: Belden 8404, 4 wire shielded, 20 AWG (0.5 mm 2) or equivalent, 150 m (500 ft) max. SHLD 57
• Two load cells: R 58
- Non-sensing: Belden 9260, 6 wire shielded, 20 AWG (0.5 mm 2) or equivalent, 150 m (500 ft) max. T 59
• Auto zero: Belden 8760, 1 pair, twisted/shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm 2) or equivalent, 300 m (1 000 ft) max. 60
• Remote total: Belden 8760, 1 pair, twisted/shielded, 18 AWG (0.75 mm 2) or equivalent, 300 m (1 000 ft) max.
DC version
Milltronics SF500 connections
2/98 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Supplementary components
Displays / SITRANS RD100
Overview
The SITRANS RD100 is a 2-wire loop powered, NEMA 4X enclosed

remote digital display for process instrumentation.
Benefits
• Easy setup
• Approved for hazardous locations
• NEMA 4X, IP67 impact-resistant enclosure
• Simple two-step calibration
• Two modes of input allow for easy servicing, with no interruption
of loop required
Application
The RD100 is very versatile. It can be installed indoors or outdoors,

in hot or cold environments, and in safe or hazardous areas.
It has been approved by FM and CSA as Intrinsically Safe and non-
incendive, and operates from -40 to +85 ºC
(-40 to +185 ºF), adding only 1 V to the loop.
Calibration consists of a quick two-step process involving the adjust
ment of only two non-interacting potentiometers.
• Key Applications: remotely displays process variables in level,
flow, pressure, temperature, and weighing applications, in a
4 to 20 mA loop.
Article No.
SITRANS RD100 Display 7ML5741- ● ● A 0 0 - 0
Remote digital display for process instruments. 2-wire, loop
powered, NEMA 4X enclosure.
Conduit hole location (½ inch)
None 1
Bottom 2
Rear 3
Top 4
Approvals
FM/CSA A
CE B
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/99

© Siemens AG 2022

of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/docu
mentation
Accessories
Panel mount kit 7ML1930-1BN
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (zinc plated seal) 7ML1930-1BP
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (stainless steel, 7ML1930-1BQ
Type 304, EN 1.4301)
SITRANS RD100
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Analog to digital conversion
Measuring range 4 … 20 mA
Measuring points 1 instrument only
Accuracy ± 0.1 % of span ± 1 count
Ambient conditions
• Operating temperature range -40 … +85 ºC (-40 … +185 ºF)
• Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)

Design
Weight 340 g (12 oz)
Material (enclosure) Impact-resistant glass filled polycarbonate
body and clear polycarbonate cover
Degree of protection NEMA 4X, IP67
Power supply
External loop power supply 30 V DC max.
Display • 1.0 inch (2.54 cm) high LCD
• Numeric range from -1 000 … +1 999
Certificates and approvals
Non-hazardous CE
Hazardous
• Intrinsically Safe • CSA/FM Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C,
D, E, F, G T4
• CSA/FM Class I, Zone 0, Group IIC
• Non-incendive • CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
• CSA/FM Class II and III, Div. 2, Groups F
and G
Options
Mounting • 2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (zinc
plated or stainless steel)
• Panel mounting kit
2/100 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
RD100 - front view RD100 - side view
Wall mounting E
D holes beneath F
cover screws
C
A
A: 80 (3.15) C: 60 (2.36) E: 65 (2.56)

B: 140 (5.51) D: 120 (4.72) F: 20 (0.79)
SITRANS RD100, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/101

© Siemens AG 2022
Circuit diagrams
Calibrator connected to Control loop connected to Calibrator connected to

input signal PCB input signal PCB display PCB
Display PCB component side Input signal Display PCB

(may be removed for bench calibration) PCB component side
S+ S- S- S+
LO calibration control
HI calibration control DP1 DP1
DP2 Field wiring is DP2
Balance control
(factory adjust only) DP3 Loop jumper DP3
made to the
(remove when display Input Signal
S- S+ PCB is connected) S+ S-
PCB which is
Black mounted to the
base of the
Red - Power
enclosure. Calibrated current
4...20 mA supply source
S+ S- +
- +
S- S+ The display PCB may be removed from
Transmitter
the enclosure for bench calibration. Loop
jumper must be installed on input signal
Loop jumper
PCB to maintain loop.
Refer to RD100 instruction manual for
more details.
+ -
Calibrated current Input signal PCB
source (mounted to base
of enclosure)
CE version
Figure 1: Calibrator connected Figure 2: Control loop connected

to main board with no backlight to main board with backlight
Main board back side Main board front side Main board back side
Field wiring is
made to the back
side of the main
board which is
mounted in
the enclosure.
S+ Signal positive connection
- S- Signal negative connection
Power 4 ... 20 mA B- Signal negative connection
+ - - + supply + + - if Using Backlight
S+ Signal Positive Connection J2 - Decimal Point Location Transmitter
Calibrated Calibrated
S- Signal Negative Connection Selection
B- Signal Negative Connection
current source current source
R4 - HI Calibration Coarse Control Non-hazardous Hazardous area
if Using Backlight R5 - HI Calibration Fine Control area
R6 - LO Calibration Coarse Control
R7 - LO Calibration Fine Control
SITRANS RD100 connections
2/102 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Overview
The SITRANS RD150 is a remote display for 4 to 20 mA and

HART devices.
Benefits
• Ease of use through 4 button menu driven display
• Backlit display
• HART communications
• Flexible mounting options
• Plastic, stainless steel or aluminum housings up to IP68
• Full configuration of connected sensors with optional USB Com
municator and PC
• Support for multiple HART sensors with HART Multi-drop
Application
The versatile SITRANS RD150 can be installed remotely from your

instrument, providing 4/20 mA or multiple HART variable readings
in a safe and convenient location.
Easy to use, 4 button, menu driven, display for configuration of
HART instruments via standard HART commands and full configura
tion of connected instruments via USB and computer.
• Key Applications: remotely displays process variables in level,
flow, pressure, temperature, and weighing applications, in a
4 to 20 mA HART loop.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/103

© Siemens AG 2022
Article No.
SITRANS RD150 Display 7ML5742- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
Remote digital display with configuration for process instruments.
HART or 4 to 20 mA loop display, metal and plastic field mount enclos
ures.
Approvals
For Ex-free area 0 A
ATEX II 1G, 2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga, Gb4) 0 C
ATEX II 2G Ex db IIC T6 Gb9)10) 0 F
IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga, Gb4) 0 J
IEC Ex db IIC T6 Gb9)10) 0 M
CCSAUS (IS) Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B,C, D12) 0 N
CCSAUS (XP) Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D9)11) 0 R
Electronics
Two-wire 4 ... 20 mA/HART A
Two-wire 4 ... 20 mA without HART B
Housing
Plastic1)4)6) 0
Aluminum2)4)7) 1
Stainless steel (precision casting)2)4)7) 2
For panel mounting (72 x 72 mm)3)5)8) 3
Housing protection
IP66/IP67 NEMA 4X 0
IP66/IP68 NEMA 6P (0.2 bar) 1
IP40 NEMA 2 2
IP40 Type 1 3
Cable entry
M20 x 1.5/Cable gland PA black (ø5 ... 9 mm), standard 0
M20 x 1.5/Cable gland brass nickel plated (ø6 ... 12 mm) 1
M20 x 1.5/Blind plug 2
M20 x 1.5/Threaded fitting brass nickel-plated; for shielded cable (ø9 ... 13 mm) 3
½" NPT/Blind plug 4
½" NPT/Cable gland PA black (ø5 ... 9 mm) 5
½" NPT/Threaded fitting brass nickel plated (ø6 ... 12 mm) 6
½" NPT/Threaded fitting brass nickel plated; for shielded cable (ø9 ... 13 mm) 7
Without 8
Display
Without A
Mounted B
Mounting
For wall mounting with aluminum or stainless steel housing A
For carrier rail and wall mounting with plastic housing B
For carrier rail with aluminum or stainless steel housing C
For tube mounting (29 ... 60 mm) incl. mounting material D
For panel mounting E
Certificates
None 0
3.1 Certificate/Instrument with test data 1
Quality and Test plan 2
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
Accessories
USB communicator A5E35192015
SITRANS LG/SITRANS RD150 sensor display module A5E34143449
1) Available only with Housing protection option 0.

4) Available only with Cable entry options 0, 2, 4, and 5.
5) Available only without Cable entry option 8.
6) Available only with Carrier rail and Tube mount Mounting options.
7) Available only with Wall mount, Carrier rail with aluminum or stainless steel housing, and Tube mount Mounting options.
2/104 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022

8) Available only with Panel mounting option.
9) Available only with Housing options 1 and 2.
10) Available only with Cable entry options 2, 3, 4, and 7.
11) Available only with Cable entry options 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7.
12) Not available with Cable entry option 1.
SITRANS RD150
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Analog to digital conversion
Measuring range 3.5 … 22.5 mA
Measuring points HART multi-drop support
Accuracy ± 0.1 % of 20 mA
Without display and adjustment module -40 … +80 °C (-40 … +176 °F)
With display and adjustment module -20 … +70 °C (-4 … +158 °F)
Storage temperature -40 … +80 °C (-40 … +176 °F)
Design
Weight
• Plastic housing 0.35 kg (0.772 lb)
• Aluminum housing 0.7 kg (1.543 lb)
• Stainless steel housing 2.0 kg (4.409 lb)

Material (enclosure)
• Plastic housing Plastic PBT (Polyester)
• Aluminum housing Aluminum die-casting AlSi10Mg, powder-

coated (basis: Polyester)
• Stainless steel housing 316L precision casting, blasted
Degree of protection
• Plastic housing IEC 60529 IP66/IP 67, NEMA Type 4X
• Housing for panel mounting (mounted) IEC 60529 IP40, NEMA Type 1
• Aluminum/stainless steel housing IEC 0529 IP66/IP68 (0.2 bar), NEMA Type 6P

Power supply
Display
Number of digits 5
Digit size 7 x 13 mm (0.28 x 0.51 inch)
Certificates and approvals See the online PIA configuration tool for
details.
Options
Mounting • Panel Mounting
• Carrier rail mounting
• Pipe mounting
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/105

© Siemens AG 2022
SITRANS RD150, aluminum/stainless steel housing
97
(3.82)
82
(3.23)
82
(3.23)
97
(3.82)
Ø 86 ~ 75.2
(3.39) (2.95)
87 (3.43),
aluminum
89 (3.50),
stainless
steel
2
(0.5)
SITRANS RD150, plastic housing
97
(3.82)
82
(3.23)
82
(3.23)
97
(3.82)
Ø 77 ~ 69
(3.03) (2.72)
86
(3.39)
6.5 (0.26)
2/106 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Dimensional drawings (Continued)
TWIST
USB
Communicator
ø 66.3
(2.61)
9.7
(0.38)
USB Communicator, dimensions in mm (inch)
Circuit diagrams
Standard housing with 2 wire device
Switch for
communication
resistor
(on = activated,
off = deactivated)
Terminal for
connection of the
cable screen
To the For power

sensor supply
Panel mount
Ground
terminal in the
switching
cabinet for
connection of
the cable
screen
To the For power

sensor supply
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/107

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Overview
The SITRANS RD200 is a universal input, panel mount remote digital

display for process instrumentation.
Benefits
• Easy setup and programming via front panel buttons or remotely
using RD software
• Display readable in sunlight
• Universal input: accepts current, voltage, thermocouple, and RTD
signals
• Single or dual 24 V DC transmitter power supply
• Serial communication using built in protocol or Modbus RTU
• Two optional relays for alarm indication or process control applica
tions
• Linear or square root function supported
• Meter Copy feature to reduce setup time, cost, and errors
• RD software supports remote configuration, monitoring, and log
ging for up to 100 displays
• Other features include: 4 to 20 mA analog output option, pump
alternation control, and optional NEMA 4 and 4X field enclosures
• 2X option for 30.5 mm (1.2 inch) high, red LED display
Application
The RD200 is a universal remote display for level, flow, pressure,

temperature, weighing, and other process instruments.
Data can be remotely collected, logged and presented from as
many as 100 displays on your local computer using the free down
loadable RD Software.
The display accepts a single input of current, voltage, thermo
couple, and RTD. This makes the RD200 an ideal fit for use with
most field instruments.
The RD200 can be set up as a standard panel mount, or combined
with optional enclosures to allow it to house up to 6 displays.
• Key Applications: tank farms, pump alternation control, local or
remote display of level, temperature, flow, pressure and weighing
instrument values, PC monitoring, and data logging with RD Soft
ware.
2/108 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Article No.
SITRANS RD200 Display 7ML5740- ● ● ● ● ● - ● A
Remote digital display for process instruments. With 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V, RTD,
and TC inputs and pump control. Panel mount with field mount enclosure options.
Input voltage
85 ... 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz; 90 ... 265 V DC, 20 W max. 1
12 ... 36 V DC; 12 ... 24 V AC, 6 W max. 2
Transmitter supply
None A
Single 24 V DC transmitter supply1) B
Dual 24 V DC transmitter supply1)2) C
Output
None A
2 relays B
4 ... 20 mA output C
Communication
Modbus RTU 0
Approvals
CE, UL, CUL 1
Display Size
Standard 0
2X option for 30.5 mm (1.2 inch) high, red LED 1
1) Available with input voltage option 1 only.

2) Available with output option C only.
Selection and Ordering data Article No

of languages, at http://www.siemens.com/processinstru
mentation/documentation
Accessories
SITRANS RD200 copy cable 2.1 m (7 ft) 7ML1930-1BR
SITRANS RD200 RS 232 serial adapter 7ML1930-1BS
(copy cable included)
SITRANS RD200 RS 422/485 serial adapter 7ML1930-1BT
(copy cable included)
RS 232 to RS 422/485 isolated converter 7ML1930-1BU
RS 232 to RS 422/485 non-isolated converter 7ML1930-1BV
SITRANS RD200 RS 232 and RS 485 isolated multi-input 7ML1930-1BW
adapter board
USB to RS 422/485 isolated converter 7ML1930-1BX
USB to RS 422/485 non-isolated converter 7ML1930-1BY
RD200 USB serial adapter 7ML1930-6AH
USB to RS 232 converter 7ML1930-6AK
RD Software CD for 1 ... 100 displays 7ML1930-1CC
Low cost polycarbonate plastic enclosure for 1 display 7ML1930-1CF
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (zinc plated seal) only 7ML1930-1BP
available with 7ML1930-1CF
2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (stainless steel, 7ML1930-1BQ
Type 304, EN 1.4301) only available with 7ML1930-1CF
Thermoplastic enclosure
For use with 1 display 7ML1930-1CG
For use with 2 displays 7ML1930-1CH
For use with 3 displays 7ML1930-1CJ
For use with 4 displays 7ML1930-1CK
For use with 5 displays 7ML1930-1CL
For use with 6 displays 7ML1930-1CM
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/109

© Siemens AG 2022
Selection and Ordering data Article No

Stainless steel enclosure (Type 304, EN 1.4301)
For use with 1 display 7ML1930-1CN
For use with 2 displays 7ML1930-1CP
For use with 3 displays 7ML1930-1CQ
For use with 4 displays 7ML1930-1CR
For use with 5 displays 7ML1930-1CS
For use with 6 displays 7ML1930-1CT
Steel enclosure
For use with 1 display 7ML1930-1CU
For use with 2 displays 7ML1930-1CV
For use with 3 displays 7ML1930-1CW
For use with 4 displays 7ML1930-1CX
For use with 5 displays 7ML1930-1CY
For use with 6 displays 7ML1930-1DA
SITRANS RD200 SITRANS RD200

Mode of operation • Operating temperature range ‑40 … +65 °C (‑40 … +149 °F)
Measuring principle Analog to digital conversion Design
Measuring points • 1 instrument Weight 269 g (9.5 oz) (including options)
• Remote monitoring of 100 instruments Material (enclosure) • 1/8 DIN, high impact plastic, UL94V-0, col
with PC and RD software or: gray
Input • Optional plastic, steel and stainless steel
(Type 304, EN 1.4301) NEMA 4 enclosures
Measuring range
• Current • 4 … 20 mA, 0 … 20 mA Degree of protection Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP65 (front cover); panel
gasket provided
• Voltage • 0 V DC … 10 V DC, 1 … 5 V, 0 … 5 V Electrical connection
• Thermocouple temperature • Type J: ‑50 … +750 °C (‑58 … +1 382 °F) mA output signal 2-core copper conductor, twisted, shielded,
0.82 … 3.30 mm² (18 … 12 AWG), Belden
• Type K: ‑50 … +1 260 °C (‑58 … +2 300 °F)
8 760 or equivalent is acceptable
• Type E: ‑50 … +870 °C (‑58 … +1 578 °F)
Electrical connection and relay connection Copper conductor according to local require
• Type T: ‑180 … +371 °C (‑292 … +700 °F) ments, rated 3 A at 250 V AC
• Type T, 0.1° resolution: ‑180.0 … +371 °C Power supply
(‑199.9 … +700 °F)
Input voltage option 1 85 … 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz; 90 … 265 V DC,
• RTD temperature • 100 Ω RTD: ‑200 … +750 ºC 20 W max.
(‑328 … +1 382 ºF) Input voltage option 2 12 … 36 V DC; 12 … 24 V AC, 6 W max.
Output signal Transmitter power supply One or two isolated transmitter power sup
Output • 4 … 20 mA (optional) plies (optional)
• Modbus RTU • Single power supply One 24 V DC ± 10 % at 200 mA max.
Relays 2 SPDT Form C relays, rated 3 A at 30 V DC or • Dual power supplies Two 24 V DC ± 10 % at 200 mA and
3 A at 250 V AC, non-inductive, auto-initializ 40 mA max.
ing (optional) External loop power supply 35 V DC max.
Communications • RS 232 with PDC or Modbus RTU Output loop resistance • 24 V DC, 10 … 700 Ω max.
• RS 422/485 with PDC or Modbus RTU • 35 V DC (external), 100 … 1 200 Ω max.
Accuracy Displays and controls
4 … 20 mA optional output ± 0.1 % FS ± 0.004 mA Display • 14 mm (0.56 inch) high LED
Process input ± 0.05 % of span ± 1 count, square root: • 2X option for 30.5 mm (1.2 inch) high,
10 … 100 % FS red LED
Thermocouple temperature input • Type J: ± 1 °C (± 2 °F) • Numeric range from ‑1 999 … +9 999
• Type K: ± 1 °C (± 2 °F) • Four digits, automatic lead zero blanking
• Type E: ± 1 °C (± 2 °F) • Eight intensity levels
• Type T: ± 1 °C (± 2 °F) Memory • Non-volatile
• Type T, 0.1° resolution: ± 1 °C (± 1.8 °F) • Stores settings for minimum of 10 years if
RTD temperature input power is lost
• 100 Ω RTD: ± 1 °C (± 1 °F)
Programming • Primary: front panel
Ambient conditions • Secondary: meter copy or PC with
SITRANS RD software
• Storage temperature range ‑40 … +85 °C (‑40 … +185 °F)
Certificates and approvals CE, UL, CUL
2/110 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SITRANS RD200
Options
Enclosures Plastic, steel, and stainless steel (Type 304,
EN 1.4301) NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures
Mounting • 2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit
(zinc plated seal)
• 2 inch (5.08 cm) pipe mounting kit (stain
less steel, Type 304, EN 1.4301)
RD200 - side view RD200 - top view
Screw terminal
45 connector
(1.76) [0.5 Nm (4.5 lb-inch)
tightening torque]
62 (2.45)
64 (2.5)
92
(3.61)
81 (3.2)
15
(0.59)
91 (3.6) 119 (4.68)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/111

© Siemens AG 2022
Circuit diagrams
RD200 connector labeling
Relay 2 Relay 1 24V OUT POWER

6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
NO NC COM NO NC COM P+ P-
RTD + -
TC
V+ mA+ EXC T+ COM

1 2 3 4 5 RTD TC
SIGNAL SWITCH SERIAL
Thermocouple Three-wire RTD 4 ... 20 mA output and input signal powered by meter
input connections input connections
Signal connector Signal connector Signal connector mA out 24 V out

V+ mA+ EXC T+ COM V+ mA+ EXC T+ COM V+ mA+ EXC T+ COM 1- 1+ P1+ P1- P2+ P2-
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 4 3 2 1
RTD TC RTD TC
- + -
+ - RTD 2-wire
Switch sensor Switch Remote display,
4 ... 20 mA
TC position position chart recorder
transmitter
+
2/112 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Overview
The SITRANS RD300 is a panel mount remote digital display for pro

cess instrumentation and acts as a multi-purpose, easy to use,
rate/totalizer ideal for flow rate, total, and control applications.
Benefits
• Easy setup and programming via front panel buttons or using free
RD software available via USB drive
• Display readable in sunlight
• Input: accepts current and voltage
• Single or dual 24 V DC transmitter power supply
• Serial communication using built in protocol or Modbus RTU
• Supports up to 8 relays and 8 digital I/O for process control and
alarming
• 32-Point linearization, square root or exponential linearization
• Multi-pump alternation control
• Supports total, grand total or non-resettable grand total
• 9-digit totalizer with total overflow feature
• Large dual-line, 6-digit display
• Configure, monitor, and datalog from a PC
• Dual-input option with math functions: addition, difference, aver
age, multiplication, division, minimum, maximum, weighted aver
age, ratio, concentration
Application
The RD300 is a remote display for level, flow, pressure, weighing,

and other process instruments. This display also acts as a multi-pur
pose, easy to use rate/totalizer ideal for flow rate, total, and control
applications.
Data can be remotely collected, logged and presented on your local
computer using the free RD software available via USB drive.
The display accepts a single or dual input of current and voltage.
This makes the RD300 an ideal fit for use with most field instru
ments.
The RD300 can be set up as a standard panel mount, or combined
with optional enclosures to allow it to house up to 6 displays.
• Key Applications: tank farms, pump alternation control, local or
remote display of level, flow, pressure and weighing instrument
values, PC monitoring and data logging with RD Software.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/113

© Siemens AG 2022
Article No.
SITRANS RD300 Display 7ML5744- ● ● ● ● ● - 0 A
Remote digital panel mount process display with current or voltage inputs.
Two input, multi-line display, totalizer and pump control.
Input voltage
85 ... 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz; 90 ... 265 V DC, 20 W max. 1
12 ... 36 V DC; 12 ... 24 V AC, 6 W max. 2
Output
None A
2 Relays B
4 Relays C
4 ... 20 mA output D
2 Relays and 4 ... 20 mA output E
4 Relays and 4 ... 20 mA output F
Type
Single input process and flow rate/totalizer Mtr A
Dual input process Mtr B
Display
Standard 0
SunBright 1
Approvals
UL, C-UL and CE 0

of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/ processinstrumentation/docu
mentation
Accessories
DIN-Rail Mounting Kit 7ML1930-6AB
4 Relays Expansion Module 7ML1930-6AC
4 Digital I/O Module 7ML1930-6AD
Dual output 4 ... 20 mA expansion module for dual input 7ML1930-6AP
meter
Meter Copy Cable 7ML1930-6AE
RD300 RS 232 Serial Adapter 7ML1930-6AF
RD300 RS 422/485 Serial Adapter 7ML1930-6AG
RD300 USB Serial Adapter 7ML1930-6AJ
USB to RS 232 Converter 7ML1930-6AK
RS 232 to RS 422/485 isolated converter 7ML1930-1BU
RS 232 to RS 422/485 non-isolated converter 7ML1930-1BV
USB to RS 422/485 isolated converter 7ML1930-1BX
USB to RS 422/485 non-isolated converter 7ML1930-1BY
Snubber 7ML1930-6AL
Plastic enclosure
For 1 meter 7ML1930-6AM
For 2 meters 7ML1930-6AN
For 4 meters 7ML1930-1CK
For 5 meters 7ML1930-1CL
For 6 meters 7ML1930-1CM
2/114 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
SITRANS RD300 SITRANS RD300

Mode of operation Options
Measuring principle Analog to digital conversion Enclosures Plastic, steel and stainless steel (Type 304,
EN 1.4301) NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures
Measuring points 1 or 2 instruments
Input
Measuring range
• Current 4 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA
• Voltage 0 V DC ... +10 V DC, 1 ... 5 V, 0 ... 5 V
Output signal
Output • 4 ... 20 mA (optional)
• Modbus RTU
Relays 2 or 4 SPDT (Form C) internal and/or 4 SPST
(Form A) external; rated 3 A at 30 V DC and
125/250 V AC resistive load; 1/14 HP (50 W)
at 125/250 V AC for inductive loads (option
al)
Communications • RS 232 with Modbus RTU
• RS 422/485 with Modbus RTU
• USB configuration and monitoring port
Accuracy
4 ... 20 mA optional output ± 0.1 % FS
± 0.004 mA
Process input ± 0.05 % of span ± 1 count, square root: 10
... 100 % FS
Ambient conditions
• Storage temperature range ‑40 ... +85 °C (‑40 ... +185 °F)
• Operating temperature range ‑40 ... +65 °C (‑40 ... +149 ºF)

Design
Weight 269 g (9.5 oz) (including options)
Material (enclosure) • 1/8 DIN, high impact plastic, UL94V-0, col
or: gray
• Optional plastic, steel and stainless steel
(Type 304, EN 1.4301)NEMA 4 enclosures
Degree of protection Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP65 (front cover); panel
gasket provided
Electrical connection
mA output signal 2-core copper conductor, twisted, shielded,
0.82 ... 3.30 mm² (18 ... 12 AWG),
Belden 8 760 or equivalent is acceptable
Electrical connection and relay connection Copper conductor according to local require
ments, rated 3 A at 250 V AC
Power supply
Input voltage option 85 ... 265 V AC, 50/60 Hz; 90 ... 265 V DC,
20 W max. or jumper selectable 12/24 V DC
± 10 %, 15 W max.
Transmitter power supply Terminals P+ & P-: 24 V DC ± 10 %,
12/24 V DC powered models selectable for
24, 10, or 5 V DC supply (internal jumper J4),
85 ... 265 V AC models rated at 200 mA max,
12/24 V DC powered models rated at
100 mA max., at 50 mA max. for
5 or 10 V DC supply.
Output loop resistance • 24 V DC, 10 ... 700 Ω max.
• 35 V DC (external), 100 ... 1 200 Ω max.
Displays and controls
Main display 0.6 inch (15 mm) high, red LEDs
Second display 0.46 inch (12 mm) high, red LEDs,
6-digits: each (‑99 999 ... 999 999)
Memory • Non-volatile
• Stores settings for minimum of 10 years if
power is lost
Programming • Primary: front panel
• Secondary: Meter Copy or PC with SITRANS
RD Software
Certificates and approvals CE, UL, CUL
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/115

© Siemens AG 2022
+ R - NO NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO NC C
Optional
44.5
connectors
(1.76)
installed
62
(2.45)
106
(4.17)
121
15 (4.77)
(0.59)
128 91.5
(5.05) (3.61)
152 (6) Clearance
119
(4.68)
2/116 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Circuit diagrams
Connector labeling for fully loaded single input meter
RELAY4 RELAY3 RELAY2 RELAY1 MA OUT

6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
NO NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO NC C I- I+ R
P+ P- F4 COM V+ mA+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+ -
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2
DW1815 SIGNAL M-LINK POWER
Transmitter powered by external supply or self-powered
INPUT SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL

P+ P- F4 COM V+ mA+ P+ P- F4 COM V+ mA+
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
+ + - - +
External 2-Wire 2-Wire 4 ... 20 mA
power 4 ... 20 mA self-powered
supply transmitter transmitter
Transmitter powered by internal supply

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
+ - + - Signal
2-Wire 3-Wire
4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA
transmitter transmitter
Voltage Input Connections

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
- + + - Signal
Voltage 3-Wire voltage

signal transducer
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/117

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Software
Introduction
Software
Introduction
Overview
Configuration software for easy integration

For fast, simple integration of our weighing modules, we offer con
figuration packages for the SIMATIC S7 automation system and the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
As well as the operating tools, both PCS 7 faceplates and function
blocks make the commissioning and control of the SIWAREX weigh
ing electronics as easy and convenient as conceivably possible.
Tools and add-ons for Siemens weighing components

Our configuration packages enable straightforward data exchange
between the SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system and
our weighing modules. Integrated signaling behavior and mainten
ance functions such as the reading or writing of all weighing para
meters enable high plant availability and correspondingly low
downtimes.
2/118 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Software
SIMATIC PCS 7 Add-ons
Software
Overview
G_PCS7_XX_00374
Level, proportioning, belt, and loss-in-weight scales in process

engineering applications can be quickly and efficiently configured
using pre-configured weighing blocks. The uniform design of the
SIWAREX weighing controllers matching that of SIMATIC ET 200M
or ET 200SP also enables easy and consistent wiring in the control
cabinet.
For the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, Siemens offers the
SIWAREX PCS 7 AddOn Library with function blocks for the
SIWAREX U, SIWAREX FTA, SIWAREX FTC and SIWAREX WP321
weighing controllers. These weighing blocks are suitable for both
standard and fault-tolerant automation systems. In high-availability
automation systems, the singularly installed SIWAREX
U/FTA/FTC/WP321 can be accessed via both subsystems.
The weighing blocks supplied with the faceplate not only allow the
rational integration of the SIWAREX U/FTA/FTC/WP321 weighing
controllers into the engineering system, they also enable user-
friendly operation and commissioning of the scales via the SIMAT
IC PCS 7 operator stations. Integrated signaling behavior and main
tenance functions such as the reading or writing of all scale para
meters ensure short standstill times and help to increase the avail
ability.
The pixel-graphics engineering with the CFC editor is very clear and
easy to use. The use of prepared blocks also eliminates possible
sources of errors and reduces the configuration costs.
The SIWAREX PCS 7 AddOn Library also supports communication via
PROFINET.
Note:
The function blocks and faceplates for the weighing controllers can
be used together with SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x and V9.0.
For SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x, configuration packages are still available in
the style of the PCS 7 Standard Library for SIWAREX U and SIWAREX
FTA.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/119

© Siemens AG 2022
Software
Design
Product overview SIWAREX configuration packages for SIMATIC PCS 7 and the associated weighing controller
Configuration packages, vari Associated hardware (SIWAREX weigh Article number

ants ing controller)
SIWAREX U (platform weighing SIWAREX U (1-channel), in design of ET 200M 7MH4950-1AA01
machine/level measurement) SIWAREX U (2-channel), in design of ET 200M 7MH4950-2AA01
• SIWAREX PCS 7 AddOn Library for
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x and V9.0, PCS 7
Advanced Process Library (APL)
design
• Configuration package SIWAREX U
for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x, PCS 7 Stand
ard Library design
SIWAREX FTA (automatic dosing and SIWAREX FTA, in design of ET 200M 7MH4900-2AA01
filling scales)
design
• SIWAREX FTA configuration package
for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x, PCS 7 Stand
ard Library design
SIWAREX FTC_B (conveyor scales) SIWAREX FTC, with ET 200M design 7MH4900-3AA01
design
SIWAREX FTC_L (differential propor
tioning weigher)
design
SIWAREX WP321 (platform weighing SIWAREX WP321, in design of ET 200SP 7MH4138-6AA00-0BA0

machine/level measurement)
design
2/120 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Software
SIWAREX PCS 7 AddOn Library

SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.x and V9.0
Consisting of function blocks, face
plates and manual, 2 languages (Eng
lish, German), engineering license for
SIWAREX weighing modules, single
license for 1 installation
• APL faceplates and function blocks
for
- SIWAREX U
- SIWAREX FTA
- SIWAREX FTC_B (conveyor scales)
- SIWAREX WP321
• Classic faceplate and function block
for
- SIWAREX FTC_L (loss in weight)
Engineering and runtime software,
software class A
Type of delivery: Software and elec
tronic documentation on CD, engin
eering license (certificate of license)
Associated hardware
SIWAREX U weighing controller

• SIWAREX U (1‑channel)1) 7MH4950-1AA01
• SIWAREX U (2‑channel)1) 7MH4950-2AA01
SIWAREX FTA weighing controller

SIWAREX FTA1) 7MH4900-2AA01
SIWAREX FTC weighing controller
SIWAREX FTC1) 7MH4900-3AA01
SIWAREX WP321 weighing control
ler
SIWAREX WP3211) 7MH4138-6AA00-0BA0
Configuration packages in PCS 7
Standard Library design for SIMATIC
PCS 7 V8.x
Configuration package 7MH4900-2AK63

SIWAREX FTA for SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.x
Consisting of function block, faceplate
and manual, 2 languages (English,
German), engineering license for
SIWAREX FTA, single license for
1 installation
Engineering and runtime software,
software class A
Type of delivery: Software and elec
tronic documentation on CD, engin
eering license (certificate of license)
1) For further accessories (ground terminal, etc.), refer to the corresponding

Equipment Manual.
More information
Siemens AG
Process Industries and Drives
Process Automation
Process Instrumentation, Weighing Technology
Tel.: +49 721 595-2811
Fax: +49 721 595-2901
E-mail: hotline.siwarex@siemens.com
You can find additional information on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/weighing-technology
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/121

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Software
SIWATOOL
Software
SIWATOOL
Overview
SIWATOOL is a service software tool which enables you to calibrate

the module quickly and efficiently on site, set or reset parameters,
and perform diagnostics in the event of a fault. Furthermore, com
plete backup files can be created for the scales before module
replacement. These can be uploaded to the new module with a few
mouse clicks, so that it operates exactly the same as at the point of
backup of the old module without the need for any recalibration. It
is even possible to upload configuration files that were created off
line and to read out the error buffer. No special SIMATIC knowledge
is required to use SIWATOOL.
Benefits
• No special SIMATIC knowledge is required
• Fast adjustment and definition of parameters
Article No.
Ethernet cable patch cord 2 m (7 ft) 6XV1850-2GH20
For connection of SIWAREX WP2xx
and 5xx to a PC
SIWATOOL connection cable 7MH4607-8CA
For connecting SIWAREX U/CS to a PC
(RS 232), length 3 m (9.84 ft)
For connection of SIWAREX FTx to a PC
(RS 232)
• Length: 2 m (6.56 ft) 7MH4702-8CA
• Length: 5 m (16.40 ft) 7MH4702-8CB
2/122 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

3
© Siemens AG 2022
3/2 SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield

3/4 SITRANS store IQ
3/6 SIMATIC IOT2050
© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield

Article No.
SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield 7MH4647-0KK00-0AA2
Scope of delivery:
• 1 × SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield
• 1 × mounting terminal made of met
al
• 3 × mounting terminal made of
plastic
• 1 × cover
SG-Shield OEM 7MH4647-0AA01
SIMATIC IOT2050
2 × GB Ethernet RJ45; display port;
2 × USB2.0; 24 V DC industrial power
supply
• Standard version 6ES7647-0BA00-0YA2
• Version with 16 GB eMMC 6ES7647-0BA00-1YA2
The SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield is the simple solution for remotely

viewing measured values from load cells based on strain gauges.
The load cell cable simply connects directly to the shield. The sys Technical specifications
tem digitizes the analog data and sends it to the cloud via the
SIMATIC IOT2050 Gateway. This allows you to retrieve the filling Because the SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield is inserted into the SIMAT
levels from your customers at any time and adjust your delivery IC IOT2050, the same technical specifications apply as for SIMAT
routes accordingly. IC IOT2050:
• Degree of protection: IP20 in accordance with IEC 60529
Benefits • Electromagnetic compatibility
• Ambient conditions
• Multiple communication options in conjunction with SIMAT
IC IOT2050
• High flexibility enabled by Node-RED software Load cell interface
• Easy setup of MindSphere thanks to ready-to-use MindConnect Accuracy 0.05%
Library Input signal resolution ± 1 000 000
• High accuracy at +/- 1 000 000 parts resolution Measuring range ± 4 mV/V

Supply of the full bridge 4.85 V DC +2/-3%
Application Connection 4-wire or 6-wire

Strain gauge input resistance 50 ... 4 100 Ω
The SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield is supplied with a node-RED soft Galvanic isolation 500 V AC
ware example and all necessary interfaces. This means the system Communications interface
can be put into operation via the Node-RED Dashboard and connec • SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield Arduino pin layout compatible with SIMAT
ted to the cloud. At the same time, the measured values recorded IC IOT2050
can be stored in MindSphere, our cloud-based, open IoT operating • SG-Shield OEM RS 485
system, for example, and retrieved again with our SITRANS Store IQ
app, for example. Of course, you can also connect higher-level
office business systems or individual applications for monitoring fill
levels, for example to automate order processes or your delivery
route planning.
The actual interface to the cloud is provided by our SIMAT
IC IOT2000 gateway family. The SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield is
simply plugged into the device, the necessary software image is
loaded onto the Micro SD Card, and your connection to the Internet
of Things is already established.
Thanks to integrated open source (Node-RED for connecting IoT
components), the measured values do not remain trapped in a
closed system, but can also be integrated into any manufacturer-
independent system with little programming effort. This offers the
user maximum flexibility and openness.
For the OEM sector we have a special variant, which is equipped
with an RS 485 interface.
3/2 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022


SIMATIC IOT2000 SG-Shield, dimensions in mm (inch)

SG-Shield OEM, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 3/3

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SITRANS store IQ

SITRANS store IQ
Overview
SITRANS store IQ is a Siemens MindSphere based application used

to monitor and manage inventories in process and discrete indus
tries.
Benefits
• Manage entire inventory network from a central location.
• Reduce overhead required to monitor and plan stock levels.
• Avoid unnecessary downtime and cost associated with unexpec
ted shortages.
• Increase transparency of measurement reliability.
Application
Inventory management is a necessary task in virtually every value

chain. Inventories are required whenever material is processed, pro
duced, or assembled. SITRANS store IQ is an inventory management
app based on Siemens MindSphere, that records measurements and
data from various types of instrumentation, including a level device
at a process tank or scales mounted in storage shelves.
SITRANS store IQ also monitors auxiliary measurements, helping to
better characterize inventories, for example, with temperature read
ings or binaries.
SITRANS store IQ records readings and visualizes them in a custom
izable way, offering structuring with hierarchies, map views, and
graph views. The acquired data can be used to create proactive
alarms via email or SMS, exactly as required for your application.
The SITRANS store IQ app can be used on a desktop computer or
mobile device.
Design
• A reliable and accurate record of inventory data from anywhere.
• A flexible structure for configuring an inventory network of any size.
• Provides a visualization of an inventory mix, with material breakdown.
• KPI thresholds to easily assess inventory levels.
• Custom alarms for proactive notifications.
• Based on MindSphere and MindSphere connectivity solutions.
• Open to virtually every measurement technology.
• Ability to monitor any process values, including humidity, temperature, digital inputs.
The following standard SITRANS store IQ packages are available:

SITRANS store IQ is distributed via the MindSphere Digital Exchange: https://www.dex.siemens.com
Software packages Entry Small Medium

MindSphere base tenant includes: ✓ ✓ ✓
MindSphere users 2 2 5
Agents 1 2 10
Data ingest rate 0.01 kB/s 0.05 kB/s 0.1 kB/s
Data storage 0.5 GB 0.5 GB 5 GB
SITRANS store IQ application
includes:
Monitored assets 3 10 100
License type Subscription with 12-month initial subscription term. The 12 month subscription will renew automatically if not can
celled 60 days before the end of the first subscription term.
3/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022

SITRANS store IQ
Design (Continued)
License upgrade options

Asset upgrade
Additional monitored assets 10
Additional data ingest rate 0.1 kB/s
Additional data storage 0.5 GB
Integration
zp{yhuzGGpx
kG
t
j GnGj
tz
p
pGh zjhshujlGt_^[ zjhshujlGt_^[ zjhshujlGt_^[
tj tjGpv{YW[W tjGu zpth{pjGz^TX\WWG

l zp~hylG~w\YXGG
tGjGmiGX\WW
j zpth{pjGz^TXYWW zpth{pjGz^TX\WW
pv zpth{pjGl{GYWWzwG
zp~hylG~wZYX
m s
sGj sGj

zGh zGi zGj
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 3/5

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SIMATIC IOT2050

SIMATIC IOT2050
Overview Design
The SIMATIC IOT2050 is the reliable, open platform designed for the Basic design
acquisition, processing and transfer of data directly in the produc • Plastic enclosure,
tion environment. resistant to vibration and shock, also for high electromagnetic
It is ideally suited for use as a gateway between the cloud or com compatibility
pany IT level and production.
The openness of the system in supporting numerous communica • Isolated power supply:
tion protocols and programming in high-level languages enables - 24 V DC (12 … 32 V)
tailored solutions. • Interfaces (accessible from one side):
Openness for industrial IOT applications
- 2 x LAN 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet interface (RJ45)
• Wide range of options for programming in high-level languages
- 2 x USB V2.0
• Implementation of flexible communication solutions with differ
ent protocols, from Modbus RTU, OPC UA to cloud protocols such - 1 x COM (RS232 / 485)
as MQTT/AMQP • Fieldbus
• Use of open source application examples and libraries - TSN and ProfiNet@TSN capability above standard Ethernet inter
• SIMATIC Industrial OS, via OSD + free "ISAR" Debian via download face
Additional information is available on the Internet at: • Processor:
http://siemens.com/iot2000 - TI ARM SoC, 64-bit, 2 cores (approx. 5k DMIPs)
- TI ARM SoC, 64-bit, 4 cores (approx. 10k DMIPs)
Benefits
• Main memory configuration:
• Highly flexible connection options - 1 GB RAM / 2 GB RAM
- Variety of interfaces on-board for simple connection
• Hardware expansion:
- Simple and extremely flexible facilities with Arduino Shields and - 1 x mPCIe slot x 1
mPCIe cards
- ARDUINO UNO R3 Shield interface
• High degree of ruggedness for continuous operation in industrial
environments • Drives:
- Designed for continuous operation at ambient temperatures up - Micro SD card / Storage internal eMMc and Micro SD card
to 50 °C and tough environmental conditions • Operating system as download:
- Compact enclosure with diagnostics LEDs - SIMATIC Industrial OS / free "ISAR" Debian via download
- Standard rail mounting for easy installation in the control cabin
et
• Deterministic response and performance for industrial applica
tions SIMATIC IOT2050
- Battery-backed real-time clock for assigning data to relevant 2 x GB Ethernet RJ45;
time stamp Display Port; 2x USB 2.0;
- TI ARM SoC, 64-bit processor including x86 deterministic SD CARD slot;
response and security feature such as Secure Boot 24 V DC industrial power supply
• Hard disk: 1x microSD card slot; 6ES7647-0BA00-0YA2
memory: DDR4-SDRAM 1 GB
Application
• Hard disk: 16 GB eMMc 1x microSD 6ES7647-0BA00-1YA2
The combined utilization of machine and production data opens up card slot; memory: DDR4-SDRAM 2 GB
a wide range of possible applications – the SIMATIC IOT2050 as a
freely-programmable data gateway can establish the interface
between the field and the IT/cloud. It can harmonize communica
tion between the various sources of data before analyzing it and
forwarding it to the appropriate recipients.
The SIMATIC IOT2050 can constitute an easy to retrofit, cost-effi
cient solution. This easy-to-implement solution facilitates the realiz
ation of future-oriented production concepts on already existing
systems.
Application examples:
• Connection of additional sensors, and data collection and transfer
in existing systems in order to identify optimization potential
• Acquisition of machine data, such as motor performance indicat
ors, for analysis in order to derive preventive maintenance con
cepts
• Coherence and harmonization of communication from and
between different machines and automation components
3/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022

SIMATIC IOT2050
Article number 6ES7647-0BA00-0YA2 6ES7647-0BA00-1YA2

General information
Product type designation IOT2050 IOT2050
Installation type/mounting
Design IoT Gateway, built-in unit IoT Gateway, built-in unit
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage 12/24 V DC 12/24 V DC
• Mains buffering
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy time 5 ms 5 ms
Processor
Processor type ARM TI AM6528 GP ARM TI AM6548 HS
Graphic
Graphics controller Integrated Integrated
Drives
Slot for drives 1x microSD card slot 1x microSD card slot
Memory
Type of memory DDR4 DDR4
Main memory 1 GB RAM 2 GB RAM
Hardware configuration
• Slots
• free slots 1x Arduino, 1x mPCIe 1x Arduino, 1x mPCIe
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 20 20
• Input voltage
• Type of input voltage DC DC
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 20 20
• Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC DC
• permissible voltage at output, min. 3.3 V 3.3 V
• permissible voltage at output, max. 5 V 5 V
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 6
• Input ranges
• Voltage Yes; 0 ... 5 V
Interfaces
PROFIBUS/MPI can be implemented with plug-in card can be implemented with plug-in card
Number of industrial Ethernet interfaces 2 2
Number of PROFINET interfaces 2 2
USB port 2x USB 2.0 2x USB 2.0
Connection for keyboard/mouse USB USB
serial interface 1x COM (1x RS 232 / 422 / 485) 1x COM (1x RS 232 / 422 / 485)
• Video interfaces
• Graphics interface 1x DisplayPort 1x DisplayPort
• Industrial Ethernet
• Industrial Ethernet interface 2x Ethernet (RJ45) 2x Ethernet (RJ45)
• 100 Mbps Yes Yes
• 1000 Mbps Yes Yes
Integrated Functions
• Monitoring functions
• Temperature monitoring Yes Yes
• Watchdog Yes Yes
• Status LEDs Yes Yes
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 3/7

© Siemens AG 2022

SIMATIC IOT2050

EMC
• Interference immunity against discharge of static electricity
• Interference immunity against discharge of static electricity ±4 kV contact discharge acc. to IEC ±4 kV contact discharge acc. to IEC
61000-4-2; ±8 kV air discharge acc. to IEC 61000-4-2; ±8 kV air discharge acc. to IEC
61000-4-2 61000-4-2
• Interference immunity against high-frequency electromagnetic
fields
• Interference immunity against high frequency radiation 10 V/m for 80 ... 1 000 MHz, 80 % AM 10 V/m for 80 ... 1 000 MHz, 80 % AM
according to IEC 61000-4-3; 3 V/m for 1.4 ... according to IEC 61000-4-3; 3 V/m for 1.4 ...
6 GHz, 80 % AM according to IEC 61000-4-3 6 GHz, 80 % AM according to IEC 61000-4-3
• Interference immunity to cable-borne interference
• Interference immunity on supply cables ±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4, burst); ±1 ±2 kV (according to IEC 61000-4-4, burst); ±1
kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5, surge kV (according to IEC 61000-4-5, surge
pulse/line to line); ±2 kV (according to IEC pulse/line to line); ±2 kV (according to IEC
61000-4-5, surge pulse/line to ground) 61000-4-5, surge pulse/line to ground)
• Interference immunity on signal cables >30m ±2 kV acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, surge, length > ±2 kV acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, surge, length >
30 m 30 m
• Interference immunity on signal cables < 30m ±1 kV acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, Burst ±1 kV acc. to IEC 61000-4-4, Burst
• Interference immunity against voltage surge
• asymmetric interference ±2 kV acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, surge asymmet ±2 kV acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, surge asymmet
ric ric
• symmetric interference ±1 kV acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, surge symmetric ±1 kV acc. to IEC 61000-4-5, surge symmet
ric
Degree and class of protection
IP (all-round) IP20 IP20
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark Yes Yes
UL approval Yes Yes
cULus Yes Yes
RCM (formerly C-TICK) Yes Yes
KC approval Yes Yes
EAC (formerly Gost-R) Yes Yes
FCC Yes Yes
EMC CE, EN 61000-6-4:2007 +A1:2011, EN CE, EN 61000-6-4:2007 +A1:2011, EN
61000-6-2:2005, CE, EN IEC 61000-6-2:2005, CE, EN IEC
61000-6-4:2019, EN IEC 61000-6-2:2019 61000-6-4:2019, EN IEC 61000-6-2:2019
Ambient conditions
• Altitude during operation relating to sea level
• Installation altitude above sea level, max. 2 000 m 2 000 m
• Relative humidity
• Relative humidity 5 ... 85 % at 30 °C, no condensation 5 ... 85 % at 30 °C, no condensation
• Operation, max. 85 % 85 %
• Vibrations
• Vibration resistance during operation acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 tested according to IEC 60068-2-6: 10 cycles; tested according to IEC 60068-2-6: 10 cycles;
5 to 8.4 Hz: deflection 3.5 mm; 8.4 to 200 5 to 8.4 Hz: deflection 3.5 mm; 8.4 to 200
Hz: acceleration 9.8 m/s² Hz: acceleration 9.8 m/s²
• Shock testing
• Shock load during operation Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27: 150 Tested according to IEC 60068-2-27: 150
m/s², 11 ms m/s², 11 ms
Operating systems
pre-installed operating system No SIMATIC Industrial OS
without operating system Yes No
Mechanics/material
Enclosure material (front) plastic plastic
• Plastic Yes Yes
• Aluminum Yes Yes
• Stainless steel Yes Yes
3/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022

SIMATIC IOT2050

• Glass No No
Dimensions
Width 37 mm 37 mm
Height 142 mm 142 mm
Depth 100 mm 100 mm
More information
More information is available on the internet at:

http://siemens.com/iot2000
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 3/9

4
© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
4/3 Introduction
4/7 Introduction to mounting components
4/8 Single point load cells
4/8 SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA Load cell
4/10 SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB Load cell
4/12 SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AE Load cell
4/14 SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA Load cell
4/17 SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SB Load cell
4/20 SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC Load cell
4/23 Bending beam load cells
4/23 SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Load cell
4/25 SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Mounting unit
4/29 SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Elastomer bear
ing
4/31 SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Base plate
4/32 Shear beam load cells
4/32 SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA Load cell
4/34 SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA Mounting unit
with guide element
4/37 SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA Base plate with
elastomer bearing
4/39 SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA Load foot
4/42 SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA Load cell
4/44 SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA Load foot
4/46 Double shear beam load cells
4/46 SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA Load cell
4/49 SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA Silo-mounting
unit
4/51 SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA Mounting unit
for vehicles
4/52 S-Type load cells
4/52 SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA Load cell
4/55 SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA Lifting eye bolt
4/57 Compression load cells
4/57 SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA Load cell
4/59 SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA Mounting unit
with guide element
4/62 SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA Pressure piece
set with adapter plates
4/65 SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB Load cell
4/67 SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB Mounting unit
4/69 SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB Pressure piece set
4/70 SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA Load cell
4/76 SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA Self-centering
bearing unit
4/78 Ring torsion load cells
4/78 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Load cell
4/87 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Self-aligning
bearing
4/90 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Elastomer bear
ing
4/92 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Mounting unit
with guide element
4/94 Load cell accessories
4/94 SIWAREX DB digital junction box
4/98 SIWAREX JB analog junction box
4/100 SIWAREX EB extension box
© Siemens AG 2022
4/102 Cable
4/103 Configuration examples
4/103 Introduction
4/104 Configuration example 1
© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Introduction
Load Cells
Introduction
Overview
Siemens offers load cells in the SIWAREX WL200 series. All load cells are equipped with strain gauges. They are used for static and dynamic
weight measurements.
The wide range of different designs available enables SIWAREX load cells to be used in a variety of applications: from single point load cells
to bending and shear beams, up to S-type, compression and ring-torsion load cells.
The different load cell series cover rated load ranges from 0.3 kg (0.66 lb) to 500 t (492.10 tn. l.).
The variety of modules available and their characteristics, including:
• predominantly stainless steel for high anti-corrosion protection
• predominantly hermetically sealed housing enabling use even in hostile or corrosive environments
• compact frame sizes for easy installation
make SIWAREX load cells suitable for virtually all applications in industrial weighing, e.g. hopper scales and bin weighing equipment, plat
form scales, vehicle scales, hybrid weighing machines etc.
Almost all series have been approved for use with Class III weighing machines requiring official calibration in accordance with EN 45501 and
conform to OIML R60.
Of course, load cells can also be supplied for other rated loads, higher accuracy, and/or Ex approval, depending on requirements.
Application
Single point load cells
Type Rated load Accuracy class Applications Material

SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA 3 ... 100 kg (6.61 ... 220.46 lb) • C31) • Small platform scales with Aluminum
• Legal-for-trade one load cell
• Small belt scales
• Class III weighing machines
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB 50 ... 500 kg • C32) • Small to medium-size plat Aluminum

(110.23 ... 1 102.31 lb) form scales with one load cell
• Belt scales
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AE 0.3 ... 3 kg (0.66 ... 6.61 lb) • Fcomb = ± 0.015 % Cn • Miniature loads and high-res Aluminum
olution scales
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA 5 ... 200 kg (11.02 ... 440.92 lb) • C3 • Small to medium-size plat Stainless steel EN 1.4542
• Legal-for-trade form scales with one load cell
• Available with or without
explosion protection
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/3

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Introduction

SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SB 6 ... 60 kg (13.23 ... 132.28 lb) • C3 • Small platform scales Stainless steel EN 1.4542
• Legal-for-trade • Small belt scales
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC 10 ... 500 kg • C3 • Platform scales Stainless steel EN 1.4542

(22.05 ... 1 102.31 lb) • C3 MR • Belt scales
• C4 MR (high-precision) • Class III weighing machines
• Legal-for-trade • Suitable for food and bever
ages industry, or pharmaceut
icals.
1) Available in C4 with Y = 20 000 upon request.

2) SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB is not approved for legal-for-trade operation.
Bending beam load cells

SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA 10 ... 500 kg • C3 • Small hopper and platform Stainless steel EN 1.4542
(22.05 ... 1 102.3 lb) • Legal-for-trade scales
• Class III medium accuracy
weighing machines
Shear beam load cells

SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA 500 kg ... 5 t • C3 • Hopper, overhead rail and Stainless steel EN 1.4542
(1 102.31 lb ... 4.92 tn. l.) • Legal-for-trade platform scales
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA 100 kg ... 10 t • C3 • Platform scales Nickel-plated steel

(220.46 lb ... 9.84 tn. l.)3) • C4 • Hopper scales
• C5
• Legal-for-trade
3) The 100 kg and 250 kg load classes are bending beams.
Double shear beam load cells

SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA 2.3 ... 113 t • C3 • Large platform and hopper Nickel-plated steel
(2.26 ... 111.22 tn. l.) • Legal-for-trade scales
• Scales in vehicles
4/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Introduction
S-type load cells

SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA 50 kg ... 10 t • C3 • Voltage and pressure applica Stainless steel EN 1.4542
(110.23 lb ... 9.84 tn. l.) • Legal-for-trade tions
• Suspended scales
• Hopper scales
• Hybrid weighing machines
Compression load cells

SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA 500 kg, 50 t (1 102.3 lb, • C3 • Vehicle scales Stainless steel EN 1.4542
49.21 tn. l.) • Legal-for-trade • Overhead rail scales
• Hopper scales
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB 100 t (98.42 tn. l.) • C3 • Hopper scales Stainless steel EN 1.4542

• Legal-for-trade • Bin weighing equipment
• Vehicle scales
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA 2.8 ... 500 t • 0.1% of rated load • Hopper scales Painted steel

(2.76 ... 492.10 tn. l.) • Bin weighing equipment
• For high temperature range
(optional)
• With double bridge (optional)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/5

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Introduction
Ring torsion load cells

SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA 60 kg ... 60 t • C3 • Hopper, belt, platform and Stainless steel EN 1.4542
(132.28 lb ... 59.05 tn. l.) • Legal-for-trade roller table scales
• Low mounting height
• Integrated overload protec
tion (up to 13 t rated load)
Design Design (Continued)
Load cells are sensors that convert a mechanical variable

(i.e. weight) into an electrical signal, usually a voltage. EXC+
They work according to different measuring principles. Siemens
SIWAREX WL200 load cells utilize so-called strain gauges. These are SENSE+
specially formed electrical conductors which are insulated by means
SG SG
of a suitable material. The strain gauges are attached to the basic stretched compressed
element, a specially formed spring body, by friction locking.
Under the influence of a weight force F, the spring body is
deformed (see schematic presentation) and as a result the strain
gauge deforms elastically. Due to the change in the external shape
of the strain gauge, the ohmic resistance of its conductor also SG SG
changes. The top left and bottom right strain gauges are com compressed stretched
pressed, their resistance films are shortened and the ohmic resist
ance is reduced accordingly. The top right and bottom left strain SENSE-
gauges are stretched, their resistance films are extended and the EXC-
ohmic resistance is increased.
G_WT01_XX_10091
For each load cell, at least four strain gauges are connected togeth
er to form a complete Wheatstone bridge. The stretched or com
pressed strain gauges are connected so that the positive or negative
resistance changes are added together to form a total imbalance in SIG- SIG+
the bridge.
On one bridge diagonal, the power voltage is applied (with 6-con
ductor technique, also the sensor voltage, SENSE) and on the other Principle of a Wheatstone bridge
diagonal, the measured voltage is tapped.
With a constant power voltage (EXC), the measured voltage (SIG)
changes proportionally to the introduced load.
compressed SG
stretched SG
F
compressed SG
stretched SG
Principle of a bending beam load cell, loaded
4/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Introduction to mounting components
Load Cells
Introduction to mounting components
Overview
The use of SIWAREX WL200 installation accessories avoids incorrect

loading such as eccentric load introduction, torsion torques etc. on
the load cells. enables full exploitation of the measuring accuracy of
the load cells.
The standardized SIWAREX WL200 installation components are
always coordinated precisely to the requirements of the respective
load cell design. This ensures that the force to be measured is direc
ted to the load cells in the best possible way.
At the same time the mounting elements simplify the installation of
the load cells and increase safety during installation work. The wide
variety of mounting components permits implementation of all key
applications used with industrial weighing technology. In addition
to the mounting components listed below, a wide range of special
accessories is available for special requirements.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/7

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA Load cell
Overview
The load cell is suitable for small platform scales with one load cell
and a max. platform size 400 × 400 mm (15.75 × 15.75 inch) as
well as for use in weighing machines of Class III with a max. scale
verification intervals nmax = 3 000d.
Design
The load cell is hermetically sealed.
Article No.
Load cell, type WL 260 SP-S AA 7MH5102-
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d, connecting cable 3 m (9.84 ft) ● ● D 0 0
Rated load
• 3 kg (6.61 lb) 1 K
• 5 kg (11.02 lb) 1 P
• 10 kg (22.05 lb) 2 A
• 20 kg (44.09 lb) 2 G
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA
Possible applications • Platform scales • 30 min ± 0.02% Cn
• Small belt scales Temperature coefficient
Type of construction Single point load cell • Zero signal TKo 0.02% Cn/10 K
Loads • Characteristic value TKc 0.0175% Cn/10 K
Rated load Emax. • 3 kg (6.61 lb)
Electrical characteristic values
• 5 kg (11.02 lb)
Recommended reference voltage Uref 5 ... 12 V DC
• 10 kg (22.05 lb) Input resistance Re 409 Ω ± 6 Ω
• 20 kg (44.09 lb) Output resistance Ra 350 Ω ± 3 Ω
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) Insulation resistance Ris 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) Connection and environmental conditions
Minimum initial loading Emin 0% Emax Rated temperature range Btn -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)
Maximum working load Lu 150% Emax Operating temperature range Btu -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax Storage temperature range Bts -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)
Safe side load Llq 100% Emax Sensor material (DIN) Aluminum
Measurement characteristic values Maximum tightening torque of the fixing 15 ... 20 Nm
Rated displacement hn at Emax < 0.6 mm (0.024 inch) screws
Rated characteristic value Cn 2.0 ± 0.2 mV/V Degree of protection to EN 60529; IP65
IEC 60529
Tolerance D0 of zero signal < ± 2 % Cn
Cable connection
Maximum scale interval nLC 3 000
Function Color
Minimum scale interval Vmin E max/12 000
• EXC + (supply +) Red
Combined error Fcomb ± 0.02% Cn
Repeatability Fv ± 0.017 % Cn • EXC – (supply -) Black
Creep error Fcr • SIG + (measured signal +) Green
4/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AA
• SIG – (measured signal -) White
• Sense + (sensor cable +) Blue
• Sense - (sensor cable -) Brown
• Shield (not connected to the load cell Transparent

body)
Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C3
(0.43)
34 (1.34)
11
1
38.6 (1.52)
40 (1.57)
(0.75)
19
1 19 5.8
(0.75) (0.23)
31 (1.22)
25 (0.98)
5.8 19
(0.23) (0.75) 150 (5.91)
1 Threaded hole M6, depth 15 (0.59)
SIWAREX WL 260 SP-S AA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/9

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB Load cell
Overview
The load cell is suitable for small to medium platform scales with
one load cell and platform size up to 600 × 600 mm
(23.62 × 23.62 inch) as well as for use in weighing machines of
Class III with a max. division nmax = 3 000d.
Design
Article No.
Load cell, type WL260 SP-S AB 7MH5103-
Connecting cable 3 m (9.84 ft) ● ● D 0 0
Rated load
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
• 75 kg (165.35 lb) 2 S
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
• 150 kg (330.69 lb) 3 E
• 200 kg (440.92 lb) 3 G
• 300 kg (661.37 lb) 3 K
• 500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 P
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB
Possible applications • Platform scales Minimum scale interval Vmin E max/10 000
• Belt scales Combined error Fcomb ± 0.02% Cn
Type of construction Single point load cell Repeatability Fv ± 0.017 % Cn
Loads Creep error Fcr
Rated load Emax. • 50 kg (110.23 lb) • 30 min ± 0.02% Cn
• 75 kg (165.35 lb) Temperature coefficient

• 100 kg (220.46 lb) • Zero signal TKo 0.017% Cn/10 K
• 150 kg (330.69 lb) • Characteristic value TKc 0.014% Cn/10 K
• 200 kg (440.92 lb) Electrical characteristic values
• 300 kg (661.37 lb) Recommended input voltage 5 ... 12 V DC
• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) Input resistance Re 409 Ω ± 6 Ω
Minimum initial loading Emin 0 kg Output resistance Ra 350 Ω ± 3 Ω
Maximum working load Lu 150% Emax Insulation resistance Ris 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax Connection and ambient conditions
Safe side load Llq 100% Emax Sensor material (DIN) Aluminum
Measurement characteristic values Maximum tightening torque of the fixing 35 ... 40 Nm
Rated displacement hn at Emax < 1.22 mm (0.048 inch) screws
Rated characteristic value Cn 2.0 ± 0.2 mV/V Rated temperature range Btn -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)
Tolerance D0 of zero signal < ± 2 % Cn Operating temperature range Btu -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)
Maximum scale interval nLC 3 000 Storage temperature range Bts -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)
4/10 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB
Degree of protection according to EN 60529, IP65
IEC 60529
Cable connection
Function Color
• EXC – (supply -) Black
• SIG + (measured signal +) Green
• Sense - (sensor cable -) Brown

body)
Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C3 1)
1) SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AB is not approved for legal-for-trade operation.
40 (1.57)
75 (2.95)
1
7.8 25
(0.31) (0.98)
40 (1.57) 25 7.8
(0.98) (0.31)
76 (2.99)
60 (2.36)
191 (7.52)
1 Threaded hole M8, depth 15
SIWAREX WL 260 SP-S AB load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/11

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AE Load cell
Overview
The SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AE single point load cell is suitable for the
smallest load ranges from 0.3 kg to 3 kg and platform sizes up to
200 mm x 200 mm (7.87 × 7.87 inch). The load cell can be used in
high resolution scales. The error amounts to a maximum of 0.015%
in relation to the rated characteristic value.
Design
The measurement element is a spring body made of aluminum. Due

to IP65 degree of protection, the load cell is suitable for cleaning
with water jets.
Article No.
Load cell of the type WL260 SP-S AE 7MH5120-
Connecting cable 0.4 m (14.4 inch), accuracy class 0.015 % ● ● Q 0 0
Rated load
• 0.3 kg (0.66 lb) 0 K
• 0.6 kg (1.32 lb) 0 Q
• 1 kg (2.20 lb) 1 A
• 1.2 kg (2.64 lb) 1 B
• 1.5 kg (3.31 lb) 1 E
• 3 kg (6.61 lb) 1 K
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AE SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AE
Possible applications • Small platform scales • 30 min ± 0.015 % Cn
• Small belt scales Temperature coefficient
Type of construction Platform load cell • Zero signal TKo 0.03% Cn/10 K
Loads • Characteristic value TKc 0.03% Cn/10 K
Rated load Emax. • 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
• 0.6 kg (1.32 lb)
• 1 kg (2.20 lb) Input resistance Re 406 Ω ± 6 Ω
• 1.2 kg (2.64 lb) Output resistance Ra 350 Ω ± 3 Ω
• 1.5 kg (3.31 lb) Insulation resistance Ris 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC
• 3 kg (6.61 lb) Connection and environmental conditions
Maximum working load Lu 120% Emax Rated temperature range Btn -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax Operating temperature range Btu -20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F)
Safe side load Llq 250% Emax Storage temperature range Bts -20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F)
Measurement characteristic values Sensor material (DIN) Aluminum
Rated displacement hn at Emax Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP65
• E max = 0.3 kg (0.66 lb) and 0.6 kg (1.32 lb) 0.25 mm (0.01 inch) Cable connection
• E max = 1.2, 3 kg (2.64 ... 6.61 lb) 0.22 mm (0.009 inch) Function Color
Rated characteristic value Cn 0.9 ± 0.1 mV/V • EXC + (supply +) Red
Combined error Fcomb ± 0.015 % Cn • EXC – (supply -) Black

Repeatability Fv ± 0.017 % Cn • SIG + (measured signal +) Green
Creep error Fcr
4/12 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AE

body)
110 (4.33)
10 (0.39)
33 (1.3)
M3 (4x)
G_WT01_XX_10142
10 (0.39)
7 (0.28) 5 (0.2)
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S AE load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/13

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA Load cell
Overview
The load cell is suitable for small to medium platform scales with
one load cell and platform size up to 400 × 400 mm
(15.75 × 15.75 inch) as well as for use in weighing machines of
Class III with a max. division nmax = 3 000d.
It is made of stainless steel and therefore also suitable for use in
harsh environments.
Design
Article No.
Load cell, type WL260 SP‑S SA 7MH5104-
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d, 1 m connecting cable (3.28 ft) ● ● D 0 ●
Rated load
• 5 kg (11.02 lb) 1 P
• 10 kg (22.05 lb) 2 A
• 20 kg (44.09 lb) 2 G
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
• 200 kg (440.92 lb) 3 G
Explosion protection
Without 0
Explosion protection 1
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA
Possible applications • Platform scales Minimum scale interval Vmin E max/9 000
• Small belt scales Combined error Fcomb ± 0.02% Cn
Type of construction Single point load cell Repeatability Fv ± 0.017 % Cn
Loads Creep error Fcr
Rated load Emax. • 5 kg (11.02 lb) • 30 min ± 0.02% Cn
• 10 kg (22.05 lb) Temperature coefficient

• 20 kg (44.09 lb) • Zero signal TKo 0.017% Cn/10 K
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) • Characteristic value TKc 0.014% Cn/10 K
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) Electrical characteristic values
• 200 kg (440.92 lb) Recommended input voltage 5 ... 12 V DC
Minimum initial loading Emin 0% Emax Input resistance Re 383 Ω ± 6 Ω
Maximum working load Lu 150% Emax Output resistance Ra 351 Ω ± 3 Ω
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax Insulation resistance Ris 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC
Safe side load Llq 100% Emax Connection and ambient conditions
Measurement characteristic values Sensor material (DIN) Stainless steel EN 1.4542
Rated displacement hn at Emax 0.27 ± 0.05 mm (0.01 ± 0.002 inch) Maximum tightening torque of the fixing
Rated characteristic value Cn 2.0 ± 0.2 mV/V screws
Tolerance D0 of zero signal < ± 1% Cn • E max = 3 ... 100 kg (6.61 ... 220.46 lb) 14 Nm
Maximum scale interval nLC 3 000
4/14 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA
• E max = 200 kg (440.92 lb) 16 Nm
Rated temperature range Btn -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)
Operating temperature range Btu -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)
Storage temperature range Bts -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
Degree of protection according to EN 60529, IP67
IEC 60529
Cable connection
Function Color
• EXC + (supply +) Green
• SIG + (measured signal +) White
• SIG – (measured signal -) Red
• Sense - (sensor cable -) Yellow

body)
Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C31)
Explosion protection • EU/UK:
- ATEX/UKEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4
- ATEX/UKEX II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T200 135°C
Da
- ATEX/UKEX II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
- ATEX/UKEX II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T73°C Dc
- ATEX/UKEX II 3 G Ex ec T4 IIC Gc
• USA:
- IS CL I, II, III, DIV 1, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G;
T4
- IS CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Ga
- Zone 20, AEx ia IIIC T135°C Da
- CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
- CL 1, ZN 2, GP IIC T4
- IS CL I, ZN 2, AEx ic IIC T4 Gc
• Canada:
T4
- IS CL I, ZN 0, Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
- Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da
- Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
• China:
- NEPSI Ex iaIIC T6 Ga; Ex iaD 20 T80
1) SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SA 5 kg (11.02 lb) is not approved for legal-for-trade

operation.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/15

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
38 (1.50)
40 (1.57)
38 (1.50)
19 (0.75)
1
25 (0.98) 25 (0.98)
19 (0.75) 34 (1.34)
31 (1.22)
(0.98)
25
150 (5.91)
1 Threaded hole M6, thread depth 15, hole depth 18
SIWAREX WL 260 SP-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/16 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SB Load cell
Overview
The SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SB platform load cell is excellently suited

for use in platform scales with dimensions up to and including
350 × 350 mm (13.78 × 13.78 inch). It is approved for use in Class
III weighing machines with maximum divisions of nmax to 3 000d.
Design
The load cell is made of stainless steel and is hermetically sealed.

The load cell meets the IP68 degree of protection.
Article No.
Load cell, type WL260 SP-S SB 7MH5117-
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d, connecting cable 6 m (19.69 ft) ● ● D 0 ●
Rated load
• 6 kg (13.23 lb) 1 Q
• 12 kg (26.45 lb) 2 B
• 30 kg (66.14 lb) 2 K
• 60 kg (132.28 lb) 2 Q
Without 0
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SB SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SB
Possible applications • Platform scales Tolerance D0 of zero signal < ± 2.0% Cn
• Small belt scales Maximum scale interval nLC 3 000
Type of construction Single point load cell Minimum scale interval Vmin
Loads • At Emax = 6 ... 60 kg (13.23 ... 132.28 lb) E max/15 000
Rated load Emax • 6 kg (13.23 lb) Combined error Fcomb ≤ ± 0.02% Cn
• 12 kg (26.46 lb) Repeatability Fv ≤ ± 0.02% Cn
• 30 kg (66.14 lb) Creep error Fcr
• 60 kg (132.28 lb) • 30 min ≤ ± 0.025% Cn
Minimum initial loading Emin 0% Emax Temperature coefficient

Maximum working load Lu 150% Emax • Zero signal TK0 0.009% Cn/10 K
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax • Characteristic value TKc 0.009% Cn/10 K
Safe side load Llq 100% Emax
Measurement characteristic values
Recommended reference voltage Uref 5 … 12 V DC
Rated displacement hn at Emax
Input resistance Re 400 Ω ± 20 Ω
• E max = 6 kg (13.23 lb) 0.24 ± 0.02 mm (0.009 ± 0.0008 in)
Output resistance Ra 350 Ω ± 3.5 Ω
• E max = 12 kg (26.46 lb) 0.19 ± 0.01 mm (0.008 ± 0.0004 in) Insulation resistance Ris 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC
• E max = 30 kg (66.14 lb) 0.15 ± 0.01 mm (0.006 ± 0.0004 in) Connection and environmental conditions
• E max = 60 kg (123.28 lb) 0.22 ± 0.03 mm (0.009 ± 0.0011 in) Sensor material (DIN) Stainless steel EN 1.4542
Maximum tightening torque of the fixing 10 Nm
Rated characteristic value Cn 2.0 ± 0.2 mV/V screws
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/17

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SB
Cable connection
Function Color
• Sense + (sensor cable +) Yellow
• Sense - (sensor cable -) Blue

body)
Degree of protection according to EN 60529; IP68
IEC 60529
Da
• USA:
T4
• Canada:
T4
- Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
• China:
4/18 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
130 (5.12)
107.5 (4.23) 25
32,5 (0.98)
13.5 (0.53) (1.28)
(0.51)
Central load axis
13
(0.79)
20
50 (1.97)
(0.95)
24
(0.51)
13
22.5 (0.89)
A M6
97.5 (3.84) depth 8 (0.31)
(10x)
116.5 (4.59)
Rated load 6 (13.23) 12 (26.46) 30 (66.14) 60 (132.28)

[kg (lb)]
A [mm (inch)] 18.5 (0.73) 18.5 (0.73) 18.5 (0.73) 23.5 (0.93)
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SB load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/19

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC Load cell
Overview
The SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC load cells are designed for use in legal-

for-trade platform scales. It is approved for use in Class III weighing
machines with maximum divisions of nmax to 4 000d. A C4 MR vari
ant with a Y = 40 000 is available for high-precision applications.
The use of stainless steel and the high IP68/IP69K degree of protec
tion make the SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC highly suitable for use in the
food, beverages and tobacco industries or pharmaceutical industry.
Design
The load cell is made of stainless steel and is hermetically sealed.

The platform size can be up to 400 × 400 mm
(15.75 × 15.75 inches) for load cells rated for 10 ... 50 kg
(22.05 ... 110.23 lb). The platform size can be up to 800 × 800 mm
(31.50 × 31.50 inches) for load cells rated for 100 ... 500 kg
(220.46 ... 1102.31 lb).

Load cell, type WL260 SP-S SC 7MH5118-
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d, connecting cable 3 m (9.84 ft) ● ● ● ● ●
Rated load
In accuracy class C3
• 10 kg (22.05 lb) 2 A D 0
• 20 kg (44.09 lb) 2 G D 0
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P D 0
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A D 0
• 200 kg (440.92 lb) 3 G D 0
• 300 kg (661.91 lb) 3 K D 0
• 400 kg (881.85 lb) 3 M D 0
• 500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 P D 0
Options
In accuracy class C3 MR D 5
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d and Vmin = Emax/20 000
In accuracy class C4 MR E 5
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 4 000d and Vmin = Emax/40 000; only for Emax = 10, 20, 50 kg (22.05, 44.09, 110.23 lb)
Without 0
4/20 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC
Possible applications • Platform scales • 100 ... 500 kg (220.46 ... 1 102.31 lb) 20 Nm
• Small belt scales Rated temperature range Btn -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)
Type of construction Single point load cell Operating temperature range Btu -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)
Loads Storage temperature range Bts -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)
Rated load Emax. • 10 kg (22.05 lb) Degree of protection according to EN 60529; IP68, IP69K
IEC 60529
• 20 kg (44.09 lb)
Cable connection
• 50 kg (110.23 lb)
Function Color
• 100 kg (220.46 lb)
• 200 kg (440.92 lb)
• 300 kg (661.39 lb) • EXC – (supply -) Black
• 400 kg (881.85 lb) • SIG + (measured signal +) Green

• 500 kg (1102.31 lb) • SIG – (measured signal -) White
Minimum initial loading Emin 0% Emax • Sense + (sensor cable +) Blue1)
Maximum working load Lu 150% Emax
• Sense - (sensor cable -) Yellow1)
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax
Safe side load Llq 100% Emax body)
Rated displacement snom for
Available accuracy classes acc. to OIML R60
• 10 kg (22.05 lb) 0.03 mm (0.001 inch) at rated load
• 20 kg (44.09 lb) 0.08 mm (0.003 inch) • 10 ... 500 kg (22.05 ... 110.23 lb) C3, C3 MR
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) • 10 ... 50 kg (220.46 ... 1 102.31 lb) C4 MR
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 0.12 mm (0.005 inch) Explosion protection • EU/UK:

• 200 kg (440.92 lb) 0.15 mm (0.006 inch)
• 300 kg (661.39 lb) 0.18 mm (0.007 inch) Da
• 400 kg (881.85 lb) 0.17 mm (0.007 inch) - ATEX/UKEX II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc

• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 0.19 mm (0.008 inch)
Rated characteristic value Cn 2.0 ± 0.2 mV/V
• USA:
Tolerance D0 of zero signal < ± 2.0% Cn
Maximum scale interval nLC T4
• At Emax = 10 ... 500 kg 3 000 - IS CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Ga
(22.05 ... 1 102.31 lb) and accuracy
classes C3, C3 MR
• At Emax = 10 ... 50 kg (22.05 ... 110.23 lb) 4 000
and accuracy class C4 MR - CL 1, ZN 2, GP IIC T4
Minimum scale interval Vmin - IS CL I, ZN 2, AEx ic IIC T4 Gc
• At Emax = 10 ... 500 kg C3: Emax/10 000 • Canada:

(22.05 ... 1 102.31 lb) C3 MR: Emax/20 000 - IS CL I, II, III, DIV 1, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G;
T4
• At Emax = 10 ... 50 kg (22.05 ... 110.23 lb) C4 MR: Emax/40 000
Combined error Fcomb ≤ ± 0.02% Cn
Repeatability Fv ≤ ± 0.02% Cn
Creep error Fcr
• 30 min ≤ ± 0.025% Cn
- Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
Temperature coefficient • China:
• Zero signal TK0 0.014% Cn/10 K - NEPSI Ex iaIIC T6 Ga; Ex iaD 20 T80
• Characteristic value TKc 0.01% Cn/10 K
1) Only with 10, 20 and 50 kg (22.05, 44.09 lb and 110.23 lb) variants.
Recommended reference voltage Uref 5 … 12 V DC
Input resistance Re with
• 10 ... 50 kg (22.05 ... 110.23 lb) 380 Ω ± 15 Ω
• 100 ... 500 kg (220.46 ... 1 102.31 lb) 350 Ω ± 3.5 Ω

Insulation resistance Ris 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC
Connection and environmental conditions
Material of the load cell (DIN) Stainless steel EN 1.4542
Maximum tightening torque of the fixing
screws with
• 10 ... 50 kg (22.05 ... 110.23 lb) 10 Nm
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/21

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
M6 depth 12 (0.47) (7x)
40 (1.57)
(0.75)
19.1
20 (0.79)
M6 x 0.5 19 6
(0.75) (0.27)
150 (5.91)
(0.98)
25
G_WT01_XX_10127
6 19
(0.27) (0.75)
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC load cell, 10 … 50 kg (22.05 … 110.23 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)

(0.87)
43 (1.69) (2x)
22
62 (2.44)
62 (2.44)
64 (2.52)
(1.26)
32
7 (0.28) 19 (0.75)
30 (1.18)
45 (1.77)
G_WT01_XX_10128
M8 depth 22 (0.87) (8x)

174 (6.85) 18 (0.71)
SIWAREX WL260 SP-S SC load cell 100 … 500 kg (220.46 … 1102.31 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/22 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Load cell
Overview
The bending beam load cell is particularly suitable for use in small
hopper and platform scales.
Design
The measuring element is a double bending beam made of stainless

steel to which 4 strain gauges are applied.
The strain gauges are arranged so that two are stretched and two
are compressed.
Under the influence of the load acting in the measuring direction,
the spring bodies and therefore the friction-locked strain gauges are
elastically deformed. This generates a measuring signal voltage that
is proportional to the load.
Article No.
Load cell, type WL230 BB-S SA 7MH5106-
Rated load
• 10 kg (22.05 lb) 2 A
• 20 kg (44.09 lb) 2 G
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
• 200 kg (440.92 lb) 3 G
• 350 kg (771.62 lb) 3 L
• 500 kg (1102.31 lb) 3 P
Without 0
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/23

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA
Possible applications • Hopper scales Explosion protection • EU/UK:
• Belt scales - ATEX/UKEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4
• Platform scales - ATEX/UKEX II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T200 135°C D
a
Type of construction Bending beam load cell - ATEX/UKEX II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
Loads - ATEX/UKEX II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T73°C Dc
Rated load Emax • 10 kg (22.05 lb) - ATEX/UKEX II 3 G Ex ec T4 IIC Gc
• 20 kg (44.09 lb)
• USA:
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) - IS CL I, II, III, DIV 1, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G;
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) T4
• 200 kg (440.92 lb) - IS CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Ga
• 350 kg (771.62 lb) - Zone 20, AEx ia IIIC T135°C Da
• 500 kg (1 102.3 lb) - CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
Minimum initial loading Emin 0% Emax
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax • Canada:
Safe side load LIq 100% Emax T4
Measurement characteristic values - IS CL I, ZN 0, Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Rated displacement hn at Emax 0.3 mm - Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da
Rated characteristic value Cn 2.0 ± 0.02% mV/V - CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
Tolerance D0 of zero signal < ± 1.0% Cn - CL 1, ZN 2, GP IIC T4
Maximum scale interval nLC 3 0001) - Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
Minimum scale interval Vmin E max/15 000
• China:
Minimum application range Rmin(LC) 20% - NEPSI Ex iaIIC T6 Ga; Ex iaD 20 T80
Combined error Fcomb ≤ 0.02% Cn
Repeatability Fv ≤ 0.017% Cn 1) Higher accuracy class available on request.
Creep error Fcr 2) The tightening torque is to be selected according to the strength class of
• 30 min ≤ ± 0.02% Cn the screws.
Temperature coefficient
• Zero signal TK0 ≤ ± 0.017% Cn/5 K
• Characteristic value TKc ≤ ± 0.014% Cn/5 K Dimensional drawings

Input resistance Re 460 Ω ± 50 Ω 18 82 (3.23) 10
(0.71) (0.39)
Current calibration Standard
Connection and environmental condi
ØD
tions
Sensor material (DIN) Stainless steel EN 1.4542 Ød Ød
Max. tightening torque of the fixing screws
• E max = 10, 200 kg (22.05 ... 440.92 lb) 23 Nm2)
39 (1.54)
• E max = 350, 500 kg (771.62, 1 102.31 lb) 70 Nm2)

(0.79)
20
Function Color
• EXC - (supply -) Black

42 (1.65) 21
• SIG + (measured signal +) White (0.83)
120 (4.72)
• SIG - (measured signal -) Red
• Shield (not connected to the load cell Transparent Rated load [kg] Ød ØD H
body)
10, 20, 50, 100, 200 8.2 (0.32) 23 (0.91) 20 (0.79)
Operating temperature range Btu -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F) 350, 500 10.3 (0.41) 24 (0.95) 19 (0.75)
IEC 60529
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/24 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Mounting unit
Overview Design (Continued)
than three load cells are used, the shims are also used to adjust the
height of the lugs.
The self-centering installation unit for SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load

cells is particularly suitable for implementation in small-scale con
tainer, platform and roller table scales.
Guide element for SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA mounting units
Design
The mounting unit comprises a base plate and a top plate, a pendu
lum bolt, two countersunk screws and overload protection.
A highly flexible grounding cable between the top and base plate
Article No.
conducts any fault currents past the load cell. On both sides of the
base and top plate there are threaded holes for the later flange-fit Compact mounting units
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series
ting of guide elements.
Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4301 and EN 1.4112
The top plate is aligned and fixed above the base plate with the two
countersunk screws. This results in a stable unit. The height of the For load cells with a rated load of
top plate can be adjusted so that it is two millimeters above the • 10 ... 200 kg (22.05 ... 440.92 lb)1) 7MH5706-3GA00
installation height with load cell. • 350, 500 kg (771.61, 1 102.3 lb)1) 7MH5706-3PA00
In this state, the mounting unit serves as an installation aid and can
Guide elements (optional)
be used as a dummy for light installation jobs. For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series
The load cell is inserted with the pendulum bolt into the mounting Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4301
unit. The load cell can be inserted in the scale before mounting the
For load cells with a rated load of1)
mounting unit. It is also possible to insert the load cell in the
10 ... 500 kg (22.05 ... 1102.3 lb); permissible lateral force: 7MH5706-3PE00
mounting unit after mounting. After the mounting unit has been 2.5 kN
mounted in the scale, the load bearing implement is ideally aligned.
Shims (accessories)
The load cells are not yet loaded. For compact mounting units of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA
Finally, the load bearing implement is lowered by loosening the two series
hexagon nuts under the top plate. The weight now rests on the load Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4301
cells. For load cells with a rated load of1)
In this state the load cell and the pressure pieces together form a • 10 ... 200 kg (22.05 ... 440.92 lb); 7MH5713-3JG00
self-centering unit. The mounting unit permits sideways displace Content: 16 units, each 0.5 mm thick
ment of the top plate, and hence of the load bearing implement, by
up to 2 mm (0.079 in). The countersunk head screws prevent the 1) The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery.
load bearing implement from being lifted off or tipping.
The overload protection is set so that the load cell cannot be loaded
beyond the limit load.
Using the mounting unit as an installation aid results in optimum
alignment of the load cells. This is essential to enable the load cells
to perform at their best in terms of accuracy. For maintenance or
troubleshooting purposes, the load cell can be relieved again by
tightening the hexagon nuts. After loosening the clamping wash
ers, it can then easily be replaced. Guide elements are used if the
lateral movement of a load bearing implement is to be prevented.
Lateral movements can be initiated by agitator start-up in a contain
er, by braking or accelerating forces in a roller conveyor, or though
forces exerted by the wind on outdoor silos. A guide element con
sists of two flanges and one clamping screw. The clamping screw is
adjusted to the correct length. The guide element is attached to the
operational mounting unit. A guide element can be mounted on the
front or rear of the mounting unit. If necessary, two guide elements
can be used in parallel in order to double the transferrable lateral
force. In the case of scales with four load cells, only three mounting
units may be equipped with guide elements. Shims are used to
compensate for angular errors and delays in the lug plates. If more
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/25

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Mounting unit for load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series

Rated load 10 ... 200 kg (22.01 ... 440.92 lb) 350, 500 kg (771.62, 1 102.31 lb)
Permissible lateral deflection: ± 2 mm (0.08 inch) ± 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Lifting path of top plate 2 ... 2.5 mm (0.08 ... 0.10 inch) 2 ... 2.5 mm (0.18 ... 0.10 inch)
Max. lateral force 1.7 kN 2.5 kN
Max. lifting force 2.5 kN 2.5 kN
Stainless steel guide element

Size Values with rated load
10 ... 500 kg (22.01 ... 1 102.31 lb)
Permissible lateral force1) 2.5 kN
1) The values apply to one guide element.
75 (2.95)
55 (2.17)
12 (0.47)
80 (3.15)
48 (1.89)
28 (1.10)
12 (0.47)
8xM6
55 (2.17)
6x Ø9 THRU.
90 (3.54)
60 (2.36)
17,5 100 (3.94)

(0.69)
130 (5.12)
Mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cells, 10 … 200 kg (22.05 … 440.92 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/26 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
75 (2.95)
55 (2.17)
12 (0.47)
80 (3.15)
48,6 (1.91)
12 (0.47)
(1.13)
28,6
55 (2.17) 8xM6
6x Ø9 THRU.
90 (3.54)
60 (2.36)
17,5 100 (3.94)

(0.69)
130 (5.12)
Mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cells, 350 and 500 kg (771.62 and 1 102.31 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/27

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells

Guide element for SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cells, 10 ... 500 kg (22.01 ... 1 102.31 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/28 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Elastomer bearing
Article No.
Elastomer bearings
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA
series
Material: Neoprene, stainless steel EN 1.4301
For load cells with a rated load of1)2)
• 10 ... 200 kg (22.05 ... 440.92 lb) 7MH4133-3DE11
• 350, 500 kg (771.61, 1 102.31 lb) 7MH5706-0PC00
1) The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery.

2) It is highly recommendable to use a grounding cable (7MH3701-1AA1) in
order to protect the load cell.
Elastomer bearing for load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA, 10 ...
200 kg (22.05 ... 440.93 lb) series
Elastomer bearing for load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA, 350
und 500 kg (771.62 and 1 102.31 lb) series
The self-centering elastomer bearing for load cells of the

SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series is the ideal load introduction ele
ment for scales without guide elements. It serves to damp vibra
tions and shocks.
Design
Elastomer bearings are rubber-metal composites made of neoprene

and stainless steel. They ensure large spring excursions (i.e. a high
degree of damping) despite small dimensions.
If the load bearing implement is displaced by more than 4 mm
(0.16 inch) in the horizontal direction, measures for restricting side
ways play (e.g. in the form of guide elements) must be provided in
the construction of the load bearing implement.
In combination with the base plate and integral overload protec
tion, it is ensured that the load cell is not damaged by static over
loading with vertical forces of up to 5 kN.
The load cell and the base plate are not included in the scope of
delivery of the elastomer bearing.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/29

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Elastomer bearings for load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series

Rated load 10 kg (22.05 lb) 20 kg (44.09 lb) 50 kg (110.23 lb) 100 kg (220.46 lb) 200 kg (440.93 lb) 350 kg (771.62 lb) 500 kg (1 102.31 lb)
Max. permissible lateral ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch)
deflection
Vertical rigidity 0.89 kN/mm 0.89 kN/mm 0.89 kN/mm 0.89 kN/mm 0.89 kN/mm 3.8 kN/mm 3.8 kN/mm
Horizontal rigidity 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.1 kN/mm 0.1 kN/mm
Spring compression at 0.10 mm 0.20 mm 0.50 mm 1.10 mm 2.10 mm 0.68 mm 1.28 mm
rated load
10 (0.39)
Ø50 (1.97)
M10
30 (1.18)
100 (3.94)
59 (2.32)
30 (1.18)
10 (0.39)
Ø8.5 (3.35) (4x)

60 (2.36)
80 (3.15)
10 (0.39) 100 (3.94)
120 (4.72)
Elastomer bearings for SIWAREX WL230 BB S SA load cells, 10 ... 200 kg (22.05 lb … 440.92 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/30 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Base plate
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA Base plate
Overview Dimensional drawings
(59) (2.32)
30 (1.18)
(0.39)
10
Ø8.5 (0.33) (4x)
The base plate with integral overload protection for load cells of the
SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series ensures easy, correct installation of
the load cell.
Design
60 (2.36)
80 (3.15)
The integrated overload protection ensures that the load cell is not
damaged by static overloading with vertical forces of up to 5 kN.
The load cells can be installed on the base plate and aligned even
before final installation of the scales. This ensures that the permiss
ible spring excursion of the load cell is precisely set, up to contact
with the overload protection.
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery of the base
plate with overload protection. 10 100 (3.94)
(0.39) 120 (4.72)
Article No. Elastomer bearing and base plate with overload protection for
Base plate with overload protection SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA load cells, 10 ... 200 kg (22.05 … 440.92 lb),
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 BB-S SA series dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4301
• 10 ... 200 kg (22.05 ... 440.92 lb) 7MH4133-3DG11
• 350, 500 kg (771.62, 1 102.31 lb) 7MH4133-3KG11

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/31

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA Load cell
Overview
The shear beam load cell is particularly suitable for use in hopper,
overhead rail and platform scales.
Design
The measuring element is a shear tension spring made of stainless

steel to which the strain gauges are applied. The strain gauges are
arranged at 45° to the longitudinal axis on the side of the spring
body and are therefore subject to shear forces. Under the influence
of the load acting in the measuring direction, the spring bodies and
therefore the friction-locked strain gauges are elastically deformed.
This generates a measuring signal voltage that is proportional to the
load.
Article No.
Load cell, type WL230 SB-S SA 7MH5107-
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d, connecting cable 3 m (9.84 ft) at 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) up to ● ● D 0 ●
1 t (0.98 tn. l.), connecting cable 6 m (19.68 ft) at 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) up to 5 t (4.92 tn. l.).
Rated load
• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 3 P
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 4 A
• 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) 4 G
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 4 P
Without 0
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA
Possible applications • Hopper scales • E max = 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 0.21 mm
• Belt scales • E max = 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) 0.29 mm
• Overhead rail scales
• E max = 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 0.38 mm
• Platform scales
Type of construction Shear beam load cell
Tolerance Do of zero signal ≤ ± 1.0% Cn
Loads
Max. scale interval nLC 3 000
Rated load/maximum load Emax. • 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) Min. scale interval Vmin at
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.)
• E max = 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) E max/10 000
• 2 t (1.97 tn. l.)
• E max = 1 ... 5 t (0.98 ... 4.92 tn. l.) E max/15 000
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
Minimum application range Rmin(LC) at
Minimum initial loading Emin 0 kg
• E max = 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 30%
Max. working load Lu 150% Emax.
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax. • E max = 1 ... 5 t (0.98 ... 4.92 tn. l.) 20%
Safe side load LIq 100% Emax Combined error Fcomb ± 0.02% Cn

Measurement characteristic values Repeatability Fv ± 0.02% Cn
Rated displacement hn at. Creep error Fcr
• E max = 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 0.13 mm • 30 min ≤ ± 0.02% Cn
4/32 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Technical specifications (Continued) Dimensional drawings
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA
• Zero signal tKo 0.023% Cn/5 K
(0.11)
ØG Ø3.2
2.8
• Characteristic value tKc 0.017% Cn/5 K (0.13)
H
J
K
Input resistance Re 1 000 ± 10 Ω
Output resistance Ra 1 004 ± 5 Ω
Insulation resistance Ris 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC M
Connection and environmental condi L
tions A
Rated temperature range Btn -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F) ØF
Sensor material (DIN) Stainless steel EN 1.4542
E
IEC 60529
Recommended tightening torque of the fix B C D
ing screws
• E max = 500 kg ... 2 t 150 Nm1)
(1 102.31 lb ... 1.97 tn. l.) Rated load A B C D E ØF
[t]
• E max = 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 550 Nm1)
0.5 130 16 25.4 76 32 13
Cable connection (5.12) (0.63) (1.00) (2.99) (1.26) (0.51)
Function Color 1 130 16 25.4 76 32 13
• EXC + (supply +) Green (5.12) (0.63) (1.00) (2.99) (1.26) (0.51)
2 130 16 25.4 76 32 13
• EXC - (supply -) Black (5.12) (0.63) (1.00) (2.99) (1.26) (0.51)
• SIG + (measured signal +) White 5 172 19 38.1 95 38 20.5
(6.77) (0.63) (1.50) (3.74) (1.50) (0.81)
• Shield (not connected to the load cell Transparent Rated load ØG H J K L M

body) [t]
Certificates and approvals 0.5 20.5 14 26 32 57 M12
Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C3 (0.81) (0.55) (1.02) (1.26) (2.24)
1 20.5 14 28 32 57 M12
(0.81) (0.55) (1.10) (1.26) (2.24)
2 20.5 14 32 36 57 M12
- ATEX/UKEX II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T200 135°C D (0.81) (0.55) (1.26) (1.42) (2.24)
a
5 30.2 20 40 44 76 M20
- ATEX/UKEX II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc (1.89) (0.79) (1.57) (1.73) (2.99)
• USA:
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
T4
• Canada:
T4
- Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
• China:
1) The tightening torque is to be selected according to the strength class of

the screws.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/33

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA Mounting unit with guide element

Shim
Shims are used to compensate for angular errors and delays in the
lug plates. If more than three load cells are used, the shims are also
used to adjust the height of the lugs.
The self-centering mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load

cells is particularly suitable for implementation in container, plat
form and roller conveyor scales.
Design
The mounting unit comprises a base plate and a top plate, a pendu
lum bolt and two countersunk screws. Mounting unit with guide element, rear view
A highly flexible grounding cable between the top and base plate
conducts any fault currents past the load cell. On both sides of the
base and top plate there are threaded holes for the later flange-fit
ting of guide elements.
countersunk screws. This results in a stable unit. The height of the
top plate is adjusted so that it is three millimeters above the installa
tion height with load cell.
be used as a dummy for light installation jobs.
The load cell is inserted with the pendulum bolt into the mounting
unit. The load cell can be inserted in the scale before mounting the
mounting unit after mounting. After the mounting unit has been
mounted in the scale, the load bearing implement is ideally aligned.
The load cells are not yet loaded.
Finally, the load bearing implement is lowered by loosening the two
hexagon nuts under the top plate. The weight now rests on the load
cells.
In this state the load cell and the pressure pieces together form a
self-centering unit. The mounting unit permits sideways displace
up to three millimeters.
The countersunk head screws prevent the load bearing implement
from being lifted off or tipping.
tightening the hexagon nuts. After loosening the fixing screws, it
can be replaced easily.
Guide element
Guide elements are used if the lateral movement of a load bearing
implement is to be prevented.
Lateral motions may be associated with the following factors: Start-
up of an agitator in a container, braking or acceleration forces of a
roller conveyor, or wind forces in the case of outdoor silos.
A guide element consists of two flanges and one clamping screw.
The clamping screw is adjusted to the correct length. The guide ele
ment is attached to the operational mounting unit. A guide element
can be mounted on the front or rear of the mounting unit. If neces
sary, two guide elements can be used in parallel in order to double
the transferrable lateral force.
In the case of scales with four load cells, only three mounting units
may be equipped with guide elements.
4/34 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Article No.
Mounting unit 7MH5707-
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA series 4 ● A 0 1
• 500 kg, 1 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn. l.) A
• 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) G
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) P

For mounting units
of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA series
• 500 kg ... 2 t (1 102.31 lb ... 1.97 tn. l.); 7MH5707-4GE00
permissible lateral force: 3 kN
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.); permissible lateral force: 5 kN 7MH5707-4PE00
Shims (accessories)
For mounting units of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA series
• 500 kg ... 2 t (1 102.31 lb ... 1.97 tn. l.); 7MH5713-3JG00
Content: 16 units, each 0.5 mm thick
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.); 7MH5713-4PG00
Content: 4 units, each 0.5 mm thick, 16 units each 1 mm thick
Mounting unit for load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA series

Rated load 0.5 ... 2 t (0.49 ... 1.97 tn. l.) 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
Maximum lateral deflection with load cell ± 3 mm (0.12 inch) ± 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Lifting path of top plate 3 mm (0.12 inch) 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Restoring force per millimeter of lateral deflection of 13 %/mm 10 %/mm
the top plate in % of the applied load with load cell
Permissible supporting load with fixed top plate 25 kN 35 kN
Permissible lifting force on the top plate 25 kN 50 kN
Permissible lateral force on the top plate with fixed 3 kN 5 kN
top plate
Guide element
Rated load 0.5 ... 2 t (0.49 ... 1.97 tn. l.) 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
Permissible lateral force1) 3 kN 5 kN
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/35

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Dimensional drawings Dimensional drawings (Continued)

0[

>@

0[
Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells, mount

ing state with built-in load cells 0.5 to 2 t (0.49 ... 1.97 tn. l.), dimen
sions in mm (inch)

Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells, guide
0; elements 0.5 to 2 t (0.49 ... 1.97 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)

0;
Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells, mount

ing state with built-in load cell 5 t (4.92 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)

Compact mounting unit for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells, guide

element 5 t (4.92 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/36 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA Base plate with elastomer bearing
Overview
The base plate and the elastomer bearing form a self-centering

bearing unit together with the load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-
S SA series. It suppresses oscillations and shocks to a certain extent.
Design

and stainless steel. Their special design means that lateral move
ment of the load bearing implement does not result in high trans
verse force on the load cell.
ways play (e.g. stops) must be provided in the construction of the
load bearing implement.
The base plate of stainless steel is used for suitable fixing of the
load cell on the base.
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery of the base
plate or elastomer bearing.
Article No.
Base plate 7MH5707-
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA series 4 ● ● 0 0
• 500 kg, 1 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn l.) A B
• 2 t (1.97 tn l.) G B
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) P B
Elastomer bearings
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA series
• 500 kg, 1 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn l.) A C
• 2 t (1.97 tn l.) G C
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) P C

2) It is highly recommendable to use a grounding cable (7MH3701-1AA1) in order to protect the load cell.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/37

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Base plate with elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells

Rated load 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
Maximum permissible lateral ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) ± 4 mm (0.16 inch)
deflection
Vertical rigidity 5.9 kN/mm 5.9 kN/mm 29.98 kN/mm 29.98 kN/mm
Horizontal rigidity 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.54 kN/mm 0.54 kN/mm
Compression at rated load 0.68 mm (0.037 inch) 1.28 mm (0.050 inch) 0.62 mm (0.024 inch) 1.46 mm (0.057 inch)
6 (0.24)
50 (1.97)
ØC
N
L
K
Ø11 (0.43) ØJ
A
G
F
M
Rated A B øC D E F G
load [t]
0,5, 1 100 (3.94) 75 (2.95) 85 (3.35) 140 (5.51) 120 (4.72) 15 (0.59) 110 (4.33)
2 120 (4.72) 90 (3.54) 100 (3.94) 140 (5.51) 120 (4.72) 15 (0.59) 110 (4.33)
5 120 (4.72) 90 (3.54) 100 (3.94) 185 (7.28) 150 (5.91) 20 (0.79) 145 (5.71)
Rated H øJ K L M N
load [t]
G_WT01_XX_10133
0,5, 1 90 (3.54) 11 (0.43) 15 (0.59) 47 (1.85) 117.4 (4.62) 108 (4.25)
2 90 (3.54) 11 (0.43) 15 (0.59) 51 (2.01) 117.4 (4.62) 112 (4.41)
5 110 (4.33) 13.5 (0.53) 25 (0.98) 69 (2.72) 153.1 (6.03) 134 (5.28)
Base plate with elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/38 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA Load foot
Overview
Load foot for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells
This self-aligning load foot for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells

can be used for the quick and easy construction of platform and
hopper scales.
The load foot transmits the force directly into the load cell.
The load foot is designed for rated load cell ranges from 500 kg to
5 t (0.49 ... 4.92 tn. l.).
Design
Height compensation is possible using the screw thread.

Together with the pressure piece which is screwed into the load
cell, this facilitates an oscillation function which prevents stresses in
the load cells. Stresses can arise during installation or when the
length of the load bearing implement changes due to thermal
expansion.
The rubber cap prevents the load foot from slipping.
Article No.
Load foot 7MH5707-
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA series 4 ● H 0 0
Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4542, NBR: Nitrile rubber
• 0.5 … 2 t (0.49 ... 1.97 tn. l.) G
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) P
Load foot for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load cells

Rated load 500 kg ... 2 t (1 102.31 lb ... 1.97 tn l.) 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
Maximum permissible lateral deflection ± 1 mm (0.04 inch) ± 1 mm (0.04 inch)
Maximum vertical load 30 kN 70 kN
Torques
• Tightening torques of pressure piece for load cell 100 ... 110 Nm 100 ... 110 Nm
• Tightening torques of fixing screws for load cell M12: 100 Nm M20: 450 Nm
• Tightening torques of locknut for load foot 10 ... 15 Nm 10 ... 15 Nm
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/39

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
M12
(0.47)
12
(1.38 ... 1.74)

35 ... 44,2
(0.63)
16
80 (3.15)
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load foot, 0.5 ... 2 t (0.49 ... 1.97 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/40 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
M20
(0.59)
15
66 ... 77,65 (2.60 ... 3.06)

37 (1.46)
80 (3.15)
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S SA load foot, 5 t (4.92 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/41

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA Load cell
Overview
The SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA shear beam load cell is made of spe
cial nickel-plated steel. The 100 kg (220.46 lb) and 250 kg
(551.16 lb) load classes are implemented as bending beams.
The WL230 SB-S CA load cells are especially suited for platform
scales and hopper scales where it is easy to introduce the load into
the load cell by means of an adjustable foot. The load cell is avail
able in rated loads from 100 kg to 10 t (220.46 lb ...0.98 tn l.). This
means that scales with multiple weighing ranges can be equipped
with a single cell type.
The load cells are legal-for-trade according to OIML R60. They are
available in accuracy classes C3, C4 and 5.
Design
The measuring element is a spring body made of special steel. Due

to the galvanic coating of nickel and the IP67 degree of protection it
is suitable for use in harsh environments.
Article No.
Load cell, type SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA 7MH5121-
Material: Steel, nickel-plated ● ● ● 0 0
Length of the connecting cable: 4 m at rated load up to 2 t, 6 m from rated load 3 t
Click the Article No. for online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Rated load
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
• 250 kg (551.16 lb) 3 H
• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 3 P
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 4 A
• 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) 4 G
• 3 t (2.95 tn. l.) 4 K
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 4 P
• 10 t (9.84 tn. l.) 5 A
Accuracy class according to OIML R60
• C3 D
• C4 E
• C5 F
4/42 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA
Possible applications • Platform scales Connection and ambient conditions
• Hopper scales Rated temperature range Btn -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)
Type of construction • Bending beam up to rated load 250 kg Operating temperature range Btu -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)
(551.16 lb) Storage temperature range Bts -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
• Shear beam from rated load 500 kg Sensor material (DIN) Steel, nickel-plated
(1 102.31 lb)
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP67
Loads
Recommended tightening torque of the fix
Rated load Emax. • 100 kg (220.46 lb) ing screws
• 250 kg (551.16 lb) • For M12 75 Nm
• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) • For M18 500 Nm
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.)
• For M24 750 Nm
• 2 t (1.97 tn. l.)
Length of the connecting cable (four-core)
• 3 t (2.95 tn. l.)
• For rated loads up to 2 t Length 4 m (13.1 ft)
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
• 10 t (9.84 tn. l.) • For rated loads more than 2 t Length 6 m (19.7 ft)
Minimum initial loading Emin 0 kg Diameter of the connecting cable 5 mm
Max. working load Lu 150% Emax. Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP67
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax. Cable connection
Safe side load LIq 100% Emax Function Color
Measurement characteristic values • EXC + (supply +) Red
Rated displacement hn at Emax • EXC - (supply -) Black

• E max = 100 kg (220.46 lb) 0.17 mm • SIG + (measured signal +) Green
• E max = 250 kg (551.16 lb) 0.15 mm • SIG – (measured signal -) White
• E max = 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 0.32 mm • Shield (not connected to the load cell Transparent
body)
• E max = 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 0.63 mm
ATEX -
• E max = 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) 1.2 mm
• E max = 3 t (2.95 tn. l.) 0.9 mm
Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C3, C4, C5
• E max = 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 0.6 mm
• E max = 10 t (9.84 tn. l.) 0.8 mm

Tolerance D0 of zero signal ≤ ± 1.0% Cn Dimensional drawings
Max. scale interval nLC
• For accuracy class OIML C3 3 000 M
A–A
• For accuracy class OIML C4 4 000
• For accuracy class OIML C5 5 000
K
Min. scale interval Vmin
• At Emax 100 kg ... 10 t E max/10 000
(220.46 lb ... 9.84 tn. l.)
and accuracy class OIML C3 B C D
• At Emax 100 kg ... 10 t E max/15 000 L
(220.46 lb ... 9.84 tn. l.)
and accuracy class OIML C4 A
• At Emax 100 kg ... 2 t (220.46 lb ... 1.97 tn. E max/20 000
l.)
and accuracy class OIML C5
G
E
• At Emax 3 t ... 10 t (2.95 ... 9.84 tn. l.) E max/18 000

and accuracy class OIML C5
Combined error Fcomb
A ØF A
• For accuracy class OIML C3 ≤ ± 0.023% Cn
• For accuracy class OIML C4 ≤ ± 0.018 % Cn

A B C D E ØF G H
• For accuracy class OIML C5 ≤ ± 0.014 % Cn
0.1t - 2t 130 15.8 25.4 76.2 31.8 13.5 34 15.8
Creep error Fcr 3t - 5t 171.5 19.1 38.1 95.3 38.1 19.8 40 18.8
• 30 min ≤ ± 0.015% Cn 10t 222.3 25.4 50.8 120.7 50.8 26 52.4 25.4
K L M
Recommended supply voltage 5 ... 12 V DC 31.8 54.2 M12
Maximum supply voltage 18 V DC 38.1 77.2 M18x1.5
Input resistance Re 350 ± 3.5 Ω 50.8 101.6 M24x2
Output resistance Ra 350 ± 3.5 Ω
Insulation resistance Ris ≥ 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/43

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA Load foot
Article No.
Load foot
For SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA load cells
Material: Steel, nickel-plated, NBR (nitrile butadiene
rubber)
• 100 kg ... 2 t (220.46 lb ... 1.97 tn. l) 7MH5721-4GH10
• 3 ... 5 t (2.95 ... 4.92 tn. l.) 7MH5721-4PH10
• 10 t (9.842 tn. l.) 7MH5721-5AH10
Load foot for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA
The self-centering load foot for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA load cells

can be used for the quick and easy assembly of platform and hop
per scales. Together with the load cell it forms a self-centering bear
ing unit. The load foot transmits the force directly into the load cell.
The load foot is suitable for rated load cell ranges from 100 kg up to
10 t (220.46 lb up to 9.84 tn. l).
Design
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA with load foot
You can adjust the height of the load cell with the threaded shaft
on the load foot. The foot element has a ball joint with an oscilla
tion function which is often used in weighing technology. Stresses
can arise during installation or when the length of the load bearing
implement changes due to thermal expansion.
The rubber cap prevents the load foot from slipping.
Load foot for SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA load cells

Rated load 100 kg ... 2 t (220.46 lb ... 1.97 tn. l.) 3 ... 5 t (2.95 ... 4.92 tn. l.) 10 t (9.842 tn. l.)
Maximum lateral deflection ± 1 mm (0.04 inch) ± 1 mm (0.04 inch) ± 1 mm (0.04 inch)
Maximum vertical load 30 kN 70 kN 130 kN
4/44 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
B
~C
ØA
ØA B C D
0.1t - 2t 60 92 56 M12
3t - 5t 80 105 73 M18x1.5
10t 86 112 86 M24x2
SIWAREX WL230 SB-S CA load foot
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/45

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA Load cell
Overview
The SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA double shear beam load cell is made

of nickel-plated specialty steel.
WL290 DB-S CA load cells are especially suited for large platform
and hopper scales. A special mounting unit makes them particularly
suitable for assembling scales in vehicles. The double shear beam
load cell is installed without oscillation or elastomer force-transmit
ting mechanisms since transverse forces do not result in the other
wise usual oscillating or deflection effects in the load cell.
The load cells are legal-for-trade according to OIML R60. They are
available in accuracy class C3.
Design
The measuring element is a spring body made of special steel. Due

to the galvanic coating of nickel and the IP67 degree of protection it
is suitable for use in harsh environments.
Article No.
SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA load cell 7MH5122-
Material: Steel, nickel-plated ● ● D 0 ●
Length of the connecting cable: 9 m
Accuracy class C3 according to OIML R60
Rated load
• 2.3 t (2.26 tn. l.) 4 G
• 4.5 t (4.43 tn. l.) 4 N
• 9.1 t (8.96 tn. l.) 4 U
• 13.6 t (13.39 tn. l.) 5 D
• 18 t (17.81 tn. l.) 5 F
• 23 t (22.24 tn. l.) 5 G
• 27 t (26.77 tn. l.) 5 J
• 34 t (33.46 tn. l.) 5 L
• 45 t (44.29 tn. l.) 5 N
• 68 t (66.93 tn. l.) 5 R
• 91 t (89.56 tn. l.) 5 U
• 113 t (111.22 tn. l.) 6 A
Without 0
4/46 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA

Possible applications • Platform scales • SIG - White
• Hopper scales • Shield (not connected to the load cell Transparent
• Scales in vehicles body)
Type of construction Double cutter Certificates and approvals

Loads Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C3
Rated load/maximum capacity Emax. • 2.3 t (2.26 tn. l.) Explosion protection • EU/UK:
• 4.5 t (4.43 tn. l.)
• 9.1 t (8.96 tn. l.) Da
• 13.6 t (13.39 tn. l.) - ATEX/UKEX II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
• 18 t (17.81 tn. l.) - ATEX/UKEX II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T73°C Dc
• 23 t (22.24 tn. l.) - ATEX/UKEX II 3 G Ex ec T4 IIC Gc
• 27 t (26.77 tn. l.)
• USA:
• 34 t (33.46 tn. l.) - IS CL I, II, III, DIV 1, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G;
• 45 t (44.29 tn. l.) T4
• 68 t (66.93 tn. l.) - IS CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Ga

• 91 t (89.56 tn. l.) - Zone 20, AEx ia IIIC T135°C Da
• 113 t (111.22 tn. l.) - CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
Min. dead load Emin 0 kg
Max. working load Lu 150% Emax
Breaking load Ld 300% Emax • Canada:
Measurement characteristic values T4
Rated displacement hn at Emax - IS CL I, ZN 0, Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
• E max = 2.3 t (2.26 tn. l.) 0.5 mm - Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da
• E max = 4.5 t (4.43 tn. l.) 0.6 mm - CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
• E max = 9.1 t (8.96 tn. l.) 1.1 mm - CL 1, ZN 2, GP IIC T4
- Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
• E max = 13.6 ... 23 t (13.39 ... 22.24 tn. l.) 0.5 mm
• E max = 27 t (26.77 tn. l.) 0.6 mm
• E max = 34 ...68 t (33.46 ... 66.93 tn. l.) 0.5 mm
• E max = 91, 113 t (89.56, 111.22 tn. l.) 0.9 mm

Tolerance D0 of zero signal ≤ ± 1.0% Cn
Min. scale interval Vmin E max/10 000
Creep error 30 min Fcr ≤ ± 0.015% Cn
Recommended supply voltage 5 … 12 V DC
Maximum supply voltage 18 V DC
Input resistance Re 700 ± 7 Ω
Output resistance Ra 700 ± 7 Ω
Insulation resistance Ris ≥ 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC
Rated temperature range Btn -10 … +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)
Operating temperature range Btu -35 … +60 °C (-31 ... +140 °F)
Storage temperature range Bts -40 … +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Sensor material (DIN) Steel, nickel-plated
IEC 60529
Cable connection
Length of the connecting cable (four-core) 9 m
Diameter of the connecting cable
• 2.3 ... 9.1 t (2.26 ... 8.96 tn. l.) 5 mm
• 13.6 ... 113 t (13.39 ... 111.22 tn. l.) 8 mm

Function Color
• EXC + Red
• EXC - Black
• SIG + Green
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/47

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
ØH
ØD
F
Ød
E
Ød
SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
Rated load t (tn. l.) A B C Ød ØD E F G ØH

2.3 ... 4.5 (2.26 ... 4.43) 206.2 (8.12) 174.6 (6.87) 133.1 (5.24) 16.7 (0.66) 43.2 (1.70) 15.7 (0.62) 28.4 (1.12) 12.7 (0.50) 5 (0.20)
9.1 (8.96) 206.2 (8.12) 174.6 (6.87) 133.1 (5.24) 16.7 (0.66) 49.5 (1.95) 21.3 (0.84) 28.4 (1.12) 12.7 (0.50) 5 (0.20)
13.6 ... 34 (13.39 ... 33.46) 260.4 (10.25) 215.9 (8.50) 165.1 (6.50) 26.9 (1.06) 76.2 (3.00) 25.4 (1.00) 60.2 (2.37) 25.4 (1.00) 8 (0.31)
45 (44.29) 285.8 (11.25) 241.3 (9.50) 190.2 (7.49) 26.9 (1.06) 88.9 (3.50) 31.0 (1.22) 63.5 (2.50) 38.1 (1.50) 8 (0.31)
68 (66.93) 285.8 (11.25) 241.3 (9.50) 190.2 (7.49) 26.9 (1.06) 99.1 (3.90) 31.0 (1.22) 71.1 (2.80) 38.1 (1.50) 8 (0.31)
91 … 113 (89.56 ... 111.22) 408.9 (16.10) 330.3 (13.00) 254 (10.00) 39.6 (1.56) 136.6 (5.38) 31.7 (1.25) 116.8 (4.60) 50.8 (2.00) 8 (0.31)
4/48 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA Silo-mounting unit
Overview
Silo mounting unit for SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA load cells
This self-centering mounting unit for SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA load

cells is particularly suitable for implementation in hopper, platform,
vehicle and roller conveyor scales. It was specially developed for
installation in silos.
The mounting unit transmits the force directly into the load cell and
is designed for load cell rated loads from 2.3 t to 113 t.
Design
It comprises a base plate onto which the load cell is attached with
the help of a support and two screws, and a top plate which
ensures the force is directed into the load cell. A highly flexible
grounding cable between the top and base plate conducts any fault
currents past the load cell. Specially designed blocks fix the top
plate over the base plate. In this state, the mounting unit serves as
an installation aid and can be used as a dummy for light installation
jobs. The load cell can be inserted in the scale before mounting the
mounting unit after mounting.
After the mounting unit has been mounted in the scale, the load
bearing implement is ideally aligned. The load cells are not yet
loaded.
The weight only rests on the load cells once the dummy blocks have
been removed. The dummy blocks can be mounted onto the base
plate to limit the pendulum movements. This also means they are
safely stored for later use in servicing jobs.
Together with the load cell, the mounting unit ensures lift-off pro
tection.
Another benefit is that the mounting unit and load cell adapt to the
circumstances during thermal expansion.
Article No.
Silo mounting unit 7MH5722-
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA series ● ● A 1 0
Material: Steel, nickel-plated
• 2.3 … 9.1 t (2.26 ... 8.96 tn. l.) 4 U
• 13.6 ... 34 t (13.39 ... 33.46 tn. l.) 5 L
• 45 t (44.29 tn. l.) 5 N
• 68 t (66.93 tn. l.) 5 R
• 91 … 113 t (88.58 ... 111.22 tn. l.) 6 A
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/49

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Silo mounting unit for load cells of the SIWAREX WL290 DB‑S CA series

Rated load 2.3 … 4.5 t 9.1 t 13.6 … 34 t 45 t 68 t 91 … 113 t
(2.26 ... 4.43 tn. (8.96 tn. l.) (13.39 ... (44.29 tn. l.) (66.93 tn. l.) (88.58 ...
l) 33.46 tn. l.) 111.22 tn. l.)
Maximum lateral deflection +/- 5 mm +/- 5 mm +/- 5 mm +/- 5 mm +/- 5 mm +/- 5 mm
(0.2 inch) (0.2 inch) (0.2 inch) (0.2 inch) (0.2 inch) (0.2 inch)
Lifting path of top part 1.43 mm 1.26 mm 1.07 mm 1.69 mm 1.69 mm 0.97 mm
(0.056 inch) (0.050 inch) (0.042 inch) (0.06 inch) (0.067 inch) (0.038 inch)
Permissible lateral force with load cell 18 kN 18 kN 68 kN 90 kN 136 kN 226 kN
Permissible lateral force as dummy 10 kN 10 kN 21 kN 41 kN 41 kN 68 kN
Permissible lifting force 15 kN 15 kN 50 kN 75 kN 75 kN 310 kN
Tightening torque of mounting bolts for load cells 20 Nm 20 Nm 25 Nm 25 Nm 25 Nm 30 Nm
Material Steel, nickel-plated
H1
H
H2
L2
L3
Ø D1
W3
W1
W2
W
Ø D2
L1
Silo mounting unit for SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA load cell (dimensions in mm)
Rated load t (tn. l.) H H1 H2 L L1 L2 L3 W W1 W2 W3 ØD1 ØD2

2.3 ... 9.1 (2.26 ... 8.96) 148 13 19 280 140 200 80 205 140 100 80 27 16
13.6 ... 34 (13.39 ... 33.46) 219 19 25 380 205 290 130 255 205 150 130 31 19
45 (44.29) 257 32 32 460 255 355 190 305 255 230 190 36 21
68 (66.93) 269 32 32 460 255 355 190 305 255 230 190 36 21
90 ... 113 (88.58 ... 111.22) 412 51 51 660 305 510 230 455 305 280 230 48 28
4/50 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA Mounting unit for vehicles
SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA Mounting unit for vehicles
M24 x 1.5 150

110
R100
44
121.3
68.1
30
M24 x 1.5 x 150
Ø20
150
110
160
118
G_WT01_XX_10145
50
172
SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA load cell with mounting unit 259
305
The mounting unit for the SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA load cells
makes setting up platform and hopper scales easy and safe. Since
Mounting unit for SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA load cell, dimensions in mm
the load cell is securely bolted onto the bearing plates, it is particu
larly suitable for use in scales in vehicles. The mounting unit trans
mits the force directly into the load cell and absorbs any lateral and
lifting forces which occur. The mounting unit covers load cell rated
loads from 13.6 to 34 t (13.39 to 33.46 tn. l.).
Design
The load cell is bolted onto the bearing plates. By using a two-part
bearing collar, the load bearing implement is also firmly connected
to the load cell and without play. The bearing collar transfers the
weight force centered into the load cell.
Since all connections are tight, possible acceleration forces, caused
for example by a container on a vehicle, are directed to the chassis
from the load cell and mounting unit. Additional latching mechan
isms are not required. Due to the zero play mounting of the load
cell no wear can occur, making any maintenance measures super
fluous.
Article No.
Mounting unit
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA series
Material: Steel, nickel-plated
• 13.6 ... 34 t (13.39 ... 33.46 tn. l.) 7MH5722-5LA11
Mounting unit for load cells of the SIWAREX WL290 DB-S CA

series
Rated load 13.6 ... 34 t (13.39 ... 33.46 tn. l.)
Maximum lateral deflection 0 mm
Lifting path of top part 0 mm
Permissible lateral force 20 kN
Permissible lifting force 35 kN
Tightening torque of mounting bolts for load 650 Nm
cells
Tightening torque of mounting bolts for 650 Nm
clamp collars
Material Steel, nickel-plated
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/51

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
S-Type load cells
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA Load cell
S-Type load cells
Overview
The load cell is ideal for use in tank weighing, hybrid weighing
machines or suspended container weighing. It is made of stainless
steel and therefore also suitable for use in harsh environments.
The SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA is suitable for both s-type tension and
compression loads. The preferred direction of measurement is ten
sion, with factory calibration for the load cells. For compression
applications, adherence to the characteristic values and error limits
cannot be guaranteed.
Design
The measuring element is hermetically encapsulated and has a cal

ibrated output current.
Article No.
Load cell, type WL250 ST-S SA 7MH5105-
Rated load
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
• 250 kg (551.16 lb) 3 H
• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 3 P
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 4 A
• 2.5 t (2.46 tn. l.) 4 H
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 4 P
• 10 t (9.84 tn. l.) 5 A
• Without 0
• Explosion protection 1
4/52 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
S-Type load cells
SIWAREX WL 250 ST-S SA SIWAREX WL 250 ST-S SA
Possible applications • Voltage and pressure applications • EXC – (supply -) Black
• Suspended scales • SIG + (measured signal +) Green
• Hopper scales
• Hybrid weighing machines
Type of construction S-type load cell body)
Rated load Emax • 50 kg (110.23 lb) Certificates and approvals
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) Explosion protection • EU/UK:
• 250 kg (551.16 lb) - ATEX/UKEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4
• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) - ATEX/UKEX II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T200 135°C
Da
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.)
• 2.5 t (2.46 tn. l.)
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
• 10 t (9.84 tn. l.)
• USA:
Max. scale interval nLC 3 000 T4
Min. scale interval Vmin - IS CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Ga
• E max = 50, 100 kg (110.23 lb, 220.46 lb) E max/7 000 - Zone 20, AEx ia IIIC T135°C Da
• E max = 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5 t E max/10 000 - CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
• E max = 5, 10 t E max/12 000
• Canada:
Repeatability Fv ± 0.02% Cn
Creep error Fcr T4
• 30 min ± 0.02% Cn - IS CL I, ZN 0, Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Temperature coefficient - Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da
• Zero signal tK0 0.017% Cn/5 K - CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
• Characteristic value tKc 0.014% Cn/5 K
- Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
Safe side load LIq 100% Emax
Rated displacement hn
• E max = 50, 100 kg (110.23 lb, 220.46 lb) 0.18 mm
• E max = 250, 500 kg (551.16 lb, 1 102.31 0.24 mm

lb)
• E max = 1 t 0.37 mm
• E max = 2.5, 5 t 0.8 mm
• E max = 10 t 0.57 mm

Tolerance D0 of zero signal ± 1.0% Cn
Maximum tightening torque of the fixing
screws
• E max = 50, 100 kg (110.23 lb, 220.46 lb) 25 Nm
• E max = 250, 500 kg, 1 t (551.16 lb, 1 75 Nm

102.31 lb, 0.98 tn. l.)
• E max = 2.5, 5 t 450 Nm
• E max = 10 t 1 450 Nm

Degree of protection to EN 60529; IP67
IEC 60529
Cable connection
Function Color
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/53

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
S-Type load cells
L B
H
M b
Rated load L H b B M
[kg]
50 … 100 50.8 60.96 11.68 15.06 M8
(2.00) (2.40) (0.46) (0.59)
250 … 500 50.8 60.96 18.03 21.41 M12
(2.00) (2.40) (0.71) (0.84)
Rated load L H b B M
[t]
1 50.8 60.96 24.38 27.76 M12
(2.00) (2.40) (0.96) (1.09)
2.5 76.2 99.06 24.38 27.76 M20 x 1.5
(3.00) (3.90) (0.96) (1.09)
5.0 74.68 99.06 30.74 34.12 M20 x 1.5
(2.94) (3.90) (1.21) (1.34)
10 112.78 177.8 42.93 46.31 M30 x 2
(4.44) (7.00) (1.69) (1.82)
SIWAREX WL 250 ST-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/54 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
S-Type load cells
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA Lifting eye bolt
S-Type load cells
Overview
The lifting eye bolt for SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA load cells makes it

easier to install the cell.
The lifting eye bolt is suitable for rated load cell ranges from 50 kg
up to 5 t (110.23 lb up to 4.92 tn. l).
Design
The lifting eye bolt is screwed into the load cell.
Article No.
WL250 ST-S SA lifting eye bolts 7MH5705-
Material: Steel ● ● J 1 0
Rated load
• 50 kg (110.23 lb) 2 P
• 100 kg (220.46 lb) 3 A
• 250 kg (551.16 lb) 3 H
• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 3 P
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 4 A
• 2.5 t (2.46 tn. l.) 4 H
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 4 P
SIWAREX WL250 ST-S SA lifting eye bolt

Material Steel
Rated load 50 kg (110.23 lb) 100 kg (220.46 lb) 250 kg (551.16 lb) 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 2.5t t (2.46 tn. l.) 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
Lifting capacity (static) 0.16 t (0.16 tn. l.) 0.25 t (0.24 tn. l.) 0.4 t (0.39 tn. l.) 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 1.6 t (1.57 tn. l.) 4 t (3.94 tn. l.) 6.3 t (6.2 tn. l.)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/55

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
S-Type load cells
'
+
/
0J
Dimensions in mm (in)
Rated load D d H Ø M × P × L
50 kg (110.23 lb) 36 (1.42) 9.1 (0.36) 18 (0.71) 17.8 (0.70) M8 × 1.25 × 16
100 kg (220.46 lb) 44 (1.73) 11.1 (4.37) 22 (0.87) 21.8 (0.86) M10 × 1.5 × 16
250 kg (551.16 lb) 52 (2.05) 13.1 (0.52) 26 (1.02) 25.8 (1.02) M12 × 1.75 × 16
500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 62 (2.44) 15.2 (0.60) 31 (1.22) 31.6 (1.24) M12 × 1.75 × 22
1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 72 (2.83) 17.4 (0.69) 36 (1.42) 37.2 (1.46) M12 × 1.75 × 22
2.5 t (2.46 tn. l.) 104 (4.09) 25.7 (1.01) 53 (2.09) 52.6 (2.07) M20 × 1.5 × 32
5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 123 (4.84) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48) 63 (2.48) M20 × 1.5 × 35
4/56 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA Load cell
Overview
The compression load cell is particularly suitable for implementation

in hopper scales, bin weighing equipment and vehicle scales.
Design
The measuring element is a solid cylinder made of stainless steel to

which 4 strain gauges are applied.
The load which acts centrally in the measuring direction causes the
spring bodies and therefore the friction-locked strain gauges to be
Article No.
Load cell, type WL270 CP-S SA 7MH5108-
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d, 15 m connecting cable (49.21 ft) ● ● D 0 ●
Rated load
• 0.5 t (0.49 tn. l.) 1) 3 P
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 1) 4 A
• 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) 1) 4 G
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 1) 4 P
• 10 t (9.84 tn. l.) 5 A
• 20 t (19.68 tn. l.) 5 G
• 30 t (29.63 tn. l.) 5 K
• 50 t (49.21 tn. l.) 5 P
• Without 0
1) SIWAREX WL270 CP‑S SA 0.5 ... 5 t (0.49 ... 4.42 tn. l.) are not approved for legal-for-trade operation.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/57

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 CP‑S SA SIWAREX WL270 CP‑S SA
Possible applications Vehicle scales, overhead rail scales, hopper - CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
scales
Type of construction Compression load cell
Rated load/maximum load Emax. • 0.5 t (0.49 tn. l.)
• Canada:
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) - IS CL I, II, III, DIV 1, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G;
• 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) T4
• 5 t (4.42 tn. l.) - IS CL I, ZN 0, Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
• 10 t (9.84 tn. l.) - Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da
• 20 t (19.68 tn. l.) - CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4
• 30 t (29.53 tn. l.) - CL 1, ZN 2, GP IIC T4
• 50 t (49.21 tn. l.) - Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C31) • China:
Max. scale interval nLC 3 000 - NEPSI Ex iaIIC T6 Ga; Ex iaD 20 T80
Min. scale interval Vmin E max/10 000
1) SIWAREX WL270 CP‑S SA 0.5 ... 5 t (0.49 ... 4.42 tn. l.) are not approved for
Minimum application range Rmin(lc) 30%
legal-for-trade operation.
Repeatability Fv Not applicable
Creep error Fcr
• 30 min ± 0.023% Cn Dimensional drawings
• Zero signal TK0 0.023% Cn/5 K
• Characteristic value TKc 0.017% Cn/5 K R5 (0.20)

Safe side load LIq 75% Emax
Rated displacement hn at Emax 0.5 mm
Recommended supply voltage (range) 5 … 12 V DC
H
70 (2.76)
ØD
SR F
Output resistance Ra 700 Ω ± 7 Ω 49 (1.93)

(1.30)

33
35 (1.38)
119 (4.69)
Ø50 (1.97)
IEC 60529
Cable connection
Function Color
SR G
(0.63)

16
• SIG + (measured signal +) Green ØE

Ø89 (3.50)

body) Rated load ØD ØE F G H
[t]
Explosion protection • EU/UK: 0,5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30 40 40 38 150 22
- ATEX/UKEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 (1.57) (1.57) (1.50) (5.91) (8.67)
50 50 50 200 200 27
Da (1.97) (1.97) (7.87) (7.87) (1.06)
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
• USA:
T4
4/58 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA Mounting unit with guide element

The self-centering installation unit for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load

cells is particularly suitable for implementation in container, plat
form, vehicle and roller table scales. The guide elements prevent
containers, for example, from moving sideways due to an external
lateral force. The guide elements can be mounted on one or both
sides of the compact installation unit.
Design
The mounting unit comprises a base plate and a top plate, two pres
sure pieces and two countersunk screws. A highly flexible ground
ing cable between the top and base plate conducts any fault cur
rents past the load cell. On both sides of the base and top plate
there are threaded holes for the later flange-fitting of guide ele
ments.
countersunk screws. This results in a stable unit. The height of the
top plate is adjusted so that it is three millimeters above the installa
tion height with load cell.
The load cell can be inserted into the mounting unit together with
the two pressure pieces. Load cell and pressure piece are secured
with clamping washers.
The load cell can be inserted in the scale before mounting the
mounting unit after mounting.
After the mounting unit has been mounted in the scale, the load
loaded.
hexagon nuts under the top plate. The weight now rests on the load
cells.
up to three millimeters in all directions. The countersunk head
screws prevent the load bearing implement from being lifted off or
tipping.
to perform at their best in terms of accuracy.
For maintenance or troubleshooting purposes, the load cell can be
relieved again by tightening the hexagon nuts. After loosening the
clamping washers, it can then easily be replaced.
implement is to be prevented. Lateral movements can be initiated
by agitator start-up in a container, by braking or accelerating forces
in a roller conveyor, or though forces exerted by the wind on out
door silos.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/59

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Article No.
Mounting unit 7MH5708-
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA series 5 ● A 0 1
• 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30 t (0.49, 0.98, 1.97, 5.92, 9.84, 19.68, 29.53 tn. l.) K
• 50 t (49.21 tn. l.) P

For mounting units of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA series
• 0.5 ... 1 t (0.49 ... 0.98 tn. l.); 7MH5708-4AE00
Permissible lateral force: 2.5 kN
• 2 ... 5 t (1.97 ... 5.92 tn. l.); 7MH5708-4PE00
Permissible lateral force: 5 kN
• 10 ... 13 t (9.84 ... 19.68 tn. l.); 7MH5708-5GE00
• 30 t (29.53 tn. l.) 7MH5708-5KE00
• 50 t (49.21 tn. l.) 7MH5708-5PE00
Shims (accessories)
For mounting units of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA series
• 0.5 ... 50 t (0.49 ... 49.21 tn. l.); 7MH5708-5PG00
Content: 4 units, each 0.5 mm; 20 units, each 1 mm
1) The load cell and guide elements are not included in the scope of delivery.
Mounting unit for load cells of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA series
Rated load 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30 t 50 t (49.21 tn. l.)
(0.49, 0.98, 1.97, 4.92, 9.84, 19.68, 29.53 tn. l.)
Lifting path of top plate 3 mm (0.12 inch) 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Restoring force per millimeter of lateral deflection of 0.5%/mm 2%/mm
Permissible supporting load with fixed top plate 70 kN 70 kN
Permissible lifting force on the top plate 70 kN 70 kN
Permissible lateral force on the top plate with fixed 30 kN 30 kN
top plate
Stainless steel guide element

Size Values with rated load
0.5, 1 t 2, 5 t 10, 20 t 30 t 50 t
(0.49, 0.98 tn. l.) (1.97, 4.92 tn. l.) (9.84, 19.68 tn. l.) (29.53 tn. l.) (49.21 tn. l.)
Permissible lateral force1) 2.5 kN 5 kN 10 kN 15 kN 25 kN
4/60 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
A
20 (0.79)
202 ±1 (7.95 ±0.04)
B
20 (0.79)
240 ( 9.45)
C
160 (6.3)
Ø22
D
100 (3.94)
145 (5.7)
0.5 t ~ 1 t 2t~5t 10 t ~ 20 t 30 t 50 t
(0.49 ~ 0.98 tn.L) (1.97 ~ 4.92 tn.L) (9.84 ~ 19.68 tn.L) (29.53 tn.L) (49.21 tn.L)
A 240 (9.45) 240 (9.45) 240 (9.45) 240 (9.45) 270 (10.63)
B 205 (8.07) 205 (8.07) 205 (8.07) 205 (8.07) 205 (8.07)
C 12 (0.47) 18 (0.71) 18 (0.71) 27 (1.06) 30 (1.18)
D ≈35.6 (≈1.4) ≈45.5 (≈1.79) ≈54.4 (≈2.14) ≈70.5 (≈2.78) ≈84 (≈3.31)
Guide element for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load cells, dimensions in

mm (inch)
Mounting unit for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load cells, dimensions in mm
(inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/61

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA Pressure piece set with adapter plates
Overview
In combination with a pressure piece set and adapter plate, the

SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load cell produces a self-aligning bearing.
This unit is particularly suitable for installation in hopper scales, bin
weighing equipment and vehicle scales.
Design
The pressure piece set consists of an upper and lower pressure

piece. Together with the load cell the pressure piece set forms a
self-centering unit with integrated torsion guard. Two adapter
plates serve to hold the pressure pieces and complete the unit to
form a self-aligning bearing. The adapter plates can be screwed dir
ectly to the load bearing implement using the existing holes.
The self-centering, self-aligning bearing thus formed allows the
load bearing element to follow horizontal displacements (e.g. due
to temperature fluctuations) In this case the construction of the
self-aligning bearing creates a restoring force which is dependent
on the size of the displacement and the applied load.
If the load bearing implement is displaced by more than 3 mm in
the horizontal direction, measures for restricting sideways play (e.g.
in the form of endstops or guide elements) must be provided in the
construction of the load bearing implement. Lifting of the load sup
port must be prevented by suitable measures provided in the con
struction of the load bearing implement.
The load cell must be ordered separately.
The delivery unit of the adapter plate consists of one unit.
4/62 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Article No.
Pressure piece sets 1) 7MH5708-
For the individual installation of load cells of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA series 5 ● D 0 0
• 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30 t (0.49, 0.98, 1.97, 5.92, 9.84, 19.68, 29.53 tn. l.) K
• 50 t (49.21 tn. l.) P
Article No.
Adapter plate 7MH5708-
For adapting the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA 5 ● B 0 0
The package item consists of one plate.
• 0.5 ... 50 t (0.49 ... 49.21 tn. l.) P
1) The principles of general mechanical engineering and safety must be observed.

2) It is highly recommendable to use a grounding cable (7MH3701-1AA1) in order to protect the load cell.
Pressure piece set for the individual installation of load cells of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA series
Rated load 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30 t 50 t (49.21 tn. l)
(0.49, 0.98, 1.97, 5.92, 9.84, 19.68, 29.53 tn. l)
Restoring force per millimeter of lateral deflection of 0.5%/mm 2%/mm
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/63

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
160 (6.30)
203 ± 1 (7.99 ± 0.04)

120 (4.72)
(0.87)
Ø22
Pressure piece set and adapter plates for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SA load

cells (installation state), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/64 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB Load cell
Overview
The compression load cell is particularly suitable for implementation

in hopper scales, bin weighing equipment and vehicle scales.
Design
The measuring element is a solid cylinder made of stainless steel to

which 4 strain gauges are applied.
The load which acts centrally in the measuring direction causes the
spring bodies and therefore the friction-locked strain gauges to be
Article No.
Load cell, type WL270 CP-S SB 7MH5110-
Legal-for-trade according to OIML R60 up to 3 000d, 20 m connecting cable ● ● D 0 ●
Rated load
• 100 t (98.42 tn. l.) 6 A
• Without 0
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB

Possible applications Hopper scales Max. working load Lu 150% Emax
Type of construction Compression load cell Breaking load Ld 300% Emax
Rated load/maximum load Emax. 100 t Safe side load LIq 10% Emax
Accuracy class according to OIML R60 C3 Rated displacement hn at Emax 0.36 mm
Max. scale interval nLC 3 000 Recommended supply voltage (range) 5 … 12 V DC
Min. scale interval Vmin Rated characteristic value Cn 2.0 ± 0.02 mV/V
• E max = 100 t E max/9 000 Tolerance D0 of zero signal ≤ ± 1.0% Cn
Minimum application range Rmin(LC) 33% Input resistance Re 700 Ω ± 7 Ω
Combined error Fcomb ± 0.02% Cn Output resistance Ra 700 Ω ± 7 Ω
Repeatability Fv ± 0.02% Cn Insulation resistance Ris 5 000 MΩ at 50 V DC
Creep error Fcr Rated temperature range Btn -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)
• 30 min ± 0.023% Cn Operating temperature range Btu -35 ... +65 °C (-31 ... +149 °F)

• Zero signal TKo 0.023% Cn/5 K
• Characteristic value TKc 0.017% Cn/5 K IEC 60529
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/65

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Technical specifications (Continued) Dimensional drawings
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB

Cable connection 76 (2.99)
Function Color 32
• EXC + (supply +) Green (1.26)
(1.97)
Ø50
• Sense + (sensor cable +) Yellow
• Sense – (sensor cable -) Blue R6 (0.24)

body) Ø68 (2.68)
(15.7 0
5)
0
SR 4
Ø64 (2.52)
Da
(1.22)
31
• USA:
128 (5.04)
120 (4.72)
T4
260 (10.24)
(0.16)
4
66 (2.60)
- IS CL I, ZN 2, AEx ic IIC T4 Gc (0.47)
12
• Canada:
T4
Ø64 (2.52)
(15.7 0

5)
0
SR 4
- Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da Ø68 (2.68)

- CL I, II, III, DIV 2, GP A, B, C, D, E, F, G; T4 Ø93 (3.66)
- Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
• China:
SIWAREX WL 270 CP-S SB load cell, dimensions in mm (inch)
4/66 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB Mounting unit
Overview Technical specifications
Mounting unit for load cells of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB

series
Rated load 100 t (98.42 tn. l)
Maximum lateral deflection with load cell ± 8 mm (0.12 inch)
Lifting path of top plate 3 ... 5 mm (0.12 ... 0.20 inch)
Restoring force per millimeter of lateral 0.5%/mm
deflection of the top plate in % of the
applied load with load cell
Permissible supporting load with fixed top 140 kN
plate
Permissible lifting force on the top plate 140 kN
Permissible lateral force on the top plate 50 kN
with fixed top plate
The self-centering installation unit for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB load

cells is particularly suitable for implementation in container scales.
Design
The mounting unit comprises a base plate and a top plate, two pres
sure pieces, two clamping pieces and two centering sleeves. There
are threaded holes in the base plate and top plate for the sub
sequent flange-fitting of guide elements.
centering sleeves. This results in a stable unit. The height of the top
plate is adjusted so that it is five millimeters above the installation
height with load cell.
Two pressure pieces are used to mount the load cell. They are
fastened flush with the head plate and base plate using the clamp
ing pieces.
Prior to installation, the load cell is inserted into the mounting unit.
Then the complete unit is installed in the scales. As a result, the
load bearing implement and the mounting units are aligned. The
load cells are not yet loaded.
hexagon nuts under the centering sleeves. The weight now rests on
the load cells.
up to eight millimeters in all directions. Two countersunk screws
prevent the load bearing implement from being lifted off or top
pling off.
to perform at their best in terms of accuracy.
For maintenance or troubleshooting purposes, the load cell can be
relieved again by tightening the hexagon nuts. Replacement of the
load cell is then easy after the clamping pieces are released.
Article No.
Mounting unit
For load cells of the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB series
• 100 t (98.42 tn. l.) 7MH5710-6AA00

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/67

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
30 (1.18)
345 ± 1 (13.58 ± 0.04)
30 (1.18)
(1.08 ±0.04)
27.5 ±1
380 (14.96)
340 (13.39)
100 (6.30)
145 (6.30)
Ø22
(0.87)
160 (6.30)
(1.48 ±0.04)
37.5 ±1
Installation unit for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB load cells (installation state), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/68 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB Pressure piece set
SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB Pressure piece set
ø90 (3.54)
340 ± 1 (13.39 ± 0.03)

In combination with a pressure piece set, the SIWAREX WL270 CP-
S SB load cell produces a self-centering self-aligning bearing. This
unit is particularly suitable for installation in hopper scales, bin
weighing equipment and vehicle scales.
Design Pressure piece for SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB load cells, dimensions in mm

(inch)
The pressure piece set consists of an upper and lower pressure
piece. Together with the load cell the pressure piece set forms a
self-centering unit with integrated torsion guard.
The self-centering, self-aligning bearing thus formed allows the
load bearing element to follow horizontal displacements (e.g. due
to temperature fluctuations) In this case the construction of the
self-aligning bearing creates a restoring force which is dependent
on the size of the displacement and the applied load.
ways play (e.g. in the form of endstops or guide elements) must be
provided in the construction of the load bearing implement. Lifting
of the load support must be prevented by suitable measures
provided in the construction of the load bearing implement.
The load cell must be ordered separately.
Article No.
Pressure piece sets1)
For the individual installation of load cells
from the SIWAREX WL270 CP-S SB series
• 100 t (98.42 tn. l.) 7MH5710-6AD00
1) The principles of general mechanical engineering and safety must be

observed.
Pressure piece set for the individual installation of load cells of

the type SIWAREX WL270 CP‑S SB
Rated load 100 t (98.42 tn. l)
Maximum lateral deflection with load cell ± 8 mm (0.12 inch)
Restoring force per millimeter of lateral 0.5%/mm
deflection of the top plate in % of the
applied load with load cell
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/69

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA Load cell
Overview
This compression load cell is particularly suitable for use in hopper

scales and bin weighing equipment.
Design
The measuring element is a cylinder made of steel to which 4 strain

gauges are applied.
The load which acts centrally in the measuring direction elastically
deforms the spring body and thus the force-fitted strain gauges.
This generates a measuring signal voltage that is proportional to the
load. The load cell's rated displacement path depends on the rated
load and is between 0.23 and 3.11 mm (0.01 and 0.12 in).
An enclosure made from painted steel protects the strain gauge
from environmental influences. The load cell is fitted with a heat-
resistant cable as standard.
Heavy load versions

Heavy load versions with a rated load of 350 and 500 t (344.47 and
492.10 tn. l.) are available for extreme requirements.
Option: Two measuring circuits for your plant safety

In especially sensitive applications such as cranes, enhanced safety
is required. This is also true of measurement plants. Using double
bridges in load cells achieves the equivalent of a redundant config
uration. Both measuring bridges supply consistent measured val
ues. If one bridge fails, the other takes over.
This option can be ordered for all load classes from 13 t
(12.79 tn. l.).
4/70 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Article No.
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA load cell 7MH5114-
Accuracy class 0.1% ● ● L ● ●
Heat-resistant connecting cable 1)
Rated load Cable length
• 2.8 t (2.76 tn. l.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 J
• 6 t (5.91 tn. l.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 Q
• 13 t (12.79 tn. l.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 D
• 28 t (27.56 tn. l.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 J
• 60 t (59.05 tn. l.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 Q
• 130 t (127.95 tn. l.) 20 m (65.62 ft) 6 D
• 280 t (275.58 tn. l.) 20 m (65.62 ft) 6 J
• 350 t (244.47 tn. l.) 25 m (82.02 ft) 6 L
• 500 t (492.10 tn. l.) 25 m (82.02 ft) 6 P

• Without 0 0
• Explosion protection for zones 2, 22 0 1

Options
Double bridge2) 6 0
Load cell, redundant design, without explosion protection
High temperature2) 7 0
Temperature range -30 °C … +250 °C (-22 °F … +482 °F), accuracy varies over temperature range, cables and components designed for temperature range,
without explosion protection.
Double bridge and high temperature2) 8 0
Redundant design load cell, temperature range -30 °C … +250 °C (-22 °F … +482 °F), accuracy varies over temperature range, cables and components designed
for temperature range, without explosion protection.
1) Heat-resistant cable: -60 … +180 °C (-76 … +356 °F) The cable for high temperatures versions is heat resistant to 250 °C (238 °F).
2) Can be ordered from 13 t (12.79 tn. l.).
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA
Possible applications • Hopper scales
• Bin weighing equipment
Type of construction Compression load cell
Loads
Rated load Emax • 2.8 t (2.76 tn. l.)
• 6 t (5.91 tn. l.)
• 13 t (12.79 tn. l.)
• 28 t (27.56 tn. l.)
• 60 t (59.05 tn. l.)
• 130 t (127.95 tn. l.)
• 280 t (275.58 tn. l.)
• 350 t (344.47 tn. l.)
• 500 t (492.10 tn. l.)
Minimum initial loading Emin 0% Emax
Safe side load Llq 10% Emax
Rated displacement hn at Emax
• 2.8 t (2.76 tn. l.) 0.23 mm (0.009 inch)
• 6 t (5.91 tn. l.) 0.38 mm (0.015 inch)
• 13 t (12.79 tn. l.) 0.54 mm (0.02 inch)
• 28 t (27.56 tn. l.) 0.82 mm (0.03 inch)
• 60 t (59.05 tn. l.) 1.19 mm (0.05 inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/71

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA
• 130 t (127.95 tn. l.) 1.81 mm (0.07 inch)
• 280 t (275.58 tn. l.) 2.66 mm (0.10 inch)
• 350 t (344.47 tn. l.) 2.73 mm (0.11 inch)
• 500 t (492.10 tn. l.) 3.11 mm (0.12 inch)

Rated characteristic value Cn 1.5 mV/V
Tolerance Dc of characteristic value ± 0.5%
Combined error Fcomb ≤ ± 0.1%
Repeatability Fv ≤ ± 0.1%
Creep error FCR
30 min ≤ ± 0.06%
• Zero signal TK0 ≤ ± 0.25% Cn/5 K
• Characteristic value TKc ≤ ± 0.25% Cn/5 K

Supply voltage Usr (reference value) 6 V
Input resistance Re
• 2.8, 6, 13, 28, 60, 130, 280 t 275 Ω ± 50 Ω
(2.76, 5.91, 12.79, 27.56, 59.05, 127.95,
275.58 tn. l.)
• 350, 500 t 840 Ω ± 30 Ω
(344.47, 492.10 tn. l.)
Output resistance Ra
• 2.8, 6, 13, 28, 60, 130, 280 t 245 Ω ± 0.2 Ω
(2.76, 5.91, 12.79, 27.56, 59.05, 127.95,
275.58 tn. l.)
• 350, 500 t 703 Ω ± 5 Ω
(344.47, 492.10 tn. l.)
Insulation resistance Ris ≥ 5 000 MΩ
Connection and environmental condi
tions
Sensor material (DIN) Steel, painted
Function Color
• EXC - (supply -) White
• SIG + (measured signal +) Black
• SIG - (measured signal -) Blue

body)
Storage temperature range Bts -30 … +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
IEC 60529
Accuracy class 0.1%
High temperature versions

Some technical data of the high temperature versions change according to the temperature range. For this reason, values are given for three
different temperature ranges.
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA, high temperature versions -30 ... +150 °C 150 ... 180 °C 180 ... 250 °C

(-22 ... +238 °F) (238 ... 356 °F) (356 ... 482 °F)
Rated characteristic value Cn
• 2.8 ... 13; 130 ... 500 t (2.76 ... 12.79; 127.95 ... 492.10 tn. l.) 1.5 ± 0.02 mV/V 1.5 ± 0.1 mV/V 1.5 ± 0.1 mV/V
• 28 t (27.56 tn. l.) 1.9 ± 0.02 mV/V 1.9 ± 0.2 mV/V 1.9 ± 0.2 mV/V
• 60 t (59.05 tn. l.) 1.8 ± 0.02 mV/V 1.8 ± 0.2 mV/V 1.8 ± 0.2 mV/V
Tolerance Do of zero signal ≤ ± 1.0% Cn ≤ ± 1.5% Cn ≤ ± 3% Cn
4/72 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA, high temperature versions -30 ... +150 °C 150 ... 180 °C 180 ... 250 °C

(-22 ... +238 °F) (238 ... 356 °F) (356 ... 482 °F)
Combined error Fcomb ≤ ± 0.3% ≤ ± 0.5% ≤ ± 5 %
Repeatability Fv ≤ ± 0.3% ≤ ± 0.5% ≤ ± 5 %
Creep error FCR
30 min ≤ ± 0.3% ≤ ± 0.4% ≤ ± 4 %
• Zero signal TKo ≤ ± 0.25% Cn/5 K ≤ ± 0.25% Cn/5 K ≤ ± 0.5% Cn/5 K
• Characteristic value TKc ≤ ± 0.25% Cn/5 K ≤ ± 0.5% Cn/5 K ≤ ± 0.5% Cn/5 K
Input resistance Re
• 2.8, 6, 13, 28, 60, 130, 280 t 275 Ω ± 7 Ω 275 Ω ± 15 Ω 275 Ω ± 15 Ω
(2.76, 5.91, 12.79, 27.56, 59.05, 127.95, 275.58 tn. l.)
• 350, 500 t 840 Ω ± 30 Ω 840 Ω ± 30 Ω 840 Ω ± 30 Ω
(344.47, 492.10 tn. l.)
Output resistance Ra
• 2.8, 6, 13, 28, 60, 130, 280 t 245 Ω ± 0.5 Ω 245 Ω ± 1 Ω 245 Ω ± 1 Ω
(2.76, 5.91, 12.79, 27.56, 59.05, 127.95, 275.58 tn. l.)
• 350, 500 t 703 Ω ± 5 Ω 703 Ω ± 5 Ω 703 Ω ± 5 Ω
(344.47, 492.10 tn. l.)
Insulation resistance Ris ≥ 5 000 MΩ
Rated temperature range Btn -30 ... +180 °C (-22 ... +356 °F)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/73

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
ØD
Ød
2 xR
L
F
a
Rated load a ød øD F H k L R
[t (tn. L.)]
2,8, 6 8 16.7 45 20 40 40,5 56 50
(2.76, 5.91) (0.31) (0.65) (1.77) (0.59) (1.57) (1.59) (2.2) (1.96)
13 12 24,5 55 20 44 45,5 68 66
(12.79) (0.47) (0.96) (2.16) (0.59) (1.73) (1.79) (2.67) (2.6)
28 14 36 64 20 46 50 74 72
(27.56) (0.55) (1.41) (2.51) (0.59) (1.81) (1.89) (2.91) (2.83)
60 20 52,7 90 20 50 63 90 100
(59.05) (0.78) (2.07) (3.54) (0.59) (1.96) (2.48) (3.54) (3.93)
130 26 77,5 121 20 64 78,5 116 125
(127.95) (1.02) (3.05) (4.76) (0.59) (2.51) (3.09) (4.56) (4.92)
280 45 114 165 20 90 100,5 170 183
(275.58) (1.77) (4.48) (6.5) (0.59) (3.14) (3.96) (6.7) (7.2)
350 40 132 192 50.5 139 124 240 325
(344.47) (1.58) (5.20) (7.95) (1.97) (6.30) (5.00) (9.45) (12.80)
500 47 155 236 99.5 164 146 275 450
(492.10) (1.85) (6.10) (9.29) (1.97) (7.13) 5.67) (10.83) (17.72)
4/74 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
ØD
Ød
2xR
(0.71)
Ø18
H
L
F
a
Rated load a ød øD F H k L R
[t (tn.L.)]
13 (12.79) 12 24,5 55 20 44 45,5 68 66
(0.47) (0.96) (2.16) (0.79) (1.73) (1.79) (2.67) (2.6)
28 (27.56) 14 36 64 20 46 50 74 72
(0.55) (1.41) (2.51) (0.79) (1.81) (1.88) (2.91) (2.83)
60 (59.05) 20 52,7 90 20 50 63 90 100
(0.78) (2.07) (3.54) (0.79) (1.96) (2.48) (3.54) (3.93)
130 (127.95) 26 77,5 121 20 64 78,5 116 125
(1.02) (3.05) (4.76) (0.79) (2.51) (3.09) (4.56) (4.92)
280 (275.58) 45 114 165 20 90 100.5 170 183
(1.77) (4.48) (6.5) (0.79) (3.14) (3.96) (6.7) (7.2)
350 (344.47) 40 132 192 50.5 139 124 240 325
(1.58) (5.20) (7.95) (1.97) (6.30) (5.00) (9.45) (12.80)
500( 492.10) 47 155 236 99.5 164 146 275 450
(1.85) (6.10) (9.29) (1.97) (7.13) (5.67) (10.83) (17.72)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/75

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA Self-centering bearing unit
Overview
The self-centering self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA

load cells is particularly suitable for use hopper scales and bin
weighing equipment.
Design
The self-aligning bearing comprises two pressure plates.

Together with the load cell, the pressure plates form a self-center
ing unit. This allows the top plate, and thus the load bearing imple
ment, to accommodate horizontal displacements (e.g. due to tem
perature fluctuations). The design of the self-aligning bearing cre
ates a restoring force which is dependent on the size of the dis
placement and the applied load.
If the load bearing implement is displaced by more than value s (see
dimensional drawing table) in the horizontal direction, measures for
restricting sideways play (e.g. stops) must be provided in the con
struction of the load bearing implement. Lifting of the load bearing
implement must be prevented by suitable measures provided in the
construction of the load bearing implement.
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery of the self-
aligning bearing.
Heavy load versions

Suitable mounting units are also available for heavy load cells with
350 and 500 t (344.47 and 492.10 tn. l.) rated loads. These are also
designed as self-centering, self-aligning bearings.
Article No.
Pressure plate1)2)
For SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA load cells
For constructing a self-aligning bearing, each load
cell requires two pressure plates, one at the top
and one at the bottom. The Article No. includes
one pressure plate.
Material: Steel, painted
For load cells with a rated load of
• 2.8 ... 6 t (2.76 ... 5.91 tn. l.) 7MH3115-3AA1
• 13 t (12.79 tn. l.) 7MH3115-1BA1
• 28 t (27.56 tn. l.) 7MH3115-2BA1
• 60 t (59.05 tn. l.) 7MH3115-3BA1
• 130 t (127.95 tn. l.) 7MH3115-1CA1
• 280 t (275.58 tn. l.) 7MH3115-2CA1
• 350 t (344.47 tn. l.) 7MH5714-6LD10
• 500 t (492.10 tn. l.) 7MH5714-6PD10

4/76 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Pressure plate for load cell type SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA

Rated load t (tn. l.) 2.8 (2.76) 6 (5.91) 13 (12.80) 28 (27.56) 60 (59.10) 130 (127.95) 280 (275.88)
Permissible lateral 2 (0.08) 2 (0.08) 2.5 (0.10) 2.5 (0.10) 3 (0.12) 4 (0.16) 6 (0.24)
deflection in mm
(inch):
Rated displacement hn 0.23 (0.009) 0.35 (0.014) 0.53 (0.021) 0.80 (0.032) 1.22 (0.048) 1.85 (0.073) 2.67 (0.11)
at Emax mm (inch)
k
h
Ø6,5
Øg
e
d
Øc
Øb
Øa
Rated øa øb øc d e
load [t]
2,8, 6 87 (3.43) 63 (2.48) 11 (0.43) 14 (0.55) 25 (0.98)
13 97 (3.82) 73 (2.87) 11 (0.43) 21 (0.83) 32 (1.26)
28 108 (4.25) 84 (3.31) 11 (0.43) - 28 (1.10)
60 137 (5.39) 112 (4.41) 11 (0.43) - 42 (1.65)
130 176 (6.93) 148 (5.83) 11 (0.43) - 52 (2.05)
280 226 (8.90) 190 (7.48) 14 (0.55) - 65 (2.56)
350 240 (9.45) 200 (7.87) 26 (1.02) - 30 (1.18)
500 280 (11.02) 240 (9.45) 26 (1.02) - 45 (1.77)
Rated øg h k s
(allowed
load [t] sideways
displacement)
2,8, 6 18 (0.71) 100 ± 0,5/-1 2 x 180° 2 (0.08)
13 18 0.71) 120 ± 0,5/-1 2 x 180° 2.5 (0.98)
28 - 136 ± 0,5/-1 2 x 180° 2.5 (0.98)
60 - 174 ± 0,5/-1 4 x 90° 3 (0.12)
130 - 220 ± 0,5/-1 4 x 90° 4 (0.16)
280 - 300 ± 0,6/-1,2 2 x 180° 6 (0.24)
350 - 390 (15.35) 2 x 180° 6 (0.24)
500 - 490 (19.29) 2 x 180° 6 (0.24)
Self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL270 K-S CA load cells, dimensions

in mm (")
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/77

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Load cell
Overview
The ring torsion load cell is particularly suitable for use in hopper,
belt, platform and roller conveyor scales.
Design
The measurement element is a ring torsion spring made of stainless

steel. Two strain gauge spirals are applied to the upper and lower
faces of the ring respectively. The spring element is deformed by
the load acting centrically in the measurement direction. This com
presses the strain gauge of the upper face of the ring and extends
the strain gauge on the lower face of the ring. This causes a change
in the electrical resistance of the force-locked strain gauge, which is
detected by means of a bridge circuit.
All load cells with a rated load of up to 13 t (12.79 tn. l.) are
equipped with integrated overload protection.
Article No.
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell 7MH5113-
Stainless steel EN 1.4542, low mounting height, IP66/68 ● ● D 0 ●
Accuracy class C3 according to OIML R60
Rated load Cable length
• 60 kg (132.28 lb) 3 m (9.84 ft) 2 Q
• 130 kg (286.60 lb) 3 m (9.84 ft) 3 D
• 280 kg (617.29 lb) 3 m (9.84 ft) 3 J
• 500 kg (1 102.31 lb) 3 m (9.84 ft) 3 P
• 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 3 m (9.84 ft) 4 A
• 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 G
• 3.5 t (3.44 tn. l.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 L
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 6 m (19.68 ft) 4 P
• 10 t (9.84 tn. l.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 A
• 13 t (12.79 tn. l.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 D
• 28 t (27.56 tn. l.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 J
• 60 t (59.05 tn. l.) 15 m (49.21 ft) 5 Q

• Without 0
4/78 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
Possible applications Hopper, belt, platform and roller conveyor scales
Type of construction Ring torsion load cell
Rated load/maximum capacity Emax. • 60 kg (132.28 lb) • 0.5 t (0.49 tn. l.) • 13 t (12.80 tn. l.)
• 130 kg (286.60 lb) • 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) • 28 t (27.56 tn. l.)
• 280 kg (617.29 lb) • 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) • 60 t (59.05 tn. l.)
• 3.5 t (3.45 tn. l.)
• 5 t (4.92 tn. l.)
• 10 t (9.84 tn. l.)
Min. scale interval Vmin E max/16 000 E max/17 500
Minimum application range Rmin(LC) 19% 17%
Repeatability Fv ≤ ± 0.01% Cn
Return of zero signal ≤ ± 0.0167% Cn1)
Creep error Fcr
• 30 min ≤ ± 0.0245% Cn1)
• 20 … 30 min ≤ ± 0.0053% Cn1)
• Zero signal TK0 ≤ ± 0.004% Cn/5K
• Characteristic value TKc ≤ ± 0.004% Cn/5K
Min. dead load Emin ≥ ± 0% Emax
Max. working load Lu 200% Emax 150% Emax
Breaking load Ld 500% Emax 300% Emax 300% Emax
Safe side load LIq 75% Emax 100% Emax 75% Emax
Rated displacement hn at Emax 0.07 mm 0.1 ± 0.02 mm 0.11 … 0.2 mm
Overload protection Integrated Integrated Integrated at 13 t
Supply voltage Usr (reference value) 15 V 10 V 15 V
Supply voltage (range) 5 … 30 V+
Rated characteristic value Cn 1 mV/V 2 mV/V 2 mV/V
Tolerance Dc of characteristic value Up to 500 kg (1 102.31 lb): 0.01 mV/V
From 500 kg (1 102.31 lb): 0.1 mV/V
Input resistance Re 60 kg (132.28 lb): 1 260 Ω 1 100 Ω ± 100 Ω 13 t: 1 200 Ω ± 100 Ω
± 100 Ω 28 t: 1 075 Ω ± 100 Ω
130 kg (286.60 lb): 1 260 Ω 60 t: 1 350 Ω ± 200 Ω
± 100 Ω
280 kg (617.29 lb): 1260 Ω
± 250 Ω
Output resistance Ra 1 020 Ω ± 0.5 Ω 1 025 Ω ± 25 Ω 13 t: 1 000 Ω ± 0.5 Ω
28 t: 930 Ω ± 0.5 Ω
60 t: 1 175 Ω ± 0.5 Ω
Insulation resistance Ris ≥ 5 000 MΩ ≥ 5 000 MΩ ≥ 5 000 MΩ
Rated temperature range Btn -10 … +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F)
Operating temperature range Btu -35 … +70 °C (-31 ... 158 °F)
Storage temperature range Bts -50 … +90 °C (-58 ... 194 °F)
Degree of protection according to EN 60529; IEC 60529 IP66/68
Recommended tightening torque of the fixing screws 8 Nm 14 Nm (0.5 … 5 t) -
10 Nm (10 t)
Current calibration2) Standard
Cable connection
Function Color
• EXC + Pink
• EXC - Gray
• SIG + Brown
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/79

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
• SIG - White
• Shield (not connected to the load cell body) Transparent
Explosion protection • ATEX/IECEx II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
• ATEX/IECEx II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T73°C Da
• ATEX/IECEx II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
• ATEX/IECEx II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
• ATEX/IECEx II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T63°C Dc
1) For rated temperature -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F).

2) Current calibration: rated characteristic value and output resistance are adjusted so that the output current is calibrated within 0.05% of a reference value.
This makes it easier to connect several load cells in parallel.
4/80 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Ø55.5 (2.18)
Ø54 (2.12)
Ø53 (2.08)
3xM5 8 (0.32)
Ø63 (2.48)
8
(0
.3
1 )
3x
12
0°
°
45
6
M
A
22 (0.86)
(0.43)
11
A
60 (2.36)
Ø15.1 (0.59)
(0.39)
10
6 (0.23)
3.2 (1.2)
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/81

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Ø70 (2.75)
3 x M6 8 (0.32)
Ø80 (3.15)
Ø69 (2.71)
Ø71 (2.8)
3 x 120°
A
25 (0.98)
(0.49)
12.5
65 (2.56)
Ø25 (0.98)
1 (0.04)
Ø19 (0.75)
24 (0.94)
18 (0.7)
(0.4)
10
M10
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell, 0.5 and 1 t (0.49 and 0.98 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/82 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
3 x M6 8 (0.32)
Ø80 (3.15)
Ø69 (2.72)
Ø71 (2.80)
3 x 120°
A
30 (1.18)
(0.49)
A 12.5
65 (2.56)
Ø25 (0.98)
6 (0.23)
Ø19 (0.75)
24 (0.94)
(0.71)
18
(0.39)
10
Ø15
(0.59)
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell, 2 ... 5 t (1.97 ... 4.92 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/83

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Ø83 (3.27)
3 x M6 8 (0.32)
Ø95 (3.74)
Ø72 (2.84)
3 x 120°
Ø75 (2.95)
A
35 (1.38)
(0.49)
12,5
72 (2.83)
Ø29 (1.14)
Ø26 (1.02)
40 (1.57)
31,2 (1.23)
(0.82)
20,7
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell 10 t (9.84 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/84 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Ø95 (3.74)
Ø79.5 (3.12)
Ø76.5 (3)
Ø29 (1.14)
Ø26 (1.02)
40 (1.57)
(1.22)
20 (0.78)
31.2
8
(0
.3 45°
1 ) Ø24.9
(0.98)
M6
A
35 (1.37)
(0.78)
20
A
85 (3.35)
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell 13 t (12.79 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/85

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
ØF
ØG
ØH
(3 8
.1
4)
°
40
6
M
ØA
7 (0.27)
A
E
Rated load øA B C D E øF øG øH R
[t]
28 35.9 25 94 46 53 120 102 98 R400
(1.41) (0.98) (3.7) (1.8) (2.08) (4.72) (4) (3.85)
60 47.9 34 105 62 69 140 124 120 R600
(1.88) (1.33) (4.13) (2.44) (2.71) (5.5) (4.88) (4.72)
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell, 28 and 60 t (27.56 and 59.05 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
4/86 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Self-aligning bearing
Overview Selection and ordering data (Continued)
Article No.
• 28 t (27.56 tn. l.) 7MH4115-5DC11
• 60 t (59.05 tn. l.) 7MH4115-5GC11
Accessories
Pressure plate set
For SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells.
Comprising pressure plate and pendulum support. The
pressure plate set enables custom design installation
requirements to be implemented. Material: Stainless
steel EN 1.4112
• 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb) 7MH5713-3JD00
• 500 kg, 1 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn. l.) 7MH5713-4AD00
The self-centering self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Shims (accessories)

load cells is particularly suitable for container and platform scales For mounting units of the SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
due to its low mounting height. series
Design For load cells with a rated load of1)
• 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb); 7MH5713-3JG00
The self-aligning bearing comprises a pendulum bolt, a top plate Content: 16 units, each 0.5 mm thick
(self-aligning bearing, top part) and a base plate (self-aligning bear 7MH5713-4AG00
• 500 kg ... 1 t (1 102.31 lb ... 0.98 tn l.);
ing, base part). Content: 24 units, each 0.5 mm thick
The self-aligning pendulum bolt enables the top plate, and thus the
load bearing implement, to follow horizontal displacements (e.g. • 2 ... 5 t (1.97 ... 4.92 tn. l.); 7MH5713-4PG00
due to temperature fluctuations). The design of the pendulum bolt Content: 4 units each 0.5 mm thick, 16 units each
1 mm thick
creates a restoring force, which is dependent on the size of the dis
placement and the applied load. • 10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. l.) 7MH5713-5DG00
Measures for restricting sideways play must be provided in the load Content: 4 units each 0.5 mm thick, 20 units each
bearing implement (e.g. in the form of guide elements) if the load 1 mm thick
bearing implement is displaced in the horizontal direction by:
• > 4 mm (0.16 inch) to 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) Rated load 2) The self-aligning bearing base part is not included in the scope of delivery.
• > 7 mm (0.28 inch) to 13 t (12.80 tn. l.) Rated load
• > 10 mm (0.39 inch) to 60 t (59.05 tn. l.) Rated load
Lifting of the load support must be prevented by suitable measures
The load cell is not included in the scope of delivery of the self-
aligning bearing.
Article No.
Self-aligning bearing top part1)2)
For SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells comprising:
Top plate with seal holder and sealing ring, top
plate pressure plate, pendulum bolt, cell pressure
piece (not for 28 t and 60 t)
• 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb) 7MH4115-3DB11
• 500 kg, 1 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn. l.) 7MH4132-4AK11
• 2 ... 5 t (1.97 ... 4.92 tn. l.) 7MH4132-4KK11
• 10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. l.) 7MH4115-5BB11
• 28 t (27.56 tn. l.) 7MH4115-5DB11
• 60 t (59.05 tn. l.) 7MH4115-5GB11
Self-aligning bearing base part1)

For SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells comprising:
Base plate, 3 tension pins
• 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb) 7MH4115-3DC11
• 500 kg ... 5 t (1 102.31 lb ... 4.92 tn. l.) 7MH4132-4AG11
• 10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. l.) 7MH4115-5BC11
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/87

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells

Rated load t (tn. l.) 0.06 ... 5 (0.06 ... 4.92) 10 ... 13 (9.84 ... 12.80) 28 ... 60 (27.56 ... 59.02)
Permissible lateral deflection in mm ± 4 (0.16) ± 7 (0.28) ± 10 (0.39)
(inch):
Front view Front view

60 kg ... 13 t 28 t / 60 t
ØL B
C
E
K
C
F
ØL
Plan view
60 kg ... 13 t A
ØD
B
A
B
A
Self-aligning bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells, for 0.06 … 60 t (0.06 … 59.05 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
Rated load A B C ∅D E F K ∅L M s*
60 ... 280 kg 80 (3.15) 60 (2.36) 52 (2.05) 63 (2.48) 22 (0.87) 8 (0.31) 11 (0.43) 9 (0.35) 12 (0.47) 4 (0.16)
0.5, 1 t 100 (3.94) 75 (2.95) 79 (3.11) 80 (3.15) 25 (0.98) 15 (0.59) 10 (0.39) 11 (0.43) 25 (0.98) 4 (0.16)
2, 3.5, 5 t 100 (3.94) 75 (2.95) 79 (3.11) 80 (3.15) 30 (1.18) 15 (0.59) 8.5 (0.33) 11 (0.43) 25 (0.98) 4 (0.16)
10, 13 t 120 (4.72) 90 (3.54) 121.2 (4.77) 95 (3.74) 35 (1.97) 20 (0.79) 20 (0.79) 14 (0.55) 40 (1.57) 7 (0.28)
28 t 160 (6.30) 120 (4.72) 203 (7.99) 40 (1.57) 46 (1.81) 30 (1.18) 25 (0.98) 22 (0.87) 40 (1.57) 10 (0.39)
60 t 200 (7.87) 140 (5.51) 254 (10.0) 50 (1.97) 62 (2.44) 36 (1.42) 34 (1.34) 28 (1.10) 50 (1.97) 10 (0.39)
* Permissible lateral defection
4/88 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Ø19 D10
2x45°
0.2
16
G_WT01_XX_10138
55
25.2
Pressure piece set SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA, for 0.5 and 1 t (0.49 and 0.98 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
Ø15 D10
0.2
7
G_WT01_XX_10139
39
22.2
Pressure piece set for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA, for 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/89

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Elastomer bearing
Overview
Elastomer bearings for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells, 60 ... 280 kg

(132.28 … 617.29 lb)
Elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells, 0.5 ... 13 t
(0.49 … 12.80 lb)
Used in combination with the self-aligning bearing base part, the

self-centering elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load
cells is the ideal load introduction element for scales without guide
elements. It is used in container, platform and roller table scales
and dampens vibrations and shocks.
Design

and stainless steel. They ensure large spring excursions (i.e. a high
degree of damping) despite small dimensions.
(0.16 inch) in the horizontal direction 1), measures for restricting
sideways play (e.g. in the form of guide elements) must be
Lifting of the load support must be prevented by suitable measures
The load cell and the self-aligning bearing base part are not
included in the scope of delivery of the elastomer bearing.
1)6 mm (0.24 inch) with a rated load of 10 t (9.84 tn. l.) or 13 t
(12.80 tn. l.).
Article No.
Elastomer bearings1)
For SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells
Comprising: Elastomer package with fixing plate,
force transfer, seal
• 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb) 7MH4130-3EE11
• 500 kg, 1 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn. l.) 7MH4130-4AE11
• 2 ... 5 t (1.97 ... 4.92 tn. l.) 7MH4130-4KE11
• 10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. l.) 7MH4130-5CE11
1) The load cell and the self-aligning bearing base part are not included in the
scope of delivery.
4/90 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Elastomer bearings for load cells of the type SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
Rated load 60 kg 130 kg 280 kg 500 kg 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) 3.5 t 5 t (4.92 tn. l.) 10 t 13 t
(132.28 lb) (286.60 lb) (617.29 lb) (1 102.31 lb) (3.44 tn. l.) (9.84 tn. l.) (12.79 tn. l.)
Max. permissible lateral ± 4 (0.16) ± 4 (0.16) ± 4 (0.16) ± 4 (0.16) ± 4 (0.16) ± 4 (0.16) ± 4 (0.16) ± 4 (0.16) ± 6 (0.24) ± 6 (0.24)
deflection
Vertical rigidity 0.89 kN/mm 0.89 kN/mm 0.89 kN/mm 5.9 kN/mm 5.9 kN/mm 27.3 kN/mm 27.3 kN/mm 27.3 kN/mm 58.07 kN/mm 58.07 kN/mm
Horizontal rigidity 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.16 kN/mm 0.57 kN/mm 0.57 kN/mm 0.57 kN/mm 0.62 kN/mm 0.62 kN/mm
Spring compression at 0.65 mm 1.40 mm 2.85 mm 0.68 mm 1.28 mm 0.62 mm 1.04 mm 1.46 mm 1.72 mm 2.24 mm
rated load
Ø50 (1.97) A
(0.39)
M10
10
G
(1.18)
(1.97)
30
50
67 (2.64)
8 (0.32)
C
(0.87)
F E
22
N
K
H
(0 Ø9
5)
.3
ØD
80 (3.15)
60 (2.36)
H
B
K
ØL
ØM
60 (2.36)
80 (3.15)
Rated load A B C ØD E F
[t]
Elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells, 60 … 280 kg 0,5, 1 100 75 97 85 25 15
(132.28 … 617.30 lb), dimensions in mm (inch) (3.94) (2.95) (3.82) (3.35) (0.98) (0.59)
2, 3,5, 5 120 90 102 100 30 15
(4.72) (3.54) (4.02) (3.94) (1.18) (0.59)
10, 13 120 90 120 100 35 20
(4.72) (3.54) (4.72) (3.94) (1.38) (0.79)
Rated load G H K ØL ØM N s
[t]
0,5, 1 6 100 75 11 11 9.5 4
(0.24) (3.94) (2.95) (0.43) (0.43) (0.37) (0.16)
G_WT01_XX_10120
2, 3,5, 5 6 100 75 11 11 8.5 4

(0.24) (3.94) (2.95) (0.43) (0.43) (0.34) (0.16)
10, 13 6 120 90 11 14 20 6
(0.24) (4.72) (3.54) (0.43) (0.55) (0.79) (0.24)
Elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells, 0.5 … 13 t

(0.49 … 12.80 tn. l.), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/91

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA Mounting unit with guide element
After the mounting units have been installed in the scale, the load
loaded. Finally, the load bearing implement is lowered by loosening
the hexagon nuts under the top plate. The weight now rests on the
load cells.
In this state, the load cell and the mounting unit together form a
self-centering bearing unit. The mounting unit allows the top plate
(and thus the load bearing implement) to be displaced up to 2 mm
(for the 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb) versions) or 3 mm (for
the 0.5 ... 13 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn. l.) versions) to the side in all
directions. The countersunk head screws prevent the load bearing
implement from being lifted off or tipping. The countersunk head
screws secure the load bearing implement against sharp lateral
movement on the occurrence of sporadic lateral forces.
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA mounting unit with guide element, front
tightening the hexagon nuts. After loosening the clamping wash
ers, it can then easily be replaced.
implement is to be prevented. Lateral movements can be initiated
by agitator start-up in a container, by braking or accelerating forces
in a roller conveyor, or through forces exerted by the wind on out
door silos.
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA mounting unit with guide element, rear
The mounting unit, together with the load cells of the
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA series, forms a self-centering unit. The
guide elements prevent containers, for example, from moving side Selection and ordering data
ways due to an external lateral force. The guide elements can be
mounted on one or both sides of the mounting unit. Article No.
Mounting unit
Design For SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells
The mounting unit comprises a base plate and a top plate, a pres For load cells with a rated load of1)
sure piece with a flat gasket and a pendulum support. A highly flex • 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb) 7MH5713-3JA00
ible grounding cable between the top and base plate conducts any 7MH5713-4AA00
• 500 kg, 1 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn. l.)
fault currents past the load cell. The top plate is connected to the
base plate by means of two countersunk head screws. On both • 2 ... 5 t (1.97 ... 4.92 tn. l.) 7MH5713-4PA00
sides of the base and top plate there are threaded holes for the later • 10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. l.) 7MH5713-5DA00
flange-fitting of guide elements.
The top plate is fixed above the base plate by means of two coun Guide elements (optional)
tersunk head screws. This results in a single unit that is easily For mounting units of the SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
series
handled. The top plate must be precisely aligned above the base Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4301
plate. The height of the top plate is set so that it is 2 mm (for 60 ...
280 kg versions) or 3 mm (for 0.5 ... 13 t versions) above the install For load cells with a rated load of1)
ation height with load cell. • 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb); 7MH5713-3JE00
In this state, the mounting unit serves as an installation aid and can Permissible lateral force: 1.5 kN
be used as a dummy for light installation jobs. • 500 kg, 1 t (1 102.31 lb, 0.98 tn. l.); 7MH5713-4AE00
The load cell, together with the pendulum support and the pressure Permissible lateral force: 2.5 kN
piece, can be inserted into the mounting unit. Load cell and pres 7MH5713-4PE00
• 2 ... 5 t (1.97 ... 4.92 tn. l.);
sure piece are secured with clamping washers. Permissible lateral force: 5 kN
The load cell can be inserted in the scale before mounting the
• 10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. l.); 7MH5713-5DE00
mounting unit after mounting. Permissible lateral force: 10 kN
The fixing holes of the mounting unit are 6 mm wider in diameter Shims (accessories)
than the necessary fixing screws. This means that a greater toler For mounting units of the SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA
ance error is permissible in the connection measurements. The series
mounting unit is clamped tightly using the washers supplied. Material: Stainless steel EN 1.4301
4/92 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Selection and ordering data (Continued) Dimensional drawings (Continued)
Article No.
For load cells with a rated load of1) A
• 60 ... 280 kg (132.28 ... 617.29 lb); 7MH5713-3JG00
• 500 kg ... 1 t (1 102.31 lb ... 0.98 tn l.); 7MH5713-4AG00
B
• 2 ... 5 t (1.97 ... 4.92 tn. l.); 7MH5713-4PG00
Content: 4 units each 0.5 mm thick, 16 units each
1 mm thick
• 10, 13 t (9.84, 12.80 tn. l.); 7MH5713-5DG00
Content: 4 units each 0.5 mm thick, 20 units each
1 mm thick
1) The load cell and guide elements are not included in the scope of delivery.
C
D
G_WT01_XX_10141
60 ... 280 kg 0,5 t / 1 t 2 t ... 5 t 10 t / 13 t
A 166 200 220 240
B 60 85 95 127.2
E
G
C 10 12 18 18
D ~30.5 ~35 ~45.5 ~54.4
F
ØH
G
E
ØJ
B
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA guide element, dimensions in mm
A
C
60 ... 280 kg 0.5 t / 1 t 2 t ... 5 t 10 t / 13 t

A 136 165 185 200
B 60 75 75 90
C 166 200 220 240
G_WT01_XX_10140
D 90 110 110 130

E 12 15 20 20
F 60 85 95 127.2
G 14.5 18 23 24
ØH 9 11 11 13.5
ØJ 13.5 17.5 17.5 20
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA mounting unit, dimensions in mm
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/93

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load cell accessories
Load Cells
SIWAREX DB digital junction box
Overview Design
SIWAREX DB digital junction box in stainless steel and aluminum
SIWAREX DB is a digital junction box for enhanced diagnostics and

monitoring options in conjunction with SIWAREX WP weighing elec
tronics.
Thanks to individual channel monitoring, error states such as wire
break and overload can be identified in a targeted manner. Con
necting SIWAREX DB to a SIWAREX WP electronic weighing system
ensures seamless integration in the SIMATIC world.
Benefits Internal view of SIWAREX DB

SIWAREX DB offers the following key advantages: The SIWAREX DB digital junction box has a die-cast aluminum or
• Additional diagnostics options due to evaluation of individual load stainless steel enclosure. The enclosure is dust-protected and
cells splashproof according to the IP66 degree of protection.
• Integration in SIMATIC by connection to SIWAREX WP electronic Cables are fed in through metric cable glands. Plug-in terminals
weighing system reduce wiring effort during commissioning. Connection to
SIWAREX WP electronic weighing systems is via the RS 485 inter
• Seamless communication between control and field levels sup
face.
ports retention of order number and location designation
• Easy replacement of analog junction boxes: Function
• Suitable for use in harsh environments thanks to IP66
In order to avoid incorrect measurements, such as for filling levels,
• Simplified service: multimeter no longer required
weighing modules must work precisely. A prerequisite is complete
• Rapid initial diagnostics with LEDs transparency about the device states. With SIWAREX DB it is possible
Advantages of single channel evaluation: to connect scales with up to four load cells, offering maximum ver
• Wire break signal: load cell no longer correctly connected satility for system planning.
A special feature is the individual channel monitoring. Wire break,
• Impedance monitoring: change in load cell resistance
impedances as well as the current utilization of each and every load
• Monitoring of overload/underload cell can be identified in a targeted manner and rectified if required.
• Current load factor of each load cell: determination of the center For direct connection to a SIMATIC S7 CPU, the SIWAREX WP231 is
of gravity is possible available for the SIMATIC S7-1200 system. SIWAREX WP321 should
be selected for the SIMATIC ET 200SP distributed I/O system. Seam
Application less communication between SIWAREX und SIMATIC ensure
reduced overhead during commissioning.
SIWAREX DB is the optimum solution wherever strain-gauge sensors The SIWAREX DB can also replace the structurally identical analog
such as load cells, force sensors and torque measuring shafts are SIWAREX JB junction box in existing installations. This enables older
used for measuring in the SIMATIC environment and optimum dia systems to be retained and given a digital retrofit with a minimum
gnostics options are needed. of effort.
SIWAREX DB is suitable for all weighing applications, particularly SIWAREX DB supplies diagnostic data which can be completely
level measurement, platform weighing and proportioning. integrated in the SIMATIC world. Error messages are displayed cent
SIWAREX DB can be connected to the following SIWAREX WP elec rally on the SIMATIC Controller and the HMI. The seamless connec
tronic weighing systems: tion between the control unit and the SIWAREX modules enables
• SIWAREX WP231 (7MH4960-2AA01) instant diagnostics, thereby simplifying and accelerating servicing
and minimizing downtimes.
• SIWAREX WP321 (7MH4138-6AA00-0BA0)
4/94 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Article No.
For enhanced diagnostic and monitoring options in
conjunction with SIWAREX WP electronics.
Enclosure made of:
• Stainless steel 7MH5001-0AD01

incl. ATEX and IECEx approval II 3 G Ex ec IIC T4 Gc
and II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
Spare part
SIWAREX DB printed-circuit board and plug A5E50551831

SIWAREX DB printed-circuit board incl. plug for con
necting load cells to SIWAREX WP electronic weighing
systems as a spare part.
Accessories
EMC gland 7MH5002-0AA30

For SIWAREX aluminum junction boxes.
Content:
• 4 × EMC cable glands M16
• 2 × blanking plugs M16
Cable Li2Y 1 × 2 × 0.75 ST + 2 × (2 × 0.34 ST) – CY 7MH4702-8AG
For connecting SIWAREX electronic weighing systems
to junction box (JB), extension box (EB) and Ex inter
face or between two EBs.
Suitable for both aluminum and stainless steel vari
ants.
For permanent installation. Occasional bending is pos
sible.
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm (0.43 inch)
Permissible ambient temperature: ‑40 ... +80 °C
(‑40 ... +176 °F).
Sold by the meter.

Integration in SIMATIC S7‑1200 and S7‑1500 SIWAREX WP electronic weighing system
automation systems
• SIWAREX WP231 (7MH4960-2AA01)
• SIWAREX WP321 (7MH4138-6AA00-0BA0)
Communication interfaces RS 485 (connection to SIWAREX WP electron
ic weighing system)
Measuring accuracy See SIWAREX WP electronic weighing system
Load cells Full-bridge strain gauges in 4-wire or 6-wire
system
Load cell powering
Supply voltage 4.85 V DC
• RLmin > 330 Ω
• RLmax < 4 100 Ω
IP degree of protection to EN 60529 IP66
Permissible ambient temperature ‑20 … 80 °C
Cable glands
• For load cells 4 × M16
• For signal cables / power supplies 1 × M20

Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Max. power consumption 100 mA at 24 V DC
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/95

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
81 (3.19)
160 (6.30)
146 (5.75)
8 (0.31)
5 (0.20)
100 (3.94)
66 (2.60)
(0.91) 12 (0.47)
23
(1.08)
27,5
6 (0.24)
6,9 (0.27)
SIWAREX DB digital junction box (7MH5001-0AD20), aluminum, dimensions in mm (in)
4/96 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells

0

[

SIWAREX DB digital junction box (7MH5001-0AD01), stainless steel, dimensions in mm (in)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/97

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX JB analog junction box
Overview Design
The junction box of die-cast aluminum consists of a lower section

and cover. The enclosure is dust-protected and splashproof accord
ing to IP66 degree of protection. The cables are fed in through met
ric cable glands. In the enclosure, screw terminals are fixed onto a
connection board.
The internal resistance, characteristic value and rated load of all par
allel-switched load cells must be identical. The value of these vari
ables is not limited by the junction box. Load cells can be connected
in 4-wire or 6-wire systems.
For 6-wire systems, 2 jumpers must also be separated.
Connection examples
4 load cells
4/6
SIWAREX JB junction box, in aluminum LC SIWAREX

weighing system
LC 6
JB
LC
LC Max. cable length: see technical

specifications of weighing module
LC: Load cell
7 load cells
SIWAREX JB junction box, in stainless steel

4/6
The JB junction box in aluminum or in stainless steel is required for LC SIWAREX
parallel connection of load cells. A maximum of 4 load cells can be weighing system
connected in parallel in one junction box.
Only for junction boxes in aluminum: LC 6
If more than 4 load cells are to be connected, a second junction box JB
must be connected in parallel via a cross connection. An expansion
set is required for this purpose. The cross-connection can be used to LC
connect up to three load cells in the first junction box. Up to four
load cells can be connected in the second junction box.
LC
LC
JB
LC
LC
LC: Load cell
4/98 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
Selection and ordering data Dimensional drawings
Article No.
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum housing 7MH5001-0AA20
81 (3.19)
For connecting up to 4 load cells in parallel, and for
connecting several junction boxes
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless steel housing 7MH5001-0AA00
For connecting up to 4 load cells in parallel
SIWAREX JB junction box, stainless steel housing 7MH5001-0AA01
(ATEX) 160 (6.3)
Ø5 (0.2)
136 (5.75) 8 (0.31)
For connecting up to 4 load cells in parallel
(For zone allocation, see manual or type examination
certificate)
100 (3.94)
66 (2.6)
23 (0.91) 12 (0.47)
Cable Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST + 2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) – CY
to junction box (JB), extension box (EB) and Ex inter 6
face or between two extension boxes.
(1.12)
(0.24)
28,5
For permanent installation. Occasional bending is pos
sible. 6,9 (0.27)
External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm (0.43 inch)
Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C
(-40 ... +176 °F) SIWAREX JB junction box in aluminum (7MH5001-0AA20), dimensions
Sold by the meter. in mm (inches)
• For hazardous atmospheres. Sheath color: blue. 7MH4702-8AF
EMC cable glands for SIWAREX JB, aluminum 7MH5002-0AA30
65 (2.56)
Content:
4 × EMC cable glands M16
2 × blanking plugs M16 M6
Extension set for SIWAREX JB, aluminum 7MH5002-0AB30
Content:
1 × EMC cable gland M20
1 × adapter, M16 to M20
194 (7.64)
176 (6.93)
150 (5.91)
SIWAREX JB junction box, aluminum and stainless steel enclos

ure
100 (3.94)
Ø10 (0.39)
72 (2.83)
54 (2.13)
Cable glands
• Of load cells 4 × M16
• Of signal cable 1 × M20

• During operation -40 ... +80 °C (-58 ... +176 °F)
• During operation for legal-for-trade -10 ... +40 °C (+14 ... +104 °F)

weighing machines
• During transportation and storage -40 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F)
Degree of protection IP66 to EN 60529 SIWAREX JB junction box in stainless steel (7MH5001-0AA00), dimen
Vibration resistance of terminals according 10 Hz and 150 Hz, amplitude 0.35 mm sions in mm (inches)
to DIN VDE 0611 11/77
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/99

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
SIWAREX EB extension box

Connecting multiple load cells
4/6
LC EB
SIWAREX
Weighing system
LC EB
6
JB
LC EB
LC EB
The EB extension box is used to lengthen load cell connecting LC: Load cell
cables.
Load cells can be connected in 4-wire or 6-wire systems. The cable
connection to the weighing module or to the JB junction box must
always be implemented in 6-wire systems. The 7MH4 702-8AG or Selection and ordering data
...-8AF SIWAREX connection cable is recommended for this purpose.
If load cell cables are extended to a JB junction box, the M16 x 1.5 Article No.
cable glands on the box must be replaced. The following is required Accessories
for each load cell:
SIWAREX EB extension box, aluminum enclosure 7MH4710-2AA
• 1 EMC cable gland M20 x 1.5 For extending the connecting cable of load cells
• 1 extension M16 x 1.5 male thread to M20 x 1.5 female thread. Cable (optional)
Cable Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST + 2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) – CY
Design
to junction box (JB), extension box (EB) and Ex inter
The EB extension box consists of a housing made of die-cast alumin face or between two extension boxes.
um. It is protected against dust and spray water according to IP66. For permanent installation. Occasional bending is pos
The cables are fed in through metric EMC cable glands and laid in sible.
spring-loaded terminals. A vibration-resistant and maintenance-free External diameter: approx. 10.8 mm (0.43 inch)
connection is achieved through the use of spring-loaded terminals. Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C
For connecting load cells in a 4-wire system, two bridge elements (-40 ... +176 °F)
Sold by the meter.
are inserted for feedback of the sense signal.
Connection examples • For hazardous atmospheres. Sheath color: blue. 7MH4702-8AF
Connecting one load cell
SIWAREX
Weighing system Cable glands
• Of load cell cable M16 × 1.5
4/6 6
LC EB • Of signal cable M20 × 1.5
• During operation -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... 185 °F)
LC: Load cell • During operation for legal-for-trade weigh -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F)
ing machines
• During transportation and storage -40 ... +90 °C (-40 ... 194 °F)
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP66
Vibration resistance of terminals to DIN VDE 12 Hz and 50 Hz, amplitude 1 mm
0611 11/77
Insulation resistance of the terminals ≥ 1012 Ω
Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 80 × 75 × 57
4/100 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Load Cells
57 (2.24)
Ø8
(0.31)
25 (0.98)
Ø4.8
(0.39)
10
1 (0.19)
29 (1.14)
75 (2.95)
63 (2.48)
24 (0.94)
52 (2.05)
80 (3.15) 23 ± 2
(0.91 ± 0.08)
1 Fastening hole
SIWAREX EB extension box (7MH4 710-2AA), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/101

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Load Cells
Cable
Cable
Overview
The ultra-flexible grounding cable is for discharging parasitic cur

rents.
Design
The grounding cable is 400 mm long and is an electrical shunt.

It protects the load cell from undesired voltages such as those that
occur during welding or lightning strikes.
We recommend using one grounding cable per load cell.
The load cell and/or other mounting components are not included
in the scope of delivery of the grounding cable.
Article No.
Grounding cable made of copper
For discharging parasitic currents
400 mm long 7MH3701-1AA1
2 (0.08) thick Ø10.6

(0.42)
400 (15.75)
Grounding cable , dimensions in mm (inch)
4/102 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Configuration examples
Load Cells
Introduction
Introduction
Overview
Number of load cells
The three-point bearing is statically determined and offers a stable
setup for any application.
If there are more than three bearing points, the load is likely to be
unevenly positioned and, in extreme cases, that two diagonally
positioned load cells would have to accommodate the entire load.
Three-point bearing should therefore be used wherever possible.
To exclude the possibility of an uneven base, in the case of a bear
ing with more than three load cells, the prevailing weight distribu
tion on the relevant load cells should be checked and a height
adjustment performed if necessary. This can be achieved by using a
suitable support to raise the load cells which are carrying less
weight.
Force bypass
Force bypasses are produced if a partial load is transferred past the
load cells into the base.
There are various reasons for a force bypass (e.g. third-party sup
ports, frictional forces, stresses, etc.).
Force bypasses must be avoided at all costs as they lead to measur
ing errors.
Rated load of load cells

The rated load is selected under maximum load, taking into account
centers of gravity and load distribution on the individual load cells.
The rated load is generally selected according to the most heavily
loaded load cell. A check also needs to be performed to see if any
dynamic forces are superimposed on the static load of the load cell.
In this case, the rated load of the load cell must be calculated from
the sum of the static load and the peak dynamic force.
Example (please also refer to configuration example 1)

Even load distribution, without dynamic
influences
Number of load cells 4
Container empty weight 1.2 t (1.18 tn. l.)
Maximum capacity 1.8 t (1.77 tn. l.)
Total load 3 t (2.95 tn. l.)
The 4 load cells are each loaded with 0.75 t (0.74 tn. l.) in order to
ensure even load distribution. During configuration and selection of
load cells, approx. 20% should be added to the calculated rated load
for safety reasons. This produces a required load cell rated load of
0.75 t × 1.2 = 0.9 t (0.74 tn. l. x 1.2 = 0.89 tn. l.).
It therefore follows that it is necessary to select the next highest
rated load level, with 1 t (0.98 tn. l.).
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/103

© Siemens AG 2022
More information
Load Cells
Configuration example 1
More information
Example 1: Container weighing

The total center of gravity S of the suspended container lies above the level of the load cells.
It is supported on 4 lugs (container manufacturer specification), has an empty weight (dead load) of 1.2 t (1.18 tn. l.), and a maximum capa
city of 1.8 t (1.77 tn. l.). The load is evenly distributed across all 4 load cells.
Note
The three-point bearing of the container is statically determined and represents a stable state (see comment in the introduction).
Selection of load cells and mounting components
The determination of the rated load, as described in the introduction, results in a rated load of 1 t (0.98 tn. l.).
For the example above, 4 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells were used with a rated load of 1 t (0.98 tn. l.) since the construction height of
the high-quality WL280 RN-S SA precision load cells is extremely low.
Self-centering compact mounting units are used as mounting components because, in addition to their oscillation function and oscillation
limitation, they are also fitted with anti-lift protection. The anti-lift protection can absorb a maximum vertical force of 4.2 kN. In the event of
greater lifting forces (e.g due to wind load), the container must be safeguarded with additional catastrophe protection.
S
FG
Z 3:1
Container on SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells and compact mounting units
Configurator for container weighing (basic configuration)
Item Description Article No. Selection criterion Number in

example
1 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA, rated load 1 t 7MH5113-4AD00 High-quality ring-torsion load cells with 4
(0.98 tn. l.), C3 low structure height, ideal for container
weighing.
2 Compact mounting unit for 7MH5713-4AA00 Ensures anti-lift functionality in addition 4
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell, rated to the oscillation function with oscillation
load 0.5 / 1 t (0.49 / 0.98 tn. l.) limitation.
Material: Stainless steel Incl. grounding cable for dissipation of
unwanted electrical current.
4/104 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
More information
Load Cells
More information
Example 2: Container weighing

The combined center of gravity S of the suspended container lies below the level of the load cells.
It is mounted on 3 lugs, has an empty weight (dead load) of 1.2 t and a maximum capacity of 1.8 t. The container has a diameter of 1 m
(3.3 ft). Weighing of the individual components produces a chemical reaction that raises the temperature of the container with contents
from approx. 18 °C (64.4 °F) to approx. 55 °C (131 °F).
We recommend using 3 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells with a rated load of 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) (for determination of the rated load: please
refer to introduction). Due to its low constructional height, the WL280 RN-S SA load cell was selected.
Self-centering self-aligning bearings are used as mounting components as the container is suspended and cannot lift up from the self-align
ing bearing.
The 37 K temperature rise will cause the diameter of the container to increase by 0.4 mm (0.02 inch).
The self-aligning bearing permits a maximum oscillation path of ± 4 mm (0.16 inch) and is therefore able to accommodate the temperature
expansion of the container.
An oscillation limitation is not necessary because there is a small gap of b = 3 mm (0.12 inch) between the container and the platform. In
this case, the platform acts as an oscillation limitation.
For wider gaps in other applications, either compact mounting units have to be used (instead of the self-aligning bearings) or external pen
dulum limiters must be provided as an alternative.
Z 3:1
b
S
FG
Container weighing with SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells and self-aligning bearing
Configurator for container weighing (basic configuration)

example
1 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA, rated load 2 t 7MH5113-4GD00 High-quality ring-torsion load cells with 3
(1.97 tn. l.), C3 low structure height, ideal for container
weighing.
2 Self-aligning bearing base part for 7MH4132-4AG11 Allows the load cells to follow temperat 3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell, rated ure expansions without conducting dis
load 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) ruptive reaction forces into the load cells.
Material: Stainless steel
3 Self-aligning bearing top part for 7MH4132-4KK11 3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell, rated
load 2 t (1.97 tn. l.)
4 Grounding cable 7MH3701-1AA1 For diverting unwanted currents. 3
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 4/105

© Siemens AG 2022
More information
Load Cells
More information
Example 3: Mixer weighing

The combined center of gravity S of the suspended container lies below the level of the load cells.
It is supported on 3 lugs, has an empty weight (dead load) of 2.8 t (2.76 tn. l.) and a maximum capacity of 4.5 t (4.43 tn. l.). To improve mix
ing of the individual components, an agitator is mounted on the container, which also operates during the weighing process.
To improve mixing of the individual components, an agitator is mounted on the container which also operates during the weighing process.

We recommend using 3 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cells with a rated load of 3.5 t (3.45 tn. l.) because the high-quality WL280 RN-S SA
precision load cell has an extremely low constructional height (for determination of rated load, please refer to introduction).
Self-centering elastomer bearings are used as the mounting components to minimize the vibrations caused by the mixer.
The elastomer bearing permits a maximum oscillation path of ± 4 mm (0.16 inch).
An oscillation limitation is not necessary because there is a small gap of b = 3 mm (0.12 inch) between the container and the platform.
For wider gaps in other applications, endstops or external pendulum limiters must be provided.
Z 3:1
b
S
FG
Container with agitator on SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell and elastomer bearing
Mixed weighing processes configurator (basic configuration)

example
1 SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA, rated load 3.5 t, 7MH5113-4LD00 High-quality ring-torsion load cells with 3
C3, without EEx low structure height, ideal for container
weighing.
2 Self-aligning bearing base part for 7MH4132-4AG11 3
SIWAREX WL280 RN-S SA load cell, rated
load 2 t (1.97 tn. l.)
3 Elastomer bearing for SIWAREX WL280 RN- 7MH4130-4KE11 Enables the damping of vibrations, 3
S SA load cell, rated load 2 t (1.97 tn. l.) thereby minimizing the influences on the
Material: neoprene and stainless steel load cells.
4 Grounding cable 7MH3701-1AA1 For diverting unwanted currents. 3
4/106 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

5
© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
5/2 Introduction
5/4 Belt scales
5/4 Milltronics MLC
5/10 Milltronics MUS
5/15 Milltronics MCS
5/20 Milltronics MSI and MMI
5/33 Milltronics WD600
5/38 Speed sensors
5/38 Milltronics TASS
5/41 Milltronics RBSS
5/44 SITRANS WS300
5/50 Accessories
5/50 Calibration weight lifter Milltronics MWL
5/57 Milltronics flat bar calibration weights
5/58 Test chain
5/63 Test chain storage reel
5/67 Bend pulleys
5/72 Belt scale peripherals
© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Introduction
Belt Weighing
Introduction
Overview Mode of operation (Continued)
Belt scales help maximize the use of raw materials, control inventor
ies, and aid in the manufacturing of a consistent product. Belt scales Material
from Siemens are easy to install and require little maintenance. load
They produce repeatable, accurate results. These belt scales show
minimal hysteresis and superior linearity, and ignore side loading. 1 Belt travel
Load cell overload protection is a feature of the belt scale design.
Typical system
A typical belt scale system has a weigh bridge structure supported
on load cells, an electronic integrator, and a belt speed sensor. The 2 Rate
load cells measure the material weight on the belt, and send a sig Total
nal to the integrator. The integrator also receives input in the form Load Load
3 Speed
of electrical pulses from a belt speed sensor connected to a tail or Speed
bend pulley. Using these two sources of data, the integrator calcu Analog
1 Weighing idler
Integrator output
lates the rate of material transferred along the belt using the equa
2 Belt scale Remote
tion weight x speed = rate. total
3 Speed sensor output
Installation tips
Position the scale
Locate the scale close to the tail section of the conveyor belt where
tension is minimal and more consistent. Mount the scale on rigid
mountings, away from equipment that may produce measurement
disturbing vibrations. Avoid variable tension points, transition
points, or slope change. The ideal location is a horizontal, even belt
section, but you can achieve good results on slopes if the idlers are
properly aligned. If the conveyor curves, locate the scale a proper
distance from the tangent points of the curve. For concave curved
conveyors, the recommended minimum distance is 12 m (40 ft)
from the tangent points of the curve. With convex conveyors, the
minimum distance is 6 m (20 ft) on the approach side, and 12 m
(40 ft) on the retreat side. Be sure to install the scale a sufficient dis
Belt scale operation tance from the infeed section (at least one idler space) so the
material has time to settle properly on the belt.
Reduce variable belt tension
Mode of operation With temperature variations, load, and other circumstances, the
belt tension will change. To maintain proper tension, a gravity take-
Siemens belt scales only measure the vertical component of the up is recommended. This is a weight designed to take up slack on
applied force. As material moves down the conveyor belt and the belt. A gravity take-up should move freely and place consistent
travels over the belt scale, it exerts a force proportional to the tension on the belt. The use of screw take-ups should be limited to
material load through the suspended idler directly to the load cells. conveyors with pulley centers to 18.3 m (60 ft) or less. The amount
The resulting force applied in each load cell is sensed by its strain of weight should conform to the conveyor design specifications.
gauges. When the strain gauges are excited by voltage from the Align the idlers
electronic integrator, they produce an electrical signal proportional Precise idler alignment is essential. At least two idlers on each side
to belt loading, which is then applied to the integrator. of the scale should be aligned with the belt scale; use three or more
The vertical movement of the load cells is limited by the positive for high accuracy applications. To check alignment, use wire, string,
overload stop incorporated into the design of the belt scale or load or fishing line across the top outer edges of the rollers and tighten
cells. The stops protect the load cells from failure in the event of enough to eliminate sag. Adjust the height of the rollers with shims
extreme overload forces. until they are all even, or at least within ± 0.8 mm (1/32 inch). All of
the scale-area idlers should be the same type (size, diameter, style,
trough angle, and manufacture) and should be spaced at equal dis
tances. Locate training idlers a minimum of 9 m (30 ft) from the
belt scale idler.
Install speed sensors
The speed sensor should be attached to the tail pulley or bend pul
ley shaft so the connection does not slip. It is important that the
speed sensor be properly mounted as described in the Operating
Instructions and free of excessive vibration. Whenever possible,
mount the speed sensor on a solid face pulley. The use of wing- or
beater-type pulleys is not recommended.
Wheel driven speed sensors, that are applied to the return strand of
the belt, should be located close to a return idler to ensure a stable
drive surface.
Wire the scale
Follow good instrumentation wiring practices to protect the load
cell and speed sensor signals from radio frequency interference and
5/2 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Introduction
Mode of operation (Continued)
induction. Use terminal blocks, shielded cable, and grounded metal

conduit for all wiring.
Accuracy 1)
Criteria Typical industries Typical applica Maximum capa Maximum belt Loading range Value Specified range Approvals
tions city speed
Milltronics MLC • Animal feed Secondary indus 50 t/h (55 STPH) at 2.0 m/s (400 fpm) Light ± 0.5 ... 1 % 25 ... 100 % CE, RCM,
tries max. belt speed EAC
• Fertilizers
• Food processing
• Tobacco
Milltronics MUS • Aggregates • Aggregates 5 000 t/h 3.0 m/s (600 fpm) Light to heavy ± 0.5 ... 1 % 25 ... 100 % CE, RCM,
(5 500 STPH) at EAC
• Agricultural • Medium- to max. belt speed
heavy-duty
• Mining
• Cement
Milltronics MCS Aggregates • Mobile crushers 2 400 t/h 3.0 m/s (600 fpm) Light to heavy ± 0.5 ... 1 % 25 ... 100 % CE, CSA/FM, ATEX,
(2 640 STPH) at IECEx,
• Aggregates max. belt speed RCM, EAC
• Screening plants
• Heavy-duty
Milltronics MSI • Cement • Industrial heavy- 12 000 t/h 5.0 m/s (984 fpm) Moderate to heavy ± 0.5 % or better 20 ... 100 % SABS, MID,
duty (13 200 STPH) at OIML, Measure
• Chemicals max. belt speed ment
• Custody transfer
• Coal Canada,
CE,
• Food processing CSA/FM,
• Mineral pro ATEX, IECEx,
cessing RCM,
EAC
• Mining
Milltronics MMI • Cement • Industrial heavy- 12 000 t/h 5.0 m/s (984 fpm) Moderate to heavy MMI-2 (2 idler): 20 ... 100 % NTEP, MID,
duty (13 200 STPH) at ± 0.25 % or better 25 ... 10 % OIML, Measure
• Chemicals max. belt speed ment
• Custody transfer
• Coal MMI-3 (3 idler): Canada,
± 0.125 % or better CE,
• Food processing CSA/FM,
• Mineral pro ATEX, IECEx,
cessing RCM, EAC
• Mining
Milltronics WD600 • Food • Process and load- Up to 100 t/h 2.0 m/s (400 fpm) Light to moderate ± 0.5 … 1 % 25 ... 100 % CE, meets
out control maximum FDA/USDA require
• Pharmaceutical ments for food pro
and tobacco • Light- to
medium-duty cessors, RCM, EAC
industries
1) Accuracy subject to: on factory approved installations the belt scale system's totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when compared to a known
weighed material test sample. The test rate must be within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the duration of the test. The min
imum material test sample must be equivalent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for three revolutions of the belt or at least ten minutes running time,
whichever is greater.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/3

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Belt scales
Belt Weighing
Milltronics MLC
Belt scales
Milltronics MLC
Overview
Milltronics MLC is a low-capacity scale for light belt loading.
Benefits
• Unique parallelogram style load cell design
• Designed for light product loading
• Compact and easy to install
• System includes weighing idler
• Stainless steel option
• Low cost of ownership
Application
The MLC is suitable for monitoring such products as fertilizer,

tobacco, animal feed pellets, or sugar.
The MLC’s proven use of parallelogram style load cells results in fast
reaction to vertical forces, ensuring instant response to product
loading. This enables it to provide outstanding accuracy and repeat
ability even with very light loading. The MLC may be easily installed
in existing flat belt conveyors or belt feeders.
Operating with Milltronics BW500, SIWAREX WT241, WP241, or FTC
microprocessor-based integrators, the MLC provides indication of
flow rate, total weight, belt load and belt speed of bulk solids
materials on a belt conveyor. A speed sensor monitors conveyor
belt speed for input to the integrator. When used in conjunction
with Milltronics BW500 integrator with PID controller, the MLC may
also be used in the food industry as part of a pre-feed control sys
tem for extruders, cookers and de-hydrators.
Article No.
Milltronics MLC Belt scale 7MH7126 ● ● ● ●
Accuracy is ± 0.5 … 1.0 % of totalization over 25 … 100 % operating range with capacity up
to 50 t/h (55 STPH).
Belt width/Scale construction
C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel
18 inch (457 mm) 1 A
24 inch (610 mm) 1 B
30 inch (762 mm) 1 C
36 inch (914 mm) 1 D
42 inch (1 067 mm) 1 E
48 inch (1 219 mm) 1 F
500 mm (20 inch) 1 G
650 mm (26 inch) 1 H
800 mm (32 inch) 1 J
1 000 mm (39 inch) 1 K
1 200 mm (47 inch) 1 L
450 mm (18 inch) 1 M
Stainless steel 304 (1.4301), bead blast finish (1 ... 6 µm, 40 ... 240 µin)
18 inch (457 mm) 2 A
5/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MLC
Article No.
Milltronics MLC Belt scale 7MH712 ● ● ● ●
Accuracy is ± 0.5 … 1.0 % of totalization over 25 … 100 % operating range with capacity up 6-
to 50 t/h (55 STPH).
24 inch (610 mm) 2 B
30 inch (762 mm) 2 C
36 inch (914 mm) 2 D
42 inch (1 067 mm) 2 E
48 inch (1 219 mm) 2 F
500 mm (20 inch) 2 G
650 mm (26 inch) 2 H
800 mm (32 inch) 2 J
1 000 mm (39 inch) 2 K
1 200 mm (47 inch) 2 L
450 mm (18 inch) 2 M
Load cell capacity
10 lb (4.55 kg) A
20 lb (9.09 kg) B
Not specified1) X
Weighing idler dimensions
50 mm (1.96 inch)2) 1
60 mm (2.40 inch)3) 2
1.90 inch (48.2 mm)4) 5
Selection and ordering data Order code

Further designs
Please add "-Z" to article no. and spe
cify order code(s).
Stainless steel tag [69 x 38 mm Y15
(2.7 x 1.5 inch)], Measuring-point
number/ identification (max 27 char
acters), specify in plain text.
Application Eng. reference number Y31
(max. 15 characters), specify in plain
text.
Manufacturer's test certificate: accord C11
ing to EN 10204-2.2
FDA compliant version. Conduit and K01
fittings designed for food applications
conforming to FDA/USDA standards
Operating instructions
All literature is available to download
for free, in a range of languages, at
ing/documentation
Spare parts Article No.
Load cell, 10 lb (4.55 kg), 17-4 PH PBD-23900244
(1.4568) stainless steel construction
with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel cov
er
Load cell, 20 lb (9.09 kg), 17-4 PH PBD-23900245
er
Load cell, 10 lb (4.55 kg), 17-4 PH 7MH7725-1AA
er, includes hardware
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/5

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MLC

Load cell, 20 lb (9.09 kg), 17-4 PH 7MH7725-1AB
er, includes hardware
Conduit replacement kit 7MH7723-1NA
FDA conduit replacement kit 7MH7723-1QL
Milltronics MLC calibration weight
[Stainless Steel 304 (1.4301)]
For scales with belt width of 18 inch
or 500 mm or 450 mm
1.05 lb (0.47 kg) 7MH7724-1AL
1.63 lb (0.73 kg) 7MH7724-1AM
2.35 lb (1.06 kg) 7MH7724-1AN
3.21 lb (1.45 kg) 7MH7724-1AP
or 650 mm
1.38 lb (0.62 kg) 7MH7724-1AQ
2.15 lb (0.97 kg) 7MH7724-1AR
3.11 lb (1.41 kg) 7MH7724-1AS
4.24 lb (1.91 kg) 7MH7724-1AT
or 800 mm
1.72 lb (0.77 kg) 7MH7724-1AU
2.67 lb (1.21 kg) 7MH7724-1AV
3.85 lb (1.73 kg) 7MH7724-1AW
5.26 lb (2.37 kg) 7MH7724-1AX
or 1 000 mm
2.05 lb (0.92 kg) 7MH7724-1AY
3.19 lb (1.44 kg) 7MH7724-1BA
4.56 lb (2.07 kg) 7MH7724-1BB
6.29 lb (2.83 kg) 7MH7724-1BC
or 1 000 mm
2.38 lb (1.07 kg) 7MH7724-1BD
3.71 lb (1.67 kg) 7MH7724-1BE
5.35 lb (2.41 kg) 7MH7724-1BF
7.31 lb (3.29 kg) 7MH7724-1BG
or 1 200 mm
2.72 lb (1.22 kg) 7MH7724-1BH
4.23 lb (1.92 kg) 7MH7724-1BJ
6.06 lb (2.75 kg) 7MH7724-1BK
8.34 lb (3.75 kg) 7MH7724-1BL
Note: calibration accessories should
be ordered asa separate item on the
order.
1) Only for quotation purposes, not a valid ordering option.

2) Available with Belt width/Scale construction options 1G ... 1M and 2G ... 2M only.
3) Available with Belt width/Scale construction options 1G ... 1M only.
4) Available with Belt width/Scale construction options 1A ... 1F and 2A ... 2F only.
5/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MLC
Milltronics MLC
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cell measuring load on flat
belt conveyor idler
Typical application Monitor fertilizer, tobacco, animal feed pel
lets, sugar, cereal
Performance
Accuracy1) ± 0.5 … 1.0 % of totalization over
25 … 100 % operating range
Repeatability ± 0.1 %
Medium conditions
Max. material temperature 85 °C (185 °F)
Belt design
Belt width • 450 … 1 200 mm
• 18 … 48 inch
Belt speed 2.0 m/s (400 fpm) maximum2)
Capacity Up to 50 t/h (55 STPH)2)
Conveyor incline • ± 20° from horizontal, fixed incline
• Up to ± 30° with reduced accuracy
Idlers
Conveyor idler Horizontal
Idler diameter 50 or 60 mm (1.90 or 2.30 inch)
Idler spacing 0.5 … 1.5 m (1.6 … 5.0 ft)
Load cell
Construction 17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel construction
with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel cover
Strain gauge protection: polybutadiene
Degree of protection IP67
Cable length 3 m (10 ft)
Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V DC maximum
Output 2 mV/V excitation at rated load cell capacity
Non-linearity 0.03 % of rated output
Hysteresis 0.05 % of rated output
Non-repeatability 0.03 % of rated output
Capacity 10 or 20 lb
Overload 150 % of rated capacity, ultimate 300 % of
rated capacity
Temperature • ‑40 … +85 °C (‑40 ... +185 °F) operating
range
• ‑10 … +60 °C (14 … 140 °F) compensated
Mounting dimensions Identical for all capacities
Hazardous locations Consult the factory
Approvals CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC
1) Accuracy subject to: on factory approved installations the belt scale

system’s totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when com
pared to a known weighed material test sample. The test rate must be
within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the
duration of the test. The minimum material test sample must be equival
ent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for three revolutions of the
belt or at least ten minutes running time, whichever is greater.
2) Contact Siemens () ration of higher values.http://www.automa
tion.siemens.com/aspa_app
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/7

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MLC
Installation MLC belt scale Idler diameter C

(location of removed idler)
D
64 (2.5)
(0.81)
20.6
4 x Ø11 (0.44) E
1)
Plan View
Front View A
1) For pan supported belts, the belt should be cut out to allow the MLC and at least two (preferably four) other idlers to be installed.
Imperial designs [dimensions in inch (mm)]

Scale size 'A' roller width 'B' dimension 'C' dimension 'D' dimension 'E' dimension
18 (457) 18 (457) 19 (483) 1.90 (48.3) 6.19 (157) 3.5 (89)
24 (610) 24 (610) 25 (635) 1.90 (48.3) 6.19 (157) 3.5 (89)
30 (762) 30 (762) 31 (787) 1.90 (48.3) 6.19 (157) 3.5 (89)
36 (914) 36 (914) 37 (940) 1.90 (48.3) 6.19 (157) 3.5 (89)
42 (1 067) 42 (1 067) 43 (1 092) 1.90 (48.3) 6.19 (157) 3.5 (89)
48 (1 219) 48 (1 219) 49 (1 245) 1.90 (48.3) 6.19 (157) 3.5 (89)
Metric designs [dimensions in mm (inch)]

Scale size 'A' roller width 'B' dimension 'C' dimension 'D' dimension 'E' dimension
450 (17.72) 450 (17.72) 500 (19.69) 50 (1.97) 158 (6.22) 96 (3.78)
500 (19.69) 500 (19.69) 550 (21.65) 50 (1.97) 158 (6.22) 96 (3.78)
650 (25.59) 650 (25.59) 700 (27.56) 50 (1.97) 158 (6.22) 96 (3.78)
800 (31.50) 800 (31.50) 850 (33.46) 50 (1.97) 158 (6.22) 96 (3.78)
1 000 (39.37) 1 000 (39.37) 1 050 (41.34) 60 (2.36) 158 (6.22) 96 (3.78)
1 200 (47.24) 1 200 (47.24) 1 250 (49.21) 60 (2.36) 158 (6.22) 96 (3.78)
MLC dimensions, in mm (inch)
5/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MLC
Circuit diagrams
A 5:1
Conduit and box

connector
Load cell Load cell

'A' 'B'
Green 'A'
Green 'B'
Shield 'A'
Shield 'B'
White 'A'
White 'B'
Black 'A'
Black 'B'
Red 'A'
Red 'B'
Customer junction box

+ SIG 'A'
+ EXC
- EXC
- SIG 'B'
+ SIG 'B'
- SIG 'A'
Shield
To integrator
Note:
Conduit and cable arrangement may differ from example shown.
MLC connections
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/9

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Belt scales
Belt Weighing
Milltronics MUS
Belt scales
Milltronics MUS
Overview
Milltronics MUS is a modular designed, medium- to heavy-duty belt

scale for process indication.
Benefits
• Unique modular design
• Simple installation
• Low cost
• Easy retrofit
Application
Milltronics MUS operates with products like aggregates, sand, or

minerals, providing continuous in-line weighing at a minimal cost.
With no cross bridge, this versatile unit will fit most conveyor
widths and standard idlers, and product build-up is reduced.
The construction and easy assembly of the MUS ensures quick deliv
ery to meet even the tightest of schedules. Where scales are moved
from conveyor to conveyor, the MUS also provides unmatched flex
ibility.
microprocessor-based integrators, the MUS provides indication of
flow rate, total weight, belt load, and speed of bulk solids materials
on a belt conveyor. A speed sensor monitors conveyor belt speed
for input to the integrator.
Article No.
Milltronics MUS Belt scale 7MH7123- ● ● ● ● 0
Accuracy is ± 2 % of totalization over 25 … 100 % operating range with capacity up to
5 000 t/h (5 512 STPH).
Scale construction
Standard for belt width up to 1 000 mm (42 inch), nickel plated steel load cells 1
Heavy-duty for belt width up to 1 524 mm (60 inch), nickel plated steel load cells 2
Load cell capacity
Standard Duty Scale Load Cell
20 kg (44.1 lb)1) A A
30 kg (66.1 lb)1) A B
50 kg (110.2 lb)1) A C
75 kg (165.3 lb)1) A D
100 kg (220.4 lb)1) A E
Not specified2) X X
Heavy-Duty Scale Load Cell
50 kg (110.2 lb)3) B A
100 kg (220.4 lb)3) B B
150 kg (330.7 lb)3) B C
200 kg (440.9 lb)3) B D
300 kg (661.4 lb)3) B E
500 kg (1 102.3 lb)3) B F
Fabrication
C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel 1
5/10 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MUS

Further designs
Stainless steel tag [69 x 38 mm (2.7 x 1.5 inch)], Measur Y15
ing-point number / identification (max. 27 characters),
specify in plain text.
Application Eng. reference number (max. 15 characters), Y31
of languages, at http://www.siemens.com/weighing/docu
mentation
Standard Duty Scale Load Cell
20 kg (44.1 lb) A5E00826934
30 kg (66.1 lb) A5E00826935
50 kg (110.2 lb) A5E00826936
75 kg (165.3 lb) A5E00826938
100 kg (220.5 lb) A5E00826939
Standard Duty Scale Load Cell, includes mounting hard
ware
20 kg (44.1 lb) 7MH7725-1CP
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7MH7725-1CQ
50 kg (110.2 lb) 7MH7725-1CR
75 kg (165.3 lb) 7MH7725-1CS
100 kg (220.5 lb) 7MH7725-1CT
Heavy-Duty Scale Load Cell
50 kg (110.2 lb) A5E00826941
100 kg (220.5 lb) A5E00826942
150 kg (330.7 lb) A5E00826943
200 kg (440.9 lb) A5E00826944
300 kg (661.4 lb) A5E00826945
500 kg (1 120.3 lb) A5E00826946
Heavy-Duty Scale Load Cell, includes mounting hardware
50 kg (110.2 lb) 7MH7725-1CU
100 kg (220.5 lb) 7MH7725-1CV
150 kg (330.7 lb) 7MH7725-1CW
200 kg (440.9 lb) 7MH7725-1CX
300 kg (661.4 lb) 7MH7725-1CY
500 kg (1 120.3 lb) 7MH7725-1DA
Rock Guard, MUS Standard Duty Scale, spare 7MH7723-1DM
Calibration weights
See Milltronics flat bar calibration weights catalog page:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/docu
ment/109813400
Note: calibration accessories should be ordered as a separ
ate item on the order.
1) For use with scale construction option 1 only.

3) For use with scale construction option 2 only.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/11

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MUS
Milltronics MCS 2) Contact Siemens () for consideration of higher values.http://www.automa

Technical specifications 3) Review by Siemens required ().http://www.automa
Mode of operation tion.siemens.com/aspa_app
Measuring principle Heavy duty strain gauge load cells measuring
load on belt conveyor idlers
Typical applications • Monitor fractionated stone on secondary
surge belts and recirculating loads
• Track daily production totals
Measurement accuracy
Accuracy1) ± 0.5 … 1 % of totalization over 25 … 100 %
operating range, application dependent
Medium conditions
Max. material temperature 65 °C (150 °F)
Belt design
Belt width • Standard duty up to 1 000 mm (CEMA
width up to 42 inch)
• Heavy-duty up to 1 524 mm (CEMA width
up to 60 inch)
• Refer to dimensional drawing
Belt speed Up to 3.0 m/s (600 fpm)2)
Capacity Up to 5 000 t/h at maximum belt speed2)
• Up to ± 30° with reduced accuracy3)
Idlers
Idler profile • Flat to 35°
• To 45° with reduced accuracy3)
Idler diameter 50 … 180 mm (2 … 7 inch)
Idler spacing 0.6 … 1.5 m (2.0 … 5.0 ft)
Load cell
Construction Nickel plated alloy steel
Strain gauge protection: silicon
Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V DC max.
Non-linearity and hysteresis 0.02 % of rated output
Capacity
• Standard duty ranges 20, 30, 50, 75, 100 kg (44, 66, 110, 165,
220 lb)
• Heavy-duty ranges 50, 100, 150, 200, 500 kg (110, 220, 330,
440, 1 100 lb)
rated capacity
Temperature • -40 … +65 °C (-40 … +150 °F) operating
range
• -10 … +40 °C (15 … 105 °F) compensated
Weight Standard duty up to 44 lb (20 kg), 22 lb
(10 kg) per side
Heavy-duty up to 64 lb (30 kg), 32 lb (15 kg)
per side
Interconnection wiring (to integrator) • < 150 m (500 ft) 18 AWG (0.75 mm²)
6 conductor shielded cable
• > 150 m … 300 m (500 … 1 000 ft)
18 … 22 AWG (0.75 … 0.34 mm²) 8 con
ductor shielded cable
Approvals CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, CMC, KC

5/12 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MUS
Standard duty Heavy duty

Belt direction for all flat or inclined conveyors Belt direction for all flat or inclined conveyors
Side view Side view
Calibration Calibration
bar support Shipping bar support
Shipping (test weight) M12 (½") brackets (test weight)
M12 (½") brackets mounting bolts
mounting bolts
184 186
(7.25) (7.310)
Weigh idler
168 140
19 (6.63) (5.50) 19 203 159
(0.75) (0.75) (8.00) (6.25)
522 Weigh idler
(20.56) 616
Note: Note: (24.25)
(2) approach and (2) retreat idlers should be aligned with (2) approach and (2) retreat idlers should be aligned with
the weigh idler to within 0.8 (+1/3) to 0 (0). the weigh idler to within 0.8 (+1/3) to 0 (0).
Shipping brackets Shipping brackets

Front view Front view
Standard base CEMA

Standard base CEMA
idler or equivalent
idler or equivalent
(customer supplied)
(customer supplied)
122 Existing conveyor stringers 76 143 Existing conveyor stringers 89

(4.81) (3.00) (5.62) (3.50)
Belt width + 230 (9) Belt width + 230 (9)
(or to suit) (or to suit)
MUS, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/13

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MUS
Circuit diagrams
'B' 'A'
'B' 'A'
Load cells, complete with 3 m (10 ft) cable
in flexible conduit with M20 panel connector
S S
h h
RR B B W G W G
i i
ee l l h r h r
e e
dd k k t n t n
l l
'B''A' 'B''A' 'B' 'B' 'A' 'A'
d d
'B' 'A'
Belt travel
-EXC
-SIG'B'
-SIG'A'
+SIG'B'
+SIG'A'
+EXC
Customer junction box h
i
e
l
d
MUS connections
5/14 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Belt scales
Belt Weighing
Milltronics MCS
Belt scales
Milltronics MCS
Overview
Milltronics MCS is a compact, rugged, modular, heavy-duty belt

scale for use in mobile crushers and aggregate screening plants.
Idler not included with belt scale.
Benefits
• Rugged design
• Low profile
• Easy retrofit
• Low cost
• Stainless steel load cells
Application
Milltronics MCS provides continuous, in-line weighing at minimal

cost. The stainless steel load cells ensure long-term, consistent, reli
able measurement. The modular construction and easy assembly of
the MCS ensures quick delivery to meet even the tightest of sched
ules.
microprocessor-based integrators, the MCS provides indication of
flow rate, total weight, belt load, and belt speed of bulk solids
materials on a belt conveyor.
To complete the weighing system, include a speed sensor to monit
or conveyor belt speed for input to the integrator. On mobile crush
ing equipment, the TASS speed sensor is a compact, rugged speed
sensor designed for use with the MCS.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/15

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MCS
Article No.
Milltronics MCS Belt scale 7MH7125- ● ● ● ● ●
Accuracy is ± 0.5 … 1 % of totalization over 25 … 100 % operating range with capacity up to
2 400 t/h (2 640 STPH).
Scale construction
Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex), CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC 1
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G, Class III; 2
ATEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db, Tamb = ‑40°C to +75°C;
UKEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db, Tamb = ‑40°C to +75°C;
IECEx Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db, Tamb = ‑40°C to +75°C;
EAC Ex Ex tD A21 IP65 T90°C X;
CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC
Load cell capacity
50 lb (22.7 kg) (use not recommended for mobile crushers) A A
100 lb (45.5 kg) (use not recommended for mobile crushers) A B
250 lb (113.6 kg) A C
500 lb (226.8 kg) A D
25 lb (11.3 kg) (use not recommended for mobile crushers) A E
Not specified1) B B
Fabrication
C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel 1
C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel, for use with flat bar or MWL calibration 2
System specification
Standard 0
PAC Russia 1

Further designs
ing-point number / identification (max 27 characters),
PAC Russia approval additional nameplate (submit applic Y79
ation data with order)2)
of languages, at: http://www.siemens.com/weighing/doc
umentation
Stainless steel load cell
[17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel construction with 304
(1.4301) stainless steel cover]
25 lb (11.3 kg) A5E01673047
50 lb (22.7 kg) A5E01135823
100 lb (45.4 kg) A5E01135824
250 lb (113.4 kg) A5E01135825
500 lb (226.8 kg) A5E01135826
Stainless steel load cell
[17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel construction with 304
(1.4301) stainless steel cover], mounting hardware
included
25 lb (11.3 kg) 7MH7725-1DR
50 lb (22.7 kg) 7MH7725-1DH
100 lb (45.4 kg) 7MH7725-1DJ
250 lb (113.4 kg) 7MH7725-1DK
500 lb (226.8 kg) 7MH7725-1DS
25 lb (11.3 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DQ
5/16 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MCS

50 lb (22.7 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DL
100 lb (45.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DM
250 lb (113.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DN
500 lb (226.8 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DP
Calibration weights
Flat bar/MWL retrofit kit 7MH7723-1HA
Calibration test arm assembly, c/w one 8.2 kg (18 lb) cal 7MH7723-1FR
ibration weight
Calibration test arm assembly, c/w two 8.2 kg (18 lb) cal 7MH7723-1FS
ibration weights
MCS calibration arm c/w idler clip [holds up to two 8.2 kg 7MH7726-1AD
(18 lb) weights]
Calibration weight, 18 lb (8.2 kg) 7MH7724-1AA
Calibration weight, 6 lb (2.7 kg) 7MH7724-1AB
See Milltronics flat bar calibration weights catalog page:
ment/109813400

2) Complete specification data sheet and submit with order "legal for trade" version (see Application Questionnaire at)
https://assets.new.siemens.com/siemens/assets/api/uuid:35272d97-6289-4291-ac8a-03398eb9315c/questionnaire-beltscale-en.pdf
Milltronics MCS Milltronics MCS

Mode of operation Non-linearity and hysteresis 0.02 % of rated output
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cells measuring load on Non-repeatability 0.01 % of rated output
belt conveyor idlers
Capacity 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 lb stainless steel
Typical application Mobile crusher systems
Measurement accuracy rated capacity
Accuracy1) • ± 0.5 … 1 % of totalization over Temperature • -50 … +75 °C (-58 … +167 °F) operating
25 … 100 % operating range, application range
dependent
• -40 … +65 °C (-40 … +150 °F) com
• ± 2 % of totalization over 25 … 100 % pensated
operating range on mobile crusher applic
ations Weight Up to 20 kg (44 lb), 10 kg (22 lb) per side
Interconnection wiring • < 150 m (500 ft) 18 AWG (0.75 mm²)
(to integrator) 6 conductor shielded cable
Belt design
• > 150 m (500 ft) to 300 m (1 000 ft)
Belt width • Up to 1 600 mm (60 inch CEMA) width 18 … 22 AWG (0.75 … 0.34 mm²), 8 con
• Refer to the outline dimension section
Approvals CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G,
Belt speed Up to 4 m/s (800 fpm)2) Class III;
Capacity Up to 2 400 t/h (2 640 STPH) at maximum ATEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db,
belt speed2) Tamb = ‑40°C to +75°C;
UKEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db,
Conveyor incline • ± 20° from horizontal, fixed incline Tamb = ‑40°C to +75°C;
• Up to ± 30° with reduced accuracy3) IECEx Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db,
Tamb = ‑40°C to +75°C;
Idlers EAC Ex Ex tD A21 IP65 T90°C X;
Idler profile CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, RTN
• Flat to 35°
Metrological approvals PAC Russia
• To 45° with reduced accuracy3)
Idler diameter 100 … 150 mm (4 … 6 inch) 1) Accuracy subject to: on factory approved installations the belt scale
Idler spacing 0.6 … 1.2 m (2.0 … 4.0 ft) system’s totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when com
Load cell
Construction 17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel construction duration of the test. The minimum material test sample must be equival
with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel cover ent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for three revolutions of the
Strain gauge protection: polybutadiene
Degree of protection IP67, IP65 on hazardous approved models 2) Contact Siemens () for consideration of higher values.http://www.automa
Cable length 3 m (10 ft) tion.siemens.com/aspa_app
Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V maximum
3) Review by Siemens required ().http://www.automa
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/17

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MCS
PAC Russia specification data

Accuracy limits (%)
Highest linear density (kg/m)
Lowest linear density (kg/m)
Plan View Front View

Standard base CEMA idler or
equivalent (customer supplied)
75 16
(2.95) (0.63)
101
(3.98)
Customer
supplied
stringer Shipping brackets 150
to suit (5.91)
up to 1 600 (60) belt width
Belt direction Apply optional

Side View flat bar weight 146.05
(5.75)
Optional flat bar
weigh arm1)
Idler clamp 160

(6.30)
Mounting flange
1)
Not recommended for inclined conveyor
applications
Note:
A A A minimum of 2 approach and 2 retreat idlers
124 should be aligned with the weigh idler to within
75
(2.95) 300 (4.9) 0.75 (+1/32) to 0 (0).
(11.81)
150 (5.91)
View A-A
View A-A
MCS, dimensions in mm (inch)
5/18 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics MCS
Circuit diagrams
Belt travel
Note:
Conduit and connector not provided on
hazardous approved option
Conduit and box

connector
Load cell A Load cell B
Detail A
See detail A

Red
Black
White
Green
Shield
Shield
Red
Black
White
Green
+ SIG A
+ SIG B
+ EXC
- SIG A
- EXC
- SIG B
Shield
Stringer mounted junction box

(by customer)
MCS connections
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/19

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Belt scales
Belt Weighing
Milltronics MSI and MMI
Belt scales
Milltronics MSI belt scale
Milltronics MSI belt scale provides continuous in-line weighing on a
variety of products in primary and secondary industries. It is proven
in a wide range of tough applications from extraction (in mines,
quarries and pits), to power generation, iron and steel, food pro
cessing and chemicals. The MSI is suitable for monitoring such
diverse products as sand, flour, coal, or sugar.
The MSI’s proven use of parallelogram-style load cells results in fast
ability even with uneven loading and fast belt speeds.
microprocessor-based integrators, the MSI provides indication of
flow rate, totalized weight, belt load, and belt speed of bulk solid
materials. A speed sensor monitors conveyor belt speed for input to
the integrator.
The MSI is installed in a simple drop-in operation and may be
Milltronics MSI is a heavy-duty, high accuracy full-frame single idler secured with just four bolts. An existing idler is then attached to the
belt scale used for process and load-out control. Idler not included MSI dynamic beam. With no moving parts, maintenance is kept to a
with belt scale. minimum, with just periodic calibration checks required.
Milltronics MMI belt scale

Milltronics MMI belt scale consists of two or more MSI single idler
belt scales installed in series. It provides high accuracy continuous
in-line weighing on a variety of products in primary and secondary
industries. The MMI system is proven in a wide range of tough
applications from extraction to power generation, iron and steel,
food processing and chemicals. The MMI is suitable for monitoring
such diverse products as fertilizer, sand, grain, flour, coal, or sugar.
The MMI’s proven use of parallelogram-style load cells results in fast
ability even with uneven or light loading, short idler spacing and
fast belt speeds. Operating with Milltronics BW500 integrator (for
custody transfer applications), the MMI provides indication of flow
rate, total weight, belt load and belt speed of bulk solids materials
on a belt conveyor. A speed sensor monitors conveyor belt speed
for input to the integrator.
Milltronics MMI is a heavy-duty, high accuracy multiple idler belt The MMI is installed in a simple drop-in operation and may be
scale used for critical process and load-out control. Idler not secured with just eight bolts and existing idler sets, secured to the
included with belt scale. dynamic beam. With no moving parts, maintenance is kept to a
minimum, with just periodic calibration checks required.
Benefits
Milltronics MSI belt scale
• Outstanding accuracy and repeatability
• Fast reaction to product loading; capable of monitoring fast mov
ing belts
• Rugged construction
• SABS approval (South Africa), OIML, MID, and Measurement
Canada
Milltronics MMI belt scale

• Exceptional accuracy and repeatability
• Suitable for uneven or light product loading
• Capable of monitoring fast moving belts
• Low cost of ownership
• NTEP, OIML, MID, and Measurement Canada approved
5/20 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Design
Mounting
Note: Force
Conduit and cable arrangement may differ from example shown
Idler clip
Idler frame
Idler mounting bracket

Test weigh bar
Scale mounting
bracket
Dynamic beam
Static beam
} Weigh
bridge
MSI/MMI mounting
Applications with 2 MSIs (MMI-2) Applications with 3 MSIs (MMI-3)

450 ... 1 525 mm (18 ... 60 inch) idler spacing 450 ... 1 525 mm (18 ... 60 inch) idler spacing
Belt travel Belt travel
Mounting (two or more MSI units)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/21

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Article No.
Milltronics MSI Belt scale 7MH7122- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ● ●
Accuracy is ± 0.5 % or better of totalization over 20 … 100 %
operating range with capacity up to 12 000 t/h (13 200 STPH).
Scale construction
ATEX II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db;
UKEX II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db;
IECEx Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db;
EAC Ex Ex tD A21 IP65 T90°C X;
KCs Ex tD A21 IP65 T90°C;
CE, UKCA, RCM
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G, Class III; 3
ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da;
UKEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
UKEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da;
IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
IECEx Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da;
ATEX I M1, 4
ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia I Ma;
UKEX I M1,
UKEX II 1 GD Ex ia I Ma;
IECEx Ex ia I Ma;
MSHA
Belt width and 'A' dimension
Belt widths from 18 ... 30 inch
18 inch, 'A' = 27 inch (686 mm) A A
19 inch, 'A' = 28 inch (711 mm) A B
20 inch, 'A' = 29 inch (737 mm) A C
21 inch, 'A' = 30 inch (762 mm) A D
22 inch, 'A' = 31 inch (787 mm) A E
23 inch, 'A' = 32 inch (813 mm) A F
24 inch, 'A' = 33 inch (838 mm) A G
25 inch, 'A' = 34 inch (864 mm) A H
26 inch, 'A' = 35 inch (889 mm) A J
27 inch, 'A' = 36 inch (914 mm) A K
28 inch, 'A' = 37 inch (940 mm) A L
29 inch, 'A' = 38 inch (965 mm) A M
30 inch, 'A' = 39 inch (991 mm) A N
31 inch, 'A' = 40 inch (1 016 mm) A P
32 inch, 'A' = 41 inch (1 041 mm) A Q
33 inch, 'A' = 42 inch (1 067 mm) A R
34 inch, 'A' = 43 inch (1 092 mm) A S
35 inch, 'A' = 44 inch (1 118 mm) A T
36 inch, 'A' = 45 inch (1 143 mm) A U
37 inch, 'A' = 46 inch (1 168 mm) A V
38 inch, 'A' = 47 inch (1 194 mm) A W
39 inch, 'A' = 48 inch (1 219 mm) B A
40 inch, 'A' = 49 inch (1 245 mm) B B
41 inch, 'A' = 50 inch (1 270 mm) B C
42 inch, 'A' = 51 inch (1 295 mm) B D
43 inch, 'A' = 52 inch (1 321 mm) B E
44 inch, 'A' = 53 inch (1 346 mm) B F
45 inch, 'A' = 54 inch (1 372 mm) B G
46 inch, 'A' = 55 inch (1 397 mm) B H
47 inch, 'A' = 56 inch (1 422 mm) B J
48 inch, 'A' = 57 inch (1 448 mm) B K
49 inch, 'A' = 58 inch (1 473 mm) B L
50 inch, 'A' = 59 inch (1 499 mm) B M
51 inch, 'A' = 60 inch (1 524 mm) B N
52 inch, 'A' = 61 inch (1 549 mm) B P
53 inch, 'A' = 62 inch (1 575 mm) B Q
5/22 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Article No.
54 inch, 'A' = 63 inch (1 600 mm) B R
55 inch, 'A' = 64 inch (1 626 mm) B S
56 inch, 'A' = 65 inch (1 651 mm) B T
57 inch, 'A' = 66 inch (1 676 mm) B U
58 inch, 'A' = 67 inch (1 702 mm) B V
59 inch, 'A' = 68 inch (1 727 mm) B W
60 inch, 'A' = 69 inch (1 753 mm) C A
61 inch, 'A' = 70 inch (1 778 mm) C B
62 inch, 'A' = 71 inch (1 803 mm) C C
63 inch, 'A' = 72 inch (1 829 mm) C D
64 inch, 'A' = 73 inch (1 854 mm) C E
65 inch, 'A' = 74 inch (1 880 mm) C F
66 inch, 'A' = 75 inch (1 905 mm) C G
67 inch, 'A' = 76 inch (1 930 mm) C H
68 inch, 'A' = 77 inch (1 956 mm) C J
69 inch, 'A' = 78 inch (1 981 mm) C K
70 inch, 'A' = 79 inch (2 007 mm) C L
71 inch, 'A' = 80 inch (2 032 mm) C M
72 inch, 'A' = 81 inch (2 057 mm) C N
73 inch, 'A' = 82 inch (2 083 mm) C P
74 inch, 'A' = 83 inch (2 108 mm) C Q
75 inch, 'A' = 84 inch (2 134 mm) C R
76 inch, 'A' = 85 inch (2 159 mm) C S
77 inch, 'A' = 86 inch (2 184 mm) C T
78 inch, 'A' = 87 inch (2 210 mm) C U
79 inch, 'A' = 88 inch (2 235 mm) C V
80 inch, 'A' = 89 inch (2 261 mm) C W
81 inch, 'A' = 90 inch (2 286 mm) D A
82 inch, 'A' = 91 inch (2 311 mm) D B
83 inch, 'A' = 92 inch (2 337 mm) D C
84 inch, 'A' = 93 inch (2 362 mm) D D
85 inch, 'A' = 94 inch (2 388 mm) D E
86 inch, 'A' = 95 inch (2 413 mm) D F
87 inch, 'A' = 96 inch (2 438 mm) D G
88 inch, 'A' = 97 inch (2 464 mm) D H
89 inch, 'A' = 98 inch (2 489 mm) D J
90 inch, 'A' = 99 inch (2 515 mm) D K
91 inch, 'A' = 100 inch (2 540 mm) D L
92 inch, 'A' = 101 inch (2 565 mm) D M
93 inch, 'A' = 102 inch (2 591 mm) D N
94 inch, 'A' = 103 inch (2 616 mm) D P
95 inch, 'A' = 104 inch (2 642 mm) D Q
96 inch, 'A' = 105 inch (2 667 mm) D R
Load cell capacity
Not specified1) 0
25 lb (11.3 kg) 9 L 1 A
50 lb (22.7 kg) 1
100 lb (45.4 kg) 2
250 lb (113.4 kg) 3
500 lb (226.8 kg) 4
750 lb (340.2 kg) 5
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) 6
1 250 lb (567 kg)2) 7
1 500 lb (680.4 kg)2) 8
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) 9 L 1 B
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/23

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Article No.
Fabrication
C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel 1 1
Electro-galvanized mild steel:
18 ... 29 inch (457.2 ... 736.6 mm) 1 2
30 ... 41 inch (762 ... 1 041.4 mm) 1 3
42 ... 53 inch (1 066.8 ... 1 346.2 mm) 1 4
54 ... 65 inch (1 371.6 ... 1 651 mm) 1 5
66 ... 77 inch (1 676.4 ... 1 955.8 mm) 1 6
78 ... 89 inch (1 981.2 ... 2 260.6 mm) 1 7
90 ... 96 inch (2 286 ... 2 438.4 mm) 1 8
Stainless steel 304 (1.4301), bead blast finish (1 ... 6 µm, 40 ... 240 µin) for belt width
scales:
18 ... 29 inch (457.2 ... 736.6 mm) 2 1
30 ... 41 inch (762 ... 1 041.4 mm) 2 2
42 ... 53 inch (1 066.8 ... 1 346.2 mm) 2 3
54 ... 65 inch (1 371.6 ... 1 651 mm) 2 4
66 ... 77 inch (1 676.4 ... 1 955.8 mm) 2 5
78 ... 89 inch (1 981.2 ... 2 260.6 mm) 2 6
90 ... 96 inch (2 786 ... 2 438.4 mm) 2 7
Stainless steel 316 (1.4401), bead blast finish (1 ... 6 µm, 40 ... 240 µin) for belt width
scales:
18 ... 29 inch (457.2 ... 736.6 mm) 3 1
30 ... 41 inch (762 ... 1 041.4 mm) 3 2
42 ... 53 inch (1 066.8 ... 1 346.2 mm) 3 3
54 ... 65 inch (1 371.6 ... 1 651 mm) 3 4
66 ... 77 inch (1 676.4 ... 1 955.8 mm) 3 5
78 ... 89 inch (1 981.2 ... 2 260.6 mm) 3 6
90 ... 96 inch (2 786 ... 2 438.4 mm) 3 7
C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel (compatible with MWL or flat bar weight calibration 4 1
system)
Galvanized, for belt width scales:
(compatible with MWL or flat bar weight system)
18 ... 29 inch (457.2 ... 736.6 mm) 4 2
30 ... 41 inch (762 ... 1 041.4 mm) 4 3
42 ... 53 inch (1 066.8 ... 1 346.2 mm) 4 4
54 ... 65 inch (1 371.6 ... 1 651 mm) 4 5
66 ... 77 inch (1 676.4 ... 1 955.8 mm) 4 6
78 ... 89 inch (1 981.2 ... 2 260.6 mm) 4 7
90 ... 96 inch (2 786 ... 2 438.4 mm) 4 8
System specification
Standard MSI and MMI A
NTEP Certified MMI3)4)5) B
OIML/MID Certified4)5) C
MSI for MMI-3 ± 0.125 % accuracy6) D
Selection and ordering data Order Code

Further designs
ing-point number / identification (max 27 characters),
Factory test certificate Y33
OIML/MID approval additional nameplate (submit applica Y77
tion data with order)5)
5/24 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales

NTEP approval additional nameplate (submit application Y78
data with order)5)
Extended cable length (For spare part pricing and part A08
number consult factory)
Load cell with 15 m (49.2 ft) cable length [standard is 3 m
(9.8 ft)]
High temp load cell (For spare part pricing and part num T50
ber consult factory)
Load cell suitable for high temp up to 175 °C (347 °F)
[standard is 75 °C (167 °F)]7)
Load cell with 316 (1.4401) cover (For spare part pricing H53
and part number consult factory)
Load cell cover is constructed from 316 (1.4401) -stain
less steel [standard is 304 (1.4301)]
FDA compliant version K01
Conduit and fittings designed for food applications -con
forming to FDA/USDA standards
of languages, at
Flat bar/MWL retrofit kit 7MH7723-1FW
FDA conduit replacement kit 7MH7723-1QL
MWL calibration weight support brackets -galvanized 7MH7723-1JT
Ground cable 7MH3701-1AA1
Stainless steel load cells
Standard load cell with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel cover
25 lb (11.3 kg) A5E35801457
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-23900246
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-23900247
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-23900248
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-23900249
750 lb (340.2 kg) PBD-23900250
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-23900251
1 250 lb (567 kg) A5E02235671
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) A5E02239623
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) A5E35801460
100 lb (45.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID PBD-23900261
1 000 lb (453.6 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID PBD-23900265
Standard load cell with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel cover,
includes mounting hardware
50 lb (22.7 kg) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AD
250 lb (113.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AE
500 lb (226.8 kg) 7MH7725-1AF
750 lb (340.2 kg) 7MH7725-1AG
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) 7MH7725-1AH
1 250 lb (567 kg) 7MH7725-1EA
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) 7MH7725-1EB
100 lb (45.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID 7MH7725-1DB
250 lb (113.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID 7MH7725-1DC
500 lb (226.8 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID 7MH7725-1DD
750 lb (340.2 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID 7MH7725-1DE
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/25

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales

1 000 lb (453.6 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID 7MH7725-1DF
50 lb (22.7 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DT
100 lb (45.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DU
250 lb (113.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DV
500 lb (226.8 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DW
750 lb (340.2 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DX
1 000 lb (453.6 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1DY
1 250 lb (567 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1EE
1 500 lb (680.4 kg), CSA/FM/ATEX/IECEx 7MH7725-1EF
Load cell with 316 (1.4401) stainless steel cover
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-25851-A8H53
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-25851-A0H53
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-25851-A1H53
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-25851-A2H53
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-25851-A3H53
750 lb (340.2 kg) PBD-25851-A4H53
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-25851-A5H53
1 250 lb (567 kg) PBD-25851-A6H53
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) PBD-25851-A7H53
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) PBD-25851-A9H53
100 lb (45.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID PBD-25851-B1H53
1 000 lb (453.6 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID PBD-25851-B5H53
Load cell, high temperature up to 175 °C (347 °F)
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-25851-A8T50
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-25851-A0T50
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-25851-A1T50
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-25851-A2T50
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-25851-A3T50
750 lb (340.2 kg) PBD-25851-A4T50
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-25851-A5T50
1 250 lb (567 kg) PBD-25851-A6T50
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) PBD-25851-A7T50
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) PBD-25851-A9T50
Load cell, high temperature up to 175 °C (347 °F) with
316 (1.4401) stainless steel cover
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-25851-A8TH
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-25851-A0TH
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-25851-A1TH
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-25851-A2TH
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-25851-A3TH
750 lb (340.2 kg) PBD-25851-A4TH
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-25851-A5TH
1 250 lb (567 kg) PBD-25851-A6TH
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) PBD-25851-A7TH
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) PBD-25851-A9TH
Load cell with 15 m (49.2 ft) cable length
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-25851-A8A08
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-25851-A0A08
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-25851-A1A08
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-25851-A2A08
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-25851-A3A08
5/26 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales

750 lb (340.2 kg) PBD-25851-A4A08
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-25851-A5A08
1 250 lb (567 kg) PBD-25851-A6A08
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) PBD-25851-A7A08
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) PBD-25851-A9A08
100 lb (45.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID PBD-25851-B1A08
1 000 lb (45.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID PBD-25851-B5A08
Load cell with 15 m (49.2 ft) cable length and 316
(1.4401) stainless steel cover
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-25851-A8AH
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-25851-A0AH
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-25851-A1AH
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-25851-A2AH
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-25851-A3AH
750 lb (340.2 kg) PBD-25851-A4AH
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-25851-A5AH
1 250 lb (567 kg) PBD-25851-A6AH
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) PBD-25851-A7AH
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) PBD-25851-A9AH
100 lb (45.4 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID PBD-25851-B1AH
1 000 lb (453.6 kg), NTEP, OIML/MID PBD-25851-B5AH
Load cell, high temperature up to 175 °C (347 °F) with
15 m (49.2 ft) cable length
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-25851-A8TA
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-25851-A0TA
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-25851-A1TA
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-25851-A2TA
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-25851-A3TA
750 lb (340.2 kg) PBD-25851-A4TA
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-25851-A5TA
1 250 lb (567 kg) PBD-25851-A6TA
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) PBD-25851-A7TA
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) PBD-25851-A9TA
Load cell, high temperature up to 175 °C (347 °F) with 15
m (49.2 ft) cable length and 316 (1.4401) stainless steel
cover
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-25851-A8AHT
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-25851-A0AHT
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-25851-A1AHT
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-25851-A2AHT
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-25851-A3AHT
750 lb (340.2 kg) PBD-25851-A4AHT
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-25851-A5AHT
1 250 lb (567 kg) PBD-25851-A6AHT
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) PBD-25851-A7AHT
2 000 lb (907.2 kg) PBD-25851-A9AHT
Idler clips
5 inch (127 mm) for 27 ... 62 inch (686 ... 1 575 mm) "A" 7MH7723-1BT
dimensions
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/27

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales

7 inch (178 mm) for 63 ... 74 inch (1 600 ... 1 880 mm) 7MH7723-1DF
"A" dimensions
Calibration weights
6.0 lb/ 2.7 kg 7MH7724-1AB
18 lb/ 8.2 kg 7MH7724-1AA
See Milltronics flat bar calibration weights catalog sheet:
ment/109813400
ate line order.
Intrinsically safe barriers for use with IS mining
approvals
Mild steel enclosure 115 V AC P+F barrier A5E39271483
Mild steel enclosure 230 V AC P+F barrier A5E39271487
Stainless steel enclosure 115 V AC P+F barrier A5E39271485
Stainless steel enclosure 230 V AC P+F barrier A5E39271489

2) Available with Fabrication options 11 ... 18 and 41 ... 48 only, and with System specification option A only.
3) Two MSI are required to make the NTEP approved MMI.
4) Approval available with load cell options 2 ... 6 only and applicable BW500.
5) Complete specification data sheet on page 4/27 and submit with order "legal for trade" version.
6) Includes metrological approved load cells.
7) Not available with construction option 2, or system specification options B, C, D.
8) Barrier contains connections for MMI-2 and speed sensor.
Milltronics MSI and MMI Milltronics MSI and MMI

Mode of operation Idlers
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cells measuring load on Idler profile • Flat to 35°
belt conveyor idler(s)
• Up to 45° with reduced accuracy3)
Typical application
Idler diameter 50 … 180 mm (2 … 7 inch)
• MSI Control in fractionated stone blending tun
nels Idler spacing 0.5 … 1.5 m (1.5 … 5.0 ft)
• MMI Custody transfer Load cell
Construction Stainless steel construction with 304
Measurement accuracy
(1.4301) stainless steel cover
Accuracy1) Strain gauge protection: polybutadiene
• MSI ± 0.5 % or better of totalization over Degree of protection IP67, IP65 on hazardous approved models
• MMI-2 (2 idler) ± 0.25 % or better of totalization over
Note: to calculate installation cable length
subtract 3 048 mm (120 inch) from the "A"
• MMI-3 (3 idler) ± 0.125 % or better of totalization over dimension
Note: available with system spe Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V DC maximum
cification option D only Output 2 ± 0.002 mV/V excitation (nominal) at rated
load cell capacity
Repeatability ± 0.1 % Non-linearity and hysteresis 0.02 % of rated output
Medium conditions Non-repeatability 0.01 % of rated output
Material temperature -50 … +200 °C (-58 … +392 °F) Capacity
Belt design • Maximum ranges 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1 000, 1 250,
Belt width • 18 … 96 inch in CEMA sizes2) 1 500, 2 000 lb
• Equivalent to 500 … 2 400 mm in metric Overload 150 % of rated capacity, ultimate 300 % of
size2) rated capacity
• Refer to dimensions section Temperature • ‑50 … +75 °C (‑58 … +167 °F) operating
range,
Belt speed Up to 5 m/s (1 000 fpm)2) optional ‑50 ... +175 °C (‑58 ... 347 °F)
Capacity Up to 12 000 t/h (13 200 STPH) at maximum • ‑40 … +65 °C (‑40 … +150 °F) com
belt speed. Please contact a Siemens repres pensated
entative for higher rates.2)
• ‑10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) compensated
Conveyor incline • ± 20° from horizontal, fixed incline on trade approved versions
• Up to ± 30° with reduced accuracy3) Weight See dimensions section
5/28 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales

Interconnection wiring (to integrator, per < 150 m (500 ft) 18 AWG (0.75 mm²) 6 con
MSI) ductor shielded cable
> 150 … 300 m (500 … 1 000 ft)
18 … 22 AWG (0.75 … 0.34 mm²), 8 con
Approvals • CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D,
Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G, Class III;
• ATEX I M1 Ex ia I Ma,
ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
ATEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da,
ATEX II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db;
• UKEX I M1 Ex ia I Ma,
UKEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
UKEX II 1 GD Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da,
UKEX II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T90°C Db;
• IECEx Ex ia I Ma,
IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga,
IECEx Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da,
• EAC Ex Ex tD A21 IP65 T90°C X;
• KCs Ex tD A21 IP65 T90°C;
• MSHA;
• CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC, CMC, RTN
Metrology approvals Measurement Canada, MID, OIML, SABS4),
NTEP5), STAMEQ, GOST

2) Contact Siemens () for consideration of higher values.http://www.automa
4) MSI only.
5) MMI only.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/29

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Note: Conduit
and cable
arrangement
may differ
from example
shown
MSI dimensions
Conveyor belt Mounting scale Minimum C D E Weight (approx.)

width width drop-in
A width B
18 inch 27 inch 23.25 inch 9.5 inch 5.5 inch 7 inch 82 lb
(457 mm) (686 mm) (591 mm) (241 mm) (140 mm) (178 mm) (37 kg)
(508 mm) (737 mm) (641 mm) (241 mm) (140 mm) (178 mm) (39 kg)
(610 mm) (838 mm) (743 mm) (241 mm) (140 mm) (178 mm) (41 kg)
(762 mm) (991 mm) (895 mm) (241 mm) (140 mm) (178 mm) (45 kg)
(914 mm) (1 143 mm) (1 048 mm) (241 mm) (140 mm) (178 mm) (49 kg)
(1 067 mm) (1 295 mm) (1 200 mm) (241 mm) (140 mm) (178 mm) (53 kg)
(1 219 mm) (1 448 mm) (1 353 mm) (241 mm) (140 mm) (178 mm) (57 kg)
54 inch 63 inch 59.25 inch 12 inch 8 inch 7 inch 175 lb
(1 372 mm) (1 600 mm) (1 505 mm) (305 mm) (203 mm) (178 mm) (79 kg)
(1 524 mm) (1 753 mm) (1 657 mm) (305 mm) (203 mm) (178 mm) (88 kg)
(1 676 mm) (1 905 mm) (1 810 mm) (305 mm) (203 mm) (203 mm) (104 kg)
(1 829 mm) (2 057 mm) (1 962 mm) (305 mm) (203 mm) (203 mm) (112 kg)
Other widths available - check configuration information. Sizes are from 18 inch (457 mm) to 96 inch (2 438 mm) in 1 inch (25.4 mm) increments. All sizes are
nominal.
Note: dimension B must be approx. 3/8 inch or 10 mm less than Y dimension of the conveyor (see Application Questionnaire at
).http://www.siemens.com/weighing/application-questionnaires
5/30 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Circuit diagrams
Belt direction
Conduit and box

connector
Detail A
See detail A

Notes:
Conduit and cable arrangement may
differ from example shown.
To maintain NEMA or IP rating, use

only approved conduit and conduit
fittings or cable glands.
For hazardous area installations, use

only approved junction boxes, metal
conduit and conduit fittings or cable
Customer glands.
Shld A
Shld B
Red A
Red B
Wht A
Wht B
Grn A
Grn B
Blk A
Blk B
junction box
Conduit and connector not provided
on hazardous approved versions.
+ EXC
- EXC
- SIG A
+ SIG A
- SIG B
+ SIG B
Shld
To integrator
MSI/MMI connections
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/31

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
More information
NTEP/Measurement Canada/OIML & MID Specification Data
Please complete and submit the Value

relevant
details listed below when
ordering NTEP,
Measurement Canada, or OIML
& MID
approval options
NTEP
Maximum rated capacity (TPH)
Minimum rated capacity (TPH)
Belt speed (FPM)
Scale division (tons)
Maximum loading (lb/ft)
Measurement Canada
Rate
Speed (min/max m/s, FPM)
Test load (kg/m, lb/ft)
OIML & MID
Totalization scale interval (tonnes)
Belt speed max/min (m/s)
Maximum flow rate (MTPH)
Minimum flow rate (MTPH)
Minimum totalized load (tonnes)
Product to be weighed
Maximum capacity (tonnes)
Weigh length (m)
Ratio between minimum net load and max
imum
capacity
Zero testing should have a duration of at
least
(____) revolutions
5/32 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Belt scales
Belt Weighing
Milltronics WD600
Belt scales
Milltronics WD600
Overview
Milltronics WD600 is a light- to medium-duty slider bed belt scale

used for process and load-out control in manufacturing, including
the food, pharmaceutical and tobacco industries.
Benefits
• Simple installation
• Long weigh span for more retention time on load cells
Application
WD600 works with an existing flat belt conveyor and the selected
Siemens integrator. As material is moving along the conveyor belt
and travels over the belt scale, it exerts a force proportional to the
material load through the suspended weighbridge to the load cells.
WD600 reacts only to the vertical component of the applied force.
The resulting movement in each load cell is sensed by its strain
gauges. When the strain gauges are excited by voltage from the
electronic integrator, they produce an electrical signal proportional
to weight, which is then applied to the integrator.
The vertical movement of the load cells is limited by the positive
overload stop incorporated into the design of the load cell mount.
Article No.
Milltronics WD600 7MH7185- ● ● A 0
Belt scale: accuracy is ± 0.5 … 1 % totalization over 25 … 100 % operating range
with capacity up to 100 t/h (110 STPH).
Belt width
12 inch (300 mm) 1
18 inch (450 mm) 2
24 inch (600 mm) 3
30 inch (750 mm) 4
36 inch (900 mm) 5
42 inch (1 000 mm) 6
48 inch (1 200 mm) 7
Load cell capacity
Nickel plated
10 kg (22 lb) D
15 kg (33.1 lb) E
20 kg (44 lb) F
30 kg (66.2 lb) G
50 kg (110 lb) L
Stainless steel
6 kg (13.2 lb) H
12 kg (26.4 lb) J
30 kg (66.2 lb) K
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/33

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics WD600

Further designs
Stainless steel tag [69 x 38 mm (2.7 x 1.5 inch)]. Measur Y15
ing-point number/identification (max 27 characters), spe
cify in plain text.
of languages, at
Load cells
Stainless steel
6 kg (13.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EG
12 kg (26.4 lb) 7MH7725-1EH
30 kg (66.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EJ
Nickel plated
10 kg (22 lb) 7MH7725-1EK
15 kg (33.1 lb) 7MH7725-1EL
20 kg (44 lb) 7MH7725-1EM
30 kg (66.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EN
50 kg (110 lb) 7MH7725-1EP
Slider bar UHMW PE 7MH7723-1KF
Test chain 1.62 lb/ft (2.41 kg/m), 60 inch 7MH7723-1NF
Calibration Hanger Weights
200 g (0.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AG
1 000 g (2.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AH
2 000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
3 500 g (7.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BQ
5 000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
7 500 g (16.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BR
8 500 g (18.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BS
10 000 g (22 lb) 7MH7724-1BT
12 000 g (26.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BU
15 000 g (33.1 lb) 7MH7724-1BV
5/34 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics WD600
Milltronics WD600
Accuracy1) ± 0.5 … 1 % totalization over 25 … 100 %
operating range, application dependent
Belt width 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48 inch (300, 450,
600, 750, 900, 1 000, 1 200 mm)
Belt speed 2.0 m/s (400 fpm) maximum2)
Capacity Up to 100 t/h2)
• Up to ± 30° with reduced accuracy3)
Conveyor idler/slider profile Horizontal
Loading • Minimum 1.0 kg/m (0.6 lb/ft)
• Maximum 76 kg/m (51 lb/ft)
Load cell
Construction 17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel or nickel
plated alloy steel
Strain gauge protection: silicon (nickel
plated version only)
Degree of protection • Stainless steel: IP68
• Nickel plated alloy steel: IP66
Output 2 mV/V
Non-linearity 0.02 % of rated output
Capacity Stainless steel range: 6, 12, 30 kg
Nickel-plated range: 10, 15, 20, 30, 50 kg
Overload 150 % of rated capacity
Temperature • ‑40 … +65 °C (‑40 … +149 °F) operating
range
• ‑10 … +40 °C (14 … 104 °F) compensated
Scale construction • Stainless steel construction, bead blast fin
ish (1 ... 6 µm, 40 ... 240 µin)
• UHMW PE sliders
Approvals CE, UKCA, meets FDA/USDA requirements
for food processing, RCM, EAC, KC

2) Contact Siemens () for consideration of higher values.http://www.automa
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/35

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics WD600
16
(406.4)
Belt with A B (min.) B (max.)

12 (300) 14.25 (362) 15 (381) 16.5 (419)
18 (450) 20.25 (514) 21 (533) 22.5 (572)
24 (600) 20.25 (514) 27 (686) 28.5 (724)
30 (750) 32.25 (819) 33 (838) 34.5 (876)
36 (900) 38.25 (972) 39 (991) 40.5 (1 029)
42 (1 000) 44.25 (1 124) 45 (1 143) 46.5 (1 181)
48 (1 200) 50.25 (1 276) 51 (1 295) 52.5 (1 334)
WD600, dimensions in inch (mm)
5/36 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Belt scales
Milltronics WD600
Circuit diagrams
Load cell 'B' Load cell 'A'
Belt travel
Load cell Load cell

'A' 'B'
Green 'A'
Green 'B'
Shield 'A'
Shield 'B'
White 'A'
White 'B'
Black 'A'
Black 'B'
Red 'A'
Red 'B'
Customer junction box

+ SIG 'B'
+ SIG 'A'
+ EXC
- EXC
- SIG 'A'
- SIG 'B'
Shield
To integrator
WD600 connections
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/37

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Speed sensors
Belt Weighing
Milltronics TASS
Speed sensors
Milltronics TASS
Overview Design
Note:
The TASS can be mounted to a
conveyor cross member or to a
non-weighing idler frame.
Milltronics TASS is a compact low-profile, wheel-driven return belt

speed sensor, ideal for use on mobile crushers and in constricted
TASS
spaces.
Benefits
• Rugged design TASS Installation
• Easy, low cost installation
• Compact, low-profile speed sensor
• IP67 rated
Application
Milltronics TASS speed sensor operates in conjunction with a con

veyor belt scale, providing signals to an integrator (Milltron
ics BW500, or SIWAREX FTC) which computes the rate of material
being conveyed. The trailing arm speed sensor monitors conveyor
belt speed, with the output signal transmitted by cable connection
to the integrator.
Easily installed close to the belt scale assembly, the TASS provides a
signal generated as the wheel rotates on the return belt. Pulses are
generated by the internal proximity switch detecting the rotation of
the five spoked wheel. The TASS is mounted to the static beam of
the belt scale or to a structural cross member via a pivoting bracket
assembly.
The TASS is a compact, low-profile, rugged speed sensor, most
often used on mobile crusher applications where space is limited.
The TASS output can be applied to any Milltronics belt scale integ
rator.
Article No.
Milltronics TASS Speed sensor 7MH7131- ● ● ● ● 0
Return belt mounted, 25 … 350 rpm, with 9.947 pulses/m
(3.03 pulses/ft).
Model
5 pulses per revolution 1
Fabrication
Standard, C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel A
Stainless steel 304 (1.4301), bead blast finish (1 ... 6 µm, 40 ... 240 µin) B
Note: wheel is aluminum for all versions
Mounting options
Complete with standard mounting kit A
Approvals
5/38 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
Milltronics TASS

Further designs
cify in plain text.
of languages, at
TASS wheel 7MH7723-1AN
TASS proximity switch 7MH7723-1AP
TASS wheel, stainless steel sealed bearing 7MH7723-1GW
Milltronics TASS
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Inductive proximity sensor provides pulse to
integrator
Typical application Mobile crusher
Input • Bi-directional wheel rotation
• 25 … 350 rpm
Output • Inductive proximity sensor
• Open collector, NPN, sinking output,
max. 200 mA
• Pulses: 5 per revolution
• 9.947 pulses/m, 3.03 pulses/ft
Operating temperature -25 … +70 °C (-13 … +158 °F)
Max. belt speed 3 m/s (590 fpm)
Design
Trailing arm assembly Painted mild steel
Wheel 160 mm (6.3 inch) diameter cast aluminum
with polyurethane tread
Power supply 10 … 35 V DC, 15 mA at 24 V DC maximum
Wiring
Brown + Excitation (10 … 35 V DC)
Black + Signal
Blue - Common
Interconnection wiring (to integrator) • 5 m, 3 conductor shielded PVC cable,
3 x 0.25 mm² (23 AWG), protected with
1 000 mm of flexible conduit
• 300 m (1 000 ft) maximum cable run
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/39

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
Milltronics TASS
TASS Mounting Bracket
158 (6.22)
20 (0.79) 9 (0.35),
2 places
Conduit
fitting
1/2" NPT
508 (20)
534 (21.02)
60 (2.36)
567 (22.32)
48 (1.89) 6 (0.24) 25 (0.89)
66 (2.6)
53 (2.09)
12 (0.48),
2 places
Ø160 (6.3)
50 (1.97)
40 (1.57)
40 (1.57)
105 (4.13)
120 (4.72)
TASS, dimensions in mm (inch)
5/40 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Speed sensors
Belt Weighing
Milltronics RBSS
Speed sensors
Milltronics RBSS
Overview Design
RBSS Standard Mounting
24 (1) washers, 2 places

Stringer Cable (customer-supplied)
Wheel Belt RBSS
Return belt
travel
Milltronics RBSS is a high resolution, wheel-driven return belt speed

sensor.
Stringer 24 (1) dia. cross bar
Benefits (customer-supplied)
• Rugged design
• IP67 rated
• Easy, low cost installation
• Accurate belt speed detection Pin clip
Application
Milltronics RBSS monitors conveyor belt speed, with the output sig

nal transmitted by cable connection to the integrator (Milltron
ics BW500, or SIWAREX FTC).
Easily installed close to the belt scale assembly, the RBSS provides a
signal generated as the wheel on the sensor rotates on the return
belt. To secure this cost-effective unit in place, position a cross bar
between stringers - either just before or after a return belt idler, or
use the optional mounting bracket. The weight of the RBSS ensures
positive rotation of the wheel in the middle of the return belt, and
pulses from the magnetic sensor are generated by the rotation of
the 60 toothed speed sprocket driven by the wheel.
The RBSS output can be applied to any belt scale integrator.
RBSS
RBSS installation, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/41

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
Milltronics RBSS
Article No.
Milltronics RBSS Speed sensor 7MH7134- ● ● ● ● 0
Return belt mounted, 2 … 450 rpm, with 150.4 pulses/m (4.58 pulses/ft).
Model
60 pulses per revolution 2
Fabrication
Mounting options
With mounting kit B
Approvals
CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC 3

Further designs
cify in plain text.
of languages, at: http://www.siemens.com/weighing/doc
umentation
Wheel, 127 diapolyurethane, sealed bearing 7MH7723-1FX
Magnetic proximity switch 7MH7723-1GA
Wheel and shaft, 152 mm dia.2) 7MH7723-1EN
60 tooth gear2) 7MH7723-1EQ
Bearing (two required)2) 7MH7723-1ER
Accessories
Conduit kit 7MH7723-1NA
2) For use with old style RBSS PBD-51033452.
Milltronics RBSS Milltronics RBSS

Mode of operation Approvals
Measuring principle Magnetic proximity sensor provides pulse to RBSS CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC1)
integrator
Typical application Aggregate belt conveyors 1) EMC performance available upon request.
Input Wheel rotation 2 … 450 rpm, bi-directional
Output • 60 pulses per revolution, 2 … 450 Hz,
150.4 pulses/m (4.58 pulses/ft)
• RBSS: open collector, NPN sinking output,
max. 17 mA
Ambient temperature RBSS: -40 … +105 °C (-40 … +220 °F)
Max. belt speed 3 m/s (590 fpm)
Design
Trailing arm Painted mild steel
Sensor wheel 127 mm (5 inch) diameter, polyurethane
tread
Power supply RBSS: 4.5 … 28 V DC, 16 mA
Interconnection wiring (to integrator) • RBSS: 3 m, 3 conductor, 22 AWG shielded
cable
- 300 m (1 000 ft) maximum cable run
5/42 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
Milltronics RBSS
RBSS Mounting Bracket

100
3 m (10 ft) (3.94) 2)
50
shielded cable1)
(1.97) 3) 114 (4.5) ref. 51 (2)
5 105 (4.13) Ø25 (1) 25
(0.19) Through both sides (1)
(1.5)
Ø25 (1)
38
Through both walls
(1)
25
114 (4.5)
Through hole for
cable gland 22 (0.88)
610 (24)
648 (25.5)
29 57 (2.25) Ø11 (0.44), 2 places

(1.13)
(1)
25
Sensor Ø1
2
(5) 7
60 tooth gear
1)
Cable for RBSS (CE, 10 ... 30 V) is 2 m (6.5 ft).
2)
Dimension equals 102 (4) if manufactured in Canada.
3)
Dimension equals 51 (2) if manufactured in Canada.
RBSS, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/43

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Speed sensors
Belt Weighing
SITRANS WS300
Speed sensors
SITRANS WS300
Overview
SITRANS WS300 is a low- to high-resolution shaft-driven speed

sensor.
Benefits
• Compact and economical
• Easy, low-cost installation
• Accurate belt speed detection
• Optional resolutions for measurement over a range of belt speeds
• Corrosion resistant
Application
SITRANS WS300 speed sensor operates in conjunction with a con

veyor belt scale, providing a signal to an integrator which computes
the rate of material being conveyed. At only 1.22 kg (2.68 lb), it is
one of the lightest and most durable units ever developed for mon
itoring conveyor belt speed. With its rugged cast aluminum hous
ing, it is suitable for outdoor installation, and its low weight pro
longs bearing life.
It is directly coupled to a rotating tail or bend pulley shaft to ensure
accurate belt-travel readout, eliminating problems caused by belt
slippage or material build-up. The WS300 converts shaft rotation
into a pulse train of 32, 256, 1 000, or 2 000 pulses per revolution
using a high precision rotary optical encoder. The digital signal is
transmitted as speed input to any Siemens integrator for calculation
of belt speed, flow rate and totalized weight.
This low- to high-resolution speed sensor provides a frequency sig
nal proportional to the shaft speed, enabling a range of speeds to
be read accurately. The quadrature type shaft encoder prevents
erroneous speed signals due to vibration or shaft oscillation. The
WS300 is easily mounted and is bi-directional for either clockwise or
counter-clockwise belt travel.
The IS version uses an inductive proximity switch detecting rotating
targets.
5/44 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
SITRANS WS300
Design
Mounting
Mounting to a Tail Pulley
Angle bracket Tension spring (supplied) Angle bracket Tension spring (supplied)
slotted for slotted for
arrestor rod d Belt arrestor rod Arrestor rod
(cut to suit)
≥ 10 (0.39)
(3.5)
89
WS300
Flexible conduit
Notes:
Distance ‘d’ is the take-up travel on the tail pulley.
When adjusting the belt take-up, ensure that there is play on the arrestor rod. If the arrestor rod is pushed against the end of its travel slot, premature
bearing wear may result.
Mounting to a Bend or Snub Pulley
Tension spring (supplied) Stringer Stringer Tension spring (supplied)

Arrestor rod
10 (0.39)
(cut to suit)
drilled hole
Bend or snub
pulley
(3.5)
89
WS300
belt Pulley Flexible conduit

bearing
Notes:
When mounting to a bend or a snub pulley only, a 10 mm (0.39 inch) drilled hole is required for the arrestor rod.
WS300 mounting, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/45

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
SITRANS WS300
Design (Continued)
Mounting using optional threaded shaft coupling
95 (3.75)
M12 x 1.751)
25 (1.0) 25 (1.0)
0.254 (0.01) A
M12 x 1.75
A Set screw
1)
Use adhesive when installing threaded shaft coupling (e.g. Loctite).
WS300 mounting using threaded shaft coupling, dimensions in mm (inch)
Article No.
SITRANS WS300 Speed sensor 7MH7177- ● ● ● ● ● 0
Shaft mounted, 0.3 … 2 000 rpm, with up to 2 000 pulses per revolution.
Resolution (pulses per revolution)
32 1
256 2
1 000 3
2 000 4
Enclosure
C5-M rated polyester painted aluminum, NEMA 4X A
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, vibra finish NEMA 4X B
Approvals
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G, Class III; A
ATEX II 2D, Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db;
UKEX II 2D, Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db;
EAC Ex Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db X;
NEPSI Ex tD A21 IP65 T70°C;
CCC, RCM, KC
Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex), CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC D
ATEX I M1, II 1 GD, Ex ia I Ma, Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da, E
Ex h I Ma, Ex h IIC T4 Ga, Ex h IIIC T135°C Da;
UKEX I M1, II 1 GD, Ex ia I Ma, Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da,
Ex h I Ma, Ex h IIC T4 Ga, Ex h IIIC T135°C Da;
IECEx Ex ia I Ma, Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, Ex ia IIIC T135°C Da;
EAC Ex P0 Ex ia I Ma X;
MSHA, RCM, KC1)
Connections
Standard, up to 2 integrators 1
Multiple, up to 10 integrators 2
Switch isolator
Not required 0
115 V AC2) 1
230 V AC2) 2
Selection and Ordering Data Order Code

Further designs
Acrylic coated, stainless steel tag [13 x 45 mm Y17
(0.5 x 1.75 inch)]: measuring-point number/identification
(max. 16 characters), specify in plain text
Manufacturer's test certificate: according to EN 10204-2.2 C11
5/46 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
SITRANS WS300
Selection and Ordering Data Order Code

of languages, at
Circuit card 32 PPR, up to 2 integrators 7MH7723-1GK
Circuit card 32 PPR, up to 10 integrators 7MH7723-1GL
Circuit card 256 PPR, up to 2 integrators 7MH7723-1GM
Circuit card 256 PPR, up to 10 integrators 7MH7723-1GN
Circuit card 1 000 PPR, up to 2 integrators 7MH7723-1GP
Circuit card 1 000 PPR, up to 10 integrators 7MH7723-1GQ
Circuit card 2 000 PPR, up to 2 integrators 7MH7723-1JL
Circuit card 2 000 PPR, up to 10 integrators 7MH7723-1JM
Circuit card 32 PPR, IS 7MH7723-1HC
Rubber coupling 7MH7723-1CM
Coupling hub for 32, 256 PPR versions 7MH7723-1CN
Coupling hub for 1 000, 2 000 PPR versions 7MH7723-1GR
Enclosure cover 7MH7723-1CJ
Enclosure cover, stainless steel 7MH7723-1GS
Enclosure bearing assembly, stainless steel 7MH7723-1GT
Threaded shaft coupling 7MH7723-1GH
Arrestor rod 7MH7723-1FV
Arrester rod tension spring 7MH7723-1CP
WS300 mounting bracket for MD-36 retrofit 7MH7723-1NB
WS300 mounting bracket SS for MD-36 retrofit 7MH7723-1NC
Cable for speed sensor connection to termination box 3 7MH7723-1JP
cond, 18G (order per meter)3)
Cable for IS speed sensor connection to termination box 3 7MH7723-1JQ
cond, 22G (order per meter)3)
Pepperl+Fuchs IS switch isolator, 115 V AC 7MH7723-1EB
Pepperl+Fuchs IS switch isolator, 230 V AC 7MH7723-1EC
1) Approval option E requires use of switch isolator to interface with the belt scale integrator, and is available with Resolution option 1, and Connections
option 1 only.
2) For use with approval option E.
3) Cable length orders exceeding 150 m (500 ft) may not be supplied as a continuous length.
SITRANS WS300 SITRANS WS300

Mode of operation Rated operating conditions
Measuring principle Standard: pulse from shaft rotation using Ambient temperature Standard:
high precision rotary optical encoder -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
IS:
IS: pulse from inductive proximity switch
-25 … +100 °C (-13 … +212 °F)
Typical application When a low- to high-resolution speed sensor
Degree of protection NEMA 4X, Type 4X, IP65
is required
Design
Input Shaft rotation 0.3 … 2 000 rpm, bi-direction
al, resolution dependent Enclosure • Rated NEMA 4X, Type 4X, IP65
Output • Unidirectional open collector, NPN, sink • Painted aluminum
ing output
• Stainless steel (optional)
• Standard: 10 … 30 V DC,
25 mA max. Power supply • Standard: 10 … 30 V DC,
60 mA max.
• IS: NAMUR NC, load current, 0 … 15 mA
• IS: 5 … 16 V DC, 25 mA max. (from IS
• 32, 256, 1 000, or 2 000 pulses per switch isolator)
revolution (ppr)
• 32 ppr: 2 000 max. rpm, 1 066 Hz Cable
• 256 ppr: 2 000 max. rpm, 8 530 Hz Recommended • Standard: 3-wire shielded, 0.82 mm²

(18 AWG)
• 1 000 ppr: 900 max. rpm, 15 000 Hz
• IS: 2-wire shielded 0.324 mm² (22 AWG)
• 2 000 ppr: 450 max. rpm, 15 000 Hz
• Max. run 305 m (1 000 ft)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/47

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
SITRANS WS300
SITRANS WS300
Approvals
WS300 Standard
• General • CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC
Hazardous • CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G;
Class III
• ATEX I M1, ATEX II 2D, Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db
• UKEX I M1, UKEX II 2D, Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db
• MSHA
• EAC Ex, RTN
• IECEx Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db
Optional switch isolator (required for
WS300 IS)
• Pepperl+Fuchs #KFA5-SOT2-Ex2, • ATEX II 1G [Ex ia] IIC
#KFA6-SOT2-Ex2, or #KFD2-SOT2-Ex2
• ATEX II 1D [Ex ia] IIIC
• CSA/UL: Class 1, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C,
and D. Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, and G,
Class III
• CE, UKCA
305 (12)
8 (0.31)
50 (1.96) 131 (5.16)

89 (3.5)
Rod
159 (6.25)
102 (4.00)
111 (4.36)
60 (2.38)
15.9 (0.63)
Shaft
102 (4.00)
½" NPT conduit entrance
(optional M20 adapter available)
WS300, dimensions in mm (inch)
5/48 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Speed sensors
SITRANS WS300
Circuit diagrams
Connections (Standard)
Description Terminal
10 ... 30 V DC 1
Speed out-CW 2
Speed out-CCW 3
Common 4
Ground GND
• Determine the pulley shaft rotation on the end of the pulley shaft to which the WS300 is attached.
• If the pulley shaft is rotating clockwise, connect the appropriate wire to terminal 2. If the pulley shaft is rotating counter-clockwise, connect
the appropriate wire to terminal 3.
• Do not connect terminals 2 and 3 at the same time.
• Connection between the WS300 standard unit and the integrator should be made with three-wire shielded, 0.82 mm2 (18 AWG) cable.
• Ground shield of cable at integrator only.
• Connect shield to appropriate terminal at the integrator.
Terminal Connections to integrator
WS300 1 2 3 4 GND
+V CW CCW Cmn
Milltronics BW500 19 16 16 17 N/C
SIWAREX FTC CI+, 1L+ CI- CI- 1M N/C
SIWAREX WP241 1L+ DI.0 DI.0 2M, 1M N/C
Connections (IS)
Description Terminal
5 ... 16 V DC, 25 mA max. 1
(from IS Switch Isolator)
Speed out 2
Ground GND
• Only terminals 1 and 2 are required; rotation in a clockwise or counter-clockwise direction is not required.
• To connect the switch isolator, use two-wire shielded 0.324 mm2 (22 AWG) cable. Use the same cable to connect the switch isolator to the
integrator.
• Ground shield of cable at integrator only.
• Connect shield to appropriate terminal at the integrator.
Terminal Connections to integrator
W300 IS IS Switch Isolator Milltronics BW500 SIWAREX FTC SIWAREX

Terminal WP241
1 3
2 1
7 16 1L+ 1L+
8 17 CI+ CI+
Connect CI- to Common
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/49

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Accessories
Belt Weighing
Calibration weight lifter Milltronics MWL
Accessories
Overview
Milltronics MWL weight lifter is a mechanical calibration weight lift

er for MCS, MSI, MMI, and MUS belt scales.
Benefits
• Safe and easy application of belt scale reference weights with the
operator remaining external to the conveyor
• Modular construction, easily adaptable to different conveyor
widths
• Low profile allowing easy fit into belt conveyor
• Easy to install and apply
• Easy to store drive handle that can be applied to left or right side
of MWL
• Security pin used to ensure safe storage of weight
• Can be used with new and existing applications
Application
Milltronics MWL mechanically raises and lowers the static weights

and then stores the weights securely above the belt scale calibra
tion arms, and allows the operator to lower and apply them safely
without having to lean into the conveyor. The MWL is manually
operated, and uses a high mechanical advantage to enable weights
up to 340 kg (750 lb) to be applied with very limited effort. The
crank handle uses twelve rotations for full range of motion, and can
be removed and stored for safety with the locking ball-pin which
secures the MWL when it is not in use.
Two lifting arms support a base-bar weight above the calibration
(test) weight brackets of the belt scale: either flat bar or round bar
style calibration weights are applicable. Locating notches in the
base-bar weight engage the calibration weights securely on the lift
ing arms in the stored position, and the gear drive locks the lifting
arms in place.
Installation is easy, just four bolt holes to drill after locating the
MWL gear modules (LH and RH) on the conveyor with respect to the
belt scale. After running the MWL empty to ensure proper align
ment, and then tightening mounting bolts, you are ready for the
loading of the calibration weights. This is the last time that they will
have to be lifted by hand.
5/50 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Article No.
Milltronics MWL Calibration weight lifter 7MH7218- ● ● ● ● ● - ●
Mechanical calibration weight lifter designed for use with MSI, MMI, MCS, and MUS
belt scales
Actuation
Manually 1
18 inch, ’A’=27 inch (686 mm) A A
19 inch, ’A’=28 inch (711 mm) A B
20 inch, ’A’=29 inch (737 mm) A C
21 inch, ’A’=30 inch (762 mm) A D
22 inch, ’A’=31 inch (787 mm) A E
23 inch, ’A’=32 inch (813 mm) A F
24 inch, ’A’=33 inch (838 mm) A G
25 inch, ’A’=34 inch (864 mm) A H
26 inch, ’A’=35 inch (889 mm) A J
27 inch, ’A’=36 inch (914 mm) A K
28 inch, ’A’=37 inch (940 mm) A L
29 inch, ’A’=38 inch (965 mm) A M
30 inch, ’A’=39 inch (991 mm) A N
31 inch, ’A’=40 inch (1 016 mm) A P
32 inch, ’A’=41 inch (1 041 mm) A Q
33 inch, ’A’=42 inch (1 067 mm) A R
34 inch, ’A’=43 inch (1 092 mm) A S
35 inch, ’A’=44 inch (1 118 mm) A T
36 inch, ’A’=45 inch (1 143 mm) A U
37 inch, ’A’=46 inch (1 168 mm) A V
38 inch, ’A’=47 inch (1 194 mm) A W
39 inch, ’A’=48 inch (1 219 mm) B A
40 inch, ’A’=49 inch (1 245 mm) B B
41 inch, ’A’=50 inch (1 270 mm) B C
42 inch, ’A’=51 inch (1 295 mm) B D
43 inch, ’A’=52 inch (1 321 mm) B E
44 inch, ’A’=53 inch (1 346 mm) B F
45 inch, ’A’=54 inch (1 372 mm) B G
46 inch, ’A’=55 inch (1 397 mm) B H
47 inch, ’A’=56 inch (1 422 mm) B J
48 inch, ’A’=57 inch (1 448 mm) B K
49 inch, ’A’=58 inch (1 473 mm) B L
50 inch, ’A’=59 inch (1 499 mm) B M
51 inch, ’A’=60 inch (1 524 mm) B N
52 inch, ’A’=61 inch (1 549 mm) B P
53 inch, ’A’=62 inch (1 575 mm) B Q
54 inch, ’A’=63 inch (1 600 mm) B R
55 inch, ’A’=64 inch (1 626 mm) B S
56 inch, ’A’=65 inch (1 651 mm) B T
57 inch, ’A’=66 inch (1 676 mm) B U
58 inch, ’A’=67 inch (1 702 mm) B V
59 inch, ’A’=68 inch (1 727 mm) B W
60 inch, ’A’=69 inch (1 753 mm) C A
61 inch, ’A’=70 inch (1 778 mm) C B
62 inch, ’A’=71 inch (1 803 mm) C C
63 inch, ’A’=72 inch (1 829 mm) C D
64 inch, ’A’=73 inch (1 854 mm) C E
65 inch, ’A’=74 inch (1 880 mm) C F
66 inch, ’A’=75 inch (1 905 mm) C G
67 inch, ’A’=76 inch (1 930 mm) C H
68 inch, ’A’=77 inch (1 956 mm) C J
69 inch, ’A’=78 inch (1 981 mm) C K
70 inch, ’A’=79 inch (2 007 mm) C L
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/51

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Article No.
belt scales
71 inch, ’A’=80 inch (2 032 mm) C M
72 inch, ’A’=81 inch (2 057 mm) C N
73 inch, ’A’=82 inch (2 083 mm) C P
74 inch, ’A’=83 inch (2 108 mm) C Q
75 inch, ’A’=84 inch (2 134 mm) C R
76 inch, ’A’=85 inch (2 159 mm) C S
77 inch, ’A’=86 inch (2 184 mm) C T
78 inch, ’A’=87 inch (2 210 mm) C U
79 inch, ’A’=88 inch (2 235 mm) C V
80 inch, ’A’=89 inch (2 261 mm) C W
81 inch, ’A’=90 inch (2 286 mm) D A
82 inch, ’A’=91 inch (2 311 mm) D B
83 inch, ’A’=92 inch (2 337 mm) D C
84 inch, ’A’=93 inch (2 362 mm) D D
85 inch, ’A’=94 inch (2 388 mm) D E
86 inch, ’A’=95 inch (2 413 mm) D F
87 inch, ’A’=96 inch (2 438 mm) D G
88 inch, ’A’=97 inch (2 464 mm) D H
89 inch, ’A’=98 inch (2 489 mm) D J
90 inch, ’A’=99 inch (2 515 mm) D K
91 inch, ’A’=100 inch (2 540 mm) D L
92 inch, ’A’=101 inch (2 565 mm) D M
93 inch, ’A’=102 inch (2 591 mm) D N
94 inch, ’A’=103 inch (2 616 mm) D P
95 inch, ’A’=104 inch (2 642 mm) D Q
96 inch, ’A’=105 inch (2 667 mm) D R
No width parts3) X X
Weight type
None 0 0
For use with flat bar weights (weights not included) 1 1
Width based on belt width
3 inch integrated round bar weight (18 ... 29 inch, 15.9 ... 22.7 kg) 3 1
5/52 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Article No.
belt scales
Fabrication
Standard, C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel 1
Electro galvanized mild steel 2
Other materials available upon request.

Further designs
Stainless steel tag [69 x 38 mm (2.7 x 1.5 inch)]: measur Y15
cify in plain text.
mentation
MWL handle shaft extension, 3.75 inch (95 mm) 7MH7726-1AM
MWL module LH unit 7MH7723-1GU
MWL module RH unit 7MH7723-1GV
MWL handle 7MH7723-1GX
MWL retrofit kit (for Milltronics MSI, MMI belt scales) 7MH7723-1FW
MWL retrofit kit galvanized (for Milltron 7MH7723-1JT
ics MSI, MMI belt scales)
MWL retrofit kit (for Milltronics MCS belt scales) 7MH7723-1HA
MWL handle shaft extension galvanized [3.75 inch 7MH7223-1JS
(95 mm)]
MWL module LH unit galvanized 7MH7723-1HK
MWL module RH unit galvanized 7MH7723-1HL
MWL handle galvanized 7MH7723-1HM
1) One MWL is required for each scale (MMI-2 requires 2 MWL).

2) Select motor mounting, order code options M30 or M31.
3) Available with weight type option 00 only.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/53

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Calibration weight lifter Mill

tronics MWL
Mode of operation
Principle of operation Mechanical gear drive
Typical application Belt scale calibration
Medium conditions
Max. ambient temperature 75 °C (167 °F)
Belt design
Belt width • MCS: up to 1 600 mm (60 inch) CEMA
width
• MUS-STD standard duty: up to 1 000 mm
(42 inch) CEMA width
• MUS-HD heavy-duty: up to 1 600 mm
(60 inch) CEMA width
• MSI: 18 … 96 inch CEMA belt width
Conveyor incline ± 15° from horizontal
Idlers 20° or more troughed idlers

Idler spacing Minimum of 610 mm (24 inch)
Calibration weight capacity Up to 340 kg (750 lb)
Crank arm
Mechanical advantage 20:1
Number of revolutions required for raising or 12
lowering
Mounting dimensions See reverse for standard and heavy-duty
MUS, MCS, and
MSI/MMI belt scales
Approvals The MWL is in compliance with directive
2006/42/EC, CE, UKCA, RCM
Motorized option CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC, KC, CCSAUS
5/54 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
MWL with MUS - STD Standard Duty Belt Scale MWL with MUS - HD Heavy Duty Belt Scale
522 (20.55) 608 (23.92)

14 (0.56) 133 214 14 (0.56) 133 246
dia. holes (typ.) (5.22) (8.43) dia. holes (typ.) (5.22) (9.67)
or to suit (A dimension)
Belt width + 229 (9)


Belt Belt
Base-bar weight centered Base-bar weight centered

on lifting arm Belt on lifting arm Belt
10 (0.38) minimum 10 (0.38) minimum
clearance from vertical clearance from vertical
arm to weights arm to weights
MWL, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/55

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
MWL with MCS belt scale MWL with MSI/MMI belt scale
133 214 133 265
(5.22) (8.43) (5.22) (10.42)
14 (0.56) dia. 14 (0.56) dia.
holes (typ.) holes (typ.)

or to suit
Belt width (A dimension) Belt width
+ 229 (9) + 229 (9)
or to suit or to suit
(A dimension) Belt width + 229 (9)
(A dimension)
Belt or to suit
Belt
(A dimension)
Base-bar weight centered on lifting arm

Base-bar weight centered
Belt on lifting arm
Belt
10 (0.38) minimum clearance
from vertical arm to weights
12.5 (0.5) minimum clearance
from vertical arm to base bar
MWL, dimensions in mm (inch)
5/56 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Accessories
Belt Weighing
Milltronics flat bar calibration weights
Accessories
Milltronics flat bar calibration weights
Overview
Roller test chains are used for belt scale calibration when material
tests are not practical. All test chains are bushed. Minimum length
is 4 feet (1.2 m).
Article No.
Milltronics Flat bar calibration weights. 7MH7127- ● ● ● ●
Designed for use with Milltronics belt scales.
Bar width, belt width and A dimension, weight
3 inch, 18 inch, A=27 inch (686 mm), 4.63 kg 1 A A
3 inch, 24 inch, A=33 inch (838 mm), 5.78 kg 1 A G
3 inch, 30 inch, A=39 inch (991 mm), 6.94 kg 1 A N
3 inch, 36 inch, A=45 inch (1 143 mm), 8.10 kg 1 A U
3 inch, 42 inch, A=51 inch (1 295 mm), 9.25 kg 1 B D
3 inch, 48 inch, A=57 inch (1 448 mm), 10.41 kg 1 B K
3 inch, 54 inch, A=63 inch (1 600 mm), 11.57 kg 1 B R
3 inch, 60 inch, A=69 inch (1 753 mm), 12.73 kg 1 C A
3 inch, 66 inch, A=75 inch (1 905 mm), 13.89 kg 1 C G
3 inch, 72 inch, A=81 inch (2 057 mm), 15.05 kg 1 C N
3 inch, 78 inch, A=87 inch (2 210 mm), 16.21 kg 1 C U
3 inch, 84 inch, A=93 inch (2 362 mm), 17.37 kg 1 D D
3 inch, 90 inch, A=99 inch (2 515 mm), 18.53 kg 1 D K
3 inch, 96 inch, A=105 inch (2 667 mm), 19.69 kg 1 D R
4 inch, 18 inch, A=27 inch (686 mm), 6.17 kg 2 A A
4 inch, 24 inch, A=33 inch (838 mm), 7.71 kg 2 A G
4 inch, 30 inch, A=39 inch (991 mm), 9.26 kg 2 A N
4 inch, 36 inch, A=45 inch (1 143 mm), 10.80 kg 2 A U
4 inch, 42 inch, A=51 inch (1 295 mm), 12.34 kg 2 B D
4 inch, 48 inch, A=57 inch (1 448 mm), 13.89 kg 2 B K
4 inch, 54 inch, A=63 inch (1 600 mm), 15.42 kg 2 B R
4 inch, 60 inch, A=69 inch (1 753 mm), 16.97 kg 2 C A
4 inch, 66 inch, A=75 inch (1 905 mm), 18.52 kg 2 C G
4 inch, 72 inch, A=81 inch (2 057 mm), 20.07 kg 2 C N
4 inch, 78 inch, A=87 inch (2 210 mm), 21.62 kg 2 C U
4 inch, 84 inch, A=93 inch (2 362 mm), 23.17 kg 2 D D
4 inch, 90 inch, A=99 inch (2 515 mm), 24.72 kg 2 D K
4 inch, 96 inch, A=105 inch (2 667 mm), 26.27 kg 2 D R
Fabrication
Standard, C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel 1
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/57

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Accessories
Belt Weighing
Test chain
Accessories
Test chain
Overview
Roller test chains are used for belt scale calibration when material
tests are not practical. All test chains are bushed. Minimum length
is 4 feet (1.2 m).
Benefits
• Heavy-duty design for rugged applications and long life
• Precision machined components for accurate calibration
• Bushed rollers to ensure rotation during calibration
• Alternative to material tests when they are not possible
Application
Milltronics calibration test chains provide simulated material flow

on a conveyor belt for use with belt scale calibration. Designed for
use in environments where material tests cannot be performed, test
chains come in a variety of capacity options for use in any applica
tion. They ensure constant and uniform belt loading similar to
material being conveyed, and can be stored on a storage reel for
quick and easy application. The use of a calibration test chain
ensures that production totals are guaranteed.
Article No.
Test chain 7MH7161- 0 ● ● ● 0
Roller test chains are used for belt scale calibration when material tests are not
practical.
Test chain: roller test chains are used for belt scale calibration when material tests are not practical.
5 lb/ft (7.4 kg/m), 6 inch pitch
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) A A 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) A A 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) A A 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) A A 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) A A 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) A A 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) A A 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) A A 8
7.5 lb/ft (11.2 kg/m), 6 inch pitch
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) B B 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) B B 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) B B 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) B B 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) B B 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) B B 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) B B 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) B B 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) C C 1
5/58 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Test chain
Article No.
Test chain 7MH7161- 0 ● ● ● 0
practical.
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) C C 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) C C 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) C C 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) C C 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) C C 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) C C 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) C C 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) D D 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) D D 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) D D 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) D D 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) D D 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) D D 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) D D 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) D D 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) E E 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) E E 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) E E 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) E E 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) E E 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) E E 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) E E 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) E E 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) F F 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) F F 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) F F 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) F F 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) F F 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) F F 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) F F 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) F F 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) G G 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) G G 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) G G 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) G G 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) G G 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) G G 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) G G 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) G G 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) H H 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) H H 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) H H 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.8 ... 5.8 m) H H 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) H H 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) H H 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) H H 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) H H 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) J J 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) J J 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) J J 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) J J 4
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/59

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Test chain
Article No.
Test chain 7MH7161- 0 ● ● ● 0
practical.
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) J J 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) J J 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) J J 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) J J 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) K K 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) K K 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) K K 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) K K 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) K K 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) K K 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) K K 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) K K 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) L L 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) L L 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) L L 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) L L 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) L L 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) L L 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) L L 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) L L 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) N N 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) N N 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) N N 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) N N 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) N N 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) N N 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) N N 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) N N 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) P P 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) P P 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) P P 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) P P 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) P P 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) P P 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) P P 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) P P 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) Q Q 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) Q Q 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) Q Q 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) Q Q 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) Q Q 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) Q Q 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) Q Q 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) Q Q 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) R R 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) R R 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) R R 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) R R 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) R R 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) R R 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) R R 7
5/60 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Test chain
Article No.
Test chain 7MH7161- 0 ● ● ● 0
practical.
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) R R 8
4 ... 7 ft (1.2 ... 2.1 m) S S 1
8 ... 11 ft (2.4 ... 3.4 m) S S 2
12 ... 15 ft (3.7 ... 4.6 m) S S 3
16 ... 19 ft (4.9 ... 5.8 m) S S 4
20 ... 23 ft (6.1 ... 7.0 m) S S 5
24 ... 27 ft (7.3 ... 8.2 m) S S 6
28 ... 31 ft (8.5 ... 9.4 m) S S 7
32 ... 35 ft (9.8 ... 10.7 m) S S 8

Further models
cify order codes(s)
Total length
Enter the total length in plain text Y01
description:
Y01: Total length ... mm (must be
equivalent to whole feet, e.g. 1 ft =
304.8 mm)
ing/documentation
Test chain
Mode of operation
Principle of operation Rides on carrying side of belt to simulate
material loading
Medium conditions
Max. ambient temperature 65 °C (150 °F)
Design
Belt loading to meet any application 5 lb/ft (7.4 kg/m) … 100 lb/ft (148.8 kg/m)
Length Made to suit conveyor design
Idler Flat to 45° troughed idlers
Max belt speed 5 m/s 1 000 fpm
Mounting Connected to conveyor at start and end of
chain at both sides for uniform loading.
Storage and application with test chain stor
age reel.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/61

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Test chain
Double roller
Chain length to center line of last roller
Test chain link Washer

Test chain roller
Test chain shackle
Shaft length
Pitch
Roller shaft (removable) Roller pin ST. STL.
Roller diameter
Single roller
Chain length to center line of last roller
Test chain link Washer

Test chain roller
Test chain shackle

Shaft length
Pitch
Roller shaft (removable) Roller pin ST. STL.

Roller diameter
Milltronics test chain dimensions
5/62 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Accessories
Belt Weighing
Test chain storage reel
Accessories
Overview
Test chain storage reels are used to store roller test chains. All test
chain storage reels come with a geared brake motor.
Benefits
• Mounts to existing conveyor structure above belt
• Motorized application and retraction of test chains for calibration
• Fast and easy calibration
Application
Milltronics calibration test chain storage reels provide motorized

application and retraction of test chains. Complete with an AC
motorized storage reel, test chain reels ensure safe and quick use of
calibration test chains. Designed for use in environments where
material tests cannot be performed, test chain storage reels are
available in any belt width to meet existing customer conveyor geo
metry. For linearity tests dual compartment reels are available for
different chain weight calibration. Test chain storage reels have a
brake integral to the motor ensuring that test chains do not un-reel
during power outages or material running.
Article No.
Test chain storage reels 7MH7163- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ●
Test chain storage reels are used to store roller test chains.
Compartment size
5 inch (127 mm) for chain sizes: 5 lb/ft (7.4 kg/m), 10 lb/ft (14.9 kg/m) 0
6 inch (152 mm) for chain sizes: 7.5 lb/ft (11.2 kg/m) 1
7 inch (178 mm) for chain sizes: 15 lb/ft (22.3 kg/m), 20 lb/ft (29.8 kg/m), 25 lb/ft (37.2 kg/m) 2
11 inch (279 mm) for chain sizes: 40 lb/ft (59.5 kg/m), 45 lb/ft (67.0 kg/m), 50 lb/ft (74.4 kg/m) 4
12 inch (305 mm) for chain sizes:55 lb/ft (81.9 kg/m), 60 lb/ft (89.3 kg/m) 5
13 inch (330 mm) for chain sizes: 70 lb/ft (104.2 kg/m) 6
16 inch (406 mm) for chain sizes: 90 lb/ft (133.9 kg/m) 8
C dimension
25 inch (635 mm) A A
26 inch (660 mm) A B
27 inch (686 mm) A C
28 inch (711 mm) A D
29 inch (737 mm) A E
30 inch (762 mm) A F
31 inch (787 mm) A G
32 inch (813 mm) A H
33 inch (838 mm) A J
34 inch (864 mm) A K
35 inch (889 mm) A L
36 inch (914 mm) A M
37 inch (940 mm) A N
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/63

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Article No.
38 inch (965 mm) A P
39 inch (991 mm) A Q
40 inch (1 016 mm) A R
41 inch (1 041 mm) A S
42 inch (1 067 mm) A T
43 inch (1 092 mm) A U
44 inch (1 118 mm) A V
45 inch (1 143 mm) A W
46 inch (1 168 mm) B A
47 inch (1 194 mm) B B
48 inch (1 219 mm) B C
49 inch (1 245 mm) B D
50 inch (1 270 mm) B E
51 inch (1 295 mm) B F
52 inch (1 321 mm) B G
53 inch (1 346 mm) B H
54 inch (1 372 mm) B J
55 inch (1 397 mm) B K
56 inch (1 422 mm) B L
57 inch (1 448 mm) B M
58 inch (1 473 mm) B N
59 inch (1 499 mm) B P
60 inch (1 524 mm) B Q
61 inch (1 549 mm) B R
62 inch (1 575 mm) B S
63 inch (1 600 mm) B T
64 inch (1 626 mm) B U
65 inch (1 651 mm) B V
66 inch (1 676 mm) B W
67 inch (1 702 mm) C A
68 inch (1 727 mm) C B
69 inch (1 753 mm) C C
70 inch (1 778 mm) C D
71 inch (1 803 mm) C E
72 inch (1 829 mm) C F
73 inch (1 854 mm) C G
74 inch (1 880 mm) C H
75 inch (1 905 mm) C J
76 inch (1 930 mm) C K
77 inch (1 956 mm) C L
78 inch (1 981 mm) C M
79 inch (2 007 mm) C N
80 inch (2 032 mm) C P
81 inch (2 057 mm) C Q
82 inch (2 083 mm) C R
83 inch (2 108 mm) C S
84 inch (2 134 mm) C T
85 inch (2 159 mm) C U
86 inch (2 184 mm) C V
87 inch (2 210 mm) C W
88 inch (2 235 mm) D A
89 inch (2 261 mm) D B
90 inch (2 286 mm) D C
91 inch (2 311 mm) D D
92 inch (2 337 mm) D E
93 inch (2 362 mm) D F
94 inch (2 388 mm) D G
95 inch (2 413 mm) D H
5/64 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Article No.
96 inch (2 438 mm) D J
97 inch (2 464 mm) D K
98 inch (2 489 mm) D L
99 inch (2 515 mm) D M
100 inch (2 540 mm) D N
101 inch (2 565 mm) D P
102 inch (2 591 mm) D Q
103 inch (2 616 mm) D R
104 inch (2 642 mm) D S
105 inch (2 667 mm) D T
3 Phase motorvoltage
230/460 V 60 Hz 1
200/400 V 50 Hz 2
575 V 60 Hz 3
Reel type
Single compartment for 1 calibration test chain 0
Double compartment for 2 calibration test chains 1
Reel diameter/motor mount location
36 inch (914 mm) / right hand access 0
42 inch (1 067 mm) / right hand access 1
36 inch (914 mm) / left hand access 4
42 inch (1 067 mm) / left hand access 5
Motor power
0.75 HP (0.56 kW) A
1 HP (0.75 kW) B
1.5 HP (1.12 kW) C
2 HP (1.5 kW) D
3 HP (2.24 kW) E
5 HP (3.73 kW) F
7.5 HP (5.59 kW) G
10 HP (7.5 kW) H
15 HP (11.19 kW) J
20 HP (14.91 kW) K

ing/documentation
Accessories
Local operator station: forward, 7MH7723-1JY
reverse, e-stop, off/onNote: motor
starter and voltage transformer
required for use with controller,
120 V AC required for controller
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/65

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Milltronics Test chain storage reels

Medium conditions
Operating temperature -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
Design • C5-M rated polyester painted structural
steel
• 10 mm (3/8 inch) galvanized rope
provided for chain spooling
• Self-aligning pillow block bearings
Reel Up to 1 524 mm (60 inch)
Chain application at 7 ... 10 RPM
Drive motor TEFC, AC, three phase motor with shaft
mounted helical bevel gear reducer
Compartment width
Reel Ø
nsion to
D dime of belt Pillow block
r li n e
cente sc ale bearings
Motor mounted
Z
for right hand 101.5 (4)
access based shed 40 pipe
on belt scale
Eyebolt for mens
By Sie location 254 (10) x
chain restraint
E
320.4 kg/m (20 lb/ft)

tomer Structural
By c us
To suit
Gusset (by angle frame

customer) B elt line By Siemens
Connecting
bracket by By customer
customer
C
Conveyor stringer
B
B Conveyor
Reel Ø B E View Z
915 (36) 520 (20.5) 340 (13.25)
1 070 (42) 600 (23.5) 340 (13.25)
1 220 (48) 670 (26.5) 340 (13.25)
1 520 (60) 830 (32.5) 450 (17.75)
Milltronics test chain storage reel, dimension in mm (inch)
5/66 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Accessories
Belt Weighing
Bend pulleys
Accessories
Bend pulleys
Overview
Return belt driven pulley provides rotation for shaft-driven speed

sensors. 4.5 inch size is self-cleaning.
Benefits
• Heavy-duty design for high belt tension
• Self-cleaning 114 mm (4.5 inch) diameter option
• Steel drum 152 mm (6 inch) diameter option
• Steel drum 152 mm (6 inch) with 6 mm (¼ inch) rubber lagged
option
• Spherical self-aligning pillow block bearings
• Fast installation, easy maintenance
Application
Milltronics bend pulleys provide constant belt contact for use with
Siemens speed sensors. Designed for use in rugged operating envir
onments common to mining, aggregates, cement, minerals, and
other process industries. They ensure concentric speed sensor rota
tion to reduce pre-mature bearing failure. The use of a bend pulley
driven speed sensor ensures no modification is required on any
existing conveyor shaft. Options include stainless steel construc
tion, epoxy painting, polymer bearings, self-cleaning style, and
lagged style.
Article No.
Bend pulleys, 4.5/6 inch design 7MH7170- ● ● ● ● 0
Return belt driven pulley provides rotation for shaft-driven speed sensors. Available in
4.5 inch or 6 inch diameter.
Size
4.5 inch diameter self cleaning1) 1
6 inch diameter 2
18 inch, A=27 ... 29.5 inch (686 ... 749 mm), 20 inch, A=29 inch (737 mm) A
24 inch, A=33 ... 35.5 inch (838 ... 901 mm) B
30 inch, A=39 ... 41.5 inch (991 ... 1 054 mm) C
36 inch, A=45 ... 47.5 inch (1 143 ... 1 206 mm) E
42 inch, A=51 inch (1 295 mm) G
48 inch, A=57 ... 59.5 inch (1 448 ... 1 511 mm) H
54 inch, A=63 ... 65.5 inch (1 600 ... 1 663 mm) K
60 inch, A=69 ... 71.5 inch (1 753 ... 1 816 mm) L
66 inch, A=75 ... 77.5 inch (1 905 ... 1 968 mm) M
500 mm, A=29 ... 31.5 inch (740 ... 800 mm) N
650 mm, A=35 ... 37.6 inch (890 ... 954 mm) P
800 mm, A=41 ... 43.5 inch (1 040 ... 1 104 mm) Q
800 mm, A=43 ... 45.4 inch (1 090 ... 1 154 mm) R
1 000 mm, A=48.8 ... 51.3 inch (1 240 ... 1 304 mm) S
1 200 mm, A=56.6 ... 59.2 inch (1 440 ... 1 504 mm) T
1 400 mm, A=64.6 ... 67.1 inch (1 640 ... 1 704 mm) U
1 450 mm, A=66.5 ... 69.0 inch (1 690 ... 1 754 mm) V
1 600 mm, A=72.4 ... 74.9 inch (1 840 ... 1 904 mm) W
Finish
Standard, C5-M rated polyester painted mild steel2) A
316 (1.4401) stainless steel3) B
316 (1.4401) stainless steel4) C
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/67

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Bend pulleys
Article No.
Bend pulleys, 4.5/6 inch design 7MH7170- ● ● ● ● 0
4.5 inch or 6 inch diameter.
Epoxy painted5) D
Epoxy painted, with corrosion resistant bearings5) E
Bearings
Imperial size 0
Metric size 1
No bearings 2
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at http://www.siemens.com/weighing/docu
mentation
1) Available with belt width and "A" dimension options A ... H and N ... T only.
2) Not painted with 4.5 inch diameter model.
3) 316 (1.4401) stainless steel shaft on 4.5 inch diameter models only.
4) With corrosion resistant bearings, 316 (1.4401) stainless steel shaft on 4.5 inch diameter models only.
5) For 6 inch diameter models only.
Article No.
Bend pulleys, 6.5 inch design 7MH7171- ● ● ● ● 0
6.5 inch diameter.
Size
6 inch diameter with 1/4 inch lagging 3
18 inch, A=27 ... 29.5 inch (686 ... 749 mm), 20 inch, A=29 inch (737 mm) A
24 inch, A=33 ... 35.5 inch (838 ... 901 mm) B
30 inch, A=39 ... 41.5 inch (991 ... 1 054 mm) C
36 inch, A=45 ... 47.5 inch (1 143 ... 1 206 mm) E
42 inch, A=51... 53.5 inch (1 295 ... 1 358 mm) G
48 inch, A=57 ... 59.5 inch (1 448 ... 1 511 mm) H
54 inch, A=63 ... 65.5 inch (1 600 ... 1 663 mm) K
60 inch, A=69 ... 71.5 inch (1 753 ... 1 816 mm) L
66 inch, A=75 ... 77.5 inch (1 905 ... 1 968 mm) M
500 mm, A=29 ... 31.5 inch (740 ... 800 mm) N
650 mm, A=35 ... 37.6 inch (890 ... 954 mm) P
800 mm, A=41 ... 43.5 inch (1 040 ... 1 104 mm) Q
800 mm, A=43 ... 45.4 inch (1 090 ... 1 154 mm) R
1 000 mm, A=48.8 ... 51.3 inch (1 240 ... 1 304 mm) S
1 200 mm, A=56.6 ... 59.2 inch (1 440 ... 1 504 mm) T
1 400 mm, A=64.6 ... 67.1 inch (1 640 ... 1 704 mm) U
1 450 mm, A=66.5 ... 69.0 inch (1 690 ... 1 754 mm) V
1 600 mm, A=72.4 ... 74.9 inch (1 840 ... 1 904 mm) W
Finish
316 (1.4401) stainless steel B
316 (1.4401) stainless steel with corrosion resistant bearings C
Bearings
Imperial size 0
Metric size 1
No bearings 2
mentation
5/68 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Bend pulleys
Article No.
Bend pulleys, 8 inch design 7MH7187- ● ● ● ● 0
8 inch diameter.
Size
8 inch diameter 4
48 inch, A=57 ... 59.5 inch (1 447.8 ... 1 511 mm) A
54 inch, A=63 ... 65.5 inch (1 600.2 ... 1 663 mm) B
60 inch, A=69 ... 71.5 inch (1 752.6 ... 1 816 mm) C
66 inch, A=75 ... 77.5 inch (1 905 ... 1 968 mm) E
72 inch, A=81 ... 83.5 inch (2 057 ... 2 121 mm) G
78 inch, A=87 ... 89.5 inch (2 210 ... 2 273 mm) H
84 inch, A=93 ... 95.5 inch (2 362 ... 2 426 mm) J
90 inch, A=99 ... 101.5 inch (2 515 ... 2 578 mm) K
96 inch, A=105 ... 107.5 inch (2 667 ... 2 731 mm) L
1 200 mm, A=56.6 ... 59.2 inch (1 440 ... 1 504 mm) M
1 400 mm, A=64.6 ... 67.1 inch (1 640 ... 1 704 mm) N
1 450 mm, A=66.5 ... 69.0 inch (1 690 ... 1 754 mm) P
1 600 mm, A=72.4 ... 74.9 inch (1 840 ... 1 904 mm) Q
1 800 mm, A=80.3 ... 82.8 inch (2 040 ... 2 104 mm) R
2 000 mm, A=88.2 ... 90.7 inch (2 240 ... 2 304 mm) S
2 200 mm, A=96.1 ... 98.6 inch (2 440 ... 2 504 mm) T
2 400 mm, A=103.9 ... 106.4 inch (2 640 ... 2 704 mm) U
2 500 mm, A=107.9 ... 110.4 inch (2 740 ... 2 804 mm) V
Finish
Epoxy painted D
Epoxy painted with corrosion resistant bearings E
Bearings
Imperial size 0
Metric size 1
No bearings 2
mentation
Article No.
Bend pulleys, 8.5 inch design 7MH7188 ● ● ● ● 0
8.5 inch diameter.
Size
8 inch diameter with ¼ inch lagging 5
48 inch, A=57 ... 59.5 inch (1 447.8 ...1 511 mm) A
54 inch, A=63 ... 65.5 inch (1 600.2 ... 1 663 mm) B
60 inch, A=69 ... 71.5 inch (1 752.6 ... 1 816 mm) C
66 inch, A=75 ... 77.5 inch (1 905 ... 1 968 mm) E
72 inch, A=81 ... 83.5 inch (2 057 ... 2 121 mm) G
78 inch, A=87 ... 89.5 inch (2 210 ... 2 273 mm) H
84 inch, A=93 ... 95.5 inch (2 362 ... 2 426 mm) J
90 inch, A=99 ... 101.5 inch (2 515 ... 2 578 mm) K
96 inch, A=105 ... 107.5 inch (2 667 ... 2 731 mm) L
1 200 mm, A=56.6 ... 59.2 inch (1 440 ... 1 504 mm) M
1 400 mm, A=64.6 ... 67.1 inch (1 640 ... 1 704 mm) N
1 450 mm, A=66.5 ... 69.0 inch (1 690 ... 1 754 mm) P
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/69

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Bend pulleys
Article No.
Bend pulleys, 8.5 inch design 7MH718 ● ● ● ● 0
Return belt driven pulley provides rotation for shaft-driven speed sensors. Available in 8-
8.5 inch diameter.
1 600 mm, A=72.4 ... 74.9 inch (1 840 ... 1 904 mm) Q
1 800 mm, A=80.3 ... 82.8 inch (2 040 ... 2 104 mm) R
2 000 mm, A=88.2 ... 90.7 inch (2 240 ... 2 304 mm) S
2 200 mm, A=96.1 ... 98.6 inch (2 440 ... 2 504 mm) T
2 400 mm, A=103.9 ... 106.4 inch (2 640 ... 2 704 mm) U
2 500 mm, A=107.9 ... 110.4 inch (2 740 ... 2 804 mm) V
Finish
Bearings
Imperial size 0
Metric size 1
No bearings 2
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at http://www.siemens.com/weighing/documentation
Bend pulleys
Typical application Mining, aggregates, cement, minerals, and
other process industries
Medium conditions
Operating temperature -40 … +110 °C (-40 … +230 °F)
Shaft material Mild steel 316 (1.44) stainless steel, option
Pulleys
Self-cleaning rubber disc style 114 mm (4.5 inch) diameter
Steel drum 152 mm (6 inch) diameter
Steel drum 152 mm (6 inch) diameter with 6 mm

(¼ inch) rubber lagged option
Bearings • Heavy-duty self-aligning pillow block bear
ings, standard
• Polymer self-aligning pillow block bear
ings option
Belt speed
Self-cleaning 1.79 m/s (350 fpm) max.
Drum 3 m/s (600 fpm)
5/70 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories
Bend pulleys
M8 x 1.25
thru to hole
Ø16.0 (0.630)
Ø16.1 (0.634)
E ± 6 (0.25)
A 114 (4.5)
L
M8 x 1.25
thru to hole
B
Ø16.0 (0.630)
Ø16.1 (0.634)
F Version B
A 114 (4.5)
Ø152 (6.0) or
Standard
203 (8.0)
Lagged Ø165 (6.5) or

Belt size E A L F 216 (8.50)
18 inch, 18 inch (460 mm), 27 inch (686 mm), 34.5 inch (876 mm) 20 inch (508 mm)
20 inch 20 inch (508 mm) 29 inch (737 mm)
24 inch 24 inch (610 mm) 33 inch (838 mm) 40.5 inch (1 029 mm) 26 inch (660 mm)
30 inch 30 inch (762 mm) 39 inch (991 mm) 46.5 inch (1 181 mm) 32 inch (812 mm)
36 inch 36 inch (915 mm) 45 inch (1 143 mm) 52.5 inch (1 334 mm) 38 inch (965 mm)
42 inch 42 inch (1 066 mm) 51 inch (1 295 mm) 58.5 inch (1 486 mm) 44 inch (1 118 mm)
500 mm 500 mm (19.7 inch) 737 mm (29 inch) 34.8 inch (884 inch) 551 mm (21.7 inch)
650 mm 650 mm (25.6 inch) 890 mm (35 inch) 40.7 inch (1 034 mm) 701 mm (27.6 inch)
800 mm 800 mm (31.5 inch) 1 040 mm (41 inch) 46.6 inch (1 184 mm) 851 mm (33.5 inch)
800 mm 800 mm (31.5 inch) 1 090 mm (43 inch) 48.6 inch (1 234 mm) 851 mm (33.5 inch)
1 000 mm 1 000 mm (39.4 inch) 1 240 mm (48.8 inch) 56.3 inch (1 430 mm) 1 052 mm (41.4 inch)
1 200 mm 1 200 mm (47.2 inch) 1 540 mm (60.6 inch) 64.2 inch (1630 mm) 1 275 mm (50.2 inch)
1 400 mm 1 400 mm (55.1 inch) 1 650 mm (65 inch) 72.0 inch (1 830 mm) 1 476 mm (58.1 inch)
1 450 mm 1 450 mm (57.1 inch) 1 702 mm (67 inch) 74.0 inch (1 880 mm) 1 527 mm (60.1 inch)
1 600 mm 1 600 mm (63.0 inch) 1 940 mm (76.4 inch) 79.9 inch (2 030 mm) 1 676 mm (66 inch)
1 800 mm 1 800 mm (70.7 inch) 80.3 inch (2 040 mm) 87.8 inch (2 230 mm) 73.8 inch (1 875 mm)
Bend pulley, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/71

© Siemens AG 2022
Accessories
Belt Weighing
Belt scale peripherals
Accessories
Milltronics belt scale peripher Article No.

als
Totalizer
150 x 150 x 100D 7MH7723-1GG
Nema 4 /IP65 enclosure
Panel mount totalizer 7MH7726-1AU
Ticket printers
Ticket printer, TM-U295, 100 … 240 V 7MH7726-1AK
Ribbon Ink EPSON TM-U295 7MH7723-1GE
Printer cables
Printer cables for TM-U295 and 7MH7726-1AH
TMU220B, RS 232, DB25 … open end
RS 485 … RS 232 DB25 male converters 7MH7726-1AJ
for TMU295 and TMU220B printer
Portable Printer
FastMark M4DT, USB/BT A5E36716278
Roll printer
Roll printer, TMU220B, 100 … 240 V 7MH7726-1AT
(required for German and Spanish
printing)
Chart recorder
Totalizer with Hi/Low alarm lights, 7MH7726-1AL
584 x 483 x 203D Nema 4 /IP65 enclos
ure
SIREC D200 display recorder 7ND41211AA011AA2
Terminal box 1, 2, or 4 load cell(s) /
speed sensor, 150 x 200 x 100
NEMA 4 /IP65 enclosure
Mild steel 7MH7723-1ND
Stainless steel 7MH7723-1NE
Termination board spare A5E03623963
Note:
For MMI-3, 2 terminal boxes are

required
Belt scale connection cable 7MH7723-1JR

6 cond, 20 G (order per meter)
Note:
For use with 1 or 2 load cell belt
scales, for 4 or 6 load cell belt scales
use 2 cables. This cable is intended
for less than 150 m (500 ft).
Cable length orders exceeding 150 m

(500 ft) may not be supplied as a
continuous length.
Beltscale alignment kit 7MH7723-1KC
Note:
Comes with idler shims, alignment
wire, and spacer blocks for idler
alignment
Inclinometer
Celesco model IT9420 7MH7726-1AP
Belt scale spare load cells
For Milltronics Torque shaft belt scale
(MTS), model CD or CFT, mounting
hardware included
50 lb (22.7 kg) 7MH7725-1BA
75 lb (34 kg) 7MH7725-1BB
100 lb (45.4 kg) 7MH7725-1BC
150 lb (68 kg) 7MH7725-1BD
5/72 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories

als
300 lb (136.1 kg) 7MH7725-1BE
500 lb (226.8 kg) 7MH7725-1BF
750 lb (340.2 kg) 7MH7725-1BG
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) 7MH7725-1BH
1 500 lb (680.4 kg) 7MH7725-1BJ
For MSI belt scale with round static
beam, low-profile, mounting hardware
included,
model 60048-XXX-0137 or
60048-XXX-0129
25 lb (11.3 kg) 7MH7725-1AJ
50 lb (22.7 kg) 7MH7725-1AK
100 lb (45.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AL
200 lb (90.7 kg) 7MH7725-1AM
400 lb (181.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AN
500 lb (226.8 kg) 7MH7725-1AP
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) 7MH7725-1AQ
For retrofitting current and older ver
sion of MSI with Group 4, mounting
hardware included, sensortron
ics 60048-xxx-0138, or RTI. Mod
el 6500
50 lb (22.7 kg) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AD
250 lb (113.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AE
500 lb (226.8 kg) 7MH7725-1AF
750 lb (340.2 kg) 7MH7725-1AG
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) 7MH7725-1AH
For retrofitting older version of
MSI C462 (transducers incorporated),
mounting hardware included
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-23900005
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-23900010
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-23900012
For retrofitting older MMW & MCS belt
scales that do not have a conduit
adaptor, belt scale mounting hardware
included
50 lb 7MH7725-1BN
100 lb 7MH7725-1BP
250 lb 7MH7725-1BQ
For retrofitting older MIC belt scale,
mounting hardware included
25 lb Replace with 50 lb
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-61009735
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-61009731
250 lb (113.4 kg) PBD-61009732
500 lb (226.8 kg) PBD-61009733
1 000 lb (453.6 kg) PBD-61009734
Kit, 2 idler cable suspension PBD-61010081
Kit, 2 idler cable suspension, heavy PBD-61010082
duty
Kit, 4 idler cable suspension, heavy PBD-61010742
duty
Kit, 4 idler cable suspension, magnum PBD-61010743
Kit, 4 idler cable suspension, standard PBD-61010741
Shock washers PBD-54000161
Bearing flange 1 3/16 PBD-20250015
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 5/73

© Siemens AG 2022
Belt Weighing
Accessories

als
For MUS HD aluminum mod
el 7MH71202, use SIWAREX WL260 SP-
S AB, customer to supply
M8-1.25 x 30 mm and M8 split washer
mounting hardware
50 kg (110.2 lb) 7MH5103-2PD00
100 kg (220.4 lb) 7MH5103-3AD00
150 kg (330.7 lb) 7MH5103-3ED00
200 kg (440.9 lb) 7MH5103-3GD00
300 kg (661.4 lb) 7MH5103-3KD00
300 kg (661.4 lb) 7MH5103-3PD00
500 kg (1 102.3 lb)
For WD600 model 7MH7185 PBD-23900224
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-23900224
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-23900225
5/74 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

6
© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
6/2 Introduction
6/4 SITRANS WW100
6/12 SITRANS WW200
6/51 Accessories
6/51 Weighfeeder peripherals
© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Introduction
Weighfeeders
Introduction
Overview
SITRANS weighfeeders from Siemens can improve the accuracy of

processing, blend consistencies, accountability, and record keeping.
All weighfeeders come standard with a belt weigh bridge and speed
sensor. An integrator is required to complete the system.
Mode of operation
The weighfeeder is used to deliver an accurate mass flow rate of

material. In the majority of applications, material is profiled by an
adjustable mechanical shear gate, which fixes the correct material
bed depth for a given particle size.
The feed rate is then maintained and adjusted by varying the speed
of the belt. However, in some cases the belt speed is constant with
rate control (if any) done by a pre-feeding device.
The system consists of three components: weight and speed sens
ing, integration and control, and the mechanical conveying system.
Using the belt load and the belt speed signals, small incremental
totals of weight per time are measured by the integrator and then
the flow rate is calculated. The measured flowrate is compared
against the desired flowrate and the on-board PID controller makes
necessary corrections to the belt speed.
Infeed Head pulley

Shear gate
Belt travel
Motor speed
Speed sensor Belt scale or
controller
Tail weighbridge
(optional)
pulley PID output
Rate
Load Total
Load Display
Speed Speed
Integrator Analog output
PID input
Remote total output
Weighfeeder operation
Design and Applications
SITRANS WW100
The platform weigh bridge mounts directly to a corrosion-resistant
platform load cell. The direct load design eliminates all intermediate
mechanical suspension and allows material weight to be directly
applied to the load cell.
This design minimizes zero drift normally caused by intermediary
suspension components and allows for the use of a very sensitive
precision platform load cell. Load cell size and construction are
chosen for each specific application.
SITRANS WW200
A stainless steel platform weighdeck with a PD-HD slider bar
assembly mounts directly to two corrosion-resistant, sealed plat
form load cells. The direct load design eliminates all intermediate
mechanical suspension and allows material weight to be directly
applied to the load cells. The frame of the WW200 is sturdy and
rigid, ensuring stable and repeatable results, maximizing resolution
and weighing accuracy.
6/2 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
Introduction
Criteria SITRANS WW100 SITRANS WW200
Typical industries Bulk chemicals, tobacco, food, water treatment Bulk chemicals, tobacco, food, recycling
Typical applications High-accuracy, low-capacity for minor ingredient Low- to medium-capacity for minor ingredient addit
additives ives
Design rate range 45 kg/h ... 18 t/h (100 lb/h ... 20 STPH) 0.45 ... 100 t/h
(1 000 lb/h ... 110 STPH)
Belt speed 0.005 ... 0.36 m/s (1 ... 70 fpm) 0.005 ... 0.36 m/s
(1 ... 70 fpm)
Accuracy1) ± 0.5 % or better ± 0.5 % or better
Specified range 10 ... 100 % based on speed 10 ... 100 % based on speed
Sensing element Long length platform weigh bridge Platform weigh bridge
Single load cell Dual load cells
Approvals • Declaration of incorporation of partly completed machinery acc. directive 2006/42/EC.
• Stainless steel options meet FDA requirements for food processing.
• Hazardous approvals per configuration options (WW200 only).
1) Accuracy subject to: On factory approved installations the weigh feeder system’s totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when compared to a
known weighed material test sample. The test rate must be within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the duration of the test.
The minimum material test sample must be equivalent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for three revolutions of the belt or at least ten minutes run
ning time, whichever is greater.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/3

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SITRANS WW100
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
Overview
SITRANS WW100 is a high-accuracy, low-capacity weighfeeder used

for minor ingredient additives.
Benefits
• High accuracy
• High turn down ratio; 100 to 10 % of capacity
• Corrosion resistant components
• Fast and easy belt removal for replacement or cleaning
• Simple installation, easy to clean and maintain
• Available with gear or servomotor
Application
SITRANS WW100 is one of the most accurate in-motion weighing

systems on the market. It is specially designed for high accuracy on
light loading processes. The design eliminates material buildup to
ensure accurate, reliable measurement.
The unique long length platform weigh bridge mounts directly to a
corrosion-resistant platform load cell. An adjustable mechanical
shear gate profiles the material and fixes the correct material bed
depth for a given material particle size. The belt speed can be auto
matically adjusted to attain the correct feed rate.
Standard components include an anti-static food grade belt, gravity
tensioned roller, tail pulley driven belt for maximum weighing
accuracy, belt tracking rollers, belt scraper and plow for self-clean
ing.
Article No.
SITRANS WW100 Weighfeeder 7MH7180- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ●
Accuracy is ± 0.25 … 0.5 %, with capacity up to 25 m³/h
(880 ft³/h).
Add order code Y71 … Y73 for all models to -specify design data.
Frame and enclosure construction
304 stainless steel open style 0 B
316L stainless steel open style 0 D
304 stainless steel enclosed style with painted mild steel enclosure 1 B
304 stainless steel enclosed style with 304 stainless steel enclosure 1 D
316L stainless steel enclosed style with painted mild steel enclosure 1 G
316L stainless steel enclosed style with 304 stainless steel enclosure 1 J
316L stainless steel enclosed style with 316L stainless steel enclosure 1 M
Material containment construction
Add order code Y74 and plain text: "Arc radius in inches … XX.XXX inch" for options
A … H
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 304 stainless steel A
6/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
Article No.
(880 ft³/h).
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 304 stainless steel with cover B
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 304 stainless steel, #4 polished C
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 304 stainless steel, #4 polished with cover D
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316L stainless steel E
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316L stainless steel with cover F
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316L stainless steel, #4 polished G
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316L stainless steel, #4 polished with cover H
Horseshoe inlet 304 stainless steel1) J
Horseshoe inlet 304 stainless steel, #4 polished1) K
Horseshoe inlet 316L stainless steel1) L
Horseshoe inlet 316L stainless steel, #4 polished1) M
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) stainless steel, hermetically sealed 4
Speed sensor
1 000 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder 1
1 000 PPR shaft mounted optical encoder, stainless steel 4
Drive configuration
SIMOTICS Servomotor incl. SINAMICS control unit with PROFIBUS DP, BOP and power
module
200 … 240 V 1 ph2) 0 A
380 ... 480 V 3 ph2) 0 B
200 … 240 V 1 ph, with 5 m (16.4 ft) 1 A
communication and power cables
380 … 480 V 3 ph, with 5 m (16.4 ft) 1 B
200 … 240 V 1 ph, with 10 m (33 ft) 2 A
380 … 480 V 3 ph, with 10 m (33 ft) 2 B
200 … 240 V 1 ph, with 25 m (82 ft) 3 A
380 … 480 V 3 ph, with 25 m (82 ft) 3 B
200 … 240 V 1 ph, with 50 m (164 ft) 4 A
380 … 480 V 3 ph, with 50 m (164 ft) 4 B
200 … 240 V 1 ph, with 100 m (328 ft) 5 A
380 … 480 V 3 ph, with 100 m (328 ft) 5 B
Standard AC gearmotor without drive
(Drive required for desired belt speed)
Add order code Y76 for electrical style: IEC, UL-R/CSA or CCC.
Add order code Y75 reduction ratio in plain text: "X:1".
220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz AC 6 A
575 V 3 ph 60 Hz AC 6 B
Food grade AC gearmotor without drive
(Drive required for desired belt speed)
Add order code Y76 for electrical style: IEC, UL-R/CSA or CCC.
Add order code Y75 reduction ratio in plain text: "X:1".
220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz AC food grade gearmotor 7 A
575 V 3 ph 60 Hz AC food grade gearmotor 7 B
SIMOTICS servomotor without accessories
Control unit, BOP, power module and input choke as well as power and communication 8 A
cables should be ordered separately.
Calibration Method
None A
1 calibration chain strand approx. 2.41 kg/m (1.62 lb/ft) B
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/5

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
Article No.
(880 ft³/h).
2 calibration chain strands approx. 4.82 kg/m (3.24 lb/ft) C
3 calibration chain strands approx. 7.23 kg/m (4.86 lb/ft) D
Belt change access side
(looking from inlet to discharge)
Left hand 0
Right hand 1

Further Designs
Shear gate arc radius: Enter shear gate arc radius in inches Y74
(xxx.xx inch)3)
Enter design units (TPH, MTPH, lb/h, kg/h) Y71
Enter design speed (ft/m, m/s) Y72
Enter design capacity/rate Y73
AC gearmotor reduction ratio: Enter reduction ratio in Y75
plain text (X:1).
AC gearmotor electrical style: IEC, UL-R/CSA or CCC Y76
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm (2.71 x 1.97 inch)]: meas Y15
uring-point number/identification (max. 27 characters)
Plastic shear curtain to control dust at the infeed for flood G11
able materials and dusty applications3)
Pointek CLS100 Capacitance switch for plugged discharge G12
chute detection
Belt cleaner, stainless steel, nylon brush, mounted under G14
belt plow, cleaning dirty side of belt
Low weight belt for light loading, low rate applications G15
(recommended for under 1 t/h). Anti-static, FDA
approved.
High temp belt for hot material applications (product G17
temp up to 177 °C (350 °F).
High temp silicone, FDA approved.
SINAMICS control unit with ProfiNet G21
(only available with drive configuration options 0A ... 5B)
Food grade Polyurethane sealing at infeed area G22
Discharge dust hood, painted mild steel with de-dust H50
port1)
Discharge dust hood, 304 stainless steel with de-dust H51
port1)
Discharge dust hood, 316L stainless steel with de-dust H52
port1)
of languages, at
6 kg (13.2 lb) stainless steel load cell 7MH5117-1QD00
12 kg (26.4 lb) stainless steel load cell 7MH5117-2BD00
30 kg (66.2 lb) stainless steel load cell 7MH5117-2KD00
1 000 PPR optical encoder4) 6FX2001-2PB00
2 500 PPR optical encoder4) 6FX2001-2PC50
Optical encoder connector 6FX2003-0SU12
6/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100

Speed encoder plug-in with 3 m cable5) A5E50846036003
Speed Encoder, 1 000 PPR, stainless steel A5E50846036001
Skirtboard seals, white, 2 m length 7MH7723-1SF
Skirtboard seals, blue, 2 m length 7MH7723-1SG
Calibration chain, approx. 2.41 kg/m (1.62 lb/ft) 7MH7723-1HP
Calibration chain, approx. 4.82 kg/m (3.24 lb/ft) 7MH7723-1HQ
Calibration chain, approx. 7.23 kg/m (4.86 lb/ft) 7MH7723-1HR
Customers interested in servomotor and drive spares and
peripherals should consult a local sales person.
For more information, please visit
http://www.automation.siemens.com/aspa_app
Standard belt, white 7MH7723-1SA
Standard belt, blue 7MH7723-1SB
Low capacity belt, white 7MH7723-1SC
Low capacity belt, blue 7MH7723-1SD
High temperature belt, white 7MH7723-1SE
Skirtboard sealing 7MH7723-1SG
Guide rollers, set of 2 7MH7723-1SH
Gravimetric tensioning device 7MH7723-1SJ
Telescopers for WW100, stainless steel 7MH7723-1SY
Circuit board for termination box A5E03623963
Bearing replacement kit, 2 bearings each for headpulley 7MH7723-1HV
and tailpulley
Pulley replacement kit, for head and tailpulley, crowned, 7MH7723-1HY
with lagging
Belt cleaning kit 7MH7723-1HW
Spare brush, 12 inch belt width 7MH7723-1SN
Accessories
Start, Stop, Hand/Off/Auto, speed pot local operator sta 7MH7723-1JA
tion
CLS100 plugged discharge chute retrofit kit (includes 7MH7723-1JE
CLS100, material hood)
1) Available with Frame Construction options 0B ... 0D only.

2) Communication and power cables required.
3) Available with Material Containment options A ... H only.
4) For use with 5 V DC supply from RS 422 circuit card.
5) For use with PPR optical encoders: 6FX20012PA50, 6FX20012PB00, 6FX20012PC50.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/7

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
SITRANS SITRANS
WW100 WW100
Mode of opera Belt cleaning • PE-HD blade type with counterweight at the head pulley for cleaning
tion product side of belt
Measuring prin Strain gauge load cell and digital speed sensor • Return plow
ciple
Servomotor SIMOTICS Servomotor; optionally including SINAMICS S120 drive,
Typical application Control and monitor feed rates and blending in bulk chemicals, PROFIBUS DP or ProfiNet option, length of motor and communication
tobacco, food, and water treatment cables customizable.
Measuring accur Standard gear Helical-worm geared motor, AC, Efficiency class IE1, IEC or UL-R/CSA,
acy motor IP55, incl. PTC, RAL7031, C2 coating acc. EN12944.
Accuracy1) ± 0.25 … 0.5 % Food grade gear Helical-worm geared motor, AC, Efficiency class IE3, IEC or UL-R/CSA,
Repeatability ± 0.1 % motor IP66, including PTC, corrosion resistant Aluminium housing, sealed
surface treatment nsd tupH, complies with FDA.
Specified range 10 … 100 % based on speed
Variable fre • 1 ph, 200 … 240 V or 3 ph, 380 … 480 V
Design rate range 45 kg/h … 18 t/h (100 lb/h … 20 STPH) quency drive:
SINAMICS S120 • BOP for local control
Max volumetric 25 m3/h (880 ft3/h)
flow servomotor con • External 24 V DC power supply
troller (included
Medium condi with supply of • RS 232 connection port
tions WW100 based on • 4 DI, D0
Operating temper -10 … +55 °C (10 … 131 °F) ordering
options) • PROFIBUS DP, optionally ProfiNet
ature
Material Stainless steel [304 (1.4301) or 316L (1.4404)], bead blast finish Shipping weight 91 kg (200 lb) … 181 kg (400 lb) maximum
(1 ... 6 µm, 40 ... 240 µin) Approvals • Declaration of incorporation of partly completed machinery acc. dir
Load cells ective 2006/42/EC.
Construction 17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel • Meets FDA requirements for food processing
Degree of protec IP68
tion 1) Accuracy subject to: on factory approved installations the weigh feeder
Output 2 mV/V within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the
• Non-linearity ± 0.02 % of rated output duration of the test. The minimum material test sample must be equival
• Non-repeatabil ± 0.01 % of rated output
ity belt or at least ten minutes running time, whichever is greater.
Capacity Stainless steel range: 6, 12, 30 kg

Overload 150 % of rated capacity
Temperature • Operating range: -40 … +65 °C (-40 … +149 °F)
• Compensated: -10 … +40 °C (14 … 104 °F)
Speed sensors
Optical encoder • RS 422 (TTL) 5 V DC, 150 mA max.
output
• 1 000 or 2 500 pulses per revolution (ppr)
Degree of protec • Standard: IP64
tion
• Stainless steel: IP66
Temperature -10 … +70 °C (14 … 158 °F)
Framework • Precision machined, stainless [304 (1.4301) or 316L (1.4404)] or
mild steel
• Cantilevered design for easy belt replacement
Pulleys 115 mm (4.5 inch) diameter, crowned and lagged
Bearings • 4-bolt flange mount on drive pulley
• 2-bolt threaded base pillow block on driven pulley
Belt speed 0.005 … 0.36 m/s (1 … 70 fpm)
Belt support Slider bed frame
Belting • Polyester carcass with polyurethane top cover and static control with
vulcanized endless finger splice for max. weighing consistency
(standard); optionally available in blue and as low capacity belt;
product temperature up to 100 °C (212 °C)
• Belt properties in compliance with food safety Regulation (EU) No.
10/2011 and Regulation (EU) No. 1935/2004
• Meets FDA 21CFR and Halal
• HACCP concept supported: resistant to hot water and ideal for fre
quent cleaning cycles
• Silicone high temp belt for hot material applications [product tem
perature up to 177 °C (350 °F)], in compliance with Regulation (EU)
No. 10/2011 and Regulation (EU) No. 1935/2004, meets FDA 21CFR
Belt tension • Counter-weighted stainless steel [304 (1.4301) or 316L (1.4404)]
tensioning idler for consistent tension, required for high accuracy
weighing
• Screw type, telescoper module with 25 mm (1 inch) travel, stain
less steel 304 (1.4301)
6/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
Open Construction
838 (33) 317.5 (12.5)

Inlet
Discharge
450 (17.7)
172 (6.8) 406 (16) 216 (8.5)

917.5 (36.1) 368 (14.5)
1 056.5 (41.6)
Open Horseshoe Inlet
Inlet 838 (33) 317.5 (12.5)
Discharge
416.6 (16)
172 (6.8) 406 (16) 216 (8.5)

917.5 (36.1) 368 (14.5)
1 056.5 (41.6)
SITRANS WW100, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/9

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
Open Dust Hood
813 (32) 516.6 (20.3)
438 (17.3)
838 (33)
Enclosed Construction
Inlet 838 (33)

Discharge
482 (19.0)
368.3 (14.5)
127 (5) 86.5 (3.4) 610 (24)

108.8 (4.3) 406.4 (16) 387 (15.25) 810 (32)
1 225.6 (48.3)
6/10 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW100
Circuit diagrams
TO TO
INTEGRATOR INTEGRATOR
SIG CCW
SHIELD
+ SIG A
SIG CW
- SIG A
SHIELD
+ EXC
- EXC
+ EXC
COM
TB6
TB2
TB8
TB4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
TB5
TB1
TB7
TB3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5
SHIELD
S HIELD
+ S IG B
+ SIG A
- SIG A
- SIG B
+ EXC
- EXC
EXC+
CH/B
EXC-
CH/A
CH A
CH B
LOAD CELL SPEED SENSOR

"A"
SITRANS WW100 connections
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/11

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SITRANS WW200
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Overview
SITRANS WW200 is a low- to medium-capacity weighfeeder used for

minor ingredient additives.
Benefits
• High accuracy
• Ideal for low- to medium-capacity loads
• Fast installation, easy to clean and maintain
• Flexible, rugged design allows configurations to suit many applic
ations
• Quick delivery on standard units
• Outboard mounted load cells with protective cover
Application
SITRANS WW200 has been field tested and proven in hundreds of

applications.
The unit can be customized to meet exact application needs. Stain
less or mild steel units are available in open or enclosed styles. Cus
tom lengths, belt types, inlet configurations, drives, and other
options are available to meet your requirements.
Its cantilevered mechanical design provides for quick belt removal
and easy maintenance. It is designed to eliminate material build-up,
ensuring high accuracy and reliability. The unique weigh system
reduces dead load and applies live load directly to two platform load
cells. Load cells are externally mounted for easy access and main
tenance.
Standard components include an anti-static food grade belt option,
horizontal slider bars for self-cleaning and minimal product build
up, belt tracking rollers, belt scraper, and plow for self-cleaning.
Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Weighfeeder, painted mild steel, open style 7MH7300- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
Accuracy is ± 0.5 % or better, with capacity up to 120 m³/h
(4 237 ft³/h).
Painted mild steel, open style, with C/L infeed to C/L discharge
12 inch (305 mm) belt width
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
6/12 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 3 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
42 inch (1 067 mm) belt width
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 6 J
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/13

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
None A
D … L.
Shear gate inlet
Skirtboards 304 stainless steel D
Skirtboards 304 stainless steel, with cover E
Skirtboards 304 stainless steel, #4 polished F
Skirtboards 304 stainless steel, #4 polished with cover G
Skirtboards 316L stainless steel H
Skirtboards 316L stainless steel, with cover J
Skirtboards 316L stainless steel, #4 polished K
Skirtboards 316L stainless steel, #4 polished with cover L
Horseshoe inlet
304 stainless steel M
304 stainless steel, #4 polished N
316L stainless steel P
316L stainless steel, #4 polished Q
Load cell
Stainless steel, hermetically sealed
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Speed sensor
Shaft mounted
1 000 PPR optical encoder 1
1 000 PPR optical encoder, stainless steel 4
Drive configuration
Add order code Y75 (reduction ratio) and Y76 (electrical style).
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 H
Belting
Polyurethane, 1.35 mm, anti-static, 2 ply, FDA approved A
Polyurethane, 1.35 mm, anti-static, 2 ply, FDA approved, with B-section flange walls B
Polyurethane, 1.35 mm, anti-static, 2 ply, FDA approved, with 2 inch (50 mm) corrugated C
side walls
Silicone, HT 177 °C (350 °F), anti-static 45 PIW, 2 ply, FDA approved D
Polyurethane, 2.9 mm, anti-static, 2 ply, FDA approved K
Polyurethane, 2.9 mm, anti-static, 2 ply, FDA approved, with B-section flange walls L
Polyurethane, 2.9 mm, anti-static, 2 ply, FDA approved, with 2 inch (50 mm) corrugated M
side walls
Belt change access side (looking from inlet to discharge)
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
6/14 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

Further Designs
specify in plain text
(xxx.xx inch)1)
AC gearmotor reduction ratio: Enter reduction ratio in plain Y75
text (X:1)
AC gearmotor electrical style: enter IEC, UL-R/CSA or CCC Y76
style
Center material bed depth Y77
Custom length: Select next longest option and specify Y01
infeed CL to discharge CL in plain text (indicated inches or
millimeters)
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm (2.71 x 1.97 inch)]: Meas Y15
uring-point number/identification (max. 27 characters) spe
cify in plain text
Class I, Div. 1, Groups C and D; Class II, Div. 1, E90
Groups F and G, approved electrical components; without
junction boxes
ATEX/UKEX II 2D approved electrical components; only E91
available with speed encoder option 1 and 2; with Alumin
um junction boxes
available with speed encoder option 4 and 5; with Stainless
steel junction boxes
um junction boxes
Note: weighfeeder does not carry hazardous approval, only
motor, loadcells, speed encoder, and tracking switches;
approval not available with load cell options 0 ... 4 or
motor options 4C … 4H3)
Pointek CLS100 G12
Capacitance switch for plugged discharge chute detection
Blue colored belt, anti-static, 2 ply, FDA approved4) G18
Secondary speed encoder at motor (not for hazardous G19
areas; not suitable for use with integrator)
Motor corrosion protection C5 acc. EN 12944 (available G20
with standard AC motor)
Food grade Polyurethane sealing at infeed area, out G22
boarded installation
Discharge dust hood, painted mild steel with de-dust port H50
Discharge dust hood, 304 stainless steel with de-dust port H51
Discharge dust hood, 316L stainless steel with de-dust port H52
Custom design Y99
Specify quote reference when ordering
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of
languages, at http://www.siemens.com/weighing/docu
mentation
1) Available with material containment options D ... L only.

2) 575 V versions meet 4:1 ct inverter rating, all other voltages meet 10:1.
3) Available with drive configuration standard motor options only, all motors suitable for 400 V operation only.
4) Available only with Belting options A, B, and C.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/15

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Weighfeeder, 304 stainless steel, open style 7MH7301- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
(4 237 ft³/h).
304 stainless steel, open style, with C/L infeed to C/L discharge
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 3 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
6/16 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 6 J
None A
Add order code Y74 and plain text: "Arc radius in inches … XX.XXX" for options D … L
Shear gate inlet
Horseshoe inlet
None A
Add order code Y74 and plain text: "Arc radius in inches … XX.XXX" for options D … L
Shear gate inlet
Horseshoe inlet
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/17

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
Speed sensor
Shaft mounted
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 0 C
220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 0 G
220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 H
Belting
side walls
side walls
Left hand 0
Right hand 1

(xxx.xx inch)
text (X:1)
style
infeed CL to discharge CL in plain text (indic
ated inches or millimeters)
6/18 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

uring-point number/identification (max. 27 characters) spe
cify in plain text
junction boxes
um junction boxes
available with speed encoder option 4 and 5; with Stainless
steel junction boxes
um junction boxes
Plastic shear curtain to control dust at the infeed for flood
Pointek CLS100 G12

Secondary speed encoder at motor G19
(not for hazardous areas; not suitable for use with integrat
or)
Discharge dust hood, 316L stainless steel with de-dust port H52
Custom design Y99
mentation
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/19

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

3) Available with Drive Configuration standard motor options only, all motors. suitable for 400 V operation only.
Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Weighfeeder, 316L stainless steel, open style 7MH7302- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
(4 237 ft³/h)
316L stainless steel, open style, with C/L infeed to C/L discharge
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 3 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
6/20 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h)
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 6 J
None A
Add order code Y74 and plain text: "Arc radius in inches … XX.XXX inch" for options H … L
Shear gate inlet
Horseshoe inlet
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Speed sensor
Shaft mounted
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/21

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h)
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 H
Belting
side walls
side walls
Left hand 0
Right hand 1

(xxx.xx inch)1)
plain text (X:1)
style
millimeters)
junction boxes
um junction boxes
available with speed encoder option 4 and 5; with Stain
less steel junction boxes
um junction boxes
Note: weighfeeder does not carry hazardous approval,
only motor, loadcells, speed encoder, and tracking
switches; approval not available with load cell options
0 ... 4 or motor options 4C … 4H3)
chute detection
6/22 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

Discharge dust hood, 316L stainless steel with de-dust H52
port
Custom design Y99
mentation
1) Available with material containment options H ... L only.

3) Available with Drive Configuration standard motor options only, all motors suitable for 400 V operation only.
Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Weighfeeder, painted mild steel, enclosed 7MH7303- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
style
(4 237 ft³/h)
Painted mild steel frame with painted mild steel enclosure style with C/L infeed to
C/L discharge
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/23

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
style
(4 237 ft³/h)
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 6 J
Add order code Y74 and plain text: "Arc radius in inches … XX.XXX inch" for options D … L
Shear gate inlet
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
6/24 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
style
(4 237 ft³/h)
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Speed sensor
Shaft mounted
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 H
Belting
side walls
side walls
Left hand 0
Right hand 1

Application eng. reference number (max. 15 characters), Y31
(xxx.xx inch)1)
text (X:1)
style
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/25

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

junction boxes
um junction boxes
um junction boxes
chute detection
Custom design Y99
mentation

Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Weighfeeder, 304 stainless steel frame with 7MH7304- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
painted mild steel enclosure
(4 237 ft³/h).
304 stainless steel frame with painted mild steel enclosure style with C/L infeed to
C/L discharge
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
184 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
6/26 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 3 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/27

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 6 J
D … L
Shear gate inlet
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Speed sensor
Shaft mounted
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
Belting
side walls
side walls
Left hand 0
Right hand 1
6/28 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

(xxx.xx inch)1)
text (X:1)
style
junction boxes
um junction boxes
um junction boxes
chute detection
Custom design Y99
mentation

3) Available with Drive Configuration standard motor options only; all motors suitable for 400 V operation only.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/29

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Weighfeeder, 304 stainless steel frame and 7MH7305- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
enclosure
(4 237 ft³/h).
304 stainless steel frame with 304 stainless steel enclosure style with C/L infeed to
C/L -discharge
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 3 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
6/30 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
enclosure
(4 237 ft³/h).
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
Add order code Y74 and plain text: "Arc radius in inches … XX.XXX inch" for options D … L
Shear gate inlet
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Speed sensor
Shaft mounted
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
Belting
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/31

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
enclosure
(4 237 ft³/h).
side walls
side walls
Left hand 0
Right hand 1

(xxx.xx inch)1)
text (X:1)
style
junction boxes
um junction boxes
um junction boxes
chute detection
Siemens start/stop, auto/manual, speed control, hand held G13
operator
6/32 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

Custom design Y99
mentation

Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Weighfeeder, 316L stainless steel frame with 7MH7306- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
(4 237 ft³/h).
316L stainless steel frame with painted mild steel enclosure style with C/L infeed to
C/L discharge
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/33

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 3 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
Add order code Y74 and plain text: "Arc radius in inches … XX.XXX" for options H … L
Shear gate inlet
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Speed sensor
Shaft mounted
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 C
6/34 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 H
Belting
side walls
side walls
Left hand 0
Right hand 1

(xxx.xx inch)1)
text (X:1)
style
millimeters)
junction boxes
um junction boxes
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/35

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

um junction boxes
chute detection
Custom design Y99
mentation

Article No.
304 stainless steel enclosure
(4 237 ft³/h).
316L stainless steel frame with 304 stainless steel enclosure style with C/L infeed to
C/L -discharge
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
6/36 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 3 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316L stainless steel H
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316L stainless steel, with cover J
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316L stainless steel, #4 polished K
Shear gate inlet and skirtboards 316L stainless steel, #4 polished with cover L
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/37

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
(4 237 ft³/h).
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Speed sensor
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
Belting
side walls
side walls
Left hand 0
Right hand 1

(xxx.xx inch)1)
text (X:1)
style
6/38 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

junction boxes
um junction boxes
um junction boxes
Pointek CLS100 G12
Custom design Y99
mentation

Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Weighfeeder, 316L stainless steel frame and 7MH7308- ● ● ● ● ● - ● ● ● ●
enclosure
(4 237 ft³/h).
316L stainless steel frame with 316L stainless steel enclosure style with C/L infeed to
C/L discharge
52 inch (1 321 mm) 0 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 0 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 0 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 0 J
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/39

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
enclosure
(4 237 ft³/h).
52 inch (1 321 mm) 1 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 1 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 1 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 1 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 1 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 1 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 1 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 1 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 1 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 2 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 2 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 2 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 2 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 2 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 2 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 2 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 2 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 2 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 3 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 3 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 3 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 3 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 3 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 3 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 3 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 3 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 3 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 4 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 4 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 4 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 4 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 4 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 4 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 4 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 4 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 4 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 5 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 5 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 5 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 5 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 5 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 5 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) 5 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 5 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) 5 J
52 inch (1 321 mm) 6 A
60 inch (1 524 mm) 6 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) 6 C
76 inch (1 930 mm) 6 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) 6 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) 6 F
6/40 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
enclosure
(4 237 ft³/h).
100 inch (2 540 mm) 6 G
108 inch (2 743 mm) 6 H
Shear gate inlet
Load cell
6 kg (13.2 lb) 5
12 kg (26.5 lb) 6
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7
60 kg (132.3 lb) 8
Speed sensor
Shaft mounted
Drive configuration
Standard AC motor
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 D
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 … 240/380 … 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 0 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 0 H
Food grade AC motor
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 A
0.25 HP (0.18 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 B
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 C
0.5 HP (0.37 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 D
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 E
0.75 HP (0.55 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 F
1 HP (0.75 kW) 220 ... 240/380 ... 480 V 3 ph 50/60 Hz 4 G
1 HP (0.75 kW) 575 V 3 ph 60 Hz 4 H
Belting
side walls
side walls
Left hand 0
Right hand 1

(xxx.xx inch)1)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/41

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

plain text (X:1)
style
junction boxes
available with speed encoder option 1 and 2; with Alu
minum junction boxes
available with speed encoder option 1 and 2; with Alu
minum junction boxes
Note: weighfeeder does not carry hazardous approval,
only motor, loadcells, speed encoder, and tracking
switches; approval not available with load cell options
0 ... 4 or motor options 4C … 4H3)
chute detection
Custom design Y99
of languages, at
https://www.siemens.com/weighing/documentation

Accessories Article No.

Test chain 1.62 lb/ft, 2.41 kg/m - 60 inches long 7MH7723-1NF
Test chain 1.62 lb/ft, 2.41 kg/m - 1 000 mm long 7MH7723-1SK
Start, Stop, Hand/Off/Auto, speed pot local -operator 7MH7723-1JA
station
6/42 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

CLS100 plugged discharge chute retrofit kit (includes 7MH7723-1JE
CLS100, material hood)
Calibration hanger weights
200 g (0.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AG
1 000 g (2.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AH
2 000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
3 500 g (7.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BQ
5 000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
7 500 g (16.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BR
8 500 g (18.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BS
10 000 (22 lb) 7MH7724-1BT
12 000 g (26.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BU
15 000 g (33.1 lb) 7MH7724-1BV
Note: calibration accessories should be ordered as a
separate item on the order.
Spare parts
12 kg (26.4 lb) stainless steel load cell 7MH5117-2BD00
30 kg (66.2 lb) stainless steel load cell 7MH5117-2KD00
500 PPR optical encoder 6FX20012PA50
1 000 PPR optical encoder 6FX20012PB00
2 500 PPR optical encoder 6FX20012PC50
Optical encoder connector 6FX20030SU12
Speed encoder plug-in with cable A5E50846036003
Magnetic proximity switch 7MH7723-1GA
Motor mounted sensor flange 56C 7MH7723-1RB
Termination board for Junction Box A5E03623963
Belt tracking switch 3SE5112-0CR01
Belt tracking switch, ATEX II 2D A5E50846042001
WW200 outline approval drawing 7MH7726-1BU
Head bearing replacement kit mild steel 7MH7723-1QM
(includes 2 bearings)1)
Tail bearing replacement kit mild steel 7MH7723-1QN
(includes 2 bearings)1)
Head bearing replacement kit stainless steel 7MH7723-1QP
(includes 2 bearings)
Tail bearing replacement kit stainless steel 7MH7723-1QQ
(includes 2 bearings)
Skirtboard seal replacement kit, 7 meters 7MH7723-1QR
Pulleys
Head pulley, 12 inch belt width A5E50668260001
Head pulley, 18 inch belt widt A5E50668260002
Tail pulley, 12 inch belt width A5E50668340001
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/43

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200

Enclosure latches stainless steel (includes 5 latches) 7MH7723-1QT
Polyurethane sealing, white 7MH7723-1SF
Polyurethane sealing, blue 7MH7723-1SG
Guide rollers 7MH7723-1SM
Spare Brush, 12 inch belt width 7MH7723-1SN
Spare Brush, 18 inch belt width 7MH7723-1SP
Spare Brush, 24 inch belt width 7MH7723-1SQ
Spare Brush, 30 inch belt width 7MH7723-1SR
Spare Brush, 36 inch belt width 7MH7723-1SS
Spare Brush, 42 inch belt width 7MH7723-1ST
Spare Brush, 48 inch belt width 7MH7723-1SU
Weighdeck Slider bar, PE-HD, 1 piece 7MH7723-1SV
Telescopers, set of 2, mild steel 7MH7723-1SW
Telescopers, set of 2, stainless steel 7MH7723-1SX
Spare scraper blade, 12 inch belt width 7MH7723-1TA
Spare scraper blade, 18 inch belt width 7MH7723-1TB
Spare scraper blade, 24 inch belt width 7MH7723-1TC
Spare scraper blade, 30 inch belt width 7MH7723-1TD
Spare scraper blade, 36 inch belt width 7MH7723-1TE
Spare scraper blade, 42 inch belt width 7MH7723-1TF
Spare scraper blade, 48 inch belt width 7MH7723-1TG
Hazardous rated electrical spare parts Article No.

Load cells
6 kg (13.2 lb) stainless steel load cell, ATEX II 3D 7MH5117-1QD01
12 kg (26,4 lb) stainless steel load cell, ATEX II 3D 7MH5117-2BD01
30 kg (66.2 lb) stainless steel load cell, ATEX II 3D 7MH5117-2KD01
60 kg (132.3 lb) stainless steel load cell, ATEX II 3D 7MH5117-2QD01
6 kg (13.2 lb) stainless steel load cell, ATEX II 1D A5E50846035001
12 kg (26,4 lb) stainless steel load cell, ATEX II 1D A5E50846035002
Optical encoders
500 PPR optical encoder, Class I, Div. 1, A5E50846040001
Groups C and D, Class II, Div. 1, Groups F and G
1 000 PPR optical encoder, Class I, Div. 1, A5E50846040002
2 500 PPR optical encoder, Class I, Div. 1, A5E50846040003
1 000 PPR optical encoder, ATEX II 2D 7MH7723-1QX
2 000 PPR optical encoder, ATEX II 2D 7MH7723-1QY
Encoder, 1 000 ppr, ATEX II 2D, aluminum A5E50846041001
Encoder, 1 000 ppr, ATEX II 2D, stainless steel A5E50846041003
Encoder, 2 500 ppr, ATEX II 2D, stainless steel A5E50846041004
1) Suitable for weighfeeders made in CA prior to 2016.
6/44 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
SITRANS WW200 Spare Belts 7MH7204- ● ● ● ●
Endless belt for use with WW200 weighfeeders 7MH7300 to
7MH7308; pulley CL data based on telescoper in fully retracted
position
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle
Portal.
Belt size
52 inch (1 321 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 54.5 inch (1 384 mm) pul 0 A
ley C/L to C/L per weighfeeder; total belt length 3 305 mm (130.1 inch)
60 inch (1 524 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 62.5 inch (1 588 mm) pul 0 B
68 inch (1 727 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 70.5 inch (1 791 mm) pul 0 C
ley C/L to C/L per weighfeeder, total belt length 4 120 mm (162.2 inch)
76 inch (1 930 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 78.5 inch (1 994 mm) pul 0 D
84 inch (2 134 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 86.5 inch (2 197 mm) pul 0 E
92 inch (2 337 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 94.5 inch (2 400 mm) pul 0 F
100 inch (2 540 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 102.5 inch (2 604 mm) 0 G
pulley C/L to C/L per weighfeeder; total belt length 5 745 mm (226.2 inch)
108 inch (2 743 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 110.5 inch (2 807 mm) 0 H
116 inch (2 946 mm) C/L Infeed to C/L Discharge, 118.5 inch (3 010 mm) 0 J
ley C/L to C/L per weighfeeder
pulley C/L to C/L per weighfeeder
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/45

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
position
6/46 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Article No.
position
Belt type
Polyurethane anti static, 1,35 mm thick, FDA approved, white A
Polyurethane anti static, 1,35 mm thick, FDA approved, blue B
Polyurethane anti static, 2.9 mm thick, 2 ply FDA approved, white C
Silicone, High temp. belt 180 °C (350 °F); 2 ply, antistatic, FDA approved E
Belt design
Standard 1
6 mm B-section flange walls 2
50 mm (2 inch) corrugated side walls 3

Select next longest option and specify infeed CL to Dis Y01
charge CL per weighfeeder in plain text (indicated inches
or millimeters)
Note: Y01 order code info indicates special length on
weighfeeder.
of languages, at
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/47

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
SITRANS WW200 SITRANS WW200

Mode of operation Belt cleaning • PE-HD blade type with spring tensioning at
head pulley
Measuring principle Strain gauge load cells and digital speed
sensor • Return plow
Typical application Control and monitor feed rates and blending • Cleaning brush, optional
of minerals or powdered additives into a pro
cess Drive motor • AC gearmotor: helical-worm geared
motor, IE1, IP55, C2 coating.
Measuring accuracy
• Optional food grade style: helical-worm
Accuracy1) ± 0.5 % or better geared motor, IE3, IP66, sealed surface
Repeatability ± 0.1 % treatment, meets FDA requirements.
Specified range 10 … 100 % based on speed Shipping weight 280 kg (600 lb) minimum
Design rate range 0.45 … 100 t/h Approvals • Declaration of incorporation of partly com
(1 000 lb/h … 110 STPH) pleted machinery acc. directive
2006/42/EC.
Max volumetric flow 120 m3/h (4 237 ft3/h)
• Stainless steel options meet FDA require
Medium conditions ments for food processing.
Operating temperature -10 … +55 °C ( 14 … 131 °F) • Belt properties in compliance with food
Material Mild steel or stainless steel [304 (1.4301) or safety Regulation (EU) No. 10/2011 and
316L (1.4404)], bead blast finish (1 ... 6 μm, Regulation (EU) No. 1935/2004.
40 ... 240 μin) • Meets FDA 21CFR and Halal.
Load cells • HACCP concept supported: resistant to hot
Construction 17-4 PH (1.4568) stainless steel water and ideal for frequent cleaning
cycles.
Degree of protection Stainless steel: IP68
• Hazardous approvals per configuration
Excitation 10 V DC nominal, 15 V DC maximum options.
Output 2 mV/V Note: weighfeeder as a whole is not
approved for hazardous locations only elec
• Non-linearity ± 0.02 % of rated output trical components.
• Non-repeatability ± 0.01 % of rated output
1) Accuracy subject to: on factory approved installations the weigh feeder
Capacity Stainless steel range: 6, 12, 30, 60 kg system’s totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when com
Overload 150 % of rated capacity pared to a known weighed material test sample. The test rate must be
Temperature • Operating range: -40 … +65 °C (-40 … within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the
+150 °F) duration of the test. The minimum material test sample must be equival
• Compensated: -10 … +40 °C (15 … 105 °F) ent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for three revolutions of the
Speed sensor
Optical encoder output RS 422 (TTL) 5 V DC, 150 mA
max. 1 000 or 2 000 ppr
Temperature -10 … +70 °C (14 … 158 °F)
Degree of protection • Standard: IP64
• Stainless steel: IP67
Belt tracking switch
Aluminum spring rod (un-wired) • 1 NO, 1 NC switch blocks
• Rated operating voltage 600 V AC max.
Temperature -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
Framework • Precision machined, stainless [304
(1.4301) or 316L (1.4404)] or mild steel
• Cantilevered design for easy belt replace
ment
Pulleys 152 mm (6 inch) diameter with 6 mm
(¼ inch) NBR white nitrile lagging
Belt speed 0.005 … 0.36 m/s (1 … 70 fpm)
Belt support Edge of flat bar eliminates material buildup
Bearings • 2-bolt flange mount on drive pulley
• 2-bolt threaded base pillow block on driv
en pulley
Belting • Polyester carcass with polyurethane top
cover and static control with vulcanized
endless finger splice for maximum weigh
ing consistency (standard); optionally
available in blue
• Maximum rated material temperature
82 °C (180 °F)
• Silicone HT belt rated for max. material
temp. of 177 °C (350 °F)
Belt tension Screw type, telescoper module with 150 mm
(6 inch) travel - mild or
stainless steel 304 (1.4301)
6/48 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Open Construction
Discharge
E D
133
(5.3)
Inlet Belt width
533
(21.0) A
Varies
per
drive
540
(21.2)
381
(15.0)
229 F C
(9.0)
B
G
298
(11.8)
248
(9.8)
Open Construction
Belt width A B C D Weight (STD)
Inlet
305 (12) 203 (8) 425 (16.8) 257 (10.1) 516 (20.3) 600 lb/272 kg
457 (18) 356 (14) 578 (22.8) 333 (13.1) 668 (26.3) 700 lb/318 kg
610 (24) 508 (20) 730 (28.8) 409 (16.1) 820 (32.3) 800 lb/363 kg
762 (30) 660 (26) 883 (34.8) 486 (19.1) 973 (38.3) 900 lb/408 kg
915 (36) 813 (32) 1 035 (40.8) 562 (22.1) 1 125 (44.3) 1 000 lb/453 kg
724 1 067 (42) 965 (38) 1 187 (46.8) 638 (25.1) 1 278 (50.3) 1 100 lb/499 kg
(28.5)
1 219 (48) 1 118 (44) 1 340 (52.8) 714 (28.1) 1 430 (56.3) 1 200 lb/544 kg
Length adder E F G
STD 1 321 (52) 698 (27.5) 1 676 (66)
203 (8) 1 524 (60) 902 (35.5) 1 880 (74)
406 (16) 1 727 (68) 1 105 (43.5) 2 083 (82)
229 610 (24) 2 286 (90)
(9.0) 1 930 (76) 1 308 (51.5)
813 (32) 2 134 (84) 1 511 (59.5) 2 489 (98)
Shear gate infeed version
Closed Construction
G
425 E
(16.8) E
Inlet
76 (3.0) Belt width
A
Varies
per 711.2
drive (28)
425 Discharge B
(16.8) F
Closed Construction
Belt width A B C Weight (STD)
305 (12) 203 (8) 737 (29) 686 (27) 600 lb/272 kg
457 (18) 356 (14) 864 (89) 838 (33) 700 lb/318 kg
610 (24) 508 (20) 1 041 (41) 991 (39) 800 lb/363 kg
762 (30) 660 (26) 1 194 (47) 1 143 (45) 900 lb/408 kg
915 (36) 813 (32) 1 346 (53) 1 295 (51) 1 000 lb/453 kg
1 067 (42) 965 (38) 1 499 (59) 1 448 (57) 1 100 lb/499 kg
1 219 (48) 1 118 (44) 1 651 (65) 1 600 (63) 1 200 lb/544 kg
Length adder E F G
STD 1 321 (52) 698 (27.5) 1 676 (66)
203 (8) 1 524 (60) 902 (35.5) 1 880 (74)
406 (16) 1 727 (68) 1 105 (43.5) 2 083 (82)
610 (24) 1 930 (76) 1 308 (51.5) 2 286 (90)
813 (32) 2 134 (84) 1 511 (59.5) 2 489 (98)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/49

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
SITRANS WW200
Circuit diagrams
TO TO
INTEGRATOR INTEGRATOR
S IG CC W
SIG CW
SHIELD
+ SIG A
+ SIG B
- SIG A
- SIG B
SHIELD
+ EXC
+ EXC
- EXC
COM
TB2
TB6
TB4
TB8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
TB1
TB5
TB3
TB7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5
SHIELD
SHIELD
+ SIG A
- SIG A
+ SIG B
- SIG B
+ EXC
- EXC
EXC+
CH A
EXC-
CH/A
CH B
CH/B
LOAD CELL LOAD CELL
SPEED SENSOR
"A" "B"
Note: termination box not supplied on hazardous rated options.
SITRANS WW200 connections
6/50 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Accessories
Weighfeeders
Weighfeeder peripherals
Accessories
SITRANS weighfeeder peripher Article No.

als
Milltronics Weighfeeder 400, 600,
and 800 SITRANS WW200 spare load
cells
For aluminum model, use nickel plated
alloy steel
Nickel plated, standard duty
10 kg (22 lb) 7MH7725-1EK

15 kg (33.1 lb) 7MH7725-1EL
20 kg (44 lb) 7MH7725-1EM
30 kg (66.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EN
Stainless steel
6 kg (13.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EG

12 kg (26.4 lb) 7MH7725-1EH
30 kg (66.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EJ
25 lb (11.3 kg) PBD-23900224
50 lb (22.7 kg) PBD-23900225
100 lb (45.4 kg) PBD-23900242
Milltronics Weighfeeder 1200/
SITRANS WW300 and WW310 spare
load cells
Nickel plated, standard duty
10 kg (22 lb) 7MH7725-1EK

15 kg (33.1 lb) 7MH7725-1EL
20 kg (44 lb) 7MH7725-1EM
30 kg (66.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EN
50 kg (110.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EP
75 kg (165 lb) 7MH7725-1CS
100 kg (220 lb) 7MH7725-1CT
Nickel plated, heavy duty
50 kg (110.2 lb) 7MH7725-1CU

100 kg (220.5 lb) 7MH7725-1CV
150 kg (330.7 lb) 7MH7725-1CW
200 kg (440.9 lb) 7MH7725-1CX
Stainless steel
Stainless steel load cell [17-4 PH

with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel cover
50 lb (22.7 kg) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AD
250 lb (113.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AE
500 lb (226.8 kg) 7MH7725-1AF
11 kg (25 lb), CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX 7MH7725-1DQ
23 kg (50 lb), CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX 7MH7725-1DL
45 kg (100 lb), CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX 7MH7725-1DM
113 kg (250 lb), CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX 7MH7725-1DN
227 kg (500 lb), CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX 7MH7725-1DP
6 kg (13.2 lb) 7MH7725-1EG
12 kg (26.5 lb) 7MH7725-1EH
30 kg (66.1 lb) 7MH7725-1EJ
24 kg (50 lb), CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX 7MH7725-1DT
45 kg (100 lb), CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX 7MH7725-1DU
113 kg (250 lb), CSA/FM/ATEX/IEC EX 7MH7725-1DV
200 g (0.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AF
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 6/51

© Siemens AG 2022
Weighfeeders
Accessories
SITRANS weighfeeder peripher Article No.

als
500 g (1.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AG
1 000 g (2.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AH
2 000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
3 500 g (7.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BQ
5 000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
7 500 g (16.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BR
8 500 g (18.7 lb) 7MH7724-1BS
10 000 g (22 lb) 7MH7724-1BT
12 000 g (26.5 lb) 7MH7724-1BU
15 000 g (33.1 lb) 7MH7724-1BV
SITRANS WW300 and WW310 spare
parts and accessories
Start, Stop, Hand/Off/Auto, speed pot 7MH7723-1JA
local operator station
500 PPR optical encoder 6FX2001-2PA50
1 000 PPR optical encoder 6FX2001-2PB00
2 500 PPR optical encoder 6FX2001-2PC50
Optical encoder connector 6FX2003-0SU12
Siemens encoder connector with 20 ft 7MH7723-1KM
cable
Belt tracking switch 3SE5112-0CR01
Belt tracking switch, ATEX II 2D/Class I, 7MH7723-1RA
Div. 1, Groups C and D, Class II, Div. 1,
Groups F and G
Pull cord switch 3SE7120-2DD01
Pull cord switch cable 3SE7910-3AA
Pull cord switch cable clamp 3SE7941-1AC
Termination box 1, 2, 4 load cell and 7MH7723-1ND
speed sensor, mild steel
Termination box 1, 2, 4 load cell and 7MH7723-1NE
speed sensor, stainless steel
Bearing, flange, NTN, UCF2, 1 … 15/16 A5E01213250
inch, 4-bolt
Bearing, flange, NTN, UCF2, 2 … 15/16 A5E03856041
inch, 4-bolt
Bearing, PB, UCP, 1 … 7/16 inch A5E01213243
Bearing, PB, UCP, 2 … 7/16 inch PBD-24191273
6/52 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

7
© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
7/2 Introduction
7/5 SITRANS WF100
7/11 SITRANS WF200 series
7/17 SITRANS WF300 series
7/29 SITRANS WFS300 sensing heads
7/37 Sensing plates
7/39 Accessories
7/39 Solids flowmeters peripherals
© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Introduction
Solid Flowmeters
Introduction
Overview Mode of operation
SITRANS WF solids flowmeters monitor the rate of bulk material Flowmeters are installed in a gravity fed process. Entering the flow
flow in a process. They continuously measure the impact force of meter through the flowguide, the material flow produces a mech
the material under gravity feed conditions, and convert this signal anical deflection as it strikes the flowmeter’s sensing plate. The
into a flow rate used to control the rate into a process or blending SITRANS WF flowmeter converts the deflection into an electrical sig
operation. Solids flowmeters can function in standalone measuring nal that feeds into an accompanying integrator, which instantan
operations, or they can interface to a facility’s process control sys eously provides the flow rate and totalizes the weight.
tem using industry standard protocols. SITRANS WF flowmeters measure only the horizontal force compon
ent of material flow striking the sensing plate. The horizontal force
Applications is dependent on particle mass and velocity, angle of particle impact
SITRANS WF flowmeters measure any dry material from powders to against the plate, and the energy absorbing characteristics of the
granulates. Material densities range from puffed wheat to iron ore, particle. The flowmeters respond to the mass or weight of the
while fluidity covers the spectrum from fluidized powder, such as material striking the plate.
fly-ash, to sluggish flowing material such as lathe turnings. Typical Because SITRANS WF flowmeter measures only the horizontal force,
materials monitored include cement, gravel, coke, coal, minerals, they are unaffected by vertical force changes caused by material
wood chips, cereals, seeds, grains, soybean and rice hulls, unshelled buildup on the non-impact area of the sensing plate. Consequently,
peanuts, starch, sugar, potato flakes, grain tailings and screenings, there is no zero drift, which in turn eliminates the need for frequent
and plastic pellets. recalibration.
Siemens SITRANS WF product portfolio includes two basic types of
impact flowmeters: the linear variable differential transformer
(LVDT), and the strain gauge load cell. Each uses a different sensor
to convert the horizontal force on the sensing plate to flow rate.
The totally enclosed design of SITRANS WF heavy-duty solids flow
meters eliminates product waste or contamination, and reduces
plant maintenance. The dust-tight design creates a healthier work
environment, especially when monitoring hazardous substances.
Material flow
Sensing plate
Flowguide
Impact force
Mode of operation
Solids flowmeter with sensing plate detail
7/2 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Introduction
Solids flowmeter selection guide
Criteria SITRANS WF100 SITRANS WF200 SITRANS WF250 SITRANS WF330 SITRANS WF340 SITRANS WF350

Typical industries Food, grain, milling, Aggregates, Cement, mineral pro Food, grain, milling, Food, grain, milling, Cement, mineral pro
animal feed, grain, cement cessing animal feed, chemic animal feed, chemic cessing, mining
plastics, glass als, plastics, glass, als, plastics, glass,
cement, mineral pro cement, mineral pro
cessing cessing
Typical applications Monitoring of Grinding mill rejects Cement in aerated Fly-ash, lime dosing, Fly-ash load-out, lime Powders and granu
food ingredients, in cement, load-out gravity conveyor cement flow and con dosing, gypsum flow lates conveyed by
pet food blending, of grains and seeds trol in mining, flour aerated gravity con
plastic pellet produc stream monitoring veyors, fly-ash load-
tion, silica sand in out, precipitator dust
glass making
Typical capacity 3 … 200 t/h 200 … 900 t/h 200 … 900 t/h Sensing element Sensing element Sensing element
(4 … 220 STPH) (220 … 990 STPH) (220 … 990 STPH) dependent, see 'Sens dependent, see 'Sens dependent, see 'Sens
ing element' chart in ing element' chart in ing element' chart in
Technical specifica Technical specifica Technical specifica
tions. tions. tions.
Volumetric capacity 90 m3/h 500 m3/h 600 m3/h 40 t/h: 90 m3/h 40 t/h: 96 m3/h 40 t/h: 178 m3/h
(3 178 ft3/h) (17 657 ft3/h) (21 189 ft3/h) (3 178 ft3/h) (3 390 ft3/h) (6 286 ft3/h)
300 t/h: 290 m3/h 300 t/h: 230 m3/h 300 t/h: 545 m3/h
(10 241 ft3/h) (8 122 ft3/h) (19 246 ft3/h)
Maximum particle 13 mm (0.5 inch) 25 mm (1 inch) 25 mm (1 inch) Sensing element Sensing element Sensing element
size dependent, see 'Sens dependent, see 'Sens dependent, see 'Sens
ing element' chart in ing element' chart in ing element' chart in
Technical specifica Technical specifica Technical specifica
Ambient temperat -20 ... +65 ºC -40 ... +65 ºC -40 ... +65 ºC -40 ... +60 ºC -40 ... +60 ºC -40 ... +60 ºC
ure (-4 ... +150 ºF) (-40 ... +150 ºF) (-40 ... +150 ºF) (-40 ... +140 ºF) (-40 ... +140 ºF) (-40 ... +140 ºF)
Maximum process 65 ºC (150 ºF) 100 ºC (212 ºF) 100 ºC (212 ºF) 232 °C (450 °F) 232 °C (450 °F) 232 °C (450 °F)
temperature
Inlet sizes 100 … 250 mm 305 x 533 mm 406 x 635 mm Sensing element Sensing element Sensing element
(4 … 10 inch) in uni (12 x 21 inch) (16 x 25 inch) dependent, see 'Sens dependent, see 'Sens dependent, see 'Sens
versal ANSI/DIN 305 x 635 mm 508 x 940 mm ing element' chart in ing element' chart in ing element' chart in
flanges (12 x 26 inch) (20 x 37 inch) Technical specifica Technical specifica Technical specifica
Accuracy1) ± 1 % (33 … 100 % of ± 1 % (33 … 100 % of ± 1 % (33 … 100 % of ± 1 % (33 … 100 % of ± 1 % (33 … 100 % of ± 1 % (33 … 100 % of
rate) rate) rate) rate) rate) rate)
Repeatability ± 0.2 % ± 0.2 % ± 0.2 % ± 0.2 % ± 0.2 % ± 0.2 %
Options 304 or 316 stainless 304 or 316 stainless 304 or 316 stainless • 304 or 316 stainless • 304 or 316 stainless • 304 or 316 stainless
steel, bead blast fin steel, bead blast fin steel, bead blast fin steel, bead blast fin steel, bead blast fin steel, bead blast fin
ish (1 ... 6 μin, ish (1 ... 6 μin, ish (1 ... 6 μin, ish (1 ... 6 μin, ish (1 ... 6 μin, ish (1 ... 6 μin,4
4 ... 240 μin) con 4 ... 240 μin) con 4 ... 240 μin) con 4 ... 240 μin) con 4 ... 240 μin) con ... 240 μin) con
struction (meets FDA struction (meets FDA struction (meets FDA struction (meets struction (meets struction (meets
and USDA require and USDA require and USDA require FDA and USDA FDA and USDA FDA and USDA
ments for food pro ments for food pro ments for food pro requirements for requirements for requirements for
cessing) cessing) cessing) food processing) food processing) food processing)
• Food grade epoxy • Food grade epoxy • Food grade epoxy
coating on sensing coating on sensing coating on sensing
head head head
Sensing One triple beam Two triple beam Two triple beam Deflection measure Deflection measure Deflection measure
element parallelogram parallelogram parallelogram ment using LVDT ment using LVDT ment using LVDT
style, stainless style, stainless style, stainless (linear variable (linear variable (linear variable
steel, strain steel, strain steel, strain differential trans differential trans differential trans
gauge load cell gauge load cells gauge load cells former) former) former)
Sensing plate • 304 stainless steel • 304 stainless steel • 304 stainless steel • 304 stainless steel • 304 stainless steel • 304 stainless steel
• Option: 316 stain • Option: 316 stain • Option: 316 stain • Option: 316 stain • Option: 316 stain • Option: 316 stain
less steel less steel less steel less steel less steel less steel
Liners • PTFE • Polyurethane • Polyurethane • Plasma A/R • Plasma A/R • Plasma A/R
• Polyurethane • Alumina ceramic • Alumina ceramic • PTFE • PTFE • PTFE
• Polyurethane • Polyurethane • Polyurethane
• Alumina ceramic • Alumina ceramic • Alumina ceramic
Approvals CE , RCM, CSA, FM, CE , RCM, CSA, FM, CE , RCM, CSA, FM, CE , RCM, EAC CE , RCM, EAC CE , RCM, EAC
ATEX, IEC Ex, EAC ATEX, IEC Ex, EAC ATEX, IEC Ex, EAC
1) Accuracy subject to: on factory approved installations the flowmeter system’s totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when compared to a
known weighed material test sample. The test rate must be within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the duration of the test.
The minimum material test sample must be equivalent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for at least ten minutes running time.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/3

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Introduction

Sensing element
SITRANS WF330 SITRANS WF340 SITRANS WF350

Capacity range
- SITRANS WFS300 0.2 … 40 t/h (0.2 … 44 STPH) 0.2 … 40 t/h (0.2 … 44 STPH) 0.2 … 40 t/h (0.2 … 44 STPH)
- SITRANS WFS320 20 … 300 t/h (22 … 330 STPH) 20 … 300 t/h (22 … 330 STPH) 20 … 300 t/h (22 … 330 STPH)
Particle size (max.)
- SITRANS WFS300 12 mm ( 0.5 inch) 12 mm (0.5 inch) 3 mm (0.13 inch)
- SITRANS WFS320 25 mm (1 inch) 25 mm (1 inch) 3 mm (0.13 inch)
Inlet sizes
- SITRANS WFS300 50 … 250 mm (2 … 10 inch) • 76 x 152 mm (3 x 6 inch) • 203 x 203 mm (8 x 8 inch)
(ASME or DIN flanges) • 102 x 254 mm (4 x 10 inch) • 203 x 305 mm (8 x 12 inch)
• 127 x 305 mm (5 x 12 inch)
- SITRANS WFS320 150 … 400 mm (6 … 16 inch) • 127 x 406 mm (5 x 16 inch) • 305 x 254 mm (12 x 10 inch)
(ASME or DIN flanges) • 152 x 508 mm (6 x 20 inch) • 305 x 356 mm (12 x 14 inch)
• 305 x 508 mm (12 x 20 inch)
Common flowmeter infeed types

A solids flowmeter’s performance will be as repeatable and consistent as the flow of material it is measuring. The following arrangements
are typical of pre-feed chute configurations used to ensure consistent flow patterns. Arrangements will vary depending on the upstream
equipment or chute work. Applications should be reviewed by a Siemens solids flowmeter specialist to achieve best results. During initial
setup, use pre-weighing or post-weighing of material samples to calibrate the flowmeter and verify accuracy using the material sample
weights.
Bucket Conveyor Feeder / Flowguide Dead Short Fall Dogleg

Elevator Belts Transition Box Chute
Baffle plate
Material
Max. 1 000 (39)

discharge
baffle
Solids Flowmeters, dimensions in mm (inch)
7/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SITRANS WF100
Solid Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
Overview
SITRANS WF100 flowmeter is a low to medium capacity flowmeter

for various product sizes, densities, and fluidities in restricted
spaces.
Benefits
• Flowrates from 3 to 200 t/h (4 to 220 STPH)
• Continuous monitoring of the material flow without interrupting
the process
• Dust-tight construction: suitable for use in hazardous areas and in
washdown applications that require frequent cleaning
• Minimal maintenance or recalibration after the initial installation
and material tests
Application
WF100 is unaffected by corrosive, abrasive, or hot materials. Hand

ling various product sizes, densities, and fluidities including fine
powders such as sugar, the WF100 helps to improve final product,
increase operating efficiency, and realize significant cost savings.
Dry bulk solids enter the flow guide producing a mechanical deflec
tion as they strike the flowmeter sensing plate before continuing
through the process un-hindered. The WF100 converts the deflec
tion into an electrical signal that feeds into an accompanying integ
rator, which instantaneously displays the flow rate and totalizes the
weight.
• Key applications: cement, wood chips, cereals, seeds, grains, soy
bean and rice hulls, unshelled peanuts, starch, sugar, potato
flakes, grain tailings and screenings, and plastic pellets
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/5

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
Article No.
SITRANS WF100 Solids flowmeter 7MH7186- ● ● ● ● ● - ● A
Impact solids flowmeter for low to medium capacity applications. Accuracy is
± 1 % or better, with capacity up to 200 t/h (220 STPH).
Flowguide size (Universal flat-faced flange fits ASME/DIN flanges)
4 inch (100 mm) 1
Available with fabrication options A ... E and sensing plate options 10 ... 15 only
6 inch (150 mm) 2
Available with fabrication options F ... K and sensing plate options 20 ... 25 only
8 inch (200 mm) 3
Available with fabrication options L ... Q and sensing plate options 30 ... 35 only
10 inch (250 mm) 4
Available with fabrication options R ... V and sensing plate options 40 ... 45 only
Fabrication
Mild steel, painted 4 inch (100 mm) flowguide A
AISI 304 stainless steel 4 inch (100 mm) flowguide B
AISI 304 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed 4 inch (100 mm) flowguide C
AISI 316 stainless steel 4 inch (100 mm) flowguide D
AISI 316 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed 4 inch (100 mm) flowguide E
Mild steel, painted 6 inch (150 mm) flowguide F
AISI 304 stainless steel 6 inch (150 mm) flowguide G
AISI 304 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed 6 inch (150 mm) flowguide H
AISI 316 stainless steel 6 inch (150 mm) flowguide J
AISI 316 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed 6 inch (150 mm) flowguide K
Mild steel, painted 8 inch (200 mm) flowguide L
AISI 304 stainless steel 8 inch (200 mm) flowguide M
AISI 304 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed 8 inch (200 mm) flowguide N
AISI 316 stainless steel 8 inch (200 mm) flowguide P
AISI 316 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed 8 inch (200 mm) flowguide Q
Mild steel, painted 10 inch (250 mm) flowguide R
AISI 304 stainless steel 10 inch (250 mm) flowguide S
AISI 304 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed 10 inch (250 mm) flowguide T
AISI 316 stainless steel 10 inch (250 mm) flowguide U
AISI 316 stainless steel with PTFE coated infeed 10 inch (250 mm) flowguide V
Load cell, stainless steel [17-4 PH (1.4568) construction with 304 (1.4301) stainless steel cover]
2 Ib (0.9 kg) A
5 Ib (2.3 kg) B
10 Ib (4.5 kg) C
20 Ib (9.1 kg) D
Not specified (Only for quotation purposes, not a valid ordering option) X
Sensing plate fabrication
4 inch (100 mm) AISI 304 stainless steel 1 0
4 inch (100 mm) AISI 304 stainless steel with PTFE coating 1 1
4 inch (100 mm) AISI 304 stainless steel with polyurethane coating 1 2
7/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
Article No.
SITRANS WF100 Solids flowmeter 7MH7186- ● ● ● ● ● - ● A
Impact solids flowmeter for low to medium capacity applications. Accuracy is
± 1 % or better, with capacity up to 200 t/h (220 STPH).
Approvals
Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex), CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC 0
ATEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db IP65, Ta = ‑40 °C to +65 °C;
UKEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db IP65, Ta = ‑40 °C to +65 °C;
IECEx Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db IP65, Ta = ‑40 °C to +65 °C;
EAC Ex, 0Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db X;
CE, UKCA, RCM

cify in plain text.
Inspection certificate type 3.1 per EN 10204 C12
Not available with fabrication options A, F, L, R
Instruction manuals
of languages, at
Calibration hanger weights Article No.

20 g (0.04 lb) 7MH7724-1AC
50 g (0.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AD
100 g (0.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AE
200 g (0.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AG
1 000 g (2.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AH
2 000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
5 000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
Spare parts
WF100 4 inch (100 mm) sensing plate 304 standard 7MH7723-1KN
WF100 6 inch (150 mm) sensing plate 304 standard 7MH7723-1KN
WF100 8 inch (200 mm) sensing plate 304 standard 7MH7723-1KQ
WF100 10 inch (250 mm) sensing plate 304 standard 7MH7723-1KR
WF100 4 inch (100 mm) sensing plate 316 standard 7MH7723-1KS
WF100 6 inch (150 mm) sensing plate 304 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1KT
WF100 8 inch (200 mm) sensing plate 316 standard 7MH7723-1KU
WF100 10 inch (250 mm) sensing plate 316 standard 7MH7723-1KV
WF100 4 inch (100 mm) sensing plate 304 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1KW
WF100 6 inch (150 mm) sensing plate 304 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1KX
WF100 8 inch (200 mm) sensing plate 304 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1KY
WF100 10 inch (250 mm) sensing plate 304 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1LA
WF100 4 inch (100 mm) sensing plate 316 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1LB
WF100 6 inch (150 mm) sensing plate 316 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1LC
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/7

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
WF100 8 inch (200 mm) sensing plate 316 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1LD

WF100 10 inch (250 mm) sensing plate 316 PTFE lined 7MH7723-1LE
WF100 4 inch (100 mm) sensing plate 304 polyurethane 7MH7723-1LF
lined
WF100 6 inch (150 mm) sensing plate 304 polyurethane 7MH7723-1LG
lined
WF100 8 inch (200 mm) sensing plate 304 polyurethane 7MH7723-1LH
lined
WF100 10 inch (250 mm) sensing plate 304 polyurethane 7MH7723-1LJ
lined
WF100 4 inch (100 mm) sensing plate 316 polyurethane 7MH7723-1LK
lined
WF100 6 inch (150 mm) sensing plate 316 polyurethane 7MH7723-1LL
lined
WF100 8 inch (200 mm) sensing plate 316 polyurethane 7MH7723-1LM
lined
WF100 10 inch (250 mm) sensing plate 316 polyurethane 7MH7723-1LN
lined
WF100 load cell spare 2 lb PBD-23900176
WF calibration pulley with hardware and cable spare 7MH7723-1LT
7/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
60°
C B
A B C D (flange) E F (x 8)
4 inch 8 inch 23.5 inch 21.87 inch Ø ASME 4 inch 11.25 inch Ø 0.43 inch
(100 mm) (203.2 mm) (596.9 mm) (555.5 mm) DIN 100 mm (285.8 mm) (11 mm)
6 inch 10 inch 33 inch 31.12 inch Ø ASME 6 inch 13.35 inch Ø 0.43 inch
(150 mm) (254 mm) (838.2 mm) (790.4 mm) DIN 150 mm (339.1 mm) (11 mm)
8 inch 14 inch 46 inch 42.62 inch Ø ASME 8 inch 16.5 inch Ø 0.43 inch
(200 mm) (355.6 mm) (1 168.4 mm) (1 082.5 mm) DIN 200 mm (419.1 mm) (11 mm)
10 inch 16 inch 52 inch 48.74 inch Ø ASME 10 inch 19 inch Ø 0.43 inch
(250 mm) (406.4 mm) (1 320.8 mm) (1 238.1 mm) DIN 250 mm (482.6 mm) (11 mm)
SITRANS WF100, dimensions
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/9

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
SITRANS WF100
Circuit diagrams
Note: Conduit and cable arrangement Conduit and box

may differ from example shown. connector
Conduit and connector not
provided on hazardous option
Load cell
R B W G S Customer
e l h r h junction
d t n l box
k d
+ - - + S
E E S S h
X X I I l
C C G G d
To integrator
SITRANS WF100 connections
7/10 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SITRANS WF200 series
Solid Flowmeters
Overview
SITRANS WF200 and WF250 flowmeters are medium to high capa

city flowmeters for various product sizes, densities, and fluidities.
Benefits
• For specialized pre-feed applications
• Sensing element mounted outside process
• Flowrates from 200 to 900 t/h (220 to 990 STPH)
• Continuously monitoring of the material flow without interrupting
the process
and material tests
Application
Operating with a microprocessor based integrator package, the

WF200 series flowmeters display flow rate, totalized flow, and rate
alarms. Outputs are 0/4 to 20 mA proportional to rate and contact
closure for remote totalization. Dry bulk solids enter the flowmeter
before continuing through the process unhindered. The load cells
convert the horizontal force of the deflection into an electrical sig
nal. The integrator processes this into flowrate and integrated total
weight. The sensing process is immune to the effect of product
build-up as only the horizontal force is measured.
With load cells located externally to the process, the WF200 series
flowmeters measure high capacities with a maximum rate of
900 t/h (990 STPH). For high capacity aerated gravity conveyor pre-
feed, the WF250 has a maximum rate of 900 t/h (990 STPH).
• Key applications: aggregates, grain, cement, mineral processing
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/11

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Article No.
SITRANS WF200 series Solids flowmeters 7MH7115- ● ● ● ● ● - 0
Impact solids flowmeter for medium to high capacity applications. Accuracy is ± 1 %
or better, with capacity up to 900 t/h (990 STPH).
Model
SITRANS WF200
500 t/h maximum design capacity 1
SITRANS WF250, aerated style
Construction
Painted mild steel A
Sensing plate liner
None (standard 304 stainless steel) A
Polyurethane
For model options 1 and 3 B
For model options 2 and 4 C
Alumina ceramic tiles
For model options 1 and 3 D
For model options 2 and 4 E
Load cell
50 lb 1
100 lb 2
Not specified (for quotation purposes only, not a valid ordering option) 0
Approvals
Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex), CE, UKCA, RCM, EAC 1
CSA/FM Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III; 2
ATEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db IP65, Ta =
‑40 °C to +65 °C;
UKEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db IP65, Ta =
‑40 °C to +65 °C;
IECEx Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db IP65, Ta =
‑40 °C to +65 °C;
EAC Ex, 0Ex tb IIIC T80 °C Db X;
CE, UKCA, RCM
1) Not available with construction option A.

Stainless steel tag [69 x 38 mm (2.7 x 1.5 inch)], Y15
Measuring-point number/identification (max 27 charac
ters), specify in plain text.
(max.15 characters), specify in plain text.
Manufacturer's test certificate: C11
According to EN 10204-2.2
Inspection certificate type 3.1 per EN 102041) C12
Instruction manuals
of languages, at

20 g (0.04 lb) 7MH7724-1AC
50 g (0.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AD
7/12 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters

100 g (0.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AE
200 g (0.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AG
1 000 g (2.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AH
2 000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
5 000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
Load cell, 50 lb, stainless steel PBD-23900246
Load cell, 100 lb, stainless steel PBD-23900247
WF calibration pulley with hardware and cable spare 7MH7723-1LT
WF200 series bearing with plate mount shaft, 7MH7723-1LU
standard, spare
WF200 series bearing with plate mount shaft, 7MH7723-1LV
stainless steel, spare
WF200 series sensing plate support cables, spare 7MH7723-1LW
WF250 series sensing plate support cables, spare 7MH7723-1LX
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, standard 7MH7723-1LY
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, standard 7MH7723-1MA
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, standard 7MH7723-1MB
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, standard 7MH7723-1MC
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MD
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1ME
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MF
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, polyurethane lined 7MH7723-1MG
WF200 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MH
WF200 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MJ
WF250 sensing plate 500 TPH 304, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1MK
WF250 sensing plate 900 TPH 304, ceramic lined 7MH7723-1ML
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/13

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
2.25 (27.15)
1.25 (31.8)
A
500 t/h 900 t/h
2.0 (50.8) B
1.0 (25.4) C A 25.0 (635.0) 30.0 (762.0)
Ø 0.47 (11.9)
D
B 21.0 (533.4) 26.0 (660.4)
E
F
12.0
(304.8)
16.50
(419.1)
C 5.75 (146.1), 7.0 (177.8),
×4 ×4
23.0 (584.2) D 12.0 (304.8) 12.0 (304.8)
60º
E 16.5 (419.1) 16.5 (419.1)

44.68 (1 134.9)
G
F 11.97 (304.1) 14.86 (377.4)
G 59.0 (1498.6) 64.0 (1 625.6)
H H 29.13 (739.8) 35.13 (892.2)

2.18 (55.37)
0.88 (22.2)
41.5 (1 054.1)
1.00
(25.4)
I
I 40.68 (1 033.3) 46.68 (1 185.7)
37.50 (952.5)
2.18 (55.37) 33.14 (841.8)
0.88 (22.2) 7.13 (181.0) J 6.75 (171.5), 6.63 (168.3),
×5 ×6
Ø 0.56 (14.2)
K 31.14 (791.0) 37.14 (943.4)
J
K
L
L 35.5 (901.7) 41.5 (1 054.1)
SITRANS WF200, dimensions in inch (mm)
7/14 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
I 45º
J
K
A 14.5
4.0 (101.6)
B (368.3)
E
2.14 (54.36)
1.0 (25.4) C
Ø 0.56 (14.2)
H
G
F
R
39.75 (1 009.65)
23.0
Q (584.2)
1.0
(25.4)
P 42.5 (1 079.5)
2.19 (55.63)
500 t/h 900 t/h 500 t/h 900 t/h

0.88 (22.2)
Ø 0.75 (19.1), Ø 0.88 (22.2),

L A 29.37 (746.0) 41.27 (1 048.2) I
×8 ×8
2.19 (55.63) M
B 25.10 (637.5) 37.0 (939.8) J Ø 4.07 (103.4) Ø 6.07 (154.1)
0.88 (22.2) N
4.56 (115.9), 6.56 (166.62),
Ø 0.56 (14.22) C K Ø 9.0 (228.6) Ø 11.0 (279.4)
×6 ×6
40.0 (1 016.0)
35.63 (904.9)
D 0.74 (18.8) 0.94 (23.8) L 40.0 (1 016.0) 52.0 (1 320.8)

6.31 (1 60.3)
E 3.13 (79.5) 3.19 (81.03) M 35.63 (904.9) 47.63 (1 209.7)

6.31 (160.3), 7.13 (181.0),
F 22.38 (568.3) 26.38 (669.9) N
×6 ×7
G 16.13 (409.8) 20.0 (508.0) P 45.18 (1 147.6) 57.18 (1 452.4)
5.13 (130.2), 6.13 (155.6),
H Q 33.0 (838.2) 45.0 (1 143.0)
×4 ×4
R 81.88 (2 079.75) 91.0 (2 311.4)
SITRANS WF250, dimensions in inch (mm)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/15

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Circuit diagrams
Note: conduit and cable arrangement

may differ from example shown.
Conduit and connector not
provided on hazardous option
Load cell Load cell

A B
Junction
Red A
Red B
Shield B
Shield A
Green A
Green B
White A
White B
Black A
Black B
box
Shield
+ SIG A
- SIG A
- SIG B
+ SIG B
+ EXC
- EXC
To integrator
SITRANS WF200 series connections
7/16 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Solid Flowmeters
Overview
SITRANS WF300 series are low to medium capacity flowmeters for

various product sizes, densities, and fluidities.
Benefits
• For specialized pre-feed applications
• Sensing element mounted outside process
• Flowrates from 0.2 to 300 t/h (0.2 to 330 STPH)
• Continuously monitoring of the material flow without interrupting
the process
and material tests
Application
With weighing mechanics located externally, the WF300 series

solids flowmeters are unaffected by corrosive, abrasive, or hot
materials. Handling a wide range of product sizes, densities, and
fluidities including fine powders such as cement, they operate at
process temperatures to 230 °C (450 °F). The flowmeters help to
improve final product, increase operating efficiency, and realize sig
nificant cost savings.
Operating with the appropriate SITRANS WFS sensing head and a
micro-processor-based integrator package, the WF300 series flow
meters provide a display of the flow rate, totalized flow, and alarms.
Outputs are 0/4 to 20 mA proportional to rate, and open collector
output for remote totalization.
Dry bulk solids enter the flow guide producing a mechanical deflec
tion as they strike the flowmeter sensing plate before continuing
through the process unhindered. The LVDT in the sensing head con
verts the deflection of the horizontal force into an electrical signal.
The integrator processes this signal into a display of flowrate and
integrated total weight. The weighing process is immune to the
effect of product build-up as only the horizontal force is measured.
SITRANS WF330 flowmeters are totally enclosed, with external
weighing mechanics, operating with corrosive, abrasive or hot
materials. SITRANS WF350 series operates with aerated gravity con
veyors, and includes integral vents and baffles for air separation.
For applications with little available headroom, the SITRANS WF340
series flowmeters provide the answer.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/17

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Article No.
SITRANS WF330 Solids flowmeter, general purpose design 7MH7102- ● ● ● ● 0
Impact solids flowmeter for low to medium capacity applications. Accuracy is ± 1 % or better,
Model
Base mount, 40 t/h (44 STPH) maximum design capacity 1
Side mount, 40 t/h (44 STPH) maximum design capacity 2
Base mount, 300 t/h (330 STPH) maximum design 3
capacity
Flowguide size
No flowguide A
2 inch ASME flange pattern1) B
4 inch ASME flange pattern1) C
6 inch ASME flange pattern2) D
8 inch ASME flange pattern2) E
10 inch ASME flange pattern2) F
12 inch ASME flange pattern3) G
14 inch ASME flange pattern3) H
16 inch ASME flange pattern3) J
DN 50 flange pattern1) K
DN 100 flange pattern1) L
DN 150 flange pattern2) M
DN 200 flange pattern2) N
DN 250 flange pattern2) P
DN 300 flange pattern3) Q
DN 350 flange pattern3) R
DN 400 flange pattern3) S
Flowguide construction
No flowguide A
Mild steel, C5-M rated polyester painted B
Mild steel, epoxy painted with zinc primer1) C
Mild steel, epoxy painted with zinc primer3) D
304 (1.4301) stainless steel1) E
304 (1.4301) stainless steel3) F
316 (1.4401) stainless steel1) G
316 (1.4401) stainless steel3) H
Cabinet construction
Mild steel, C5-M rated polyester painted 1
Mild steel, epoxy painted with zinc primer1) 2
Mild steel, epoxy painted with zinc primer3) 3
304 (1.4301) stainless steel1) 4

Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code(s).
ing-point number/identification (max. 27 characters), spe
cify in plain text.
Application Eng. reference number (max.15 characters), Y31
Note: not available with cabinet construction option 1
Instruction manuals
languages, at
7/18 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters

1) For versions 1 and 2 only.
2) For versions 1, 2 or 3.
3) For version 3 only.
4) Not available with cabinet construction options 1, 2, 3.

40 TPH, mild steel flowguide
2 inch ASME PBD:20377-111
40 TPH, mild steel-epoxy flowguide
40 TPH, 304 (1.4301) stainless steel flowguide
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/19

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters

2 inch DIN PBD:20377-121
7/20 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters

Article No.
SITRANS WF340 Solids flowmeter, compact design 7MH7104- ● ● ● ● 0
Version
Base mount, 40 t/h (44 STPH) max. design -capacity 1
Side mount, 40 t/h (44 STPH) max. design capacity 2
Base mount, 300 t/h (330 STPH) max. design -capacity 3
Flowguide size
No flowguide (5 x 16 inch model) A
3 x 6 inch (76 x 152 mm)1) B
4 x 10 inch (102 x 254 mm)1) C
5 x 12 inch (127 x 305 mm)1) D
5 x 16 inch (127 x 406 mm)2) E
6 x 20 inch (152 x 508 mm)2) F
No flowguide (WF340-300 6 x 20 inch model) G
No flowguide A
304 (1.4301) stainless steel2) D
316 (1.4401) stainless steel1) E
316 (1.4401) stainless steel2) F
Mild steel, C5-M rated polyester painted with G
PTFE liner
Mild steel, C5-M rated polyester painted with H
abrasion resistant liner
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, with PTFE liner1) J
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, with PTFE liner2) K
Mild steel, epoxy paint with zinc primer1) L
Mild steel, epoxy paint with zinc primer2) M
Other flowguide materials available upon request
Mild steel, painted 1
Mild steel, epoxy paint with zinc primer1) 6
Mild steel, epoxy paint with zinc primer2) 7

3) Not available with cabinet construction option 1.

cify in plain text.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/21

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters

Instruction manual
of languages, at

3) Not available with cabinet construction option 1.

3 x 6 inch PBD:20401-100
4 x 10 inch PBD:20395-100
5 x 12 inch PBD:20405-100
3 x 6 inch PBD:20401-200
4 x 10 inch PBD:20395-200
5 x 12 inch PBD:20405-200
3 x 6 inch PBD:20401-300
4 x 10 inch PBD:20395-300
5 x 12 inch PBD:20405-300
3 x 6 inch PBD:20401-400
4 x 10 inch PBD:20395-400
5 x 12 inch PBD:20405-400
40 TPH, mild steel-PTFE flowguide
3 x 6 inch PBD:20401-500
4 x 10 inch PBD:20395-500
5 x 12 inch PBD:20405-500
40 TPH, 304 (1.4301) stainless steel-PTFE -flowguide
3 x 6 inch PBD:20401-600
4 x 10 inch PBD:20395-600
5 x 12 inch PBD:20405-600
40 TPH, mild steel-AR flowguide
3 x 6 inch PBD:20401-700
4 x 10 inch PBD:20395-700
5 x 12 inch PBD:20405-700
5 x 16 inch PBD:20455-10
6 x 20 inch PBD:20458-10
5 x 16 inch PBD:20455-20
6 x 20 inch PBD:20458-20
5 x 16 inch PBD:20455-30
6 x 20 inch PBD:20458-30
300 TPH, 304 (1.4301) stainless steel-PTFE flowguide
5 x 16 inch PBD:20455-40
6 x 20 inch PBD:20458-40
5 x 16 inch PBD:20455-50
6 x 20 inch PBD:20458-50
300 TPH, mild steel-PTFE flowguide
7/22 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters

5 x 16 inch PBD:20455-60
6 x 20 inch PBD:20458-60
300 TPH, mild steel-AR flowguide
5 x 16 inch PBD:20455-70
6 x 20 inch PBD:20458-70
Article No.
SITRANS WF350 Solids flowmeter, aerated infeed design 7MH7106- ● ● ● ● ●
Version
40 t/h (44 STPH) maximum design capacity 1
300 t/h (330 STPH) maximum design capacity 2
Flowguide size
8 inch (203 mm), 40 t/h (0.2 to 44 STPH) version B
10 inch (254 mm), 300 t/h C
12 inch (305 mm), 40 t/h (0.2 to 44 STPH) version D
14 inch (356 mm), 300 t/h E
20 inch (508 mm), 300 t/h F
304 (1.4301) stainless steel D
316 (1.4401) stainless steel E
Mild steel, C5-M rated polyester painted 1
304 (1.4301) stainless steel 3
316 (1.4401) stainless steel 4
Venting flange
ASME flange pattern 1
DIN flange pattern 2

Please add "-Z" to article no. and specify
order code(s).
Stainless steel tag [69 x 38 mm (2.7 x Y15
1.5 inch)], Measuring-point number/iden
tification (max. 27 characters), specify in
plain text.
(max.15 characters), specify in plain text.
Manufacturer's test certificate: According C11
to EN 10204-2.2
Inspection certificate type 3.1 per EN C12
10204 Not available with cabinet con
struction option 1
Instruction manuals
All literature is available to download for
free, in a range of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/weighing/docu
mentation
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/23

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Spare Parts
8 inch PBD:22520-1A0
12 inch PBD:22520-2A0
40 TPH, 304 (1.4301) stainless steel
flowguide
8 inch PBD:22520-1B0
12 inch PBD:22520-2B0
flowguide
8 inch PBD:22520-1C0
12 inch PBD:22520-2C0
10 inch PBD:22519-1A0
14 inch PBD:22519-2A0
20 inch PBD:22519-3A0
flowguide
10 inch PBD:22519-1B0
14 inch PBD:22519-2B0
20 inch PBD:22519-3B0
flowguide
10 inch PBD:22519-1C0
14 inch PBD:22519-2C0
20 inch PBD:22519-3C0
Characteristic curves
WF330 Flowguide Capacity Chart

160 2.56
140 2.24
(8)
(10)
(12)
50 (2) 100 (4) 150 (6)

20 0
1.92
25 0
300
120
Bulk Density lb/ft 3
Bulk Density t/m 3

)
(14
100 1.60
305
80 1.28
)
16
0(
60 0.96
40
40 0.64
20 0.32
0 0
1 10 100 400
Flowrate in STPH or t/h
Flowrate in STPH or t/h (use highest applicable flowrate for size selection)
Example: 25 t/h of material at 1.4 t/m 3, the selection is a 150 mm flowguide.
Dimensions are provided as examples only.
SITRANS WF330 flowguide capacity chart
7/24 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Characteristic curves (Continued)
WF340 Flowguide Capacity Chart

160 2.56
140 2.24
Bulk density lb/ft 3 120 1.92
Bulk density t/m 3

0
6
5x1
5x1
6x 2
100 1.60
3x6 4x10
80 1.28
60 0.96
40 0.64
20 0.32
0 0
1 10 100 400
Flowrate in tons per hour
Should the material bulk density and flowrate be near a flowguide upper limit, choose the next larger flowguide.
SITRANS WF340 flowguide capacity chart
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/25

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Discharge
F
Infeed flange
Min. allowance for sensing Flowguide Sensing

head installation head
A Housing G
Removable access door
H
Sensing head
B
C J
D E
Min. allowance for
sensing plate
Model A B C D E F G H J
40 t/h 686 (27) 356 (14) 254 (10) 457 (18) 610 (24) 279 (11) 25 (1) 914 (36) 457 (18)
(44 STPH)
300 t/h 1 042 (41) 457 (18) 305 (12) 610 (24) 610 (24) 330 (13) 38 (1.5) 1 270 (50) 610 (24)
(330 STPH)
40 t/h version inlet sizes

51 (2) 102 (4) 152 (6) 203 (8) 254 (10)
300 t/h version inlet sizes

152 (6) 203 (8) 254 (10) 305 (12) 356 (14) 406 (16)
SITRANS WF330, dimensions in mm (inch)
7/26 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Discharge
Sensing head
A G
Flowguide
H
B Housing
Access and bolt holes to Access door

suit sensing head
Sensing head
J
C
D K 25 (1)
E SQ. F
Min. allowance for
sensing plate
Size A B C D E F G H J K
40 t/h
(44 STPH) 152 (6) 686 (27) 304 (12) 254 (10) 508 (20) 457 (18) 76 (3) 203 (8) 508 (20) 254 (10)
40 t/h
254 (10) 686 (27) 304 (12) 254 (10) 508 (20) 457 (18) 102 (4) 203 (8) 508 (20) 254 (10)
(44 STPH)
40 t/h
305 (12) 686 (27) 304 (12) 254 (10) 508 (20) 457 (18) 127 (5) 203 (8) 508 (20) 254 (10)
(44 STPH)
300 t/h
406 (16) 1 041 (41) 343 (13.5) 305 (12) 610 (24) 762 (30) 127 (5) 254 (10) 610 (24) 330 (13)
(330 STPH)
300 t/h
508 (20) 1 041 (41) 343 (13.5) 356 (14) 711 (28) 762 (30) 152 (6) 254 (10) 610 (24) 381 (15)
(330 STPH)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/27

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
A F G
ØH
J
K
Min. allowance for Flowguide
sensing plate
installation L
B
Housing
M
Removable
access door
Sensing head
N
C D E P
Min. allowance for Q R
sensing plate
Sensing head
installation
Size A B C D E F G H
40 t/h (44 STPH) 203 (8) 686 (27) 305 (12) 254 (10) 711 (28) 127 (5) 203 (8) 102 (4)
40 t/h (44 STPH) 305 (12) 686 (27) 305 (12) 254 (10) 711 (28) 127 (5) 203 (8) 102 (4)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 254 (10) 1 041 (41) 406 (16) 356 (14) 889 (35) 191 (7.5) 229 (9) 152 (6)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 356 (14) 1 041 (41) 406 (16) 356 (14) 889 (35) 191 (7.5) 229 (9) 152 (6)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 508 (20) 1 041 (41) 406 (16) 356 (14) 889 (35) 191 (7.5) 229 (9) 152 (6)
Size J K L M N P Q R
40 t/h (44 STPH) 229 (9) 203 (8) 76 (3) 914 (36) 305 (12) 229 (9) 229 (9) 330 (13)
40 t/h (44 STPH) 229 (9) 203 (8) 102 (4) 914 (36) 305 (12) 229 (9) 229 (9) 330 (13)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 254 (10) 305 (12) 127 (5) 1 168 (46) 419 (16.5) 330 (13) 356 (14) 406 (16)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 254 (10) 305 (12) 152 (6) 1 168 (46) 419 (16.5) 330 (13) 356 (14) 406 (16)
300 t/h (330 STPH) 254 (10) 305 (12) 178 (7) 1 168 (46) 419 (16.5) 330 (13) 356 (14) 406 (16)
7/28 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
SITRANS WFS300 sensing heads
Solid Flowmeters
Overview
SITRANS WFS300 and WFS320 sensing heads are out-of-the process

sensing elements for SITRANS WF300 series solids flowmeters.
Benefits
• Easy installation with modular assembly
• ± 1 % accuracy (or better) with high repeatability
• Totally enclosed, dust-tight, flow metering of bulk solids
• Sensing mechanism is outside the process, protected from con
tamination
• No zero drift, due to unique sensing mechanism
• Low maintenance; only the sensing plate is in the process
• No restriction of product flow
Application
SITRANS WFS300 and WFS320 sensing heads are used in applica

tions such as product rationing, batch load-out, and process feed
rate control, the WFS series of sensing heads has been field-proven
in thousands of applications with some units providing over a
quarter century of reliable performance.
The WFS sensing heads use only the horizontal force created by
impact of product upon the sensing plate and then apply the hori
zontal deflection to a highly reliable linear variable differential
transformer (LVDT).
Friction-less pivots exclude the vertical force from the sensing pro
cess and the LVDT travel range is controlled by a coil spring selected
for the specified full-scale flow rate. A viscous fluid damper provides
mechanical damping in the event of pulsating flows.
The LVDT converts the horizontal movement, proportional to the
impact forces into an electrical signal, which is converted by the
integrator to time-based flow rate indication and totaling. This
method of sensing material flow has been proven best in thousands
of applications all over the world.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/29

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Article No.
SITRANS WFS300 Sensing head 7MH7110- ● ● ● ● ●
Impact solids flowmeter for low to medium capacity applications. Accuracy is ± 1 % or
better, with capacity up to 40 t/h (44 STPH).
Mounting
Base - Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex) 0
Side - Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex) 1
Base 3
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups C, D, Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G;
ATEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db, ‑40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +60°C, IP64;
UKEX II 2D Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db, ‑40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +60°C, IP64;
ATEX II 3G Ex ec IIC T6 Gc, ‑40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +60°C, IP64;
UKEX II 3G Ex ec IIC T6 Gc, ‑40°C ≤ Ta ≤ +60°C, IP64;
IECEx Ex tb IIIC T70°C Db, Ta = ‑40°C to +60°C, IP64;
IECEx Ex ec IIC T6 Gc, Ta = ‑40°C to +60°C;
EAC Ex Ex nA IIC T6 Gc X;
RCM, EAC, KC
Side 4
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups C, D, Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G;
EAC Ex Ex nA IIC T6 Gc X;
RCM, EAC, KC
Note: Externally mounted LVDT Conditioner in
NEMA 4 enclosure required for use with SF500 or SIWAREX FTC and mounting options 3 and 4.
See optional equipment.
Range (Range spring size/leaf spring thickness/
viscosity of damping fluid)
C2/A2/1 000 A
C3/A2/1 000 B
C4/A2/1 000 C
C5/A2/1 000 D
C6/A2/1 000 E
C7/A2/1 000 F
C8/A2/3 000 G
C9/A2/3 000 H
C10/A2/3 000 J
C11/A3/5 000 K
C12/A3/5 000 L
C13/A3/5 000 M
C14/A3/5 000 N
C0/A2/500 P
C0/A3/500 Q
C10/A3/3 000 R
Gasketing
Silicone A
Silicone, light duty B
PTFE E
Coating (process side only)
None, standard aluminum 0
Epoxy - white/aluminum, external castings only 1
Sensing head mounted LVDT conditioner
None1) 0
Included, required for use with SF500 or SIWAREX FTC integrator2) 1
1) For use with Compu Series integrators or when externally mounted LVDT conditioner required.
2) Applicable for mounting options 0 and 1 only.
7/30 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters

cify in plain text.
Instruction manuals
of languages, at
20 g (0.04 lb) 7MH7724-1AC
50 g (0.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AD
100 g (0.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AE
200 g (0.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AG
1 000 g (2.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AH
2 000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
5 000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK

LDVT conditioner in NEMA 4 enclosure (to interface SF500 7MH7723-1AJ
or SIWAREX FTC and LVDT sensor)
Silicone inner diaphragm 7MH7723-1DN
Silicone outer diaphragm 7MH7723-1DP
PTFE inner diaphragm 7MH7723-1AL
PTFE outer diaphragm 7MH7723-1AM
LVDT transformer and core, standard spare 7MH7723-1DS
Encapsulated LVDT replacement kit 7MH7723-1DE
Damping fluid, 1 000 CS, 1 lb bottle 7MH7723-1EU
Damping fluid, 3 000 CS, 1 lb bottle 7MH7723-1EV
Damping fluid, 5 000 CS, 1 lb bottle 7MH7723-1EW
Range spring assembly, C2 7MH7723-1EX
Range spring assembly, C3 7MH7723-1EY
Range spring assembly, C4 7MH7723-1FA
Range spring assembly, C5 7MH7723-1FB
Range spring assembly, C6 7MH7723-1FC
Range spring assembly, C7 7MH7723-1FD
Range spring assembly, C8 7MH7723-1FE
Range spring assembly, C9 7MH7723-1FF
Range spring assembly, C10 7MH7723-1FG
Range spring assembly, C11 7MH7723-1FH
Range spring assembly, C12 7MH7723-1FJ
Range spring assembly, C13 7MH7723-1FK
Range spring assembly, C14 7MH7723-1FL
Leaf spring, A2, kit 7MH7723-1BN
Leaf spring, A3, kit 7MH7723-1BP
WFS300 calibration wheel kit 7MH7723-1KB
Circuit card, LVDT, conditioner, internal to sensing head 7MH7723-1ET
WFS300 replacement O-ring kit 7MH7723-1DC
Side mount gasket replacement 7MH7723-1FT
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/31

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Article No.
SITRANS WFS320 Sensing head 7MH7112- ● ● ● ● ●
Impact solids flowmeter for medium capacity applications. Accuracy is ± 1 % or better,
Classification
Ordinary Locations/General Purpose (Non-Ex) 1
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 1, Groups C, D, Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; 2
EAC Ex Ex nA IIC T6 Gc X
Note: Externally mounted LVDT conditioner in NEMA 4 enclosure required for use
with SF500 or SIWAREX FTC and classification option 2.
See calibration hanger weights.
Range (range spring size/viscosity of damping fluid)
D1/1 000 Position 1 A
D1/1 000 Position 2 B
D1/1 000 Position 3 C
D2/1 000 Position 1 D
D2/1 000 Position 2 E
D2/1 000 Position 3 F
D3/3 000 Position 1 G
D3/3 000 Position 2 H
D3/3 000 Position 3 J
D4/5 000 Position 1 K
D4/5 000 Position 2 L
D4/5 000 Position 3 M
D5/5 000 Position 1 N
D5/5 000 Position 2 P
D5/5 000 Position 3 Q
Gasketing
Silicone A
PTFE D
Other gasketing available upon request
Coating (process side only)
None, standard aluminum 0
Epoxy - white/aluminum, external castings only 1
Other coatings available upon request.
Sensing head mounted LVDT conditioner
None1) 0
Included, required for use with SF500 or 1
SIWAREX FTC integrator2)
1) For use with Compu series integrators or when externally mounted LVDT conditioner required. See Note under Classification.
2) Available with classification option 1 only.
Further Designs Order Code

cify in plain text.
Instruction manual
of languages, at
7/32 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Further Designs Order Code

20 g (0.04 lb) 7MH7724-1AC
50 g (0.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AD
100 g (0.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AE
200 g (0.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AF
500 g (1.1 lb) 7MH7724-1AG
1 000 g (2.2 lb) 7MH7724-1AH
2 000 g (4.4 lb) 7MH7724-1AJ
5 000 g (11 lb) 7MH7724-1AK
Spare Parts Article No.

LVDT conditioner in NEMA 4 enclosure to interface SF500 7MH7723-1AJ
and LVDT sensor
Silicone inner diaphragm 7MH7723-1DQ
Silicone outer diaphragm 7MH7723-1DR
PTFE inner diaphragm 7MH7723-1BA
PTFE outer diaphragm 7MH7723-1BB
LVDT transformer and core, standard spare 7MH7723-1DS
Encapsulated LVDT replacement kit 7MH7723-1DE
Damping fluid, 1 000 CS, 1 lb bottle 7MH7723-1EU
Damping fluid, 3 000 CS, 1 lb bottle 7MH7723-1EV
Damping fluid, 5 000 CS, 1 lb bottle 7MH7723-1EW
Range spring assembly, D1 7MH7723-1FM
Range spring assembly, D2 7MH7723-1FN
Range spring assembly, D3 7MH7723-1FP
Range spring assembly, D4 7MH7723-1FQ
Range spring assembly, D5 7MH7723-1GJ
Leaf spring kit 7MH7723-1BQ
Circuit card, LVDT, conditioner, internal to sensing head 7MH7723-1ET
WFS320 calibration wheel kit 7MH7723-1KA
WFS320 replacement o-ring kit 7MH7723-1DD
WFS320 Taper Pin, spare 7MH7723-1GD
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/33

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
WFS300 WFS320
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Deflection measurement using LVDT (linear variable Deflection measurement using LVDT (linear variable
differential transformer) differential transformer)
Typical application For use in all WF300 series flowmeters For use in all WF300 series flowmeters
Flow input
Maximum particle size 13 mm (0.5 inch) 25 mm (1 inch)
Minimum flow rate 0 … 0.2 t/h (0 … 0.2 STPH) 0 … 20 t/h (0 … 22 STPH)
Maximum flow rate 0 … 40 t/h (0 … 44 STPH) 0 … 300 t/h (0 … 330 STPH)
Performance
Accuracy1) ± 1 % or better of full scale, higher accuracy with lin ± 1 % or better of full scale, higher accuracy with lin
earizing features offered by integrators earizing features offered by integrators
Repeatability ± 0.2 % ± 0.2 %
Specified range 33 … 100 % 33 … 100 %
Medium conditions
Ambient temperature
• Without internally mounted LVDT card -40 … +60 °C (-40 … +140 °F) -40 … +60 °C (-40 … +140 °F)
• With optional internally mounted LVDT card -40 … +50 °C (-40 … +122 °F) -40 … +50 °C (-40 … +122 °F)
Maximum product temperature 232 °C ( 450 °F) 232 °C (450 °F)
Design IP64 Aluminum body, fiberglass cover, 304 (1.4306) IP64 Aluminum body, fiberglass cover, 304 (1.4306)
stainless steel sensing plate stainless steel sensing plate
Options • Epoxy paint coating of external aluminum casting surfaces
• Internally mounted LVDT conditioner card for use with SF500 integrator
• Externally mounted LVDT conditioner card in NEMA 4 (IP65) enclosure for use with Milltronics SF500 or
SIWAREX FTC integrator when sensing head is mounted in hazardous areas or with high ambient tem
peratures
Approvals CE, UKCA, RCM, CSA, FM, EAC, KC, ATEX, UKEX, CE, UKCA, RCM, CSA, FM, EAC, KC, ATEX, UKEX,
IECEx, EAC Ex IECEx, EAC Ex
1)
Accuracy subject to: On factory approved installations the flowmeter system’s totalized weight will be within the specified accuracy when compared to a
known weighed material test sample. The test rate must be within the specified range of the design capacity and held constant for the duration of the test. The
minimum material test sample must be equivalent to a sample obtained at the test flow rate for at least ten minutes running time.
7/34 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
WFS300 Sensing Head
Outer gasket 8 (0.31) dia.,

18 bolts on 360 (14.17) B.C.D
Conduit entry
1/2" NPT (internal) See note 1) As required
Fiberglass cover
260 (10.25)
385 (15.12)
280 (11)
256 (10.06)
Sensing plate
90 70
180 (7.09)
50 (1.97)
(3.54) (2.76) Support plate (by customer)

290 (11.5) 30 (1.18)
10 (0.38) dia.
(4 levelling rods)
WFS320 Sensing Head
Outer gasket
8 (0.31) dia.,
Conduit entry 18 bolts on
1/2" NPT (internal) 460 (18.11) B.C.D 380 (14.96)
See note 1)
Fiberglass cover As required
560 (22.05)
490 (19.29)
340 (13.34)
318 (12.52)
40 (1.57)
Sensing plate
Support plate (by customer)

60 (2.36)
300 (11.81) 70 (2.76) 500 (19.64)

420 (16.54) 560 (22.05)
16 (0.63) dia.
(4 levelling rods)
Notes:
1) Refer to flowmeter drawing for sensing head mounting hole to flowguide centerline dimension.
2) Sensing head support plate should be rigid and independent of flowmeter housing.
3) Ensure outer gasket seals dust tight to flowmeter housing wall.
SITRANS WFS300 sensing heads, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/35

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Circuit diagrams
To LVDT
Collar Flowmeter
terminal
To the LVDT conditioner card (internally or externally mounted) and

Milltronics SF500/SIWAREX FTC integrator
Consult Siemens representative for hazardous rated versions.
SITRANS WFS300 sensing heads connections
7/36 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Overview
Sensing plates
Solid Flowmeters
Sensing plates
Overview
The sensing plate transfers the impact force to the sensing head of
the flowmeter.
Article No.
SITRANS Flowmeter sensing plates 7MH7114- ● ● ● ● 0
Sensing plates transfer the impact force to the sensing head of the flow
meter.
Version
WF330, 40 t/h, base mount or side mount 1
WF330, 300 t/h 5
WF340, 300 t/h 6
WF350, 300 t/h 7
C-40 8
Plate size
18 x 10 inch (457.2 x 254 mm), for version option 1 with 2, 4 or 6 inch (50.8, 101.6 or 152.4 mm) A
flowguide1)
20 x 12 inch (508 x 304.8 mm), for version option 1 with 8 inch (203.2 mm) flowguide1) B
20 x 14 inch (508 x 355.6 mm), for version option 1 with 10 inch (254 mm) flowguide1) C
22 x 12 inch (558.8 x 304.8 mm), for version option 5 with 6 or 8 inch (152.4 or 203.2 mm) flowguide1) D
24 x 16 inch (609.6 x 406.4 mm), for version option 5 with 10 or 12 inch (254 or 304.8 mm) flowguide1) E
24 x 20 inch (609.6 x 508 mm), for version option 5 with 14 or 16 inch (355.6 or 406.4 mm) flowguide1) F
12 x 12 inch (304.8 x 304.8 mm), for version option 4 with 8 inch (203.2 mm) flowguide2) G
16 x 14 inch (406.4 x 355.6 mm), for version option 4 with 12 inch (304.8 mm) flowguide2) H
14 x 18 inch (355.6 x 457.2 mm), for version option 7 with 10 inch (254 mm) flowguide2) J
18 x 20 inch (457.2 x 508 mm), for version option 7 with 14 inch (355.6 mm) flowguide2) K
24 x 22 inch (609.6 x 558.8 mm), for version option 7 with 20 inch (508 mm) flowguide2) L
12 x 10 inch (304.8 x 254 mm), for version option 3 with 3 x 6 inch (76.2 x 152.4 mm) flowguide3) M
14 x 14 inch (355.6 x 355.6 mm), for version option 3 with 4 x 10 inch (101.6 x 254 mm) flowguide3) N
16 x 16 inch (406.4 x 406.4 mm), for version option 3 with 5 x 12 inch (127 x 304.8 mm) flowguide3) P
18 x 20 inch (457.2 x 508 mm), for version option 6 with 5 x 16 inch (127 x 406.4 mm) flowguide3) Q
20 x 24 inch (508 x 609.6 mm), for version option 6 with 6 x 20 inch (152.4 x 508 mm) flowguide3) R
12 x 12 inch (304.8 x 304.8 mm), for C-40 with S
6 inch (152.4 mm) flowguide4)
12 x 14 inch (304.8 x 355.6 mm), for C-40 with 10 inch (254 mm) flowguide4) T
Plate material
304 (1.4301) stainless steel5) A
304 (1.4301) stainless steel6) B
316 (1.4401) stainless steel6) D
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, heavy-duty7) E
304 (1.4301) stainless steel, heavy-duty6) F
316 (1.4401) stainless steel, light-duty8) G
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/37

© Siemens AG 2022
Solid Flowmeters
Sensing plates
Article No.
SITRANS Flowmeter sensing plates 7MH7114- ● ● ● ● 0
Sensing plates transfer the impact force to the sensing head of the flow
meter.
316 (1.4401) stainless steel, heavy-duty7) H
316 (1.4401) stainless steel, heavy-duty6) J
Plate liner
No liner 1
Polyurethane7) 2
Polyurethane6) 9) 3
PTFE7) 4
PTFE6) 5
Alumina ceramic tiles7) 6
Alumina ceramic tiles6) 7

Further designs
cify order code(s).
Inspection certificate type 3.1 per EN C12
10204
Instruction manuals
ing/documentation
1) See 7MH7102: .https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109765182

4) Available as spare part only.
5) Available with flowmeter version 1 ... 4 and 8 only.
6) Available with flowmeter version 5 ... 7 only.
7) Available with flowmeter version 1 ... 4 only.
8) Available with flowmeter version 1, 2 and 3 only.
9) Maximum material temperature: 85 °C (185 °F).
Description Order No.

Flowmeter spare load cells
Millflo flowmeters stainless steel, with hardware
1 lb (0.5 kg) Replace with 2 lb
2 lb (0.9 kg) PBD-23900176
5 lb (2.3 kg) PBD-23900177
10 lb (4.6 kg) 7MH7725-1AA
20 lb (9.2 kg) 7MH7725-1AB
Millflo L, M, and MA series flowmeters stainless steel, with hardware

50 lb (22.7 kg) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AD
7/38 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens AG 2022
Accessories
Solid Flowmeters
Solids flowmeters peripherals
Accessories
Solids flowmeters peripherals
Flowmeter spare load cells Article No.

Millflo flowmeters stainless steel, with
hardware
1 lb (0.5 kg) Replace with 2 lb
2 lb (0.9 kg) PBD-23900176
5 lb (2.3 kg) PBD-23900177
10 lb (4.6 kg) 7MH7725-1AA
20 lb (9.2 kg) 7MH7725-1AB
Millflo L, M, and MA series flowmeters -

stainless steel, with hardware
50 lb (22.7 kg) 7MH7725-1AC
100 lb (45.4 kg) 7MH7725-1AD
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 7/39

8
© Siemens 2022
Appendix
8/2 PIA Life Cycle Portal

8/2 Engineering, Ordering, Installation and
Operation Tool
8/3 Partners at Siemens

8/4 Siemens Partner Program
8/5 Product documentation

8/5 Product documentation on SIOS
8/6 Industry Services

8/7 Industry Services – Portfolio overview
8/9 Online Support
8/10 Siemens Automation Cooperates with

Education (SCE)
8/10 Teaching made easy - Comprehensive
support on the way to Industry 4.0
8/13 SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy

8/14 Course offer
8/15 Software licenses
8/17 Conditions of sale and delivery

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
PIA Life Cycle Portal
Engineering, Ordering, Installation and Operation Tool
■ Overview
The PIA Life Cycle Portal provides the appropriate functionality
in all stages of the Product Life Cycle for products of Process
Instrumentation, Process Analytics and Weighing Technology.
The application guides you through Engineering & Selection,
supports you at the Order and provides tools and information for
Installation and Operation.
• Phase 1: Selection & Planning

• Phase 2: Ordering
• Phase 3: Installation & Operation
• Additional features: e. g. PIA Mobile
Phase 1: Selection & Planning Phase 3: Installation & Operation

Selection Spare parts
Achieve product solutions that meet your Find appropriate spare parts for selected
requirements by specifying relevant param- products or corresponding product fami-
eters according to the measuring point by lies.
using the guided selection or select the
product directly in the product and acces-
sories tree. After sales support
Go to the Service and Support Portal to
access manuals, certificates and further
Configuration information concerning service & support.
Configure a selected product step by step
and use the integrated configuration knowl- Device information and history
edge to avoid errors.
Product configurations which cannot be Serial number specific product information
ordered are blocked. for installed devices
Sizing & calculation

Additional features
Sizing & calculation tools for Gas Analyzers,
Weighing and Batching Systems and Flow Personalize
measurement instruments. Register in order to customize the applica-
tion to your personal needs.
Phase 2: Ordering
Bulk upload PIA Mobile
Verify several part numbers in one step by Use the product selection, configuration
uploading a simple text file. and device information and history with the
version optimized for mobile devices.
www.siemens.com/piamobile
Watchlist & projects
Collect products in a watch list and save it Product details
as a project for later use.
Find all relevant product information at a
single glance: commercial and technical
Interface to the Industry Mall data, certificates, images and documents
etc.
Order the selected products with the order-
ing system for Siemens' automation and
drive solutions.
■ More information
PIA Life Cycle Portal
Ostliche Rheinbrückenstraße 50
76187 Karlsruhe, Germany
Tel.: +49 (721) 595 2114
E-Mail: support.pia-portal@siemens.com
www.siemens.com/pia-portal
8/2 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Partners at Siemens
■ Overview
Partners at Siemens
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,

training, service, support, spare parts on the entire portfolio of
Siemens.
Your partner can be found in our Personal Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation-contact
You start by selecting
• the required competence,
• products and branches,
• a country and a city
or by a
• location search or free text search.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 8/3

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Partners at Siemens
Siemens Partner Program
■ Overview
Siemens Solution and Approved Partner – Siemens Approved Partner – Industry Services
Partners for your success
Siemens Approved Partner –
Industry Services put their unique
expertise entirely at the service of
enhancing your productivity and can be
instrumental in ensuring the availability
of your plants.
Partner Finder
The ideal partner for your task is just a mouse click away!
Highest competence in automation and drive technology

Siemens works closely together with selected partner compa-
nies around the world in order to ensure that customer require-
ments for all aspects of automation and drives are fulfilled as
best as possible − wherever you are, and whatever the time.
We place great value on our customers acting in accordance
with the same ideals which characterize Siemens as a whole:
Competence, professionalism and quality. That is why continu-
ous development through qualification and certification mea-
sures in line with global standards is a central aspect of our
Partner Program. This means that with our partners, you benefit
from the same high quality standards all over the world. In the Siemens global Solution Partner Program, customers are
The partner emblem is the symbol for tried and tested quality. certain to find the optimum partner for their specific require-
The partner network for industry ments – with no great effort. The Partner Finder is basically a
comprehensive database that showcases the profiles of all our
The Siemens Partner Program offers you expertise and partners.
experience close at hand.
Easy selection:
Within our global network, we distinguish between Solution Set filters in the search screen form according to the criteria that
Partners and Approved Partners. We currently work with more are relevant to you. You can also directly enter the name of an
than 1,500 Solution Partners around the world. Our network of existing partner.
over 150 Approved Partners continues to grow. In more than
80 countries worldwide. Skills at a glance:
Gain a quick insight into the specific competencies of any par-
Siemens Solution Partner – Automation Drives ticular partner with the reference reports.
At present we are working with more Direct contact option:
than 1,500 Solution Partners worldwide. Use our electronic query form:
They are characterized by extensive
application, system and sector www.siemens.com/partnerfinder
knowledge, as well as proven project Additional information of the Siemens Parners for industry is
experience, and are able to implement available online at:
future-proof tailored solutions of the
highest quality, based on our product www.siemens.com/partnerprogram
and system portfolio.
Siemens Approved Partner – Value Added Reseller

With their detailed technical knowledge,
Siemens Approved Partners – Value
Added Resellers offer a combination of
products and services that range from
specialist technologies and customized
modifications to the provision of high-
quality system and product packages.
They also provide qualified technical
support and assistance.
8/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Product documentation
Product documentation on SIOS
■ Siemens Industry Online Support Portal (SIOS)

For the complete portfolio, customers can download product
documentation for free using the following QR code to our
Siemens Industry Online Support Portal (SIOS):
By entering the product names as Search term and selecting

the field Entry type, you can find all operating instructions,
current catalogs and brochures, certificates, product software
(EDDs, calculation tools), product notes and other useful infor-
mation.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 8/5

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Industry Services
■ Overview
Support and Training Digital Industry Service

Consulting Services Services Programs and
Services Agreements
Spare Parts
Services
Repair Field and Retrofit and

Services Maintenance Modernization
Services Services
G_DA65_XX_00272b
Keep your business running and shaping your digital future – with Industry Services
Optimizing the productivity of your equipment and operations You can rely on our highly dedicated team of engineers, techni-
can be a challenge, especially with constantly changing market cians and specialists to deliver the services you need – safely,
conditions. Working with our service experts makes it easier. professionally and in compliance with all regulations. We are
We understand your industry's unique processes and provide there for you, where you need us, when you need us.
the services needed so that you can better achieve your busi-
ness goals. www.siemens.com/industryservices
You can count on us to maximize your uptime and minimize your

downtime, increasing your operations' productivity and reliabil-
ity. When your operations have to be changed quickly to meet a
new demand or business opportunity, our services give you the
flexibility to adapt. Of course, we take care that your production
is protected against cyber threats. We assist in keeping your
operations as energy and resource efficient as possible and re-
ducing your total cost of ownership. As a trendsetter, we ensure
that you can capitalize on the opportunities of digitalization and
by applying data analytics to enhance decision making: You can
be sure that your plant reaches its full potential and retains this
over the longer lifespan.
8/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Industry Services
Industry Services – Portfolio overview
■ Overview
Digital Industry Support and
Services Consulting
Services
Digital Industry Services make your industrial processes trans- Industry Online Support site for comprehensive information,
parent to gain improvements in productivity, asset availability, application examples, FAQs and support requests.
and energy efficiency.
Technical and Engineering Support for advice and answers
Production data is generated, filtered and translated with intelli- for all inquiries about functionality, handling, and fault
gent analytics to enhance decision-making. clearance. The Service Card as prepaid support for value added
services such as Priority Call Back or Extended Support offers
This is done whilst taking data security into consideration and the clear advantage of quick and easy purchasing.
with continuous protection against cyber-attack threats.
Information & Consulting Services, e.g. SIMATIC System
www.siemens.com/global/en/products/services/industry/ Audit; clarity about the state and service capability of your auto-
digital-industry-services.html mation system or Lifecycle Information Services; transparency
on the lifecycle of the products in your plants.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2235
Training Spare Parts

Services Services
From the basics and advanced to specialist skills, SITRAIN Spare Parts Services are available worldwide for smooth and
courses provide expertise right from the manufacturer – and fast supply of spare parts – and thus optimal plant availability.
encompass the entire spectrum of Siemens products and Genuine spare parts are available for up to ten years. Logistic
systems for the industry. experts take care of procurement, transport, custom clearance,
storage and order management. Reliable logistics processes
Worldwide, SITRAIN courses are available wherever you need a ensure that components reach their destination as needed.
training course in more than 170 locations in over 60 countries.
Since not all spare parts can be kept in stock at all times,
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2226 Siemens offers a preventive measure for spare parts provision-
ing on the customer's premises with optimized Spare Parts
Packages for individual products, custom-assembled drive
components and entire integrated drive trains – including risk
consulting.
Asset Optimization Services help you design a strategy for
parts supply where your investment and carrying costs are
reduced and the risk of obsolescence is avoided.
Also available are extended repair services, which include addi-
tional diagnostic and repair measures, as well as emergency
services.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 8/7

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Industry Services
Industry Services – Portfolio overview
■ Overview (continued)
Repair Retrofit and
Services Modernization
Services
Repair Services are offered on-site and in regional repair centers Provide a cost-effective solution for the expansion of entire
for fast restoration of faulty devices’ functionality. plants, optimization of systems or upgrading existing products
to the latest technology and software, e.g. migration services for
Also available are extended repair services, which include addi- automation systems.
tional diagnostic and repair measures, as well as emergency
services. Service experts support projects from planning through commis-
sioning and, if desired over the entire extended lifespan, e.g.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2154 Retrofit for Integrated Drive Systems for an extended lifetime of
your machines and plants.
Service
Field and
Programs and
Maintenance
Agreements
Services
Siemens specialists are available globally to provide expert field A technical Service Program or Agreement enables you to easily
and maintenance services, including commissioning, functional bundle a wide range of services into a single annual or multi-
testing, preventive maintenance and fault clearance. year agreement.
All services can be included in customized service agreements
with defined reaction times or fixed maintenance intervals. You pick the services you need to match your unique require-
ments or fill gaps in your organization’s maintenance capa-
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2265 bilities.
Programs and agreements can be customized as KPI-based
and/or performance-based contracts.
8/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Industry Services
Online Support
■ Overview
Online Support – fast, intuitive, whenever you want,

wherever you need
Web
www.siemens.com/online-support
App
Scan the QR code

for information on
our Online Support
app.
FAQ / Application examples

Information about industrial products, programming and configuration as well as application
examples
Technical information
Videos, documentation, manuals, updates, product notes, compatibility tool, certificates, planning data
such as dimensional drawings, product data, 3D models
Forum
Exchange information and experience with other users and experts
Online Support for Siemens Industry Products

Siemens Industry and Online Support with some 1.7 million visi- In connection with the challenges and opportunities related to
tors per month is one of the most popular web services provided digitalization you can look forward to continued support with
by Siemens. It is the central access point for comprehensive innovative offerings.
technical know-how about products, systems and services for
automation and drives applications as well as for process
industries.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 8/9

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education (SCE)
Teaching made easy - Comprehensive support on the way to Industry 4.0
■ Knowledge & technology – the keystones to success in digitalization
Digitalization is quickly and radically changing our world. New products are now market-ready much faster. Siemens is
What does this mean for education? shaping this transformation as a technology leader in the field of
automation and process lifecycle management (PLM).
In the world of Industry 4.0, companies can expect a host of new
opportunities and challenges. New systems are verified on the These new digitalization processes are changing the know-how
spot through simulations. Automated mass production pro- requirements for employees. Many educational institutions are
cesses can make every product on the conveyor belt a unique facing the challenge of conveying Industry 4.0 know-how as part
product. of their teaching and training. The Siemens Automation Cooper-
ates with Education (SCE) program is supporting educators on
the way to Industry 4.0.
■ The SCE digitalization concept for educators

The SCE digitalization concept presented here shows Digitalization (or Industry 4.0) know-how is now introduced
how digitalization can be implemented in educational through computer aided technology, Industrial Edge and IIoT as
institutions – from vocational schools to universities. well as Cloud technologies. It is founded on the basics of auto-
mation, such as digital technologies, PLC and information tech-
nologies, and on advanced automation and industrial communi-
cation technologies.
The level of digitalization knowledge can be weighted, depend-
ing on the vocational field or branch of study –
e.g. mechanical engineering, automation engineering or com-
puter science.
8/10 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
■ The SCE digitalization concept for educators (continued)

As part of their project work, students at Vocational School 2 in
Wolfsburg, Germany, have implemented the three levels of the
SCE Industry 4.0 concept. A virtual twin created with the Sie-
mens NX Mechatronics Designer (MCD) CAD software was
used for the design and virtual commissioning. This enables fast
and efficient assembly of the real automation system, e.g. with
SIMATIC S7-1500/ET 200SP/RFID, for use in classes. Production
data, such as the number of bottles filled, production date and
system parameters, are uploaded to a cloud using SIMATIC
IOT2000.
siemens.com/sce/iot2000
siemens.com/nx
The SCE offers
Learning and training documents Trainer packages

More than 100 didactically prepared learning and training doc- The 90 SCE trainer packages help educators teaching and im-
uments are available through SCE and incorporate the digitaliza- plementing the SCE digitalization concept. Trainer packages
tion concept. They are designed for use in classes, comprise specially compiled, genuine Siemens hardware and
but can also be customized or used for individual study. software products. The trainer packages are based on the learn-
These documents are available for free download, most of them ing and training documents and are offered to schools, colleges
in 7 languages. and universities at special terms.
siemens.com/sce/documents siemens.com/sce/tp
Educator courses Support for your projects / textbooks

Excellent teaching content is needed to introduce students to We support you on selected projects with advice and assistance
digitalization. For this purpose, SCE holds educator courses in from SCE contact partners.
certain regions. Based on our learning and training documents
and through practical exercises, educators acquire the latest In- As a special service, we support textbook authors. We maintain
dustry 4.0 know-how. a list of textbooks on the SCE website.
siemens.com/sce/courses siemens.com/sce/contact
siemens.com/sce/books
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 8/11

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
■ Partnerships for proliferation of Industry 4.0 in education

Partnership with WorldSkills
As a technology powerhouse, we support vocational training of
students around the world. Since 2010, we have partnered with
WorldSkills as a Global Industry Partner in order to amplify this
cause.
WorldSkills is an international organization whose mission is to
raise the profile and recognition of skilled people, and show how
important vocational skills are in achieving economic growth and
personal success. Every two years, WorldSkills hosts the world
championships of skills.
Siemens provides the competitors with automation products,
such as SIMATIC S7-1500 and LOGO!, for the disciplines: indus-
trial control, electrical installations, Polymechanics/Automation
and manufacturing technology.
Additionally, we support selected continental and regional com-
petitions.
siemens.com/worldskills
Partnerships with educators

We provide support to educators and educational organizations
in the form of one-on-one advice through SCE contact partners
and Siemens experts as well as long-term cooperation.
siemens.com/sce/contact
Partnerships with producers of learning systems

For practical training in classrooms and labs, numerous produc-
ers of learning systems offer a wide range of complete didactic
solutions based on SCE trainer packages.
siemens.com/sce/learningsystems
■ Information portal
To facilitate your teaching assignment and/or for selfstudy, we of-
fer educators and students a comprehensive SCE information
portal. At this portal you have quick access to all SCE offers, e.g.
learning and training documents including projects, Getting
Started information, videos, manuals, trial software and newslet-
ters.
siemens.com/sce
8/12 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy
■ Introduction
The Future of Learning starts now

Globalization, digitalization, new work, Internet of Things, new business models – our way of working, living and learning is changing
rapidly. With SITRAIN, the future of learning begins today: SITRAIN stands for a modern learning culture that focuses on the needs
of learners and the demands of innovative companies.
With SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy, the future of learning is yours.
Face-to-face training or digital training, location-independent, 24/7, on-demand or learning at fixed dates and course times?
With a personal learning consultant, in a team, or on your own responsibility? Everything is possible. SITRAIN offers a wide range of
different learning options with the "Learning Journey", "Learning Membership" and "Learning Event".
The three learning formats of SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy
Learning Journey Learning Membership Learning Event

The combination for sustainable Securing knowledge through continu- Acquire theoretical and practical
learning success ous learning on your own responsibility knowledge in a compact and guided
• The optimal mix of self-study units • With access to the comprehensive format
and guided live modules and constantly growing range of • You achieve a defined learning goal
• Includes a Learning Membership to self-study units on SITRAIN access, in the shortest possible time
work through the self-study modules the digital learning platform • The learning consultant guides you
and access on-demand content • Search and find specific learning through the practical exercises and
• The SITRAIN learning consultant is content or simply have a look is also exclusively available to you
available for questions and one-on- around – anytime and anywhere during the theoretical sessions for the
one consultations • A modern learning culture through entire duration
• Ideal integration into the daily work continuous learning on your own • Focused learning, outside of the
routine and adaptation to one's own responsibility and transparency daily work routine, in a protected
learning pace. about your learning success in the learning environment – virtually, in the
team or company. training center, or at your company.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 8/13

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy
Course offer
■ Overview
Course offer for Weighing Technology
Name Training type Internet Duration Training-ID

Weighing and Dosing System
Basics Electronic Commissioning Online go to the website ☞ 3 hours SC-WT-BEC
Advanced Electronic Commissioning Online go to the website ☞ 3 hours SC-WT-AEC
Basics Mechanical Commissioning Online go to the website ☞ 3 hours SC-WT-BMC
Basics of a Belt Scale Online go to the website ☞ 3 hours SC-WT-BON
Basics of Dosing with SIWAREX WP351 Online go to the website ☞ 3 hours SC-WT-DON
Weighing Technologies, Belt Scales, Weighfeeder Face-to-face go to the website ☞ 2 days SC-WT-BELE
Weighing Technology for Dosing Scales Face-to-face go to the website ☞ 3 days SC-WT-DOSE
Mechanical Weighing Technology Face-to-face go to the website ☞ 1 day SC-WT-MECE
SIWAREX Sensor System and Electronics FTC-L Face-to-face go to the website ☞ 2 days SC-WT-FTCE
Static Weighing Technology Face-to-face go to the website ☞ 3 days SC-WT-STAE
Weighing and Dosing System (only for Siemens employees)
Weighing Technologies, Belt Scales, Weighfeeder Face-to-face go to the website ☞ 2 days SC-WT-BELI
Weighing Technology for Dosing Scales Face-to-face go to the website ☞ 3 days SC-WT-DOSI
Static Weighing Technology Face-to-face go to the website ☞ 3 days SC-WT-STAI
Course offer for Process Instrumentation

Find out more about course details and dates here
Name Internet
Offer overview
Pressure- and Temperature Measurement, Positioner https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw8687/Pressure-Temperature-Measure-
ment-Positioner
Level Measurement https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw43484/Level-Measurement
Flow Measurement https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw33922/Flow-Measurement
Fundamentals and Service https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw43394/Fundamentals-and-Service
Ex Protection https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw78627/Ex-Protection
Course offer only for Siemens employees
Pressure- and Temperature Measurement, Positioner https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw70599/Pressure-Temperature-Measure-
ment-Positioner-only-for-Siemens-employees
Level Measurement https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw44825/Level-Measurement-only-for-Sie-
mens-employees
Flow Mesurement https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw89081/Flow-Mesurement-only-for-Sie-
mens-employees
Fundamentals and Service https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw16204/Fundamentals-and-Service-only-
for-Siemens-employees
Weighing and Dosing System https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw9501/Weighing-and-Dosing-System-
only-for-Siemens-employees
Ex Protection https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw74771/Ex-Protection-only-for-Siemens-
employees
and screw of our products and their applications - it is your

■ Custom and tailor-made training wishes and needs we want to serve!
Additionally to our standard technical, industry and sales train- Feel free to contact us with your wishes!
ing we offer our customers the possibility of custom and tailor-
made training out of our broad range of options.
We deliver training worldwide either in one of our training centers
■ More information
around the world or at a custom location on-site. You will find further informationen on the Internet at:
Be it a service training delivering the needed skills for commis- https://www.sitrain-learning.siemens.com/DE/en/rw27322/Pro-
sioning, diagnosing, or repairing parts of our product portfolio, a cess-Instrumentation
general introduction into our portfolio including showcasing ap-
plications, use cases and serviced industries, or a deep dive
into specific technologies with experts that know every nut, bolt
8/14 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Software licenses
■ Overview
Software types Rental floating license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license,
The following software types have been defined: except that a license is not required for each installation of the
• Engineering software software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
• Runtime software
Trial license
Engineering software
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz- It can be transferred to another license.
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable Demo license
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering soft-
parties free-of-charge. ware in a non-productive context, for example, use for testing
and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another
Runtime software license. After the installation of the license key, the software can
This includes all software products required for plant/machine be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- interrupted as often as required.
sions, drivers, etc. One license is required per installation of the software.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for Demo floating license
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license,
You can find information about license fees according to use in except that a license is not required for each installation of the
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, user or device).
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Certificate of License (CoL)
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza- The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of
scope of supply can be found in the readme file supplied with use and must be kept in a safe place.
the relevant product(s).
Downgrading
License types
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari- sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
ous types of software license: such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
• Floating license
Delivery versions
• Single license
Software is constantly being updated.
• Rental license The following delivery versions
• Rental floating license • PowerPack
• Trial license • Upgrade
• Demo license can be used to access updates.
• Demo floating license Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
Floating license PowerPack
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
begins when the software is started. with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
A license is required for each concurrent user. ware is licensed.
Single license A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software per license. Upgrade
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
example per instance, per axis, per channel, etc. is already held.
One single license is required for each type of use defined. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
Rental license product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software of the software to be upgraded.
can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do
not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 8/15

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Software licenses
■ Overview
ServicePack Software Update Service (SUS)
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. As part of the SUS contract, all software updates for the respec-
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord- tive product are made available to you free of charge for a period
ing to the number of existing original licenses. of one year from the invoice date. The contract will automatically
be extended for one year if it is not canceled three months
License key before it expires.
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies The possession of the current version of the respective software
software products with and without license keys. is a basic condition for entering into an SUS contract.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, You can download explanations concerning license conditions from
rental license, etc.). https://mall.industry.siemens.com/legal/ww/en/terms_of_trade_en.pdf
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
8/16 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
■ 1. General Provisions ■ 2. Prices

By using this catalog you can purchase products (hardware, The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of
software and services) described therein from Siemens Aktien- packaging.
gesellschaft subject to the following Terms and Conditions of The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
Sale and Delivery (hereinafter referred to as "T&C"). Please note It shall be charged separately at the respective rate according
that the scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and to the applicable statutory legal regulations.
services, including software products, by any Siemens entity
having a registered office outside Germany, shall be subject Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charge
exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the the prices valid at the time of delivery.
respective Siemens entity. The following T&C apply exclusively To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany. silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in metal factor for products containing these raw materials.
European Union A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
For customers with a seat or registered office in European Union, supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of
the following terms and conditions apply subordinate to T&C: the raw material in question is exceeded.
• for products, which include specific terms and conditions in The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
the description text, these specific terms and conditions shall (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
apply and subordinate thereto, on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
• for stand-alone software products and software products calculation.
forming a part of a product or project, the "General License An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:
Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives https://mall.industry.siemens.com/legal/ww/en/
for Customers with a Seat or registered Office in Germany"1) terms_of_trade_en.pdf
and/or
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
• for consulting services the “Allgemeine Geschäftsbedin- and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
gungen für Beratungsleistungen der Division DF – the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
Deutschland” (available only in German) and/or
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
• for other services, the „Supplementary Terms and Conditions neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
for Services (“BL”)1) and/or average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
• for other supplies the "General Conditions for the Supply of received or the release order was effected is used with a one-
Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics month buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
Industry"1). explanation of the metal factor).
In case such supplies should contain Open Source Software,
the conditions of which shall prevail over the "General Condi- ■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry"1), a notice will be contained in the The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
scope of delivery in which the applicable conditions for Open German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
Source Software are specified. This shall apply mutatis apply only to devices for export.
mutandis for notices referring to other third party software Illustrations are not binding.
components.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside catalog – especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
European Union given – these are subject to change without prior notice.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside European
Union, the following terms and conditions apply subordinate to
T&C:
• for products, which include specific terms and conditions in
the description text, these specific terms and conditions shall
apply and subordinate thereto,
• for consulting services the "Standard Terms and Conditions for
Consulting Services of the Division DF for Customers with a
Seat or Registered Office Outside of Germany"1 ) and/or
• for other services the "International Terms & Conditions for
Services"1) supplemented by "Software Licensing
Conditions"1) and/or
•
for other supplies of hard- and software the "International
Terms & Conditions for Products"1) supplemented by
"Software Licensing Conditions"1)
1.3 For customers with master or framework agreement
To the extent our supplies and/or services offered are covered
by an existing master or framework agreement, the terms and
conditions of that agreement shall apply instead of T&C.
1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be

downloaded at
https://mall.industry.siemens.com/legal/ww/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
Siemens WT 10 · 2022 8/17

© Siemens 2022
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
■ 4. Export Regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such Prior to any transfer of goods, works and services provided by
fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of us to a third party you shall in particular check and guarantee by
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements appropriate measures that
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions. • there will be no infringement of an embargo imposed by the
Export may be subject to license. We shall indicate in the European Union, by the United States of America and/ or by
delivery details whether licenses are required under German, the United Nations by such transfer, by brokering of contracts
European and US export lists. concerning those goods, works and services or by provision
Our products are controlled by the U.S. Government (when of other economic resources in connection with those goods,
labeled with "ECCN" unequal "N") and authorized for export only works and services, also considering the limitations of domes-
to the country of ultimate destination for use by the ultimate tic business and prohibitions of by-passing those embargos;
consignee or end-user(s) herein identified. They may not be • such goods, works and services are not intended for use in
resold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, to any other connection with armaments, nuclear technology or weapons,
country or to any person other than the authorized ultimate if and to the extent such use is subject to prohibition or autho-
consignee or end-user(s), either in their original form or after rization, unless required authorization is provided;
being incorporated into other items, without first obtaining • the regulations of all applicable Sanctioned Party Lists of the
approval from the U.S. Government or as otherwise authorized European Union and the United States of America concerning
by U.S. law and regulations. Products labeled with "AL" unequal the trading with entities, persons and organizations listed
"N" are subject to European / national export authorization. therein are considered.
The export indications can be viewed in advance in the If required to enable authorities or us to conduct export control
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our checks, you, upon request by us, shall promptly provide us with
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN" all information pertaining to the particular end customer, the
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices particular destination and the particular intended use of goods,
are authoritative. works and services provided by us, as well as any export control
Products without label, with label "AL:N" / "ECCN:N", or label restrictions existing.
"AL:9X9999" / "ECCN: 9X9999" may require authorization from You acknowledge that under the EU embargo regulations
responsible authorities depending on the final end-use, or the against Iran, Syria and Russia respectively the sale of certain
destination. listed goods and related services is subject to authorization by
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or the competent export control authorities of the European Union.
technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless If (i) the goods or services ordered by you are destined for Iran,
of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services Syria or Russia, and (ii) the contract for our supplies and/or
(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a services is subject to prior authorization of the competent export
third party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable control authorities of the European Union, the contract between
national and international (re-)export control regulations. In any you and us shall come into force in this respect only upon
event of such transfer of goods, works and services you shall granting of such authorization.
comply with the (re-) export control regulations of the Federal The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
Republic of Germany, of the European Union and of the United European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
States of America. requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
relevant authorities.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
8/18 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

© Siemens 2022
Selection and ordering at Siemens

Industry Mall, downloading and ordering catalogs
Easy product selection and ordering: Industry Mall

Industry Mall
The Industry Mall is a Siemens AG Internet ordering platform.
It provides you with online access to a comprehensive product
spectrum that is presented in an informative, well-organized
way.
Powerful search functions help you select the required products,
while configurators enable you to configure complex product
and system components quickly and easily. CAx data are also
available for you to use.
Data transfer allows the entire procedure, from selection through
ordering to tracking and tracing, to be carried out online.
Availability checks, individual customer discounting, and
quotation preparation are also possible.
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Downloading catalogs
Siemens Industry Online Support
You can download catalogs and brochures in PDF format from
Siemens Industry Online Support without having to register.
The filter box makes it possible to perform targeted searches.
www.siemens.com/industry-catalogs
Ordering printed catalogs

Please contact your local Siemens branch if you are interested
in ordering printed catalogs.
Addresses can be found at
www.siemens.com/automation-contact
© Siemens 2022
Get more information Security information

Technical Support: Siemens provides products and solutions with
www.siemens.com/automation/ industrial security functions that support the secure
support-request operation of plants, systems, machines and
or: networks.
SIWAREX Components In order to protect plants, systems, machines and
Tel.: +49 (721) 667 1200 networks against cyber threats, it is necessary to
implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic,
state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Siemens’
products and solutions constitute one element of
such a concept.
Siemens AG Customers are responsible for preventing unautho-
Digital Industries rized access to their plants, systems, machines and
Process Automation networks. Such systems, machines and components
Östliche Rheinbrückenstr. 50 should only be connected to an enterprise network
76187 Karlsruhe, Germany or the internet if and to the extent such a connec-
tion is necessary and only when appropriate
security measures (e.g. firewalls and/or network
Article No. E86060-K6410-A101-A8-7600
segmentation) are in place.
KG 1122 PDF En
Produced in Germany For additional information on industrial security
measures that may be implemented, please visit
© Siemens 2022
https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
Siemens’ products and solutions undergo contin-
uous development to make them more secure.
Siemens strongly recommends that product
updates are applied as soon as they are available
and that the latest product versions are used. Use
of product versions that are no longer supported,
and failure to apply the latest updates may increase
customer’s exposure to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates, subscribe
to the Siemens Industrial Security RSS Feed under
https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
Subject to changes and errors. The information

given in this document only contains general
descriptions and/or performance features which
may not always specifically reflect those described,
or which may undergo modification in the course
of further development of the products. The
requested performance features are binding only
when they are expressly agreed upon in the
Please scan the concluded contract.
QR code for All product designations may be trademarks or
more informa- other rights of Siemens AG, its affiliated companies
tion on weighing
or other companies whose use by third parties for
technology
their own purposes could violate the rights of
products
the respective owner.

WT10 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WT10 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

WT10 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

© Siemens 2022

www.siemens.com/pa-catalogs PDF (E86060-K4678-A141-A5-7600)

Process Automation MP 20 SIMATIC ST 70

PDF (E86060-K6020-E101-A5-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A101-B9-7600)

Process Automation MP 31 Industrial Communication IK PI

PDF (E86060-K6031-A100-B7-7600) E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600

Process Automation FI 01 SITOP KT 10.1

PDF (E86060-K6201-A101-C4-7600) PDF (E86060-D4001-A510-E0)

Process Automation AP 01 Industrial Controls IC 10

PDF (E86060-K3501-A101-B4-7600) PDF (E86060-K1010-A101-B3-7600)

Process Automation AP 11 SITRAIN

PDF (E86060-K3511-A100-B4-7600) www.siemens.com/sitrain

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 Industry Mall

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 AO Contact

PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-B5-7600) www.siemens.com/automation-contact

Products for Weighing Technology

IIoT Weighing Solutions

Industry faces tremendous challenges

Reduce Boost Improve Boost Increase

The digital enterprise has already MindSphere Digital Plant

TIA Selection Tool –

Do you always need the optimum configuration for

Quick Easy Smart

The TIA Selection Tool is a

1/3 First-class solutions for almost any

1/4 Available for all requirements:

1/8 Products and solutions

1/2 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 1/3

Weighing Technology | Electronic Weighing Systems

Available for all

TM SIWAREX WP351 HF – ultra-compact weighing

1/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 1/5

Weighing Technology | Electronic Weighing Systems

Digital junction box

1/6 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

Milltronics integrators for

• Milltronics BW500 and • Integrated overload protection for

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 1/7

Weighing Technology | Products and solutions

Platform scales Hopper scales Conveyor belt scales

1/8 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

Dosing Filling and bagging Checking scales

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 1/9

Weighing Technology | Products and solutions

With optimal cost/beneﬁt ratio.

Solids flowmeters Loss-in-weight scales Weighfeeders

1/10 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

Overview Overview (Continued)

Requirements on scales in industrial processes

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/3

Overview (Continued) Overview (Continued)

SIWAREX - electronic weighing system - uniform SIMATIC sys­

2/4 Siemens WT 10 · 2022

Overview (Continued) Overview (Continued)

High plant availability – to ensure that production does not

Standard programming in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

Siemens WT 10 · 2022 2/5

SIWAREX - electronic weighing system - uniform SIMATIC sys

SIWAREX WP231 is a compact technology module in the SIMAT

The primary task of SIWAREX WP231 is the measurement and con

SIWAREX WP321 is a technology module (TM) of the SIMAT